[Congressional Bills 116th Congress]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
[H.R. 4674 Introduced in House (IH)]

<DOC>






116th CONGRESS
  1st Session
                                H. R. 4674

 To amend and strengthen the Higher Education Act of 1965 to lower the 
cost of college for students and families, to hold colleges accountable 
  for students' success, and to give a new generation of students the 
 opportunity to graduate on-time and transition to a successful career.


_______________________________________________________________________


                    IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

                            October 15, 2019

   Mr. Scott of Virginia (for himself, Mrs. Davis of California, Mr. 
 Grijalva, Mr. Courtney, Ms. Fudge, Mr. Sablan, Ms. Wilson of Florida, 
Ms. Bonamici, Mr. Takano, Ms. Adams, Mr. DeSaulnier, Mr. Norcross, Ms. 
Jayapal, Mr. Morelle, Ms. Wild, Mr. Harder of California, Ms. Schrier, 
 Mrs. Hayes, Ms. Shalala, Mr. Levin of Michigan, Ms. Omar, Mr. Trone, 
 Mrs. Lee of Nevada, Mrs. Trahan, and Mr. Castro of Texas) introduced 
 the following bill; which was referred to the Committee on Education 
                               and Labor

_______________________________________________________________________

                                 A BILL


 
 To amend and strengthen the Higher Education Act of 1965 to lower the 
cost of college for students and families, to hold colleges accountable 
  for students' success, and to give a new generation of students the 
 opportunity to graduate on-time and transition to a successful career.

    Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the 
United States of America in Congress assembled,

SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.

    (a) Short Title.--This Act may be cited as the ``College 
Affordability Act''.
    (b) Table of Contents.--The table of contents for this Act is as 
follows:

Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.
Sec. 2. References.
Sec. 3. General effective date.
                      TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

                          Part A--Definitions

Sec. 1001. Definition of institution of higher education for purposes 
                            of title IV programs.
Sec. 1002. Additional definitions.
Sec. 1003. Gainful employment programs.
                 Part B--Additional General Provisions

Sec. 1011. National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and 
                            Integrity.
Sec. 1012. Disclosures of foreign gifts.
Sec. 1013. Alcohol and substance misuse prevention.
Sec. 1014. Exception to required registration with selective service 
                            system.
Sec. 1015. Integrity of nonprofit institutions of higher education.
Sec. 1016. Support and guidance for homeless individuals and foster 
                            care youth.
Sec. 1017. Calculation of percentage of enrolled students receiving or 
                            eligible for Federal Pell Grants.
Sec. 1018. Certification regarding the use of certain Federal funds.
                    Part C--Cost of Higher Education

Sec. 1021. Consumer information.
Sec. 1022. Postsecondary student data system.
Sec. 1023. Avoiding duplicative reporting.
Sec. 1024. Textbook information.
Sec. 1025. Repeals.
Sec. 1026. In-State tuition rates for homeless youth and foster care 
                            youth.
  Part D--Administrative Provisions for Delivery of Student Financial 
                               Assistance

Sec. 1031. Improvements to the Federal student aid office.
                 TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

      Part A--Teacher and School Leader Quality Partnership Grants

Sec. 2001. Definitions.
Sec. 2002. Purposes.
Sec. 2003. Partnership grants.
Sec. 2004. Administrative provisions.
Sec. 2005. Accountability and evaluation.
Sec. 2006. Accountability for programs that prepare teachers, 
                            principals, or other school leaders.
Sec. 2007. Teacher development.
Sec. 2008. State functions.
Sec. 2009. General provisions.
Sec. 2010. Elevation of the education profession study.
Sec. 2011. Authorization of appropriations.
         Part B--Enhancing Teacher and School Leader Education

Sec. 2101. Enhancing teacher and school leader education.
                      TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

Sec. 3001. Strengthening institutions.
Sec. 3002. Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities.
Sec. 3003. Historically Black College and University Capital Financing.
Sec. 3004. Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities 
                            and other minority-serving institutions.
Sec. 3005. General provisions.
                      TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

Sec. 4001. Effective date.
  Part A--Grants to Students in Attendance at Institutions of Higher 
                               Education

                     subpart 1--federal pell grants

Sec. 4011. Amount of grants.
Sec. 4012. Grant eligibility.
Sec. 4013. Extending Federal Pell Grant eligibility of certain short-
                            term programs.
Sec. 4014. Providing Federal Pell Grants for Iraq and Afghanistan 
                            veteran's dependents.
Sec. 4015. Federal Pell Grant fraud prevention.
Sec. 4016. Federal Pell Grants on behalf of incarcerated individuals.
    subpart 2--federal early outreach and student services programs

                    Chapter 1--Federal Trio Programs

Sec. 4021. Program authority; authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 4022. Talent search.
Sec. 4023. Upward bound.
Sec. 4024. Student support services.
Sec. 4025. Postbaccalaureate achievement program authority.
Sec. 4026. Educational opportunity centers.
Sec. 4027. Staff developmental activities.
Sec. 4028. Reports and evaluations.
  Chapter 2--Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate 
                                Programs

Sec. 4031. Gaining early awareness and readiness for undergraduate 
                            programs.
     subpart 3--federal supplemental educational opportunity grants

Sec. 4041. Purpose; appropriations authorized.
Sec. 4042. Institutional eligibility.
Sec. 4043. Allocation of funds.
Sec. 4044. Emergency financial aid grant program.
subpart 4--special programs for students whose families are engaged in 
                     migrant and seasonal farmwork

Sec. 4051. Special programs for students whose families are engaged in 
                            migrant and seasonal farmwork.
          subpart 5--child care access means parents in school

Sec. 4061. CCAMPIS Reauthorization.
             subpart 6--jumpstart to college grant programs

Sec. 4071. Jumpstart to college grant programs.
                        subpart 7--teach grants

Sec. 4081. Revised definitions of teach grants.
Sec. 4082. Revisions to establishing teach grant program.
Sec. 4083. Revisions to teach grant agreements to serve and 
                            eligibility.
Sec. 4084. Revisions to teach grant data collection and reporting.
 subpart 8--northern mariana islands and american samoa college access

Sec. 4091. Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College access.
              subpart 9--community college student success

Sec. 4092. Community College Student Success Grant program authorized.
Sec. 4093. Federal Pell Bonus Program.
             Part B--Federal Family Education Loan Program

Sec. 4101. Termination of certain repayment plan options and 
                            opportunity to change repayment plans.
Sec. 4102. Termination of interest capitalization for subsidized loans 
                            after certain periods.
Sec. 4103. Termination of interest capitalization for PLUS loans after 
                            certain periods.
Sec. 4104. Subsequent consolidation loans.
Sec. 4105. Default reduction program.
Sec. 4106. Termination of interest capitalization for unsubsidized 
                            loans after certain periods.
Sec. 4107. Disbursement of student loans.
Sec. 4108. Student loan contract and loan disclosures.
Sec. 4109. Borrower advocate conforming amendments.
Sec. 4110. Cohort default rates.
Sec. 4111. Automatic income monitoring procedures after a total and 
                            permanent disability discharge.
Sec. 4112. Repayment of parent loans due to student disability.
                  Part C--Federal Work-Study Programs

Sec. 4201. Purpose; authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 4202. Allocation formula.
Sec. 4203. Grants for Federal work-study programs.
Sec. 4204. Flexible use of funds.
Sec. 4205. Job location and development programs.
Sec. 4206. Community service.
Sec. 4207. Pilot grant program.
Sec. 4208. Department activities.
Sec. 4209. Study and report.
                  Part D--Federal Direct Loan Program

Sec. 4301. Program authority.
Sec. 4302. Amendments to terms and conditions of loans and repayment 
                            plans.
Sec. 4303. Amendments to terms and conditions of public service loan 
                            forgiveness.
Sec. 4304. Federal Direct Perkins Loans terms and conditions.
Sec. 4305. Common manual for loan servicers.
Sec. 4306. Refinancing FFEL and Federal Direct Loans.
Sec. 4307. Refinancing private student loans.
                     Part E--Federal Perkins Loans

Sec. 4401. Authorization of appropriations for Perkins loan.
Sec. 4402. Allocation of funds for Perkins loan.
Sec. 4403. Federal Direct Perkins loan allocation.
Sec. 4404. Agreements with institutions of higher education for 
                            purposes of the Perkins loan program.
Sec. 4405. Student loan information by eligible institutions for 
                            purposes of the Perkins loan program.
Sec. 4406. Terms of loans for purposes of the Perkins loan program.
Sec. 4407. Reimbursement for cancellation of Perkins loans for certain 
                            public service.
Sec. 4408. Distribution of assets from student loan funds for purposes 
                            of the Perkins loan program.
                         Part F--Need Analysis

Sec. 4501. Conforming amendment to family contribution.
Sec. 4502. Amendments to data elements when determining the expected 
                            family contribution.
Sec. 4503. Amendments to family contribution for dependent students.
Sec. 4504. Amendments to family contribution for independent students 
                            without dependents other than a spouse.
Sec. 4505. Amendments to family contribution for independent students 
                            with dependents other than a spouse.
Sec. 4506. Institutional calculations for off-campus room and board.
Sec. 4507. Updated tables and amounts to need analysis.
Sec. 4508. Zero expected family contribution.
Sec. 4509. Amendments to definitions in need analysis.
   Part G--General Provisions Relating to Student Assistance Programs

Sec. 4601. Definition of eligible program.
Sec. 4602. Definition of third party servicer.
Sec. 4603. FAFSA simplification.
Sec. 4604. Student eligibility.
Sec. 4606. Reinstatement of the 6-year statute of limitations for 
                            student loans.
Sec. 4607. Student eligibility information for nutrition assistance 
                            programs.
Sec. 4608. Exit counseling.
Sec. 4609. Clery Act amendments.
Sec. 4610. Online survey tool for campus safety.
Sec. 4611. Transfer of credit policies.
Sec. 4612. Amendments to institutional and financial assistance.
Sec. 4613. Information with respect to crime statistics for programs of 
                            study abroad.
Sec. 4614. Remedial education grants.
Sec. 4615. Competency-based education.
Sec. 4616. Competency-based education council.
Sec. 4617. Written arrangements to provide educational programs.
Sec. 4618. Improvements to program participation agreements.
Sec. 4619. Compliance with the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
Sec. 4620. Submission of data with respect to students with 
                            disabilities.
Sec. 4621. Education program on hazing.
Sec. 4622. Changes to program participation agreements to strengthen 
                            consumer protections.
Sec. 4623. Misrepresentation and substantial misrepresentation defined.
Sec. 4624. Teach-out plans.
Sec. 4625. Experimental programs.
Sec. 4626. Administrative expenses.
Sec. 4627. Regional meetings and negotiated rulemaking.
Sec. 4628. Income-based repayment plan.
Sec. 4629. Fixed repayment plan.
Sec. 4630. Requiring a common manual for loan servicers.
Sec. 4631. Removal of record of default.
Sec. 4632. Amendments to terms and conditions of borrower defenses.
Sec. 4633. On-time repayment rates.
                       Part H--Program Integrity

                         subpart 1--state role

Sec. 4701. State responsibilities.
               subpart a--accrediting agency recognition

Sec. 4711. Accrediting agency recognition of eligible job training 
                            programs.
Sec. 4712. Accrediting agency recognition of institutions enrolling 
                            incarcerated individuals.
Sec. 4713. Requirements for accrediting agency recognition.
                   subpart b--program review and data

Sec. 4721. Eligibility and certification procedures.
Sec. 4722. Program review and data.
             subpart c--strengthening institutional quality

Sec. 4731. Strengthening institutional quality.
      Part I--America's College Promise Federal-State Partnership

Sec. 4801. Program authorized.
Sec. 4802. Student Success Fund.
Sec. 4803. Pathways to student success for Historically Black Colleges 
                            and Universities, Tribal Colleges and 
                            Universities, and Minority-Serving 
                            Institutions.
Sec. 4804. Unmet need for Federal Pell Grant recipients.
Sec. 4805. Unmet need for students.
Sec. 4806. Tuition waivers.
Sec. 4807. Expansion for private institutions.
                    TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

Sec. 5001. Hispanic-serving institutions.
Sec. 5002. Promoting postbaccalaureate opportunities for Hispanic 
                            Americans.
Sec. 5003. General provisions.
               TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

Sec. 6001. International education.
Sec. 6002. Global business and professional education programs.
Sec. 6003. Repeal of assistance program for Institute for International 
                            Public Policy.
Sec. 6004. General provisions.
       TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

Sec. 7001. Graduate education programs.
Sec. 7002. Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education.
Sec. 7003. Minority-serving institutions innovation fund.
Sec. 7004. Definitions.
Sec. 7005. Supporting postsecondary faculty, staff, and administrators 
                            in providing accessible education.
Sec. 7006. Office of Accessibility.
Sec. 7007. Postsecondary programs for students with intellectual 
                            disabilities.
Sec. 7008. National Technical Assistance Center and National 
                            Coordinating Center for Inclusion of 
                            Students with Intellectual Disabilities.
Sec. 7009. Formula grants to States to improve higher education 
                            opportunities for foster youth and homeless 
                            youth.
                    TITLE VIII--ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS

Sec. 8001. Ronald V. Dellums memorial STEAM scholars program.
Sec. 8002. Teach for America.
Sec. 8003. Patsy T. Mink Fellowship Program.
Sec. 8004. Improving science, technology, engineering, and mathematics 
                            education with a focus on American Indian, 
                            Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian 
                            students.
Sec. 8005. Grants for rural-serving institutions of higher education.
Sec. 8006. Training for realtime writers to provide closed captioning 
                            and court reporting services.
Sec. 8007. Grant program to establish, maintain, and improve veteran 
                            student centers.
Sec. 8008. University Sustainability Program amendments.
Sec. 8009. Modeling and simulation.
Sec. 8010. Mandatory funding for masters and postbaccalaureate 
                            programs.
Sec. 8011. Funds for access to open educational resources.
Sec. 8012. Repeals.
           TITLE IX--DIRECTIVES TO THE SECRETARY OF EDUCATION

Sec. 9001. Providing that the Secretary of Education may not issue or 
                            enforce certain rules that weaken the 
                            enforcement of the prohibition of sex 
                            discrimination applicable under title IX of 
                            the Education Amendments of 1972.
Sec. 9002. Study and report on single certification form.
Sec. 9003. Longitudinal study on the effectiveness of student loan 
                            counseling.
Sec. 9004. Study and procedures on determining family size.
Sec. 9005. Universal unique numeric data identifier.
Sec. 9006. Questions on food and housing insecurity in national 
                            postsecondary student aid study.
Sec. 9007. Disaggregation of data using racial groups.
Sec. 9008. Accessible instructional materials and technology.
                   TITLE X--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

               Part A--Education of the Deaf Act of 1986

Sec. 10001. Composition of Board of Trustees.
Sec. 10002. Administrative requirements of Laurent Clerc National Deaf 
                            Education Center.
Sec. 10003. Federal endowment programs for Gallaudet University and the 
                            National Technical Institute for the Deaf.
Part B--Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 
                                  1978

Sec. 10101. Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance 
                            Act of 1978.
   Part C--Strengthening Program Alignment for Postsecondary Perkins 
                Career and Technical Education Programs

Sec. 10201. Strengthening program alignment for postsecondary Perkins 
                            Career and Technical Education Programs.
                Part E--General Education Provisions Act

Sec. 10301. Release of education records to facilitate the award of a 
                            recognized postsecondary credential.
             Part F--Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002

Sec. 10401. Inclusion of racial subgroups in IPEDS data.
              Part G--United States Institute of Peace Act

Sec. 10501. Reauthorization of the United States Institute of Peace.

SEC. 2. REFERENCES.

    Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this Act an 
amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal 
of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to 
be made to a section or other provision of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.).

SEC. 3. GENERAL EFFECTIVE DATE.

    Except as otherwise provided in this Act or the amendments made by 
this Act, this Act and the amendments made by this Act shall take 
effect on the date of enactment of this Act.

                      TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

                          PART A--DEFINITIONS

SEC. 1001. DEFINITION OF INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR PURPOSES 
              OF TITLE IV PROGRAMS.

    Section 102(a)(4)(A) of Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1002(a)(4)(A)) is amended by inserting ``or receivership'' after ``that 
files for bankruptcy''.

SEC. 1002. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.

    Section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003) is 
amended--
            (1) in paragraph (6), by striking ``section 3(2)'' and 
        inserting ``section 3'';
            (2) in paragraph (13), by inserting ``controlled,'' before 
        ``owned''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(25) Public institution of higher education.--The term 
        `public institution of higher education' means an institution 
        of higher education--
                    ``(A) for which all obligations of the institution 
                are valid and binding obligations of a State (or of an 
                equivalent governmental entity); and
                    ``(B) for which the full faith and credit of such 
                State (or equivalent governmental entity) is pledged 
                for the timely payment of such obligations.
            ``(26) Foster care youth.--The term `foster care youth' 
        means an individual whose care and placement is the 
        responsibility of the State or tribal agency that administers a 
        State or tribal plan under part B or E of title IV of the 
        Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 621 et seq.; 670 et seq.), 
        without regard to whether foster care maintenance payments are 
        made under section 472 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 672) on behalf of 
        the individual, including any such individual who was in such 
        care on or after attaining 13 years of age and without regard 
        to the reason the individual left such care.
            ``(27) Federal education assistance funds.--The term 
        `Federal education assistance funds'--
                    ``(A) except as provided in subparagraph (B), means 
                any Federal funds provided, under this Act or any other 
                Federal law, through a grant, contract, subsidy, loan, 
                or guarantee, or through insurance or other means 
                (including Federal funds disbursed or delivered to an 
                institution or on behalf of a student or to a student 
                to be used to attend the institution); and
                    ``(B) does not include any monthly housing stipend 
                provided under the Post-9/11 Educational Assistance 
                Program under chapter 33 of title 38, United States 
                Code.
            ``(28) Progress period status.--The term `progress period 
        status' means the status of an institution of higher education 
        that is determined by the Secretary to be in danger of failing 
        to meet title IV eligibility criteria relating to student debt 
        because the institution has an adjusted cohort default rate of 
        not less than 10 percent and not more than 15 percent.''.

SEC. 1003. GAINFUL EMPLOYMENT PROGRAMS.

    Part A of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1001 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 104. PROGRAM OF TRAINING TO PREPARE STUDENTS FOR GAINFUL 
              EMPLOYMENT IN A RECOGNIZED OCCUPATION.

    ``(a) Gainful Employment Program Defined.--In this Act (including 
for purposes of sections 101 and 102), the term `program of training to 
prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation' 
means a training program that--
            ``(1) is in compliance with the performance metrics 
        (including the eligibility thresholds for each such metric) 
        established under subsection (b)(1);
            ``(2) is in compliance with the notice requirements under 
        subsection (b)(1)(C)(i)(II);
            ``(3) is otherwise eligible to receive funds under title 
        IV; and
            ``(4) is not a training program that is substantially 
        similar to a training program which, during a period determined 
        by the Secretary, did not meet one or more of the performance 
        metrics (such as an eligibility threshold) described in 
        paragraph (1).
    ``(b) Secretarial Requirements.--
            ``(1)  Establishment of requirements.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Not later than 18 months after 
                the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, 
                the Secretary shall establish requirements that 
                training programs shall meet to be programs of training 
                to prepare students for gainful employment in a 
                recognized occupation, which shall include--
                            ``(i) establishing performance metrics 
                        (including eligibility thresholds for each such 
                        metric) described in subparagraph (B); and
                            ``(ii) developing a disclosure template and 
                        a verification process for disclosures 
                        described in subparagraph (C).
                    ``(B) Performance metrics.--
                            ``(i) In general.--In establishing the 
                        performance metrics under subparagraph (A)(i), 
                        the Secretary shall, at a minimum, establish 
                        the requirements for a debt-to-earnings rate 
                        that serves the best interests of students and 
                        taxpayers, which shall include--
                                    ``(I) a methodology for calculating 
                                such debt-to-earnings rate for a 
                                training program, including--
                                            ``(aa) a definition of the 
                                        cohort of individuals on whom 
                                        such rate shall be based, who 
                                        shall be selected from the 
                                        individuals who were enrolled 
                                        in such training program 
                                        (without regard to whether the 
                                        individuals received a loan for 
                                        such enrollment);
                                            ``(bb) a determination of 
                                        the debt amount for such rate 
                                        based on the median annual loan 
                                        payment for the loans made 
                                        under title IV and the private 
                                        education loans received for 
                                        such enrollment by such cohort; 
                                        and
                                            ``(cc) a determination of 
                                        the earnings amount for such 
                                        rate based on the mean or 
                                        median of the actual, student-
                                        level annual earnings for such 
                                        cohort;
                                    ``(II) establishing a process (such 
                                as an appeals process) to authorize 
                                training programs to use alternate 
                                earnings in lieu of the mean or median 
                                of the actual, student-level annual 
                                earnings of a cohort; and
                                    ``(III) establishing a threshold 
                                rate that each training program shall 
                                meet to be eligible to receive funds 
                                under title IV.
                            ``(ii) Earnings data.--In determining the 
                        mean or median of the actual, student-level 
                        annual earnings for purposes of this 
                        subparagraph, the Secretary shall obtain and 
                        use the most appropriate available Federal data 
                        on such earnings.
                    ``(C) Disclosure template.--The Secretary shall 
                develop--
                            ``(i) a disclosure template that--
                                    ``(I) is consumer tested; and
                                    ``(II) is used by each institution 
                                of higher education that offers a 
                                training program to provide enrolled 
                                and prospective students (including 
                                through publication on the website of 
                                such institution of higher education 
                                for such training program)--
                                            ``(aa) on an annual basis, 
                                        student outcome information for 
                                        such program (including the 
                                        debt-to-earnings rate and 
                                        whether the eligibility 
                                        threshold for any other 
                                        performance metric established 
                                        under subparagraph (A)(i) has 
                                        been met); and
                                            ``(bb) in a case in which 
                                        the training program receives a 
                                        notice of determination under 
                                        paragraph (2)(B) that the 
                                        program may be ineligible for 
                                        funds under title IV, or may 
                                        receive other sanctions, not 
                                        later than 30 days after 
                                        receipt of such notice, an 
                                        explanation of such notice of 
                                        determination; and
                            ``(ii) a process to annually verify that 
                        each institution of higher education that 
                        offers a training program is providing the 
                        disclosures required under clause (i)(II).
            ``(2) Enforcement of requirements.--Not later than 2 years 
        after the Secretary establishes requirements under paragraph 
        (1), and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall, with respect 
        to each training program that meets the definition of 
        subsection (a) or that seeks to meet such definition--
                    ``(A) calculate the debt-to-earnings rate and 
                assess performance with respect to any other metric 
                established under paragraph (1)(A)(i) for the preceding 
                award year, and make such information publicly 
                available on the website of the Department;
                    ``(B) issue a notice of determination on whether 
                the program is meeting the requirements established by 
                the Secretary, including whether the program shall be 
                subject to sanctions (such as loss of eligibility under 
                title IV); and
                    ``(C) enforce the applicable sanctions.''.

                 PART B--ADDITIONAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

SEC. 1011. NATIONAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY AND 
              INTEGRITY.

    Section 114 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1011c) 
is amended by striking subsection (f).

SEC. 1012. DISCLOSURES OF FOREIGN GIFTS.

    (a) In General.--Section 117 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1011f) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by adding at the end the 
                following: ``In this paragraph, the term `aggregate 
                dollar amount' includes the fair market value of staff 
                members, textbooks, and other in-kind gifts.''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``In this 
                paragraph, the term `aggregate dollar amount' includes 
                the fair market value of staff members, textbooks, and 
                other in-kind gifts.'' after ``each foreign 
                government.'';
            (2) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1) by striking ``are 
                substantially'' and all that follows through ``this 
                section,'' and inserting ``includes all information 
                required by this section,''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2) by striking ``requirements 
                substantially similar to those'' and inserting ``all 
                the information'';
            (3) in subsection (e), by adding at the end the following: 
        ``Not later than 30 days after receiving a disclosure report 
        under this section, the Secretary shall make such report 
        electronically available to the public for downloading on 
        searchable database under which institutions can be 
        individually identified and compared. Not later than 60 days 
        after the date of the enactment of the College Affordability 
        Act, the Secretary shall make available in the same manner as 
        described in the preceding sentence, each disclosure report 
        received under this section on or after January 1, 2000, to the 
        extent that the Secretary has access to such report.'';
            (4) by amending subsection (g) to read as follows:
    ``(g) Regulations.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not later than 2 years after the date of 
        the enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary 
        shall issue regulations to carry out this section.
            ``(2) Procedure.--Regulations under paragraph (1) shall 
        be--
                    ``(A) developed through the negotiated rulemaking 
                process under section 492;
                    ``(B) developed with consultation from 
                stakeholders; and
                    ``(C) published in the Federal Register in 
                accordance with section 482.''; and
            (5) in subsection (h)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``or property'' 
                and inserting ``property, human resources, or payment 
                of any staff;''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (5)(B), by inserting ``institutes, 
                instructional programs,'' after ``centers,''.
    (b) Applicability.--The amendments made by this section shall apply 
to institutions under section 117 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1011f) on the date that is 2 years after the date of the 
enactment of this section.

SEC. 1013. ALCOHOL AND SUBSTANCE MISUSE PREVENTION.

    (a) In General.--Section 120 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1011i) is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by striking ``drug and alcohol 
        abuse'' and inserting ``alcohol and substance misuse'';
            (2) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by 
                striking ``a program to prevent the use of illicit 
                drugs and the abuse of alcohol by students and 
                employees that,'' and inserting ``an evidence-based 
                program to prevent alcohol and substance misuse by 
                students and employees that,'';
                    (B) by amending paragraph (1)(C) to read as 
                follows:
                    ``(C) a description of the health-risks associated 
                with the use of illicit drugs and alcohol and substance 
                misuse;'';
                    (C) by amending paragraph (1)(D) to read as 
                follows:
                    ``(D) a description of any alcohol or substance 
                misuse counseling, treatment, rehabilitation, recovery, 
                re-entry, or recovery support programs provided by the 
                institution (including in partnership with a community-
                based organization) that are available to employees or 
                students;''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (1)(E), by striking ``that the 
                institution will impose'' and inserting ``of the 
                policies of the institution regarding'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``and'' at the end of 
                        subparagraph (A);
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the 
                        period and inserting ``; and''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) compliance assistance to assist institutions 
                in complying with the requirements of this section.'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (4); and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Interagency agreement.--Not later than 180 days after 
        the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
        Secretary shall enter into a interagency agreement with the 
        Secretary of Health and Human Services to--
                    ``(A) determine criteria that satisfy the 
                requirement of subsection (a) that an institution of 
                higher education has adopted and has implemented an 
                evidence-based program described in such subsection;
                    ``(B) establish a process for disseminating the 
                best practices for adopting and implementing such an 
                evidence-based program; and
                    ``(C) establish a process that promotes 
                coordination and collaboration between institutions of 
                higher education and the respective State agencies that 
                administer the Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment 
                Block Grants pursuant to subpart II of part B of title 
                XIX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-
                21).
            ``(3) Guidance.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
        enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary 
        shall, in coordination with the Secretary of Health and Human 
        Services, issue guidance with respect to the criteria described 
        in paragraph (2)(A).''; and
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in the subsection heading, by striking ``drug 
                abuse'' in the heading and inserting ``substance 
                misuse'';
                    (B) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``other organizations'' and 
                        inserting ``community-based organizations that 
                        partner with institutions of higher 
                        education'';
                            (ii) by striking ``programs of prevention, 
                        and education (including treatment-referral) to 
                        reduce and eliminate the illegal use of drugs 
                        and alcohol and the violence associated with 
                        such use'' and inserting ``evidence-based 
                        programs of alcohol and substance misuse 
                        prevention and education (including programs to 
                        improve access to treatment, referral for 
                        treatment services, or crisis intervention 
                        services) to eliminate illegal substance use, 
                        decrease substance misuse, and improve public 
                        health and safety''; and
                            (iii) by striking ``alcohol and drug 
                        abuse'' and inserting ``substance use 
                        disorder'';
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as 
                paragraphs (3) through (6), respectively;
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Additional uses.--In addition to the activities 
        described in paragraph (1), a grant or contract awarded under 
        paragraph (1) may be used to carry out 1 or more of the 
        following evidence-based programs or activities:
                    ``(A) Providing programs for recovery support 
                services, and peer-to-peer support services and 
                counseling for students with a substance use disorder.
                    ``(B) Promoting integration and collaboration in 
                campus-based health services between primary care, 
                substance use disorder services, and mental health 
                services.
                    ``(C) Promoting integrated care services for 
                students related to screening, diagnosis, prevention, 
                and treatment of mental, behavioral, and substance use 
                disorders.
                    ``(D) Providing re-entry assistance for students on 
                academic probation due to their substance use disorder.
                    ``(E) Preventing fatal and nonfatal overdoses.
                    ``(F) Providing education to students, faculty, or 
                other personnel on--
                            ``(i) recognizing the signs and symptoms of 
                        substance use disorder, and how to engage and 
                        support a person in a crisis situation;
                            ``(ii) resources available in the 
                        community, within the institution of higher 
                        education, and other relevant resources for 
                        individuals with a substance use disorder; and
                            ``(iii) safely de-escalating crisis 
                        situations involving individuals with a 
                        substance use disorder.''; and
                    (E) by amending paragraph (6), as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (C), to read as follows:
            ``(6) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section 
        $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.''.
    (b) Effective Dates.--
            (1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), the 
        amendments made by this section shall take effect on the date 
        of enactment of this Act.
            (2) Delayed effective dates.--The amendments made by 
        subsection (a)(2) shall apply to institutions of higher 
        education on the date that is 2 years after the date of 
        enactment of this Act.

SEC. 1014. EXCEPTION TO REQUIRED REGISTRATION WITH SELECTIVE SERVICE 
              SYSTEM.

    Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1011 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 124. EXCEPTION TO REQUIRED REGISTRATION WITH SELECTIVE SERVICE 
              SYSTEM.

    ``Notwithstanding section 12(f) of the Military Selective Service 
Act (50 U.S.C. 3811(f)), a person shall not be ineligible for 
assistance or a benefit provided under title IV if the person is 
required under section 3 of such Act (50 U.S.C. 3802) to present 
himself for and submit to registration under such section, and fails to 
do so in accordance with any proclamation, rule, or regulation issued 
under such section.''.

SEC. 1015. INTEGRITY OF NONPROFIT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

    Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at 
the end the following:

``SEC. 125. INTEGRITY OF NONPROFIT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

    ``(a) Determination.--The Secretary may approve the conversion of 
an institution of higher education to a nonprofit institution of higher 
education only if the Secretary determines that such institution of 
higher education meets the requirements under subsection (b).
    ``(b) Application.--To be eligible to convert and participate as a 
nonprofit institution of higher education under this Act, an 
institution of higher education shall submit an application to the 
Secretary that demonstrates each of the following:
            ``(1) That the institution of higher education that submits 
        such application is controlled, owned, and operated by one or 
        more nonprofit corporations or associations, no part of the net 
        earnings of which inures, or may lawfully inure, to the benefit 
        of any private shareholder or individual.
            ``(2) That any assets or services acquired by the 
        institution of higher education that submits such application 
        from former owners of such institution of higher education were 
        not acquired for more than the value of such assets or 
        services.
            ``(3) That no member of the governing board of the 
        institution of higher education that submits such application 
        (other than ex officio members serving at the pleasure of the 
        remainder of the governing board and receiving a fixed salary), 
        or any person with the power to appoint or remove members of 
        such governing board or any immediate family member of such a 
        member of the board or such a person with power of appointment, 
        receives any substantial direct or indirect economic benefit 
        (including a lease, promissory note, or other contract) from 
        such institution of higher education.
            ``(4) That the institution of higher education that submits 
        such application is an organization described in section 
        501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and is exempt 
        from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code.
            ``(5) Subject to subsection (c), that none of the core 
        functions of the institution of higher education that submits 
        such application are under the control of, or subject to 
        significant direction from, an entity that is not a public 
        institution of higher education or other nonprofit entity.
    ``(c) Presumption of Significant Direction.--For purposes of 
paragraph (5) of subsection (b), in the case of an institution of 
higher education that submits an application under such subsection, 
there shall be a conclusive presumption that an entity (other than such 
institution of higher education) exercises significant direction over 
such institution if one or more of the employees or owners of the 
entity serves as an officer, member of the board, or person holding 
similar authority for such institution.
    ``(d) Transition Period.--In the case of a proprietary institution 
of higher education (as defined in section 102(b)) approved for 
conversion under subsection (a), for a period of at least 5 years that 
begins on the date such institution is approved for such conversion, 
the institution shall be subject to any provision of this Act and any 
regulations that apply to proprietary institutions of higher education.
    ``(e) Value.--The term `value', with respect to an acquisition 
under subsection (b)(2)--
            ``(1) includes the value of any ongoing relationship 
        (including any contract, agreement, lease or other 
        arrangement);
            ``(2) subject to paragraph (3), may be demonstrated 
        through--
                    ``(A) a third-party appraisal based on comparable 
                assets acquired by, or goods or services procured by, 
                nonprofit corporations in similar market conditions;
                    ``(B) an independent financing of the acquisition 
                based upon the assets acquired; or
                    ``(C) a full and open competition in the 
                acquisition of services or assets, as such term is 
                defined in section 2.101(b) of title 48, Code of 
                Federal Regulations, as in effect on the date of the 
                enactment of this section; and
            ``(3) shall be subject to such other demonstration process 
        determined appropriate by the Secretary in a case in which the 
        Secretary does not accept a demonstration process described in 
        paragraph (2).
    ``(f) Publication.--
            ``(1) Application.--Before the Secretary may approve the 
        conversion of an institution of higher education under 
        subsection (a), the application of such institution submitted 
        to the Secretary under subsection (b) shall be published in the 
        Federal Register with an appropriate notice and comment period.
            ``(2) Determination.--The Secretary shall publish each 
        determination under this section, and the reasons for such 
        determination, under the Federal Register.
    ``(g) Public Representation and Marketing of Nonprofit Status.--An 
institution of higher education shall not promote or market itself, in 
any manner, as a nonprofit institution of higher education unless--
            ``(1) in the case of an institution of higher education 
        that seeks to convert to a nonprofit institution of higher 
        education under this section--
                    ``(A) the Secretary has given final approval of the 
                conversion of the institution to a nonprofit 
                institution of higher education under this section;
                    ``(B) an accrediting agency or association 
                recognized by the Secretary pursuant to section 496 has 
                approved the nonprofit status of the institution; and
                    ``(C) the State has given final approval to the 
                institution as a nonprofit institution of higher 
                education, as applicable; and
            ``(2) the Commissioner of Internal Revenue has approved the 
        institution as tax exempt for purposes of the Internal Revenue 
        Code of 1986.
    ``(h) Office To Monitor Nonprofit Integrity.--Not later than 1 year 
after the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
Secretary shall establish an office within the Department with the 
expertise necessary to carry out this section.

``SEC. 126. REVIEW OF GOVERNANCE.

    ``The Secretary shall review the governance of an institution of 
higher education when such institution has engaged in transactions or 
arrangements determined by the Secretary as potential indicators of 
private inurement, in order to promote the highest standards of 
nonprofit integrity.''.

SEC. 1016. SUPPORT AND GUIDANCE FOR HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FOSTER 
              CARE YOUTH.

    Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at 
the end the following:

``SEC. 127. SUPPORT AND GUIDANCE FOR HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FOSTER 
              CARE YOUTH.

    ``(a) Guidance.--Not later than 120 days after the date of 
enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall issue 
revised guidance for institutions of higher education and financial aid 
administrators regarding serving homeless individuals and foster care 
youth, including the requirements of the determination process for 
financial aid administrators as specified in section 480(d).
    ``(b) Professional Development.--Beginning not later than 1 year 
after the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
Secretary shall conduct an annual professional development or training 
program, such as a webinar, for liaisons described under section 485(k) 
and interested faculty or staff regarding postsecondary education 
services for such homeless individuals and foster care youth.
    ``(c) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of 
the College Affordability Act, and not less than once every 5 years 
thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to Congress a report 
containing strategies used by institutions, financial aid 
administrators, and liaisons described under section 485(k) that were 
effective in meeting the needs of such homeless individuals and foster 
care youth, including strategies relating to streamlining financial aid 
policies and procedures and postsecondary education recruitment, 
retention, and completion.
    ``(d) Homeless Individual Defined.--In this section, the term 
`homeless individual' has the meaning given the term in section 
402A.''.

SEC. 1017. CALCULATION OF PERCENTAGE OF ENROLLED STUDENTS RECEIVING OR 
              ELIGIBLE FOR FEDERAL PELL GRANTS.

    Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at 
the end the following:

``SEC. 128. CALCULATION OF PERCENTAGE OF ENROLLED STUDENTS RECEIVING OR 
              ELIGIBLE FOR FEDERAL PELL GRANTS.

    ``Beginning on the date of enactment of the College Affordability 
Act, for purposes of calculating under this Act the percentage of 
students enrolled at an institution of higher education or in a program 
who are receiving Federal Pell Grants under section 401 or who are 
eligible to receive such grants, the total number of students who are 
counted as enrolled in such institution or program shall not include 
students who are dually or concurrently enrolled in the institution or 
program and a secondary school.''.

SEC. 1018. CERTIFICATION REGARDING THE USE OF CERTAIN FEDERAL FUNDS.

    (a) In General.--Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 129. CERTIFICATION REGARDING THE USE OF CERTAIN FEDERAL FUNDS.

    ``(a) Prohibition.--No Federal funds received under this Act by an 
institution of higher education or other postsecondary educational 
institution may be used to pay any person for influencing or attempting 
to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of 
Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a 
Member of Congress in connection with any Federal action described in 
subsection (b).
    ``(b) Applicability.--The prohibition in subsection (a) applies 
with respect to the following Federal actions:
            ``(1) The awarding of any Federal contract.
            ``(2) The making of any Federal grant.
            ``(3) The making of any Federal loan.
            ``(4) The entering into of any Federal cooperative 
        agreement.
            ``(5) The extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or 
        modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or 
        cooperative agreement.
    ``(c) Lobbying and Earmarks.--No Federal student aid funding under 
this Act may be used to hire a registered lobbyist or pay any person or 
entity for securing an earmark.
    ``(d) Certification.--Each institution of higher education or other 
postsecondary educational institution receiving Federal funding under 
this Act, as a condition for receiving such funding, shall annually 
certify to the Secretary that the requirements of subsections (a) 
through (c) have been met.
    ``(e) Actions To Implement and Enforce.--The Secretary shall take 
such actions as are necessary to ensure that the provisions of this 
section are implemented and enforced.''.
    (b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 119 of the Higher Education 
Opportunity Act (20 U.S.C. 1011m) is repealed.

                    PART C--COST OF HIGHER EDUCATION

SEC. 1021. CONSUMER INFORMATION.

    Section 132(i)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1015a(i)(1)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (T), by striking ``rate,'' and 
        inserting ``rate and adjusted cohort default rate,''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(AA) The institution's expenditures on each of 
                the following:
                            ``(i) Instruction.
                            ``(ii) Student services.
                            ``(iii) Marketing.
                            ``(iv) Recruitment.
                            ``(v) Advertising.
                            ``(vi) Lobbying.''.

SEC. 1022. POSTSECONDARY STUDENT DATA SYSTEM.

    (a) Postsecondary Student Data System.--Section 132 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015a) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating subsection (l) as subsection (m); and
            (2) by inserting after subsection (k) the following:
    ``(l) Postsecondary Student Data System.--
            ``(1) In general.--
                    ``(A) Establishment of system.--The Commissioner of 
                the National Center for Education Statistics (referred 
                to in this subsection as the `Commissioner') shall 
                develop and maintain a secure, privacy-protected 
                postsecondary student-level data system in order to--
                            ``(i) accurately evaluate student 
                        enrollment patterns, progression, completion, 
                        and postcollegiate outcomes, and higher 
                        education costs and financial aid;
                            ``(ii) assist with transparency, 
                        institutional improvement, and analysis of 
                        Federal aid programs;
                            ``(iii) provide accurate, complete, and 
                        customizable information for students and 
                        families making decisions about postsecondary 
                        education; and
                            ``(iv) reduce the reporting burden on 
                        institutions of higher education, in accordance 
                        with section 1022(b)(2) of the College 
                        Affordability Act.
                    ``(B) Avoiding duplicated reporting.--
                Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, to 
                the extent that another provision of this section 
                requires the same reporting or collection of data that 
                is required under this subsection, an institution of 
                higher education, or the Secretary or Commissioner, may 
                use the reporting or data required for the 
                postsecondary student data system under this subsection 
                to satisfy both requirements.
                    ``(C) Development process.--In developing the 
                postsecondary student data system described in this 
                subsection, the Commissioner shall--
                            ``(i) focus on the needs of--
                                    ``(I) users of the data system; and
                                    ``(II) entities, including 
                                institutions of higher education, 
                                reporting to the data system;
                            ``(ii) take into consideration, to the 
                        extent practicable--
                                    ``(I) the guidelines outlined in 
                                the U.S. Web Design Standards 
                                maintained by the General Services 
                                Administration and the Digital Services 
                                Playbook and TechFAR Handbook for 
                                Procuring Digital Services Using Agile 
                                Processes of the U.S. Digital Service; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) the relevant successor 
                                documents or recommendations of such 
                                guidelines;
                            ``(iii) use modern, relevant privacy- and 
                        security-enhancing technology, and enhance and 
                        update the data system as necessary to carry 
                        out the purpose of this subsection;
                            ``(iv) ensure data privacy and security is 
                        consistent with any Federal law relating to 
                        privacy or data security, including--
                                    ``(I) the requirements of 
                                subchapter II of chapter 35 of title 
                                44, United States Code, specifying 
                                security categorization under the 
                                Federal Information Processing 
                                Standards or any relevant successor of 
                                such standards;
                                    ``(II) security requirements that 
                                are consistent with the Federal agency 
                                responsibilities in section 3554 of 
                                title 44, United States Code, or any 
                                relevant successor of such 
                                responsibilities; and
                                    ``(III) security requirements, 
                                guidelines, and controls consistent 
                                with cybersecurity standards and best 
                                practices developed by the National 
                                Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                                including frameworks, consistent with 
                                section 2(c) of the National Institute 
                                of Standards and Technology Act (15 
                                U.S.C. 272(c)), or any relevant 
                                successor of such frameworks;
                            ``(v) follow Federal data minimization 
                        practices to ensure only the minimum amount of 
                        data is collected to meet the system's goals, 
                        in accordance with Federal data minimization 
                        standards and guidelines developed by the 
                        National Institute of Standards and Technology; 
                        and
                            ``(vi) provide notice to students outlining 
                        the data included in the system and how the 
                        data are used.
            ``(2) Data elements.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Commissioner, in 
                consultation with the Postsecondary Student Data System 
                Advisory Committee established under subparagraph (B), 
                shall determine--
                            ``(i) the data elements to be included in 
                        the postsecondary student data system, in 
                        accordance with subparagraphs (C) and (D); and
                            ``(ii) how to include the data elements 
                        required under subparagraph (C), and any 
                        additional data elements selected under 
                        subparagraph (D), in the postsecondary student 
                        data system.
                    ``(B) Postsecondary student data system advisory 
                committee.--
                            ``(i) Establishment.--The Commissioner 
                        shall establish a Postsecondary Student Data 
                        System Advisory Committee (referred to in this 
                        subsection as the `Advisory Committee'), whose 
                        members shall include--
                                    ``(I) the Chief Privacy Officer of 
                                the Department or an official of the 
                                Department delegated the duties of 
                                overseeing data privacy at the 
                                Department;
                                    ``(II) the Chief Security Officer 
                                of the Department or an official of the 
                                Department delegated the duties of 
                                overseeing data security at the 
                                Department;
                                    ``(III) representatives of diverse 
                                institutions of higher education, which 
                                shall include equal representation 
                                between 2-year and 4-year institutions 
                                of higher education, and from public, 
                                nonprofit, and proprietary institutions 
                                of higher education, including 
                                minority-serving institutions;
                                    ``(IV) representatives from State 
                                higher education agencies, entities, 
                                bodies, or boards;
                                    ``(V) representatives of 
                                postsecondary students;
                                    ``(VI) representatives from 
                                relevant Federal agencies; and
                                    ``(VII) other stakeholders 
                                (including individuals with expertise 
                                in data privacy and security, consumer 
                                protection, and postsecondary education 
                                research).
                            ``(ii) Requirements.--The Commissioner 
                        shall ensure that the Advisory Committee--
                                    ``(I) adheres to all requirements 
                                under the Federal Advisory Committee 
                                Act (5 U.S.C. App.);
                                    ``(II) establishes operating and 
                                meeting procedures and guidelines 
                                necessary to execute its advisory 
                                duties; and
                                    ``(III) is provided with 
                                appropriate staffing and resources to 
                                execute its advisory duties.
                    ``(C) Required data elements.--The data elements in 
                the postsecondary student data system shall include, at 
                a minimum, the following:
                            ``(i) Student-level data elements necessary 
                        to calculate the information within the surveys 
                        designated by the Commissioner as `student-
                        related surveys' in the Integrated 
                        Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS), as 
                        such surveys are in effect on the day before 
                        the date of enactment of the College 
                        Affordability Act, except that in the case that 
                        collection of such elements would conflict with 
                        subparagraph (F), such elements in conflict 
                        with subparagraph (F) shall be included in the 
                        aggregate instead of at the student level.
                            ``(ii) Student-level data elements 
                        necessary to allow for reporting student 
                        enrollment, persistence, retention, transfer, 
                        and completion measures for all credential 
                        levels separately (including certificate, 
                        associate, baccalaureate, and advanced degree 
                        levels), within and across institutions of 
                        higher education (including across all 
                        categories of institution level, control, and 
                        predominant degree awarded). The data elements 
                        shall allow for reporting about all such data 
                        disaggregated by the following categories:
                                    ``(I) Enrollment status as a first-
                                time student, recent transfer student, 
                                or other non-first-time student.
                                    ``(II) Attendance intensity, 
                                whether full-time or part-time.
                                    ``(III) Credential-seeking status, 
                                by credential level.
                                    ``(IV) Race or ethnicity (in 
                                accordance with section 153(a)(3)(B) of 
                                the Education Sciences Reform Act (20 
                                U.S.C. 9543(a)(3)(B))).
                                    ``(V) Age intervals.
                                    ``(VI) Gender.
                                    ``(VII) Program of study (as 
                                applicable).
                                    ``(VIII) Military or veteran 
                                benefit status (as determined based on 
                                receipt of veteran's education 
                                benefits, as defined in section 
                                480(c)).
                                    ``(IX) Status as a distance 
                                education student, whether exclusively 
                                or partially enrolled in distance 
                                education.
                                    ``(X) Federal Pell Grant and 
                                Federal loan recipient status, provided 
                                that the collection of such information 
                                complies with paragraph (1)(B).
                    ``(D) Other data elements.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Commissioner may, 
                        after consultation with the Advisory Committee 
                        and provision of a public comment period, 
                        include additional data elements in the 
                        postsecondary student data system, such as 
                        those described in clause (ii), if those data 
                        elements--
                                    ``(I) are necessary to ensure that 
                                the postsecondary data system fulfills 
                                the purposes described in paragraph 
                                (1)(A); and
                                    ``(II) are consistent with data 
                                minimization principles, including the 
                                collection of only those additional 
                                elements that are necessary to ensure 
                                such purposes.
                            ``(ii) Data elements.--The data elements 
                        described in clause (i) may include--
                                    ``(I) status as a first generation 
                                college student (as defined in section 
                                402A(h));
                                    ``(II) economic status;
                                    ``(III) participation in 
                                postsecondary remedial coursework or 
                                gateway course completion; or
                                    ``(IV) other data elements that are 
                                necessary in accordance with clause 
                                (i).
                    ``(E) Reevaluation.--Not less than once every 3 
                years after the implementation of the postsecondary 
                student data system described in this subsection, the 
                Commissioner, in consultation with the Advisory 
                Committee described in subparagraph (B), shall review 
                the data elements included in the postsecondary student 
                data system and may revise the data elements to be 
                included in such system.
                    ``(F) Prohibitions.--The Commissioner shall not 
                include individual health data (including data relating 
                to physical health or mental health), student 
                discipline records or data, elementary and secondary 
                education data, an exact address, citizenship status, 
                migrant status, or national origin status for students 
                or their families, course grades, postsecondary 
                entrance examination results, political affiliation, or 
                religion in the postsecondary student data system under 
                this subsection.
            ``(3) Periodic matching with other federal data systems.--
                    ``(A) Data sharing agreements.--
                            ``(i) The Commissioner shall ensure secure, 
                        periodic data matches by entering into data 
                        sharing agreements with each of the following 
                        Federal agencies and offices:
                                    ``(I) The Secretary of the Treasury 
                                and the Commissioner of the Internal 
                                Revenue Service, in order to calculate 
                                aggregate program- and institution-
                                level earnings of postsecondary 
                                students.
                                    ``(II) The Secretary of Defense, in 
                                order to assess the use of 
                                postsecondary educational benefits and 
                                the outcomes of servicemembers.
                                    ``(III) The Secretary of Veterans 
                                Affairs, in order to assess the use of 
                                postsecondary educational benefits and 
                                outcomes of veterans.
                                    ``(IV) The Director of the Bureau 
                                of the Census, in order to assess the 
                                occupational and earnings outcomes of 
                                former postsecondary education 
                                students.
                                    ``(V) The Chief Operating Officer 
                                of the Office of Federal Student Aid, 
                                in order to analyze the use of 
                                postsecondary educational benefits 
                                provided under this Act.
                            ``(ii) The heads of Federal agencies and 
                        offices described under clause (i) shall enter 
                        into data sharing agreements with the 
                        Commissioner to ensure secure, periodic data 
                        matches as described in this paragraph.
                    ``(B) Categories of data.--The Commissioner shall, 
                at a minimum, seek to ensure that the secure periodic 
                data system matches described in subparagraph (A) 
                permit consistent reporting of the following categories 
                of data for all postsecondary students:
                            ``(i) Enrollment, retention, transfer, and 
                        completion outcomes for all postsecondary 
                        students.
                            ``(ii) Financial indicators for 
                        postsecondary students receiving Federal grants 
                        and loans, including grant and loan aid by 
                        source, cumulative student debt, loan repayment 
                        status, and repayment plan.
                            ``(iii) Post-completion outcomes for all 
                        postsecondary students, including earnings, 
                        employment, and further education, by program 
                        of study and credential level and as measured--
                                    ``(I) immediately after leaving 
                                postsecondary education; and
                                    ``(II) at time intervals 
                                appropriate to the credential sought 
                                and earned.
                    ``(C) Periodic data match streamlining and 
                confidentiality.--
                            ``(i) Streamlining.--In carrying out the 
                        secure periodic data system matches under this 
                        paragraph, the Commissioner shall--
                                    ``(I) ensure that such matches are 
                                not continuous, but occur at 
                                appropriate intervals, as determined by 
                                the Commissioner; and
                                    ``(II) seek to--
                                            ``(aa) streamline the data 
                                        collection and reporting 
                                        requirements for institutions 
                                        of higher education;
                                            ``(bb) minimize duplicative 
                                        reporting across or within 
                                        Federal agencies or 
                                        departments, including 
                                        reporting requirements 
                                        applicable to institutions of 
                                        higher education under the 
                                        Workforce Innovation and 
                                        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101 
                                        et seq.) and the Carl D. 
                                        Perkins Career and Technical 
                                        Education Act of 2006;
                                            ``(cc) protect student 
                                        privacy; and
                                            ``(dd) streamline the 
                                        application process for student 
                                        loan benefit programs available 
                                        to borrowers based on data 
                                        available from different 
                                        Federal data systems.
                            ``(ii) Review.--Not less often than once 
                        every 3 years after the establishment of the 
                        postsecondary student data system under this 
                        subsection, the Commissioner, in consultation 
                        with the Advisory Committee, shall review 
                        methods for streamlining data collection from 
                        institutions of higher education and minimizing 
                        duplicative reporting within the Department and 
                        across Federal agencies that provide data for 
                        the postsecondary student data system.
                            ``(iii) Confidentiality.--The Commissioner 
                        shall ensure that any periodic matching or 
                        sharing of data through periodic data system 
                        matches established in accordance with this 
                        paragraph--
                                    ``(I) complies with the security 
                                and privacy protections described in 
                                paragraph (1)(C)(iv) and other Federal 
                                data protection protocols;
                                    ``(II) follows industry best 
                                practices commensurate with the 
                                sensitivity of specific data elements 
                                or metrics;
                                    ``(III) does not result in the 
                                creation of a single standing, linked 
                                Federal database at the Department that 
                                maintains the information reported 
                                across other Federal agencies; and
                                    ``(IV) discloses to postsecondary 
                                students what data are included in the 
                                data system and periodically matched 
                                and how the data are used.
                            ``(iv) Correction.--The Commissioner, in 
                        consultation with the Advisory Committee, shall 
                        establish a process for students to request 
                        access to only their personal information for 
                        inspection and request corrections to 
                        inaccuracies in a manner that protects the 
                        student's personally identifiable information. 
                        The Commissioner shall respond in writing to 
                        every request for a correction from a student.
            ``(4) Publicly available information.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Commissioner shall make the 
                summary aggregate information described in subparagraph 
                (C), at a minimum, publicly available through a user-
                friendly consumer information website and analytic tool 
                that--
                            ``(i) provides appropriate mechanisms for 
                        users to customize and filter information by 
                        institutional and student characteristics;
                            ``(ii) allows users to build summary 
                        aggregate reports of information, including 
                        reports that allow comparisons across multiple 
                        institutions and programs, subject to 
                        subparagraph (B);
                            ``(iii) uses appropriate statistical 
                        disclosure limitation techniques necessary to 
                        ensure that the data released to the public 
                        cannot be used to identify specific 
                        individuals; and
                            ``(iv) provides users with appropriate 
                        contextual factors to make comparisons, which 
                        may include national median figures of the 
                        summary aggregate information described in 
                        subparagraph (C).
                    ``(B) No personally identifiable information 
                available.--The summary aggregate information described 
                in this paragraph shall not include personally 
                identifiable information.
                    ``(C) Summary aggregate information available.--The 
                summary aggregate information described in this 
                paragraph shall, at a minimum, include each of the 
                following for each institution of higher education:
                            ``(i) Measures of student access, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) admissions selectivity and 
                                yield; and
                                    ``(II) enrollment, disaggregated by 
                                each category described in paragraph 
                                (2)(C)(ii).
                            ``(ii) Measures of student progression, 
                        including retention rates and persistence 
                        rates, disaggregated by each category described 
                        in paragraph (2)(C)(ii).
                            ``(iii) Measures of student completion, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) transfer rates and completion 
                                rates, disaggregated by each category 
                                described in paragraph (2)(C)(ii); and
                                    ``(II) number of completions, 
                                disaggregated by each category 
                                described in paragraph (2)(C)(ii).
                            ``(iv) Measures of student costs, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) tuition, required fees, total 
                                cost of attendance, and net price after 
                                total grant aid, disaggregated by in-
                                State tuition or in-district tuition 
                                status (if applicable), program of 
                                study (if applicable), and credential 
                                level; and
                                    ``(II) typical grant amounts and 
                                loan amounts received by students 
                                reported separately from Federal, 
                                State, local, and institutional 
                                sources, and cumulative debt, 
                                disaggregated by each category 
                                described in paragraph (2)(C)(ii) and 
                                completion status.
                            ``(v) Measures of postcollegiate student 
                        outcomes, including employment rates, mean and 
                        median earnings, loan repayment and default 
                        rates, and further education rates. These 
                        measures shall--
                                    ``(I) be disaggregated by each 
                                category described in paragraph 
                                (2)(C)(ii) and completion status; and
                                    ``(II) be measured immediately 
                                after leaving postsecondary education 
                                and at time intervals appropriate to 
                                the credential sought or earned.
                    ``(D) Development criteria.--In developing the 
                method and format of making the information described 
                in this paragraph publicly available, the Commissioner 
                shall--
                            ``(i) focus on the needs of the users of 
                        the information, which will include students, 
                        families of students, potential students, 
                        researchers, and other consumers of education 
                        data;
                            ``(ii) take into consideration, to the 
                        extent practicable, the guidelines described in 
                        paragraph (1)(C)(ii)(I), and relevant successor 
                        documents or recommendations of such 
                        guidelines;
                            ``(iii) use modern, relevant technology and 
                        enhance and update the postsecondary student 
                        data system with information, as necessary to 
                        carry out the purpose of this paragraph;
                            ``(iv) ensure data privacy and security in 
                        accordance with standards and guidelines 
                        developed by the National Institute of 
                        Standards and Technology, and in accordance 
                        with any other Federal law relating to privacy 
                        or security, including complying with the 
                        requirements of subchapter II of chapter 35 of 
                        title 44, United States Code, specifying 
                        security categorization under the Federal 
                        Information Processing Standards, and security 
                        requirements, and setting of National Institute 
                        of Standards and Technology security baseline 
                        controls at the appropriate level; and
                            ``(v) conduct consumer testing to determine 
                        how to make the information as meaningful to 
                        users as possible.
            ``(5) Permissible disclosures of data.--
                    ``(A) Data reports and queries.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Commissioner shall 
                        develop and implement a secure process for 
                        making student-level, non-personally 
                        identifiable information, with direct 
                        identifiers removed, from the postsecondary 
                        student data system available for vetted 
                        research and evaluation purposes approved by 
                        the Commissioner in a manner compatible with 
                        practices for disclosing National Center for 
                        Education Statistics restricted-use survey data 
                        as in effect on the day before the date of 
                        enactment of the College Affordability Act, or 
                        by applying other research and disclosure 
                        restrictions to ensure data privacy and 
                        security. Such process shall be approved by the 
                        National Center for Education Statistics' 
                        Disclosure Review Board (or successor body).
                            ``(ii) Providing data reports and queries 
                        to institutions and states.--
                                    ``(I) In general.--The Commissioner 
                                shall provide feedback reports, at 
                                least annually, to each institution of 
                                higher education, each postsecondary 
                                education system that fully 
                                participates in the postsecondary 
                                student data system, and each State 
                                higher education body as designated by 
                                the governor.
                                    ``(II) Feedback reports.--The 
                                feedback reports provided under this 
                                clause shall include program-level and 
                                institution-level information from the 
                                postsecondary student data system 
                                regarding students who are associated 
                                with the institution or, for State 
                                representatives, the institutions 
                                within that State, on or before the 
                                date of the report, on measures 
                                including student mobility and 
                                workforce outcomes, provided that the 
                                feedback aggregate summary reports 
                                protect the privacy of individuals.
                                    ``(III) Determination of content.--
                                The content of the feedback reports 
                                shall be determined by the 
                                Commissioner, in consultation with the 
                                Advisory Committee.
                            ``(iii) Permitting state data queries.--The 
                        Commissioner shall, in consultation with the 
                        Advisory Committee and as soon as practicable, 
                        create a process through which States may 
                        submit lists of secondary school graduates 
                        within the State to receive summary aggregate 
                        outcomes for those students who enrolled at an 
                        institution of higher education, including 
                        postsecondary enrollment and college 
                        completion, provided that those data protect 
                        the privacy of individuals and that the State 
                        data submitted to the Commissioner are not 
                        stored in the postsecondary education system.
                            ``(iv) Regulations.--The Commissioner shall 
                        promulgate regulations to ensure fair, secure, 
                        and equitable access to data reports and 
                        queries under this paragraph.
                    ``(B) Disclosure limitations.--In carrying out the 
                public reporting and disclosure requirements of this 
                subsection, the Commissioner shall use appropriate 
                statistical disclosure limitation techniques necessary 
                to ensure that the data released to the public cannot 
                include personally identifiable information or be used 
                to identify specific individuals.
                    ``(C) Sale of data prohibited.--Data collected 
                under this subsection, including the public-use data 
                set and data comprising the summary aggregate 
                information available under paragraph (4), shall not be 
                sold to any third party by the Commissioner, including 
                any institution of higher education or any other 
                entity.
                    ``(D) Limitation on use by other federal 
                agencies.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Commissioner shall 
                        not allow any other Federal agency to use data 
                        collected under this subsection for any purpose 
                        except--
                                    ``(I) for vetted research and 
                                evaluation conducted by the other 
                                Federal agency, as described in 
                                subparagraph (A)(i); or
                                    ``(II) for a purpose explicitly 
                                authorized by this subsection.
                            ``(ii) Prohibition on limitation of 
                        services.--The Secretary, or the head of any 
                        other Federal agency, shall not use data 
                        collected under this subsection to limit 
                        services to students.
                    ``(E) Law enforcement.--Personally identifiable 
                information collected under this subsection shall not 
                be used for any Federal, State, or local law 
                enforcement activity or any other activity that would 
                result in adverse action against any student or a 
                student's family, including debt collection activity or 
                enforcement of immigration laws.
                    ``(F) Limitation of use for federal rankings or 
                summative rating system.--The comprehensive data 
                collection and analysis necessary for the postsecondary 
                student data system under this subsection shall not be 
                used by the Secretary or any Federal entity to 
                establish any Federal ranking system of institutions of 
                higher education or a system that results in a 
                summative Federal rating of institutions of higher 
                education.
                    ``(G) Rule of construction.--Nothing in this 
                paragraph shall be construed to prevent the use of 
                individual categories of aggregate information to be 
                used for accountability purposes.
                    ``(H) Rule of construction regarding commercial use 
                of data.--Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed 
                to prohibit third-party entities from using publicly 
                available information in this data system for 
                commercial use.
            ``(6) Submission of data.--
                    ``(A) Required submission.--Each institution of 
                higher education participating in a program under title 
                IV, or the assigned agent of such institution, shall, 
                in accordance with section 487(a)(17), collect, and 
                submit to the Commissioner, the data requested by the 
                Commissioner to carry out this subsection.
                    ``(B) Voluntary submission.--Any postsecondary 
                institution not participating in a program under title 
                IV may voluntarily participate in the postsecondary 
                student data system under this subsection by collecting 
                and submitting data to the Commissioner, as the 
                Commissioner may request to carry out this subsection.
                    ``(C) Personally identifiable information.--In 
                accordance with paragraph (2)(C)(i), if the submission 
                of an element of student-level data is prohibited under 
                paragraph (2)(F) (or otherwise prohibited by law), the 
                institution of higher education shall submit that data 
                to the Commissioner in the aggregate.
            ``(7) Unlawful willful disclosure.--
                    ``(A) In general.--It shall be unlawful for any 
                person who obtains or has access to personally 
                identifiable information in connection with the 
                postsecondary student data system described in this 
                subsection to willfully disclose to any person (except 
                as authorized by Federal law) such personally 
                identifiable information.
                    ``(B) Penalty.--Any person who violates 
                subparagraph (A) shall be subject to a penalty 
                described under section 513 of the Confidential 
                Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act 
                of 2002 (44 U.S.C. 3501 note) and section 183(d)(6) of 
                the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 
                9573(d)(6)).
                    ``(C) Employee of officer of the united states.--If 
                a violation of subparagraph (A) is committed by any 
                officer or employee of the United States, the officer 
                or employee shall be dismissed from office or 
                discharged from employment upon conviction for the 
                violation.
            ``(8) Data security.--The Commissioner shall produce and 
        update as needed guidance and regulations relating to privacy, 
        security, and access which shall govern the use and disclosure 
        of data collected in connection with the activities authorized 
        in this subsection. The guidance and regulations developed and 
        reviewed shall protect data from unauthorized access, use, and 
        disclosure, and shall include--
                    ``(A) an audit capability, including mandatory and 
                regularly conducted audits;
                    ``(B) access controls;
                    ``(C) requirements to ensure sufficient data 
                security, quality, validity, and reliability;
                    ``(D) student confidentiality protection in 
                accordance with the Confidential Information Protection 
                and Statistical Efficiency Act;
                    ``(E) appropriate and applicable privacy and 
                security protection, including data retention and 
                destruction protocols and data minimization, in 
                accordance with the most recent Federal standards 
                developed by the National Institute of Standards and 
                Technology; and
                    ``(F) protocols for managing a breach, including 
                breach notifications, in accordance with the standards 
                of National Center for Education Statistics.
            ``(9) Data collection.--The Commissioner shall ensure that 
        data collection, maintenance, and use under this subsection 
        complies with section 552a of title 5, United States Code.
            ``(10) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Institution of higher education.--The term 
                `institution of higher education' has the meaning given 
                the term in section 102.
                    ``(B) Personally identifiable information.--The 
                term `personally identifiable information' has the 
                meaning given the term in section 444 of the General 
                Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g).''.
    (b) Effective Date; Transition Provisions.--
            (1) Effective date.--This section, and the amendments made 
        by this section, shall take effect on the date that is 4 years 
        after the date of enactment of this section.
            (2) In general.--The Secretary of Education and the 
        Commissioner for Education Statistics shall take such steps as 
        are necessary to ensure that the transition to, and 
        implementation of, the postsecondary student data system 
        required under section 132(l) of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965, as added by this section, is carried out in a manner that 
        reduces the reporting burden for entities that reported into 
        the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS).

SEC. 1023. AVOIDING DUPLICATIVE REPORTING.

    Section 132 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015a), 
as amended by section 1022, is further amended by adding at the end the 
following:
    ``(n) Avoiding Duplicative Reporting.--If the Secretary determines 
that the same reporting or collection of data that is required under 
subsection (l) is required by another reporting or collection of data 
requirement under this Act (other than under subsection (l)), the 
Secretary may--
            ``(1) use the data reported or collected under subsection 
        (l); and
            ``(2) waive the other reporting or collection of data 
        requirement.''.

SEC. 1024. TEXTBOOK INFORMATION.

    Section 133 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015b) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``identify ways to 
        decrease'' and inserting ``identify and adopt innovative tools 
        to decrease'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(9)--
                    (A) by striking ``to accompany a'' and inserting 
                ``to accompany or support a'' in the matter preceding 
                subparagraph (A); and
                    (B) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``materials, 
                computer disks, website access'' and inserting 
                ``materials, online and digital learning platforms and 
                materials, website access'';
            (3) in subsection (c)(1)(D)(i), by striking ``paperback, 
        and unbound'' and inserting ``paperback, digital, and 
        unbound''; and
            (4) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``accessing 
                lower-cost digital course materials and digital 
                textbooks,'' after ``programs for''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``, such as 
                inclusive access programs, subscription models, or 
                digital content distribution platforms'' after 
                ``delivery programs''.

SEC. 1025. REPEALS.

    Sections 134 and 136 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1015c) are repealed.

SEC. 1026. IN-STATE TUITION RATES FOR HOMELESS YOUTH AND FOSTER CARE 
              YOUTH.

    Section 135 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015d) 
is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by inserting ``, homeless 
        youth, and foster care youth'' after ``children'';
            (2) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking ``(a) Requirement.--In the case'' 
                and inserting the following:
    ``(a) Requirement.--
            ``(1) Armed forces.--In the case''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Homeless youth and foster care youth.--In the case of 
        a homeless youth or a foster care youth, such State shall not 
        charge such individual tuition for attendance at a public 
        institution of higher education in the State at a rate that is 
        greater than the rate charged for residents of the State.''; 
        and
            (3) by striking subsections (c) and (d) and inserting the 
        following:
    ``(c) Effective Date.--
            ``(1) Armed forces.--With respect to an individual 
        described in subsection (a)(1), this section shall remain in 
        effect as it was in effect on the day before the date of 
        enactment of the College Affordability Act.
            ``(2) Homeless youth and foster care youth.--With respect 
        to an individual described in subsection (a)(2), this section 
        shall take effect at each public institution of higher 
        education in a State that receives assistance under this Act 
        for the first period of enrollment at such institution that 
        begins during the first full award year following the date of 
        enactment of the College Affordability Act.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Armed forces.--The terms `armed forces' and `active 
        duty for a period of more than 30 days' have the meanings given 
        those terms in section 101 of title 10, United States Code.
            ``(2) Homeless youth.--The term `homeless youth' has the 
        meaning given the term `homeless children and youths' in 
        section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
        U.S.C. 11434a).''.

  PART D--ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR DELIVERY OF STUDENT FINANCIAL 
                               ASSISTANCE

SEC. 1031. IMPROVEMENTS TO THE FEDERAL STUDENT AID OFFICE.

    Section 141 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1018) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by amending paragraph (2) to read as 
        follows:
            ``(2) Purposes.--The purposes of the PBO are as follows:
                    ``(A) To prioritize students and borrowers in the 
                decision-making processes related to all aspects of the 
                management and administration of the Federal student 
                financial assistance programs authorized under title 
                IV.
                    ``(B) To improve service to students and other 
                participants in the Federal student financial 
                assistance programs authorized under title IV.
                    ``(C) To make such programs more understandable to 
                students and their families.
                    ``(D) To increase the efficiency and effectiveness 
                of such programs for students and their families.
                    ``(E) To manage the costs of administering such 
                programs.
                    ``(F) To increase the accountability of the 
                officials responsible for administering the operational 
                aspects of such programs.
                    ``(G) To oversee institutions, contractors, and 
                third party servicers that participate in the Federal 
                student financial assistance programs authorized under 
                title IV.
                    ``(H) To provide greater flexibility in the 
                management and administration of such programs.
                    ``(I) To implement open, common, integrated systems 
                for the delivery of Federal student financial 
                assistance programs authorized under title IV.
                    ``(J) To develop and maintain a student financial 
                assistance system that contains complete, accurate, and 
                timely data to ensure program integrity.
                    ``(K) To increase transparency in the operations 
                and outcomes of Federal student financial assistance 
                programs authorized under title IV.'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (B) and 
                        (C) as subparagraphs (C) and (D), respectively; 
                        and
                            (ii) by inserting after subparagraph (A) 
                        the following:
                    ``(B) implement oversight and accountability 
                measures to ensure that the PBO carries out its duties 
                under this section efficiently, effectively, and in a 
                manner that accomplishes the purposes specified in 
                subsection (a)(2);'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)(A)--
                            (i) by redesignating clauses (ii) through 
                        (vi) as clauses (iii) through (vii);
                            (ii) by inserting after clause (i) the 
                        following:
                            ``(ii) in accordance with paragraph (3), 
                        the collection, publication, and sharing of 
                        aggregate and longitudinal data that may be 
                        used to evaluate Federal student financial 
                        assistance programs authorized under title IV, 
                        including the outcomes such programs 
                        achieve;''; and
                            (iii) in clause (vii), as so redesignated, 
                        by inserting ``, including oversight of 
                        institutions, contractors, and third party 
                        servicers that participate in such programs'' 
                        after ``title IV'' ;
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (3) through (6) as 
                paragraphs (4) through (7), respectively; and
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
            ``(3) Collection, sharing, and publication of data.--
                    ``(A) Collection.--The PBO shall collect student-
                level data that shall be used to evaluate Federal 
                student financial assistance programs authorized under 
                title IV.
                    ``(B) Sharing with nces.--The PBO shall make the 
                data collected under subparagraph (A) available to the 
                Commissioner of the National Center for Education 
                Statistics for purposes of research and policy 
                analysis.
                    ``(C) Research.--The Commissioner of the National 
                Center for Education Statistics shall ensure the data 
                shared under subparagraph (B) is made available, with 
                direct identifiers removed and with appropriate 
                restrictions to ensure data privacy and security, for 
                vetted research and evaluation purposes in a manner 
                consistent with the process under section 
                132(l)(5)(A)(i).
                    ``(D) Publication.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Not less frequently than 
                        once annually, and subject to clause (ii), the 
                        PBO shall make the data collected under 
                        subparagraph (A) available on a publicly 
                        accessible website of the Department of 
                        Education in a format that enables members of 
                        the public to easily retrieve, sort, and 
                        analyze the data.
                            ``(ii) Privacy protections.--The data made 
                        available under clause (i) shall not include--
                                    ``(I) student-level data; or
                                    ``(II) any data that would reveal 
                                personally identifiable information 
                                about an individual student.''.
            (3) by amending subsection (c) to read as follows:
    ``(c) Performance Plan, Report, and Briefing.--
            ``(1) Performance plan.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Not later than one year after 
                the date of the enactment of the College Affordability 
                Act, and not less than once every five years 
                thereafter, the Secretary and Chief Operating Officer 
                shall agree on a performance plan for the PBO for the 
                succeeding 5 years that--
                            ``(i) establishes measurable quantitative 
                        and qualitative goals and objectives for the 
                        organization; and
                            ``(ii) aligns such goals and objectives 
                        with the purposes specified in subsection 
                        (a)(2).
                    ``(B) Consultation.--In developing the five-year 
                performance plan and any revision to the plan, the 
                Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall consult 
                with students, institutions, Congress, contractors, the 
                Borrower Advocate, student aid experts, including 
                consumer advocacy and research groups, the Director of 
                the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, State 
                attorneys general, and other relevant parties.
                    ``(C) Revisions.--The Secretary and Chief Operating 
                Officer may annually update the plan under paragraph 
                (1) to incorporate the recommendations made pursuant to 
                the consultation required under subparagraph (B) that 
                are accepted by the Secretary and the Chief Operating 
                Officer.
                    ``(D) Areas.--The plan developed under subparagraph 
                (A) shall address the responsibilities of the PBO in 
                the following areas:
                            ``(i) Improving service to students and 
                        other participants in the Federal student 
                        financial assistance programs authorized under 
                        title IV, including making those programs more 
                        understandable and accessible to students and 
                        their families.
                            ``(ii) Managing the costs and increasing 
                        the efficiency of such programs.
                            ``(iii) Improving, integrating, and 
                        investing in the systems that support such 
                        programs.
                            ``(iv) Developing open, common, and 
                        integrated systems for such programs.
                            ``(v) The collection, publication, and 
                        sharing of data on such programs as described 
                        in subsection (b)(3).
                            ``(vi) Improving performance standards and 
                        outcomes with respect to institutions, 
                        contractors, and third party servicers that act 
                        as agents of the Department or as agents of 
                        institutions that participate in such programs.
                            ``(vii) Any other areas identified by the 
                        Secretary.
                    ``(E) Public availability.--Each plan developed 
                under subparagraph (A) shall be made available on a 
                publicly accessible website of the Department of 
                Education.
            ``(2) Annual report.--
                    ``(A) Report required.--Not later than one year 
                after the date of the enactment of the College 
                Affordability Act and annually thereafter, the 
                Secretary, acting through the Chief Operating Officer, 
                shall submit to Congress an annual report on the 
                performance of the PBO.
                    ``(B) Contents.--The annual report shall include 
                the following:
                            ``(i) An evaluation of the extent to which 
                        the PBO met the goals and objectives contained 
                        in the five-year performance plan described in 
                        paragraph (1) for the preceding year.
                            ``(ii) A summary of the consultation 
                        process under paragraph (1)(B) for the 
                        preceding year, including the recommendations 
                        that were accepted or denied by the Chief 
                        Operating Officer during such year, and the 
                        rationale for accepting or denying such 
                        recommendations.
                            ``(iii) An independent financial audit of 
                        the expenditures of both the PBO and the 
                        programs administered by the PBO.
                            ``(iv) A summary of the actions taken by 
                        the PBO to address--
                                    ``(I) the findings of the audit 
                                described in clause (iii); and
                                    ``(II) consumer feedback.
                            ``(v) Financial and performance 
                        requirements applicable to the PBO under--
                                    ``(I) the Chief Financial Officers 
                                Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-576); or
                                    ``(II) the Government Performance 
                                and Results Act of 1993 (Public Law 
                                103-62).
                            ``(vi) The results achieved by the PBO 
                        during the preceding year and whether such 
                        results met the goals specified in the 
                        performance plan under paragraph (1).
                            ``(vii) With respect to the preceding year, 
                        the evaluation rating of the performance of the 
                        Chief Operating Officer and senior managers 
                        under subsections (d)(5) and (e)(2), including 
                        the amounts of bonus compensation awarded to 
                        the Chief Operating Officer and senior 
                        managers.
                            ``(viii) Recommendations for legislative 
                        and regulatory changes to improve service to 
                        students and their families, and to improve the 
                        efficiency and integrity of Federal student 
                        financial assistance programs authorized under 
                        title IV.
                            ``(ix) Financial statements that provide a 
                        rationale for appropriately funding the 
                        activities of the PBO.
                            ``(x) A summary of the management and 
                        compliance of contractors managed by the PBO in 
                        the preceding year, including corrective 
                        actions taken by the PBO with respect to such 
                        contractors.
                            ``(xi) A description of how the PBO used 
                        the authority under paragraph (5) of subsection 
                        (b) for making personnel and procurement 
                        decisions in the preceding year, including the 
                        number of individuals hired through such 
                        authority and the bonuses provided to staff 
                        during such year.
                            ``(xii) A summary of the oversight 
                        activities of institutions, contractors, and 
                        third party servicers that participate in the 
                        Federal student financial assistance programs 
                        authorized under title IV including--
                                    ``(I) fines levied on such 
                                institutions, contractors, and third 
                                party servicers, disaggregated by 
                                entity;
                                    ``(II) instances of fraud or 
                                misrepresentation by such institutions, 
                                contractors, or third party servicers; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) violations of provisions in 
                                this Act by such institutions, 
                                contractors, or third party servicers 
                                disaggregated by entity and type of 
                                violation.
                            ``(xiii) A summary of any improvements made 
                        with respect to transparency and any new types 
                        of data made available in the preceding year.
                            ``(xiv) A description of the progress made 
                        in the preceding year towards the specific 
                        measurable organization and individual goals 
                        specified in subsection (d)(5)(A).
                            ``(xv) The report submitted to the 
                        Secretary under subsection (f)(7).
                            ``(xvi) Other such information as the 
                        Director of the Office of Management and Budget 
                        shall prescribe for performance based 
                        organizations.
            ``(3) Consultation with stakeholders.--The Chief Operating 
        Officer, in preparing the annual report described in paragraph 
        (2), shall establish appropriate means to consult with 
        students, borrowers, institutions, student aid experts, 
        including consumer advocacy and research groups, the Director 
        of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, and others 
        involved in the delivery and evaluation of student aid under 
        title IV--
                    ``(A) regarding the degree of satisfaction with the 
                delivery system; and
                    ``(B) to seek suggestions on means to improve the 
                performance of the delivery system.
            ``(4) Briefing on enforcement of program integrity.--The 
        Secretary shall, at the request of the authorizing committees, 
        provide to the authorizing committees a briefing on the steps 
        the Department of Education has taken to ensure--
                    ``(A) the experiences of students and borrowers are 
                accounted for in decision making; and
                    ``(B) that contractors, lenders, and guaranty 
                agencies and third party servicers are adhering to the 
                requirements of title IV, the terms of any contract 
                with the Secretary, consumer protection laws, Federal 
                regulations and guidelines, and directives of the PBO.
            ``(5) Coordination with the director of the bureau of 
        consumer financial protection.--Not later than 180 days after 
        the date of the enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
        Secretary shall enter into a memorandum of understanding with 
        the Private Education Loan Ombudsman in accordance with section 
        1035(c)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer 
        Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5535(c)(2)).''.
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``management 
                ability'' and all that follows through the period at 
                the end and inserting ``management ability, including 
                contractor management, expertise in the Federal student 
                financial assistance programs authorized under title 
                IV, experience with financial systems, and knowledge of 
                consumer financial protection laws, and without regard 
                to political affiliation or activity.'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as 
                paragraphs (3) through (6);
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Restrictions.--
                    ``(A) Preservice and in-service restrictions.--An 
                individual may not serve as the Chief Operating Officer 
                if such individual--
                            ``(i) is employed by, or has a financial 
                        interest in, an entity that contracts with the 
                        PBO; or
                            ``(ii) was employed by, or had a financial 
                        interest in, any such entity in any of the five 
                        years preceding the date of the individual's 
                        appointment as the Chief Operating Officer.
                    ``(B) Postservice restrictions.--An individual who 
                served as the Chief Operating Officer may not accept 
                employment with an entity that contracts with the PBO 
                until a period of five years has elapsed following the 
                date on which such individual's service as the Chief 
                Operating Officer terminated.'';
                    (D) in paragraph (5), as so redesignated--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``specific'' 
                                before ``measurable''; and
                                    (II) by inserting ``and metrics 
                                used to measure progress toward such 
                                goals'' before the period; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ``on 
                        the website of the Department'' before the 
                        period; and
                    (E) in paragraph (6), as so redesignated, by 
                amending subparagraph (B) to read as follows:
                    ``(B) Bonus authorized.--The Secretary may pay to 
                the Chief Operating Officer a bonus in an amount that 
                does not exceed 50 percent of such annual rate of basic 
                pay. The decision to pay such a bonus, and the amount 
                of the bonus, shall be based solely on the Secretary's 
                evaluation of the performance of the Chief Operating 
                Officer with respect to the goals set forth in the 
                performance agreement as described in paragraph 
                (5)(A).'';
            (5) in subsection (e)(2), by striking ``organization and 
        individual goals'' and inserting ``specific, measurable 
        organization and individual goals and the metrics used to 
        measure progress toward such goals. Performance agreements for 
        senior management responsible for procurement shall include 
        metrics that measure ability to oversee contractors.'';
            (6) by amending subsection (f) to read as follows:
    ``(f) Borrower Advocate.--
            ``(1) In general.--There is established in the PBO an 
        `Office of the Borrower Advocate' (referred to in this 
        subsection as the `Office'). The function of the Office shall 
        be to provide timely assistance to borrowers of loans made, 
        insured, or guaranteed under title IV by performing the duties 
        described in paragraph (6).
            ``(2) Head of office.--There shall be an official known as 
        the `Borrower Advocate' who shall serve as the head of the 
        Office. The Borrower Advocate shall be appointed by the 
        Secretary from among individuals who have worked closely with 
        the Federal student loan programs authorized under title IV.
            ``(3) Removal.--The Borrower Advocate may be removed only 
        by the Secretary who shall communicate the reasons for any such 
        removal to the authorizing committees.
            ``(4) Restrictions.--
                    ``(A) Preservice and in-service restrictions.--An 
                individual may not serve as the Borrower Advocate if 
                such individual--
                            ``(i) is employed by, or has a financial 
                        interest in, an entity that contracts with the 
                        PBO; or
                            ``(ii) was employed by, or had a financial 
                        interest in, any such entity in any of the five 
                        years preceding the date of the individual's 
                        appointment as the Borrower Advocate.
                    ``(B) Postservice restrictions.--An individual who 
                served as the Borrower Advocate may not accept 
                employment with an entity that contracts with the PBO 
                until a period of five years has elapsed following the 
                date on which such individual's service as the Borrower 
                Advocate terminated.
            ``(5) Staff.--The Office shall be staffed sufficiently to 
        carry out the responsibilities of the Office under this 
        subsection.
            ``(6) Duties of the borrower advocate.--The Office of the 
        Borrower Advocate shall--
                    ``(A) assist borrowers of loans made, insured, or 
                guaranteed under title IV in resolving problems with 
                the PBO and its contractors or other agents, including 
                by--
                            ``(i) receiving and reviewing complaints of 
                        such problems from borrowers;
                            ``(ii) working to resolve such complaints 
                        in a manner that is in the best interests of 
                        borrowers; and
                            ``(iii) transmitting such complaints to 
                        States and recognized accrediting agencies or 
                        associations, as appropriate.
                    ``(B) attempt to resolve complaints within the 
                Department of Education and with institutions of higher 
                education, lenders, guaranty agencies, loan servicers, 
                and other participants in the Federal student loan 
                programs authorized under title IV in a manner that 
                will improve the experience of the borrower;
                    ``(C) conduct impartial reviews regarding a 
                student's independence under subparagraph (B) or (H) of 
                section 480(d)(1), in consultation with knowledgeable 
                parties, including institutions of higher education, 
                child welfare agencies, local educational agency 
                liaisons for homeless individuals designated under 
                section 722(g)(1)(J)(ii) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
                Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11432(g)(1)(J)(ii)), or State 
                Coordinators for Education of Homeless Children and 
                Youth established in accordance with section 722 of 
                such Act (42 U.S.C. 11432);
                    ``(D) compile and analyze data on borrower 
                complaints and share such data with the Director of the 
                Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection;
                    ``(E) publish, with any personally identifiable 
                information redacted, such complaints and responses of 
                the Secretary to such complaints on the website of the 
                Department; and
                    ``(F) make appropriate recommendations to Congress, 
                the Chief Operating Officer, and Secretary with respect 
                to Federal student loan programs authorized under title 
                IV and the experiences of borrowers in repayment of 
                loans under such programs.
            ``(7) Public information.--The Chief Operating Officer 
        shall establish and maintain a public page on the website of 
        the Department of Education exclusively to provide members of 
        the public with information about the role of the PBO with 
        respect to the oversight of institutions of higher education, 
        lenders, guaranty agencies, contractors that contract with the 
        PBO, subcontractors of such contractors, and third party 
        servicers.
            ``(8) Report.--On an annual basis, the Borrower Advocate 
        shall submit to the Chief Operating Officer a report on the 
        activities of the Office during the preceding year that--
                    ``(A) identifies the activities carried out by the 
                Borrower Advocate;
                    ``(B) summarizes the complaints received from 
                borrowers, including the number of such complaints, and 
                explains the activities undertaken by the PBO to 
                address such complaints;
                    ``(C) proposes changes in the administrative 
                practices of the PBO to mitigate problems experienced 
                by borrowers; and
                    ``(D) identifies potential legislative changes 
                which may be appropriate to mitigate such problems.'';
            (7) by redesignating subsection (i) as subsection (k); and
            (8) by inserting after subsection (h) the following:
    ``(i) Enforcement Unit.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not later than 180 days after the date 
        of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary 
        shall establish within the PBO an enforcement unit (referred to 
        in this section as the `Unit') to review and investigate 
        violations of this Act and recommend enforcement actions in 
        accordance with paragraph (3).
            ``(2) Chief enforcement officer.--
                    ``(A) Appointment.--The Secretary shall appoint an 
                official to be known as the `Chief Enforcement Officer' 
                who shall serve as the head of the Unit. The Secretary 
                shall appoint an individual to serve as the Chief 
                Enforcement Officer solely on the basis of such 
                individual's integrity and expertise in law and 
                investigations and without regard to such individual's 
                political affiliation.
                    ``(B) Authority.--The Chief Enforcement Officer 
                shall report directly to the Secretary without being 
                required to report through any other official of the 
                Department of Education.
                    ``(C) Term.--The Chief Enforcement Officer shall be 
                appointed for a term of 6 years and may be reappointed 
                for additional terms of 6 years at the discretion of 
                the Secretary.
                    ``(D) Removal.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Chief Enforcement 
                        Officer may not be removed during the Officer's 
                        term except for cause.
                            ``(ii) Notice to congress.--If the 
                        Secretary removes the Chief Enforcement Officer 
                        before the expiration of the Officer's term, 
                        the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing 
                        committees a report that explains the reasons 
                        for such removal. The report shall be submitted 
                        to the authorizing committees not later than 30 
                        days after the date on which the removal takes 
                        effect.
            ``(3) Duties.--The Chief Enforcement Officer shall have the 
        following duties:
                    ``(A) Receive, process, and analyze allegations 
                that a covered entity has violated Federal law or has 
                engaged in unfair, deceptive, or abusive practices.
                    ``(B) Review and investigate such allegations or 
                refer such allegations to an entity described in 
                subparagraphs (A) through (E) of paragraph (6).
                    ``(C) After reviewing and investigating an 
                allegation under subparagraph (B), in consultation with 
                the Chief Operating Officer--
                            ``(i) if the covered entity subject to such 
                        allegation is an entity described in clause (i) 
                        or (iii) of paragraph (8)(A), make 
                        recommendations with respect to such covered 
                        entity, including--
                                    ``(I) whether such covered entity 
                                should be limited, suspended, or 
                                terminated from participation in one or 
                                more programs under title IV;
                                    ``(II) whether such covered entity 
                                should be subject to an emergency 
                                action under section 487(c)(1)(G);
                                    ``(III) whether such covered entity 
                                should be subject to a civil penalty 
                                described in section 487(c)(3)(B);
                                    ``(IV) whether such covered entity 
                                should be subject to a criminal penalty 
                                described in section 490; or
                                    ``(V) whether such covered entity 
                                should be subject to a combination of 
                                any of the actions described in 
                                subclauses (I) though (IV);
                            ``(ii) if the covered entity subject to 
                        such allegation is an entity described in 
                        clause (ii) of paragraph (8)(A), make 
                        recommendations with respect to such covered 
                        entity, including whether such covered entity 
                        should be limited, suspended, or terminated 
                        from administering or providing services with 
                        respect to one or more programs under title IV; 
                        and
                            ``(iii) provide the Secretary with such 
                        recommendations.
            ``(4) Secretarial review and action.--After receiving 
        notice of a determination of the Chief Enforcement Officer 
        under paragraph (3)(C), the Secretary shall decide whether or 
        not to pursue enforcement action against the entity concerned, 
        in accordance with the procedures established under section 
        487(c)(3). In a case in which the Chief Enforcement Officer 
        recommends enforcement action against an entity, but the 
        Secretary decides not to pursue such enforcement action, the 
        Secretary shall notify the Chief Enforcement Officer, in 
        writing, of the rationale for such decision.
            ``(5) Coordination and staffing.--The Chief Enforcement 
        Officer shall--
                    ``(A) coordinate with relevant Federal and State 
                agencies and oversight bodies; and
                    ``(B) hire staff with the expertise necessary to 
                conduct investigations, respond to allegations against 
                covered entities, and enforce compliance with laws 
                governing Federal student financial assistance programs 
                under title IV.
            ``(6) Information sharing.--The Chief Enforcement Officer 
        shall develop and implement a process for sharing relevant 
        information about allegations against covered entities with--
                    ``(A) the Borrower Advocate appointed under 
                subsection (f);
                    ``(B) personnel of the Department responsible for 
                processing borrower defense claims submitted under 
                section 493H;
                    ``(C) other relevant Federal agencies;
                    ``(D) States, including State law enforcement and 
                regulatory agencies; and
                    ``(E) recognized accrediting agencies or 
                associations.
            ``(7) Report to congress.--On an annual basis, the Chief 
        Enforcement Officer shall submit to the authorizing committees 
        a report that includes--
                    ``(A) the number of allegations about covered 
                entities received by Unit in the year covered by the 
                report;
                    ``(B) the number of such allegations investigated 
                by the Unit;
                    ``(C) the number of such allegations that were 
                referred to the Secretary under paragraph (3)(C) and a 
                summary of any action taken by the Secretary with 
                respect to such allegations;
                    ``(D) the number of such allegations that were 
                referred to other Federal agencies and the names of the 
                agencies to which the allegations were referred; and
                    ``(E) the number of such allegations that remain 
                under review or investigation as of the date of the 
                report.
            ``(8) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Covered entity.--In this subsection, the term 
                `covered entity' means--
                            ``(i) an institution of higher education 
                        (as defined in section 102) that participates 
                        in the Federal student financial assistance 
                        programs authorized under title IV;
                            ``(ii) a contractor that contracts with the 
                        PBO to provide services relating to such 
                        programs, or a subcontractor of such 
                        contractor; or
                            ``(iii) a third party servicer.
                    ``(B) Third party servicer.--the term `third party 
                servicer' has the meaning given that term in section 
                481(c).''.

                 TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

      PART A--TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER QUALITY PARTNERSHIP GRANTS

SEC. 2001. DEFINITIONS.

    Section 200 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1021) is 
amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 200. DEFINITIONS.

    ``Except as otherwise provided, in this title:
            ``(1) Arts and sciences.--The term `arts and sciences' 
        means--
                    ``(A) when referring to an organizational unit of 
                an institution of higher education, any academic unit 
                that offers one or more academic majors in disciplines 
                or content areas corresponding to the academic subject 
                matter areas in which teachers provide instruction; and
                    ``(B) when referring to a specific academic subject 
                area, the disciplines or content areas in which 
                academic majors are offered by the arts and sciences 
                organizational unit.
            ``(2) Blended learning.--The term `blended learning' has 
        the meaning given the term in section 4102 of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112).
            ``(3) Children from low-income families.--The term 
        `children from low-income families' means children described in 
        section 1124(c)(1)(A) of the Elementary and Secondary Education 
        Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6333(c)(1)(A)).
            ``(4) Comprehensive literacy instruction.--The term 
        `comprehensive literacy instruction' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 2221(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6641(b)(1)).
            ``(5) Digital learning.--The term `digital learning' has 
        the meaning given the term in section 4102 of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112).
            ``(6) Diverse teacher candidates.--The term `diverse 
        teacher candidates' means teacher candidates who are--
                    ``(A) members of racial and ethnic groups 
                underrepresented in the teaching profession; or
                    ``(B) linguistically and culturally prepared to 
                educate students in high-need schools.
            ``(7) Early childhood educator.--The term `early childhood 
        educator' means an individual with primary responsibility for 
        the education of children in an early childhood education 
        program.
            ``(8) Educational service agency.--The term `educational 
        service agency' has the meaning given the term in section 8101 
        of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
        U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(9) Educator.--The term `educator' means a teacher, 
        principal or other school leader, specialized instructional 
        support personnel, or other staff member who provides or 
        directly supports instruction, such as a school librarian, 
        counselor, or paraprofessional.
            ``(10) Eligible partnership.--The term `eligible 
        partnership' means an entity--
                    ``(A) that--
                            ``(i) shall include--
                                    ``(I) a high-need local educational 
                                agency;
                                    ``(II)(aa) a high-need school or a 
                                consortium of high-need schools served 
                                by such high-need local educational 
                                agency; or
                                    ``(bb) as applicable, a high-need 
                                early childhood education program;
                                    ``(III) a partner institution;
                                    ``(IV) a school, department, or 
                                program of education within such 
                                partner institution, which may include 
                                an existing teacher professional 
                                development program with proven 
                                outcomes within a four-year institution 
                                of higher education that provides 
                                intensive and sustained collaboration 
                                between faculty and local educational 
                                agencies consistent with the 
                                requirements of this title; and
                                    ``(V) a school or department of 
                                arts and sciences within such partner 
                                institution; or
                            ``(ii) shall include--
                                    ``(I)(aa) a partner education 
                                institution;
                                    ``(bb) a school, department, or 
                                program of education within such 
                                partner institution, which may include 
                                an existing teacher professional 
                                development program with proven 
                                outcomes within a four-year institution 
                                of higher education that provides 
                                intensive and sustained collaboration 
                                between faculty and local educational 
                                agencies consistent with the 
                                requirements of this title; or
                                    ``(cc) a school or department of 
                                arts and sciences within such partner 
                                institution; and
                                    ``(II) a State educational agency 
                                that will serve to place graduates of 
                                partnership programs into high-need 
                                local educational agencies, schools, or 
                                early childhood programs, or schools 
                                that have been identified for 
                                comprehensive support and improvement 
                                under section 1111(d)(2) of the 
                                Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
                                of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(d)(2)); and
                    ``(B) that may include any of the following:
                            ``(i) The Governor of the State.
                            ``(ii) The State educational agency.
                            ``(iii) The State board of education.
                            ``(iv) The State agency for higher 
                        education.
                            ``(v) A public or private nonprofit 
                        educational organization.
                            ``(vi) An educational service agency.
                            ``(vii) A public school teacher, principal, 
                        or school leader organization.
                            ``(viii) A high-performing local 
                        educational agency, or a consortium of such 
                        local educational agencies, that can serve as a 
                        resource to the partnership.
                            ``(ix) A charter school (as defined in 
                        section 4310 of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7221i)).
                            ``(x) A school or department within the 
                        partner institution that focuses on psychology 
                        and human development.
                            ``(xi) A school or department within the 
                        partner institution for teacher or school 
                        leader preparation with comparable expertise in 
                        the disciplines of teaching, learning, and 
                        child and adolescent development.
                            ``(xii) An entity operating a program that 
                        provides alternative routes to State 
                        certification of teachers or principals.
            ``(11) English learner.--The term `English learner' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(12) Evidence-based.--The term `evidence-based' has the 
        meaning given the term in subclauses (I) and (II) of section 
        8101(21)(A)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801(21)(A)).
            ``(13) Evidence of student learning.--The term `evidence of 
        student learning' means multiple measures of student learning 
        that include the following:
                    ``(A) Valid and reliable student assessment data, 
                which may include data--
                            ``(i) on student learning gains on 
                        statewide academic assessments under section 
                        1111(b)(2) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965;
                            ``(ii) from student academic achievement 
                        assessments used at the national, State, or 
                        local levels, where available and appropriate 
                        for the curriculum and students taught;
                            ``(iii) from classroom-based summative 
                        assessments; and
                            ``(iv) from high quality validated 
                        performance-based assessments that are aligned 
                        with challenging State academic standards 
                        adopted under section 1111(b)(1) of the 
                        Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 
                        (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)).
                    ``(B) Not less than one of the following additional 
                measures:
                            ``(i) Student work, including measures of 
                        performance criteria and evidence of student 
                        growth.
                            ``(ii) Teacher-generated information about 
                        student goals and growth.
                            ``(iii) Parental feedback about student 
                        goals and growth.
                            ``(iv) Student feedback about learning and 
                        teaching supports.
                            ``(v) Assessments of affective engagement 
                        and self-efficacy.
                            ``(vi) Other appropriate measures, as 
                        determined by the State.
            ``(14) Foster care.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The term `foster care' means 24-
                hour substitute care for a child placed away from the 
                child's parents or guardians and for whom the State 
                agency has placement and care responsibility. The term 
                includes care through a placement in a foster family 
                home, a foster home of a relative, a group home, an 
                emergency shelter, a residential facility, a child care 
                institution, or a pre-adoptive home.
                    ``(B) Rule.--A child shall be considered to be in 
                foster care under subparagraph (A) without regard to 
                whether--
                            ``(i) the foster care facility is licensed 
                        and payments are made by the State or local 
                        agency for the care of the child;
                            ``(ii) adoption subsidy payments are being 
                        made prior to the finalization of an adoption; 
                        or
                            ``(iii) Federal matching funds for any 
                        payments described in clause (i) or (ii) are 
                        being made.
            ``(15) High-need early childhood education program.--The 
        term `high-need early childhood education program' means an 
        early childhood education program serving children from low-
        income families that is located within the geographic area 
        served by a high-need local educational agency.
            ``(16) High-need local educational agency.--The term `high-
        need local educational agency' means a local educational 
        agency--
                    ``(A)(i) that serves not fewer than 10,000 low-
                income children;
                    ``(ii) for which not less than 40 percent of the 
                children served by the agency are low-income children;
                    ``(iii) that meets the eligibility requirements for 
                funding under the Small, Rural School Achievement 
                Program under section 5211(b) of the Elementary and 
                Secondary Education Act of 1965 or the Rural and Low-
                Income School Program under section 6221(b) of such 
                Act; or
                    ``(iv) that has a percentage of low-income children 
                that is in the highest quartile among such agencies in 
                the State; and
                    ``(B)(i) for which one or more schools served by 
                the agency is identified by the State for comprehensive 
                supports and interventions under section 
                1111(c)(4)(D)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                Education Act of 1965; or
                    ``(ii) for which one or more schools served by the 
                agency has a high teacher turnover rate or is 
                experiencing a teacher shortage in a high-needs field, 
                as determined by the State.
            ``(17) High-need school.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The term `high-need school' 
                means a school that, based on the most recent data 
                available, is--
                            ``(i) an elementary school, in which not 
                        less than 60 percent of students are eligible 
                        for a free or reduced price school lunch under 
                        the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch 
                        Act;
                            ``(ii) any other school that is not an 
                        elementary school, in which not less than 45 
                        percent of students are eligible for a free or 
                        reduced price school lunch under the Richard B. 
                        Russell National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
                        1751 et seq.); or
                            ``(iii) identified for comprehensive 
                        support and improvement under section 
                        1111(c)(4)(D) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                        6311(c)(4)(D)), targeted support and 
                        improvement under section 1111(d)(2) of such 
                        Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(d)(2)), or additional 
                        targeted support under section 1111(d)(2)(C) of 
                        such Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(d)(2)(C)).
                    ``(B) Special rule.--
                            ``(i) Designation by the secretary.--The 
                        Secretary may, upon approval of an application 
                        submitted by an eligible partnership seeking a 
                        grant under this title, designate a school that 
                        does not qualify as a high-need school under 
                        subparagraph (A) as a high-need school for the 
                        purpose of this title. The Secretary shall base 
                        the approval of an application for designation 
                        of a school under this clause on a 
                        consideration of the information required under 
                        clause (ii), and may also take into account 
                        other information submitted by the eligible 
                        partnership.
                            ``(ii) Application requirements.--An 
                        application for designation of a school under 
                        clause (i) shall include--
                                    ``(I) the number and percentage of 
                                students attending such school who 
                                are--
                                            ``(aa) aged 5 through 17 in 
                                        poverty counted in the most 
                                        recent census data approved by 
                                        the Secretary;
                                            ``(bb) eligible for a free 
                                        or reduced price school lunch 
                                        under the Richard B. Russell 
                                        National School Lunch Act;
                                            ``(cc) in families 
                                        receiving assistance under the 
                                        State program funded under part 
                                        A of title IV of the Social 
                                        Security Act; or
                                            ``(dd) eligible to receive 
                                        medical assistance under the 
                                        Medicaid program;
                                    ``(II) information about the 
                                student academic achievement of 
                                students at such school; and
                                    ``(III) for a secondary school, the 
                                four-year adjusted cohort graduation 
                                rate for such school.
            ``(18) Highly competent.--The term `highly competent', when 
        used with respect to an early childhood educator, means an 
        early childhood educator--
                    ``(A) with specialized education and training in 
                development and education of young children from birth 
                until entry into kindergarten or a specialization in 
                infants and toddlers or pre-school children;
                    ``(B) with a baccalaureate degree in an academic 
                major in an early childhood or related field; and
                    ``(C) who has demonstrated a high level of 
                knowledge and use of content and pedagogy in the 
                relevant areas associated with quality early childhood 
                education.
            ``(19) Homeless child.--The term `homeless child' means an 
        individual who is a homeless child or youth under section 725 
        of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 
        11434a).
            ``(20) Induction program.--The term `induction program' 
        means a formalized program for new teachers, principals, or 
        school leaders, during not less than the teachers', principals, 
        or school leaders' first 2 years of, respectively, teaching or 
        leading, that is designed to provide support for, and improve 
        the professional performance and increase the retention in the 
        education field of, beginning teachers, principals, or school 
        leaders. Such program shall promote effective teaching or 
        leadership skills and shall include the following components:
                    ``(A) High-quality and structured teacher or school 
                leader mentoring led by a trained and expert mentor who 
                has demonstrated high skill and effectiveness and who 
                teaches or leads, or has taught or led, in the same or 
                similar field, grade, or subject as the mentee.
                    ``(B) Periodic, structured time for collaboration, 
                including with mentors, as well as time for 
                information-sharing among teachers, principals, other 
                school leaders and administrators, other appropriate 
                instructional staff, and participating faculty or 
                program staff in the partner institution.
                    ``(C) The application of evidence-based 
                instructional practices.
                    ``(D) Opportunities for new teachers, principals, 
                or school leaders to draw directly on the expertise of 
                mentors, faculty or program staff, and researchers, 
                including through mentor observation and feedback, to 
                support the integration of evidence-based research and 
                practice.
                    ``(E) The development of skills in evidence-based 
                instructional and behavioral supports and 
                interventions.
                    ``(F) Faculty or program staff who--
                            ``(i) model the integration of research and 
                        practice in the classroom and school; and
                            ``(ii) as appropriate, assist new teachers 
                        or school leaders with the effective use and 
                        integration of educational technology and the 
                        principles of universal design for learning 
                        into the classroom or school.
                    ``(G) Interdisciplinary collaboration among teacher 
                leaders or school leaders, faculty or program staff, 
                researchers, and other staff who prepare new teachers 
                or school leaders with respect to, as applicable, the 
                learning process, the assessment of learning, or the 
                leadership of a school.
                    ``(H) As applicable to the role, assistance with 
                understanding of the effective use of data, 
                particularly student achievement data, and the 
                applicability of such data to inform and improve 
                classroom instruction and school leadership.
                    ``(I) Regular and structured observation and 
                evaluation of new teachers, principals, or other school 
                leaders that are based in part on evidence of student 
                learning, shall include multiple measures of educator 
                performance, and shall provide clear, timely, and 
                useful feedback to teachers, principals, or other 
                school leaders to be used to improve instruction, as 
                applicable.
                    ``(J) With respect to a principal induction 
                program, the development of local-educational-agency-
                wide systems such as rigorous leader standards, 
                continuous ongoing identification of goals for 
                improvement, and support for achieving those goals.
                    ``(K) The development of skills in improving the 
                school culture and climate related to school leadership 
                and the role of the principal, including to--
                            ``(i) nurture teacher and staff development 
                        to strengthen classroom practice;
                            ``(ii) build and sustain an inclusive 
                        culture of learning among adults and children;
                            ``(iii) strengthen communications and 
                        relationships with teachers, parents, 
                        caregivers, paraprofessionals, and community 
                        stakeholders;
                            ``(iv) facilitate the sharing of knowledge, 
                        insight, and best practices in the community 
                        served by the school, preschool program, or 
                        early childhood education program, including 
                        with youth serving programs (such as before- 
                        and after-school and summer programs); and
                            ``(v) build relationships and communicate 
                        effectively with State and local educational 
                        agency officials.
            ``(21) Infant or toddler with a disability.--The term 
        `infant or toddler with a disability' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 632 of the Individuals with Disabilities 
        Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1432).
            ``(22) Mentoring.--The term `mentoring' means the mentoring 
        or coaching of new or prospective teachers, principals, or 
        school leaders through a program that--
                    ``(A) includes clear criteria for the selection of 
                teacher, principal, or school leader mentors who may be 
                program staff and who will provide role model 
                relationships for mentees, which criteria shall be 
                developed by the eligible partnership and based on 
                measures of teacher or school leader effectiveness;
                    ``(B) provides high-quality training for such 
                mentors, including instructional strategies for 
                culturally relevant teaching practices, literacy 
                instruction and classroom management (including 
                approaches that improve the schoolwide climate for 
                learning, create inclusive classroom environments, and 
                address the social and emotional needs of students, 
                which may include positive behavioral interventions and 
                supports);
                    ``(C) provides regular and ongoing opportunities 
                for mentors and mentees to observe each other's 
                teaching or leading methods in classroom or school 
                settings during the day in a high-need school in the 
                high-need local educational agency in the eligible 
                partnership;
                    ``(D) provides paid release time for mentors;
                    ``(E) for teachers, provides mentoring to each 
                mentee by a colleague who teaches in the same field, 
                grade, or subject as the mentee;
                    ``(F) for teachers, promotes empirically-based 
                practice of, and evidence-based research on, where 
                applicable--
                            ``(i) teaching and learning;
                            ``(ii) assessment of student learning;
                            ``(iii) the development of teaching skills 
                        through the use of instructional and behavioral 
                        interventions; and
                            ``(iv) the improvement of the mentees' 
                        capacity to measurably advance student 
                        learning; and
                    ``(G) includes--
                            ``(i) common planning time or regularly 
                        scheduled collaboration for the mentor and 
                        mentee; and
                            ``(ii) as applicable, joint professional 
                        development opportunities.
            ``(23) Parent.--The term `parent' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education 
        Act of 1965.
            ``(24) Partner institution.--The term `partner institution' 
        means an institution of higher education, which may include a 
        2-year institution of higher education offering a dual program 
        with a 4-year institution of higher education, participating in 
        an eligible partnership that has a teacher or school leader 
        preparation program that is accredited by the State--
                    ``(A) in the case of a teacher preparation 
                program--
                            ``(i) whose graduates exhibit strong 
                        performance on State-determined qualifying 
                        assessments for new teachers through--
                                    ``(I) demonstrating that 80 percent 
                                or more of the graduates of the program 
                                who intend to enter the field of 
                                teaching have passed all of the 
                                applicable State qualification 
                                assessments for new teachers, which 
                                shall include an assessment of each 
                                prospective teacher's subject matter 
                                knowledge in the content area in which 
                                the teacher intends to teach; or
                                    ``(II) that is not designated as a 
                                low-performing teacher preparation 
                                program in the State as determined by 
                                the State--
                                            ``(aa) using criteria 
                                        consistent with the 
                                        requirements for the State 
                                        assessment under section 207(a) 
                                        before the first publication of 
                                        such report card; and
                                            ``(bb) using the State 
                                        assessment required under 
                                        section 207(a), after the first 
                                        publication of such report card 
                                        and for every year thereafter; 
                                        and
                            ``(ii) that requires--
                                    ``(I) each student in the program 
                                to meet high academic standards or 
                                demonstrate a record of success, as 
                                determined by the institution 
                                (including prior to entering and being 
                                accepted into a program), and 
                                participate in intensive clinical 
                                experience;
                                    ``(II) each student in the program 
                                preparing to become a teacher who meets 
                                the applicable State certification and 
                                licensure requirements, including any 
                                requirements for certification obtained 
                                through alternative routes to 
                                certification, or, with regard to 
                                special education teachers, the 
                                qualifications described in section 
                                612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with 
                                Disabilities Education Act; and
                                    ``(III) each student in the program 
                                preparing to become an early childhood 
                                educator to become highly competent; 
                                and
                    ``(B) in the case of a school leader preparation 
                program--
                            ``(i) whose graduates exhibit a strong 
                        record of successful school leadership as 
                        demonstrated by--
                                    ``(I) a high percentage of such 
                                graduates taking positions as assistant 
                                principals and principals within 3 
                                years of completing the program; and
                                    ``(II) a high percentage of such 
                                graduates rated effective or above in 
                                State school leader evaluation and 
                                support systems (as described in 
                                section 2101(c)(4)(B)(ii) of the 
                                Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
                                of 1965) or, if no such ratings are 
                                available, other, comparable indicators 
                                of performance; and
                            ``(ii) that requires each student in the 
                        program to participate in intensive clinical 
                        experience in an authentic setting (including 
                        by assuming substantial leadership 
                        responsibilities) in which the student can be 
                        evaluated on leadership skills and the 
                        student's effect on student outcomes as part of 
                        program completion.
            ``(25) Professional development.--The term `professional 
        development' has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of 
        the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(26) Profession-ready.--The term `profession-ready'--
                    ``(A) when used with respect to a principal or 
                other school leader, means a principal or other school 
                leader who--
                            ``(i) has an advanced degree, or other 
                        appropriate credential;
                            ``(ii) has completed a principal or other 
                        school leader preparation process and is fully 
                        certified and licensed by the State in which 
                        the principal or other school leader is 
                        employed;
                            ``(iii) has demonstrated instructional 
                        leadership, including the ability to collect, 
                        analyze, and utilize data on evidence of 
                        student learning and evidence of classroom 
                        practice;
                            ``(iv) has demonstrated proficiency in 
                        professionally recognized leadership standards, 
                        such as through--
                                    ``(I) a performance assessment;
                                    ``(II) completion of a residency 
                                program; or
                                    ``(III) other measures of 
                                leadership effectiveness, as determined 
                                by the State; and
                            ``(v) has demonstrated the ability to work 
                        with students who are culturally and 
                        linguistically diverse;
                    ``(B) when used with respect to a teacher, means a 
                teacher who--
                            ``(i) has completed a teacher preparation 
                        program and is fully certified and licensed to 
                        teach by the State in which the teacher is 
                        employed;
                            ``(ii) has a baccalaureate degree or 
                        higher;
                            ``(iii) has demonstrated content knowledge 
                        in the subject or subjects the teacher teaches;
                            ``(iv) has demonstrated the ability to work 
                        with students who are culturally and 
                        linguistically diverse;
                            ``(v) has demonstrated teaching skills, 
                        such as through--
                                    ``(I) a teacher performance 
                                assessment; or
                                    ``(II) other measures of teaching 
                                skills, as determined by the State; and
                            ``(vi) has demonstrated proficiency with 
                        the use of educational technology; and
                    ``(C) when used with respect to any other educator 
                not described in subparagraph (A) or (B), means an 
                educator who has completed an appropriate preparation 
                program and is fully certified or licensed by the State 
                in which the educator is employed.
            ``(27) Residency program.--The term `residency program' 
        means a school-based educator preparation program in which a 
        prospective teacher, principal, or other school leader--
                    ``(A) for 1 academic year, works alongside a mentor 
                teacher, principal, or other school leader who is--
                            ``(i) the educator of record; and
                            ``(ii) is rated as effective or above in 
                        the State's school leader evaluation and 
                        support system (as described in section 
                        2101(c)(4)(B)(ii) of the Elementary and 
                        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                        6611(c)(4)(B)(ii))) or, if no such ratings are 
                        available, other, on comparable indicators of 
                        performance;
                    ``(B) receives concurrent instruction during the 
                year described in subparagraph (A) from the partner 
                institution, which may be courses taught by local 
                educational agency personnel or residency program 
                faculty, in, as applicable--
                            ``(i) the teaching of the content area in 
                        which the teacher will become certified or 
                        licensed;
                            ``(ii) pedagogical practices; and
                            ``(iii) leadership, management, 
                        organizational, and instructional skills 
                        necessary to serve as a principal or other 
                        school leader;
                    ``(C) acquires effective teaching or leadership 
                skills; and
                    ``(D) prior to completion of the program, attains 
                full State teacher, principal, or school leader 
                certification or licensure, and becomes profession-
                ready.
            ``(28) School leader.--The term `school leader' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(29) School leader preparation entity.--The term `school 
        leader preparation entity' means an institution of higher 
        education or a nonprofit organization, including those 
        institutions or organizations that provide alternative routes 
        to certification, that is approved by the State to prepare 
        school leaders to be effective.
            ``(30) School leader preparation program.--The term `school 
        leader preparation program' means a program offered by a school 
        leader preparation entity, whether a traditional or alternative 
        route, that is approved by the State to prepare school leaders 
        to be effective and that leads to a specific State 
        certification to be a school leader.
            ``(31) School leader skills.--The term `school leader 
        skills' refers to evidenced-based competencies for principals 
        and other school leaders such as--
                    ``(A) shaping a vision of academic success for all 
                students;
                    ``(B) creating a safe and inclusive learning 
                environment;
                    ``(C) cultivating leadership in others;
                    ``(D) improving instruction; and
                    ``(E) managing people, data, and processes to 
                foster school improvement.
            ``(32) Teacher leader.--The term `teacher leader' means an 
        effective educator who carries out formalized leadership 
        responsibilities based on the demonstrated needs of the 
        elementary school or secondary school in which the teacher is 
        employed, while maintaining a role as a classroom instructor 
        who--
                    ``(A) is trained in and practices teacher 
                leadership; and
                    ``(B) fosters a collaborative culture to--
                            ``(i) support educator development, 
                        effectiveness, and student learning;
                            ``(ii) support access and use research to 
                        improve practice and student learning;
                            ``(iii) promote professional learning for 
                        continuous improvement;
                            ``(iv) facilitate improvements in 
                        instruction and student learning; promote the 
                        appropriate use of assessments and data for 
                        school and district improvement;
                            ``(v) improve outreach and collaboration 
                        with families and community;
                            ``(vi) advance the profession by shaping 
                        and implementing policy;
                            ``(vii) advocate for increased access to 
                        great teaching and learning for all students; 
                        and
                            ``(viii) demonstrate cultural competencies 
                        and provide instruction and support as such.
            ``(33) Teaching skills.--The term `teaching skills' means 
        skills that enable a teacher to--
                    ``(A) increase student learning, achievement, and 
                the ability to apply knowledge;
                    ``(B) effectively convey, explain, and provide 
                opportunities for students to develop the skills 
                aligned with the full depth and breadth of the State 
                challenging academic standards, including the 
                application of academic subject matter;
                    ``(C) effectively teach higher-order analytical, 
                evaluation, problem-solving, critical thinking, social 
                and emotional, collaboration, and communication skills;
                    ``(D) employ strategies grounded in the disciplines 
                of teaching and learning that--
                            ``(i) are based on empirically based 
                        practice and evidence-based research, where 
                        applicable, related to teaching and learning;
                            ``(ii) are specific to academic subject 
                        matter; and
                            ``(iii) focus on the identification of 
                        students' specific learning needs, particularly 
                        students with disabilities, students who are 
                        English learners, students who are gifted and 
                        talented, and students with low literacy 
                        levels, and the tailoring of academic 
                        instruction to such needs;
                    ``(E) design and conduct ongoing assessments of 
                student learning, which may include the use of 
                formative assessments, performance-based assessments, 
                project-based assessments, or portfolio assessments, 
                that measures higher-order thinking skills (including 
                application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation) and 
                use this information to inform and personalize 
                instruction;
                    ``(F) support the social, emotional, and academic 
                achievement of all students including effectively 
                manage a classroom creating a positive and inclusive 
                classroom environment, including the ability to 
                implement positive behavioral interventions, trauma-
                informed care, and other support strategies;
                    ``(G) support an inclusive learning environment 
                through culturally responsive teaching;
                    ``(H) support technology-rich instruction, 
                assessment and learning management in content areas, 
                technology literacy, and understanding of the 
                principles of universal design;
                    ``(I) demonstrate proficiency with the use of 
                educational technology;
                    ``(J) communicate and work with families, and 
                involve families in their children's education; and
                    ``(K) use, in the case of an early childhood 
                educator or an educator at the elementary school or 
                secondary school level, age-appropriate and 
                developmentally appropriate strategies and practices 
                for children and youth in early childhood education and 
                elementary school or secondary school programs, 
                respectively.
            ``(34) Teacher performance assessment.--The term `teacher 
        performance assessment' means a pre-service assessment used to 
        measure teacher performance that is approved by the State and 
        is--
                    ``(A) based on professional teaching standards;
                    ``(B) used to measure the effectiveness of a 
                teacher's--
                            ``(i) curriculum planning;
                            ``(ii) instruction of students, including 
                        appropriate plans and modifications for 
                        students who are limited English proficient and 
                        students who are children with disabilities;
                            ``(iii) assessment of students, including 
                        analysis of evidence of student learning;
                            ``(iv) ability to advance student learning; 
                        and
                            ``(v) demonstrate cultural competencies 
                        through curriculum planning and instruction;
                    ``(C) validated based on professional assessment 
                standards;
                    ``(D) reliably scored by trained evaluators, with 
                appropriate oversight of the process to ensure 
                consistency; and
                    ``(E) used to support continuous improvement of 
                educator practice.
            ``(35) Teacher preparation entity.--The term `teacher 
        preparation entity' means an institution of higher education, a 
        nonprofit organization, or other organization that is approved 
        by a State to prepare teachers to be effective in the 
        classroom.
            ``(36) Teacher preparation program.--The term `teacher 
        preparation program' means a program offered by a teacher 
        preparation entity that leads to a specific State teacher 
        certification.
            ``(37) Trauma-informed care.--The term `trauma-informed 
        care' is defined as the evidence-based practices outlined in 
        section 4108(B)(II)(aa) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965.''.

SEC. 2002. PURPOSES.

    Section 201 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022) is 
amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2), by striking ``by improving the 
        preparation of prospective teachers and enhancing professional 
        development activities for new teachers'' and inserting ``, 
        school leaders, including teacher leaders, and other educators 
        by improving the preparation of prospective teachers, school 
        leaders, and other educators and enhancing professional 
        development activities for new teachers, school leaders, and 
        other educators'';
            (2) in paragraph (3), by striking ``; and'' and inserting a 
        semicolon;
            (3) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the following 
        new paragraphs:
            ``(4) hold teacher, principal and school leader, and other 
        educator preparation programs accountable for preparing 
        effective teachers, principals and school leaders, and other 
        educators;
            ``(5) recruit individuals, including members of racial and 
        ethnic groups underrepresented in the teaching profession and 
        individuals from other occupations (including informal 
        education and youth development fields), as profession-ready 
        teachers and other educators, with an emphasis on areas of 
        State-identified teacher shortage; and
            ``(6) meet the staffing needs of high-need local 
        educational agencies and high-need schools through close 
        partnerships with educator preparation programs within 
        institutions of higher education.''.

SEC. 2003. PARTNERSHIP GRANTS.

    Section 202 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022a) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``equitable 
                distribution,'' after ``professional development,'';
                    (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) a description of the extent to which the program to 
        be carried out with grant funds, as described in subsection 
        (c), will prepare prospective teachers, school leaders, and new 
        educators with strong teaching, school leadership, and other 
        professional skills necessary to increase learning and academic 
        achievement;'';
                    (C) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``, school 
                leaders, and other educators,'' after ``new teachers'';
                    (D) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``, 
                        school leader, and other educator'' after 
                        ``other teacher''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ``, 
                        school leader, and other educator'' after 
                        ``promote teacher'';
                    (E) in paragraph (6)--
                            (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (I), 
                        (J), and (K) as subparagraphs (J), (K), and 
                        (M), respectively;
                            (ii) by striking subparagraphs (F), (G), 
                        and (H) and inserting the following:
                    ``(F) how the partnership will prepare educators to 
                teach and work with students with disabilities, 
                including training related to early identification of 
                students with disabilities and participation as a 
                member of individualized education program teams, as 
                defined in section 614(d)(1)(B) of the Individuals with 
                Disabilities Education Act to ensure that students with 
                disabilities receive effective services, consistent 
                with the requirements of the Individuals with 
                Disabilities Education Act, that are needed for such 
                students to achieve to challenging State academic 
                standards;
                    ``(G) how the partnership will prepare educators to 
                teach and work with students who are English learners 
                to ensure that students who are English learners 
                receive the services that are needed for such students 
                to achieve to challenging State academic standards;
                    ``(H) in the case of activities related to 
                principal and school leader preparation programs, how 
                the partnership will prepare principals and other 
                school leaders to foster instruction that supports the 
                success of all students, including students with 
                disabilities, students who are English learners, and 
                students in early childhood education in alignment with 
                State early learning standards for early childhood 
                education programs;
                    ``(I) how faculty at the partner institution will 
                work, during the term of the grant, with mentor 
                educators in the classrooms and administrators of high-
                need schools served by the high-need local educational 
                agency in the partnership to--
                            ``(i) provide high-quality professional 
                        development activities to strengthen the 
                        content knowledge and teaching skills of 
                        elementary school and secondary school teachers 
                        and other educators, including multi-tiered 
                        systems of support and universal design for 
                        learning;
                            ``(ii) train other classroom teachers, 
                        principals or other school leaders, school 
                        librarians, and other educators to implement 
                        literacy programs that incorporate the 
                        components of comprehensive literacy 
                        instruction; and
                            ``(iii) provide evidence-based, high-
                        quality professional development activities to 
                        strengthen the instructional and leadership 
                        skills of elementary school and secondary 
                        school principals or other school leaders and 
                        district superintendents, if the partner 
                        institution has a principal or school leader 
                        preparation program;'';
                            (iii) in subparagraph (J) (as so 
                        redesignated), by inserting ``as applicable'' 
                        before ``how the partnership'';
                            (iv) in subparagraph (K) (as so 
                        redesignated)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``, principals or 
                                other school leaders'' after 
                                ``teachers''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``and'' at the 
                                end; and
                            (v) by inserting after subparagraph (K) (as 
                        so resdesignated) the following:
                    ``(L) how faculty at the partner institution for 
                school leader preparation will work, during the term of 
                the grant, with their--
                            ``(i) State to use rigorous, research-based 
                        leader standards and align program 
                        accreditation criteria and principal licensure 
                        requirements with those standards; and
                            ``(ii) high-needs local education agencies 
                        that hire their graduates to use rigorous, 
                        evidence-based leader standards and align 
                        program content and local educational agencies' 
                        evaluation systems with those standards; and''.
                    (F) in paragraph (7)--
                            (i) in the matter before subparagraph (A), 
                        by striking ``under this section'' and 
                        inserting ``under paragraphs (1)(B)(iv) and (3) 
                        of subsection (d)'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``as 
                        applicable,'' before ``a demonstration''; and
                            (iii) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``scientifically valid'' and inserting 
                        ``evidence-based'';
            (2) by amending subsection (c) to read as follows:
    ``(c) Use of Grant Funds.--An eligible partnership that receives a 
grant under this section--
            ``(1) shall use such grant to carry out --
                    ``(A) a program for the pre-baccalaureate or post-
                baccalaureate preparation of teachers described in 
                subsection (d);
                    ``(B) a teaching residency program, or a principal 
                or other school leader residency program, described in 
                subsection (e);
                    ``(C) a high-quality `Grow Your Own' program; or
                    ``(D) a combination of such programs; and
            ``(2) may use such grant to carry out other educator 
        development programs under subsection (f), based upon the 
        results of the needs assessment in subsection (b)(1).'';
            (3) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``limited English 
                        proficient'' both places it appears and 
                        inserting ``English learners'';
                            (ii) by striking ``scientifically valid'' 
                        both places it appears and inserting 
                        ``evidence-based''; and
                            (iii) in subparagraph (B)(ii)(VI), by 
                        striking ``reading instruction'' both places it 
                        appears and inserting ``comprehensive literacy 
                        instruction'';
                    (B) in paragraph (5)(B), by striking ``limited 
                English proficient students'' and inserting ``students 
                who are English learners'';
                    (C) in paragraph (5)(C), by inserting 
                ``paraprofessionals,'' after ``occupations,''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (6)(A), by striking ``reading 
                instruction'' and inserting ``comprehensive literacy 
                instruction'';
            (4) by amending subsection (e) to read as follows:
    ``(e) Partnership Grants for the Establishment of Teaching and 
Principal or Other School Leader Residency Programs.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible partnership receiving a 
        grant to carry out an effective teaching residency program or 
        principal or other school leader residency program that meets 
        the following requirements:
                    ``(A) Teaching residency program.--An eligible 
                partnership carrying out a teaching residency program 
                shall--
                            ``(i) support a teaching residency program 
                        described in paragraph (2) for high-need 
                        schools, as determined by the needs of high-
                        need local educational agency in the 
                        partnership, and in high-need subjects and 
                        areas, as defined by such local educational 
                        agency; and
                            ``(ii) place graduates of the teaching 
                        residency program in cohorts that facilitate 
                        professional collaboration, both among 
                        graduates of the residency program and between 
                        such graduates and mentor teachers in the 
                        receiving school.
                    ``(B) Principal or school leader residency 
                program.--An eligible partnership carrying out a 
                principal or school leader residency program shall 
                support a program described in paragraph (3) for high-
                need schools, as determined by the needs of the high-
                need local educational agency in the partnership.
            ``(2) Teaching residency program.--
                    ``(A) Establishment and design.--A teaching 
                residency program under this paragraph shall be a 
                program based upon models of successful teaching 
                residencies that serves as a mechanism to prepare 
                teachers for success in high-need schools in the 
                eligible partnership and shall be designed to include 
                the following characteristics of successful programs:
                            ``(i) The integration of pedagogy, 
                        classroom practice and teacher mentoring.
                            ``(ii) The exposure to principles of child 
                        and youth development, and understanding and 
                        applying principles of learning, behavior, and 
                        community and family engagement.
                            ``(iii) The exposure to principles of 
                        universal design for learning and multi-tiered 
                        systems of support.
                            ``(iv) Engagement of teaching residents in 
                        rigorous coursework that results in a 
                        baccalaureate or master's degree while 
                        undertaking a guided teaching clinical 
                        experience.
                            ``(v) Experience and learning opportunities 
                        alongside a trained and experienced mentor 
                        teacher--
                                    ``(I) whose teaching shall 
                                complement the residency program so 
                                that school-based clinical practice is 
                                tightly aligned and integrated with 
                                coursework;
                                    ``(II) who shall have extra 
                                responsibilities as a teacher leader of 
                                the teaching residency program, as a 
                                mentor for residents, and as a teacher 
                                coach during the induction program for 
                                new teachers, and for establishing, 
                                within the program, a learning 
                                community in which all individuals are 
                                expected to continually improve their 
                                capacity to advance student learning; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) who may be relieved from 
                                teaching duties or may be offered a 
                                stipend as a result of such additional 
                                responsibilities.
                            ``(vi) The establishment of clear criteria 
                        for the selection of mentor teachers based on 
                        the appropriate subject area knowledge and 
                        measures of teacher effectiveness, which shall 
                        be based on, but not limited to, observations 
                        of the following:
                                    ``(I) Planning and preparation, 
                                including demonstrated knowledge of 
                                content, pedagogy, and assessment, 
                                including the use of formative, 
                                summative, and diagnostic assessments 
                                to inform instruction and improve 
                                student learning.
                                    ``(II) Appropriate instruction that 
                                engages all students.
                                    ``(III) Collaboration with 
                                colleagues to improve instruction.
                                    ``(IV) Analysis of evidence of 
                                student learning.
                                    ``(V) Collaboration and the 
                                cultivation of relationships with 
                                external stakeholders (which may 
                                include professional disciplinary 
                                organizations and nonprofit advocacy 
                                organizations) to foster the sharing of 
                                evidence-based resources to promote 
                                high-quality, effective practices.
                            ``(vii) The development of admissions goals 
                        and priorities--
                                    ``(I) that are aligned with the 
                                hiring objectives of the local 
                                educational agency partnering with the 
                                program, as well as the instructional 
                                initiatives and curriculum of such 
                                agency to hire qualified graduates from 
                                the teaching residency program; and
                                    ``(II) which may include 
                                consideration of applicants who reflect 
                                the communities in which they will 
                                teach as well as consideration of 
                                individuals from underrepresented 
                                populations in the teaching profession.
                            ``(viii) Continued support for residents 
                        once such residents are hired as the teachers 
                        of record, through an induction program, 
                        evidence-based professional development, and 
                        networking opportunities to support the 
                        residents through not less than the residents' 
                        first 2 years of teaching.
                    ``(B) Selection of individuals as teacher 
                residents.--
                            ``(i) Eligible individual.--In order to be 
                        eligible to be a teacher resident in a teaching 
                        residency program under this paragraph, an 
                        individual shall--
                                    ``(I) be a recent graduate of a 4-
                                year institution of higher education or 
                                a mid-career professional possessing 
                                strong content knowledge or a record of 
                                professional accomplishment;
                                    ``(II) in the case of an 
                                undergraduate residency, enrolled as an 
                                undergraduate student in a partner 
                                institution as defined in this title; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) submit an application to 
                                the residency program.
                            ``(ii) Selection criteria.--An eligible 
                        partnership carrying out a teaching residency 
                        program under this subsection shall establish 
                        criteria for the selection of eligible 
                        individuals to participate in the teaching 
                        residency program based on the following 
                        characteristics:
                                    ``(I) Strong content knowledge or 
                                record of accomplishment in the field 
                                or subject area to be taught.
                                    ``(II) Strong verbal and written 
                                communication skills, which may be 
                                demonstrated by performance on 
                                appropriate assessments.
                                    ``(III) Other attributes linked to 
                                effective teaching, which may be 
                                determined by interviews or performance 
                                assessments, as specified by the 
                                eligible partnership.
            ``(3) Partnership grants for the development of principal 
        and other school leader residency programs.--
                    ``(A) Establishment and design.--A principal or 
                other school leader residency program under this 
                paragraph shall be a program based upon models of 
                successful principal or other school leader 
                residencies, and may include the development or support 
                of principal pipelines, that serve as a mechanism to 
                prepare principals and other school leaders for success 
                in high-need schools in the eligible partnership and 
                shall be designed to include the following 
                characteristics of successful programs:
                            ``(i) Engagement of principal or other 
                        school leader residents in rigorous graduate-
                        level coursework to earn an appropriate 
                        advanced credential while undertaking a guided 
                        principal or other school leader clinical 
                        experience.
                            ``(ii) Experience and learning 
                        opportunities, including those that provide 
                        continuous feedback throughout the program on a 
                        participants' progress, alongside a trained and 
                        experienced mentor principal or other school 
                        leader--
                                    ``(I) whose mentoring shall be 
                                based on standards of effective 
                                mentoring practice and shall complement 
                                the residence program so that school-
                                based clinical practice is tightly 
                                aligned with coursework; and
                                    ``(II) who may be relieved from 
                                some portion of principal or other 
                                school leader duties or may be offered 
                                a stipend as a result of such 
                                additional responsibilities.
                            ``(iii) The establishment of clear criteria 
                        for the selection of mentor principals or other 
                        school leaders, which may be based on 
                        observations of the following:
                                    ``(I) Demonstrating awareness of, 
                                and having experience with, the 
                                knowledge, skills, and attitudes to--
                                            ``(aa) establish and 
                                        maintain a professional 
                                        learning community that 
                                        effectively extracts 
                                        information from data to 
                                        improve the school culture and 
                                        climate, and personalize 
                                        instruction for all students to 
                                        result in improved student 
                                        achievement;
                                            ``(bb) create and maintain 
                                        a learning culture within the 
                                        school that provides an 
                                        inclusive climate conducive to 
                                        the development of all members 
                                        of the school community, 
                                        including one of continuous 
                                        improvement and learning for 
                                        adults tied to student learning 
                                        and other school goals;
                                            ``(cc) develop the 
                                        professional capacity and 
                                        practice of school personnel 
                                        and foster a professional 
                                        community of teachers and other 
                                        professional staff;
                                            ``(dd) engage in continuous 
                                        professional development, 
                                        utilizing a combination of 
                                        academic study, developmental 
                                        simulation exercises, self-
                                        reflection, mentorship, and 
                                        internship;
                                            ``(ee) understand youth 
                                        development appropriate to the 
                                        age level served by the school, 
                                        and use this knowledge to set 
                                        high expectations and standards 
                                        for the academic, social, 
                                        emotional, and physical 
                                        development of all students; 
                                        and
                                            ``(ff) actively engage with 
                                        families and the community to 
                                        create shared responsibility 
                                        for student academic 
                                        performance and successful 
                                        development.
                                    ``(II) Planning and articulating a 
                                shared and coherent schoolwide 
                                direction and policy for achieving high 
                                standards of student performance, and 
                                closing gaps in achievement among 
                                subgroups of students.
                                    ``(III) Identifying and 
                                implementing the activities and 
                                rigorous curriculum necessary for 
                                achieving such standards of student 
                                performance.
                                    ``(IV) Supporting a culture of 
                                learning, collaboration, and 
                                professional behavior and ensuring 
                                quality measures of instructional 
                                practice.
                                    ``(V) Communicating with, and 
                                engaging, parents, families, and other 
                                external communities.
                                    ``(VI) Cultivating relationships 
                                and collaborating with external 
                                stakeholders, which may include 
                                professional disciplinary organizations 
                                and nonprofit advocacy organizations, 
                                to foster the sharing of evidence-based 
                                resources to promote high-quality, 
                                effective practices.
                                    ``(VII) Collecting, analyzing, and 
                                utilizing data and other evidence of 
                                student learning and evidence of 
                                classroom practice to guide decisions 
                                and actions for continuous improvement 
                                and to ensure performance 
                                accountability.
                            ``(iv) The development of admissions goals 
                        and priorities--
                                    ``(I) that are aligned with the 
                                hiring objectives of the local 
                                educational agency partnering with the 
                                program, as well as the instructional 
                                initiatives and curriculum of such 
                                agency to hire qualified graduates from 
                                the principal residency program; and
                                    ``(II) which may include 
                                consideration of applicants who reflect 
                                the communities in which they will 
                                serve and consideration of individuals 
                                from underrepresented populations in 
                                school leadership positions.
                            ``(v) Continued support for residents once 
                        such residents are hired as principals or other 
                        school leaders, through an induction program, 
                        evidence-based professional development to 
                        support the knowledge and skills of the 
                        principal or other school leader in a continuum 
                        of learning and content expertise in 
                        developmentally appropriate or age-appropriate 
                        educational practices, and networking 
                        opportunities to support the residents through 
                        not less than the residents' first 2 years of 
                        serving as principal or other school leader of 
                        a school.
                    ``(B) Selection of individuals as principal or 
                other school leader residents.--
                            ``(i) Eligible individual.--In order to be 
                        eligible to be a principal or other school 
                        leader resident in a principal or other school 
                        leader residency program under this paragraph, 
                        an individual shall--
                                    ``(I) have prior prekindergarten 
                                through grade 12 teaching experience;
                                    ``(II) have experience as an 
                                effective leader, manager, and written 
                                and oral communicator; and
                                    ``(III) submit an application to 
                                the residency program.
                            ``(ii) Selection criteria.--An eligible 
                        partnership carrying out a principal or other 
                        school leader residency program under this 
                        subsection shall establish criteria for the 
                        selection of eligible individuals to 
                        participate in the principal residency program 
                        based on the following characteristics:
                                    ``(I) Strong instructional 
                                leadership skills in an elementary 
                                school or secondary school setting.
                                    ``(II) Strong verbal and written 
                                communication skills, which may be 
                                demonstrated by performance on 
                                appropriate assessments.
                                    ``(III) Other attributes linked to 
                                effective leadership, such as sound 
                                judgment, organizational capacity, 
                                collaboration, commitment to equity and 
                                inclusiveness, and openness to 
                                continuous learning, which may be 
                                determined by interviews or performance 
                                assessment, as specified by the 
                                eligible partnership.
            ``(4) Stipends or salaries; applications; agreements; and 
        repayments.--
                    ``(A) Stipends or salaries.--A teaching residency 
                program, or a principal or other school leader 
                residency program, under this subsection--
                            ``(i) shall provide a 1-year living stipend 
                        or salary to residents during the teaching 
                        residency program or the principal or other 
                        school leader residency program; and
                            ``(ii) may provide a stipend to a mentor 
                        teacher or mentor principal.
                    ``(B) Applications.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Each residency candidate 
                        desiring a stipend or salary during the period 
                        of residency shall submit an application to the 
                        eligible partnership at such time, in such 
                        manner, and containing such information and 
                        assurances, as the eligible partnership may 
                        require, and which shall include an agreement 
                        to serve described in clause (ii).
                            ``(ii) Agreements to serve.--Each 
                        application submitted under clause (i) shall 
                        contain or be accompanied by an agreement that 
                        the applicant will--
                                    ``(I) upon successfully completing 
                                the 1-year teaching residency program, 
                                or principal or other school leader 
                                residency program, serve as a full-time 
                                teacher, principal, or other school 
                                leader for a total of not less than 3 
                                school years at--
                                            ``(aa) a high-need school 
                                        served by the high-need local 
                                        educational agency in the 
                                        eligible partnership and, in 
                                        the case of a teacher, teach a 
                                        subject or area that is 
                                        designated as high-need by the 
                                        partnership; or
                                            ``(bb) in a case in which 
                                        no appropriate position is 
                                        available in a high-need school 
                                        served by the high-need local 
                                        educational agency in the 
                                        eligible partnership, any other 
                                        high-need school;
                                    ``(II) provide to the eligible 
                                partnership a certificate, from the 
                                chief administrative officer of the 
                                local educational agency in which the 
                                teacher or principal or other school 
                                leader is employed, of the employment 
                                required under subclause (I) at the 
                                beginning of, and upon completion of, 
                                each year or partial year of service;
                                    ``(III) in the case of a teacher 
                                resident, meet the requirements to be a 
                                profession-ready teacher;
                                    ``(IV) in the case of a principal 
                                or other school leader resident, meet 
                                the requirements to be a profession-
                                ready principal or other school leader; 
                                and
                                    ``(V) comply with the requirements 
                                set by the eligible partnership under 
                                subparagraph (C) if the applicant is 
                                unable or unwilling to complete the 
                                service obligation required by this 
                                subparagraph.
                    ``(C) Repayments.--
                            ``(i) In general.--An eligible partnership 
                        carrying out a teaching residency program, or a 
                        principal or other school leader residency 
                        program, under this subsection shall require a 
                        recipient of a stipend or salary under 
                        subparagraph (A) who does not complete, or who 
                        notifies the partnership that the recipient 
                        intends not to complete, the service obligation 
                        required by subparagraph (B) to repay such 
                        stipend or salary to the eligible partnership, 
                        together with interest, at a rate specified by 
                        the partnership in the agreement, and in 
                        accordance with such other terms and conditions 
                        specified by the eligible partnership, as 
                        necessary.
                            ``(ii) Other terms and conditions.--Any 
                        other terms and conditions specified by the 
                        eligible partnership may include reasonable 
                        provisions for prorate repayment of the stipend 
                        or salary described in subparagraph (A) or for 
                        deferral of a resident's service obligation 
                        required by subparagraph (B), on grounds of 
                        health, incapacitation, inability to secure 
                        employment in a school served by the eligible 
                        partnership, being called to active duty in the 
                        Armed Forces of the United States, or other 
                        extraordinary circumstances.
                            ``(iii) Use of repayments.--An eligible 
                        partnership shall use any repayment received 
                        under this subparagraph to carry out additional 
                        activities that are consistent with the 
                        purposes of this section.''; and
            (5) by striking subsection (f) and inserting the following:
    ``(f) Teacher Leader Development Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--A teacher leader development program 
        carried out with a grant awarded under this section shall 
        provide for the professional development of teachers, as 
        described in paragraph (2), who maintain their roles as 
        classroom teachers and who also carry out formalized leadership 
        responsibilities to increase the academic achievement of 
        students and promote data-driven instructional practices that 
        address the demonstrated needs at the elementary schools and 
        secondary schools in which the teachers are employed, such as--
                    ``(A) development of curriculum and curricular 
                resources;
                    ``(B) facilitating the work of committees and 
                teams;
                    ``(C) family and community engagement;
                    ``(D) school discipline and culture;
                    ``(E) peer observations and coaching;
                    ``(F) dual enrollment instruction; or
                    ``(G) cultural competencies.
            ``(2) Professional development.--The professional 
        development of teachers in a teacher leader development program 
        carried out with a grant awarded under this section shall 
        include--
                    ``(A) one year of professional development, 
                training, and support that may--
                            ``(i) include--
                                    ``(I) the engagement of teachers in 
                                rigorous coursework and fieldwork 
                                relevant to their role as a teacher 
                                leader, including available teacher 
                                leader standards; and
                                    ``(II) regular observations and 
                                professional support from--
                                            ``(aa) a principal, vice 
                                        principal, or a designated 
                                        instructional leader of the 
                                        school;
                                            ``(bb) a representative 
                                        from the institution of higher 
                                        education that is a partner in 
                                        the eligible partnership;
                                            ``(cc) a representative 
                                        from another entity that is a 
                                        partner in the eligible 
                                        partnership; and
                                            ``(dd) another member of 
                                        the teacher leader cohort, if 
                                        applicable, or a peer teacher; 
                                        and
                            ``(ii) result in the awarding of a 
                        credential in teacher leadership; and
                    ``(B) one or 2 additional years of support from a 
                principal, vice principal, or a designated 
                instructional leader of the school, a representative 
                from the institution of higher education that is a 
                partner in the eligible partnership, and a 
                representative from another entity that is a partner in 
                the eligible partnership.
            ``(3) Teacher leader development program plan.--In carrying 
        out a teacher leader development program under this section, an 
        eligible partnership shall develop a plan that shall describe--
                    ``(A) how the work hours of teacher leaders will be 
                allocated between their classroom responsibilities and 
                responsibilities as a teacher leader, which may include 
                a description of whether the teacher leader will be 
                relieved from teaching duties during their 
                participation in the teacher leader development 
                program;
                    ``(B) how the partnership will support teacher 
                leaders after the first year of professional 
                development in the program; and
                    ``(C) how teacher leader activities could be 
                sustained by the eligible partnership after the program 
                concludes, which may include a description of 
                opportunities for the teacher leaders to assist in the 
                educator preparation program at the institution of 
                higher education in the partnership.
            ``(4) Selection of teacher leaders; use of funds.--In 
        carrying out a teacher leader development program under this 
        section, an eligible partnership--
                    ``(A) shall select a teacher for participation in 
                the program--
                            ``(i) who--
                                    ``(I) is fully certified to teach 
                                in the State of the high-need local 
                                educational agency that is a partner in 
                                the eligible partnership;
                                    ``(II) is employed by such high-
                                need local educational agency;
                                    ``(III) has not less than 3 years 
                                of teaching experience; and
                                    ``(IV) submits an application for 
                                participation to the eligible 
                                partnership; and
                            ``(ii) based on selection criteria that 
                        includes--
                                    ``(I) demonstration of strong 
                                content knowledge or a record of 
                                accomplishment in the field or subject 
                                area the teacher will support as a 
                                teacher leader; and
                                    ``(II) demonstration of attributes 
                                linked to effective teaching that are 
                                determined through interviews, 
                                observations, other exhibits, student 
                                achievement, or performance 
                                assessments, such as those leading to 
                                an advanced credential;
                    ``(B) may develop admissions goals and priorities 
                for the teacher leader development program that--
                            ``(i) are aligned with the demonstrated 
                        needs of the school or high-need local 
                        educational agency in which the teacher is 
                        employed;
                            ``(ii) considers cultural competencies that 
                        would make the applicant effective in the 
                        applicant's teacher leader role; and
                            ``(iii) considers whether the teacher has 
                        substantial teaching experience in the school 
                        in which the teacher is employed or in a school 
                        that is similar to the school in which the 
                        teacher is employed;
                    ``(C) shall use the grant funds to pay for costs of 
                training and supporting teacher leaders for not less 
                than 2 years and not more than 3 years;
                    ``(D) may use the grant funds to pay for a portion 
                of a stipend for teacher leaders if such grant funds 
                are matched by additional non-Federal public or private 
                funds as follows:
                            ``(i) during each of the first and second 
                        years of the grant period, grant funds may pay 
                        not more than 50 percent of such stipend; and
                            ``(ii) during the third year of the grant 
                        period, grant funds may pay not more than 33 
                        percent of such stipend; and
                    ``(E) may require teacher leaders to pay back the 
                cost of attaining the credential described in paragraph 
                (2)(A)(ii) if they do not complete their term of 
                service in the teacher leader development program.
    ``(g) Partnership Grants for the Establishment of Grow Your Own 
Programs.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible partnership that receives a 
        grant under this section may use such grant to carry out a 
        high-quality `Grow Your Own' program to address subject or 
        geographic areas of teacher or school leader shortages or to 
        increase the diversity of the teacher or school leader 
        workforce.
            ``(2) Elements of a grow your own program.--A Grow Your Own 
        program carried out under this section shall--
                    ``(A) integrate career-focused courses on education 
                topics with school-based learning experience;
                    ``(B) provide opportunities for candidates to 
                practice and develop the skills and dispositions that 
                will help them become skilled educators and leaders;
                    ``(C) support candidates as they complete their 
                associate, baccalaureate, or master's degree and earn 
                their teaching or school leadership credential; and
                    ``(D) offer financial aid, in addition to financial 
                assistance that may be received under title IV, to 
                candidates and work in partnership with members of the 
                eligible partnership to provide academic, counseling, 
                and programmatic supports.
            ``(3) Establishment and design.--To create and enhance 
        multiple pathways to enter the educator and leadership 
        workforce, an eligible partnership carrying out a Grow Your Own 
        program under this section, in collaboration with organizations 
        representing educators and leaders and additional 
        stakeholders--
                    ``(A) shall--
                            ``(i) establish an advisory group to review 
                        barriers impacting underrepresented populations 
                        entering the teaching and school leadership 
                        profession, identify local teacher and leader 
                        workforce needs, develop policies on the 
                        creation or expansion of Grow Your Own 
                        programs, and provide guidance and oversight on 
                        the implementation of such programs;
                            ``(ii) track and evaluate the effectiveness 
                        of the program, including, at a minimum, using 
                        the data required under section 204(a)(1);
                            ``(iii) require candidates to complete all 
                        State requirements to become fully certified;
                            ``(iv) provide academic and testing 
                        supports, including advising and financial 
                        assistance, to candidates for admission and 
                        completion of education preparation programs as 
                        well as State licensure assessments;
                            ``(v) include efforts, to the extent 
                        feasible, to recruit current paraprofessionals, 
                        as defined under section 8101 of the Elementary 
                        and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 
                        instructional assistants, district employees 
                        not certified to teach or lead (such as long-
                        term substitute teachers), after school and 
                        summer program staff, parent school volunteers, 
                        retired military personnel, and other career 
                        changers with experience in hard to staff areas 
                        who are not currently certified to teach or 
                        lead with a specific focus on recruiting 
                        individuals who are reflective of the race, 
                        ethnicity, and native language of the existing 
                        community's student population; and
                            ``(vi) provide a year-long clinical 
                        experience or teaching or school leadership 
                        residency in which candidates teach or lead 
                        alongside an expert mentor teacher or school 
                        leader; and
                    ``(B) may include--
                            ``(i) a stipend to cover candidate living 
                        expenses or childcare costs; and
                            ``(ii) compensation for mentors.''.

SEC. 2004. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.

    Section 203 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022b) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ``five-year period'' 
        and inserting ``five-year period, except such partnership may 
        receive an additional grant during such period if such grant is 
        used to establish a teaching residency program, or a principal 
        or other school leader residency program, if such residency 
        program was not established with the prior grant''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)(2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) striking ``teacher preparation 
                        program'' and inserting ``teacher education, 
                        school leader preparation, or educator 
                        development program'';
                            (ii) inserting ``and demonstrated success 
                        in having a diverse set of candidates complete 
                        the program, and entering and remaining in the 
                        profession'', after ``such program''; and
                            (iii) striking ``; and'' at the end;
                    (B) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as 
                subparagraph (C); and
                    (C) by inserting after subparagraph (A) the 
                following:
                    ``(B) provide a 1-year preservice clinical or 
                residency experience that includes the integration of 
                coursework and clinical practice and offers cohorts of 
                candidates the opportunity to learn to teach or lead in 
                partner schools or teaching academies; and''.

SEC. 2005. ACCOUNTABILITY AND EVALUATION.

    Section 204(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022c(a)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(a) Eligible Partnership Evaluation.--Each eligible partnership 
submitting an application for a grant under this part shall establish, 
and include in such application, an evaluation plan that includes 
rigorous, comprehensive, and measurable performance objectives. The 
plan shall include objectives and measures for--
            ``(1) achievement for all prospective and new educators as 
        measured by the eligible partnership;
            ``(2) after the completion of the partnership program, 
        educator retention at the end of year 3 and year 5;
            ``(3) pass rates and scaled scores for initial State 
        certification or licensure of teachers or pass rates and 
        average scores on valid and reliable teacher performance 
        assessments; and
            ``(4)(A) the percentage of profession-ready teachers, 
        principals or other school leaders hired by the high-need local 
        educational agency participating in the eligible partnership;
            ``(B) the percentage of profession-ready teachers, 
        principals, and other educators hired by the high-need local 
        educational agency who are members of underrepresented groups;
            ``(C) the percentage of profession-ready teachers hired by 
        the high-need local educational agency who teach high-need 
        academic subject areas, such as reading, science, technology, 
        engineering, mathematics, computer science, and foreign 
        language (including less commonly taught languages and critical 
        foreign languages);
            ``(D) the percentage of profession-ready teachers hired by 
        the high-need local educational agency who teach in high-need 
        areas, including special education, bilingual education, 
        language instruction educational programs for English language 
        learners, and early childhood education;
            ``(E) the percentage of profession-ready teachers, 
        principals or other school leaders, and other educators hired 
        by the high-need local educational agency who teach in high-
        need schools, disaggregated by the elementary school and 
        secondary school levels;
            ``(F) as applicable, the percentage of early childhood 
        education program classes in the geographic area served by the 
        eligible partnership taught by early childhood educators who 
        are highly competent as a result of participation in the 
        partnership program;
            ``(G) as applicable, the percentage of educators who have 
        completed the partnership program able to--
                    ``(i) integrate technology effectively into 
                curricula and instruction, including technology 
                consistent with the principles of universal design for 
                learning; and
                    ``(ii) use technology effectively to collect, 
                manage, and analyze data to improve teaching and 
                learning for the purpose of improving student learning 
                outcomes; and
            ``(H) as applicable, the percentage of educators who have 
        completed the partnership program taking school leadership 
        positions who, after 3 years in the role, receive ratings of 
        effective or above in State school leader evaluation and 
        support systems (as described in section 2014(c)(4)(B)(ii) of 
        the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965) or, if no 
        such ratings are available, other comparable indicators of 
        performance.''.

SEC. 2006. ACCOUNTABILITY FOR PROGRAMS THAT PREPARE TEACHERS, 
              PRINCIPALS, OR OTHER SCHOOL LEADERS.

    Section 205 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022d) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking the subsection header and inserting 
                the following: ``Institutional and Program Report Cards 
                on the Quality of Teacher and School Leader 
                Preparation''; and
                    (B) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(1) Report card.--Each teacher preparation or school 
        leader preparation entity approved to operate teacher 
        preparation or school leader preparation programs in the State 
        and that receives or enrolls students receiving Federal 
        assistance shall report annually to the State and the general 
        public, in a uniform and comprehensive manner that conforms 
        with the definitions and methods established by the Secretary, 
        the following:
                    ``(A) Pass rates and scaled scores.--For the most 
                recent year for which the information is available for 
                each teacher or school leader preparation program 
                offered by the teacher preparation or school leader 
                preparation entity the following:
                            ``(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), 
                        for those students who took the assessments 
                        used for teacher or school leader certification 
                        or licensure by the State in which the entity 
                        is located and are enrolled in the teacher or 
                        school leader preparation program, and for 
                        those who have taken such assessments and have 
                        completed the teacher or school preparation 
                        program during the 2-year period preceding such 
                        year, for each of such assessments--
                                    ``(I) the percentages of students 
                                enrolled in the preparation program, 
                                and those who have completed such 
                                program, who passed such assessment;
                                    ``(II) the percentage of students 
                                who have taken such assessment who 
                                enrolled in and completed the teacher 
                                or school leader preparation program; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) the average scaled score 
                                for all students who took such 
                                assessment.
                            ``(ii) In the case of an entity that 
                        requires a valid and reliable teacher 
                        performance assessment in order to complete the 
                        preparation program, the entity may submit in 
                        lieu of the information described in clause (i) 
                        the pass rate and average score of students 
                        taking the teacher performance assessment.
                    ``(B) Entity information.--A description of the 
                following:
                            ``(i) The median grade point average and 
                        range of grade point averages for admitted 
                        students.
                            ``(ii) The number of students in the 
                        entity, disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and 
                        gender, except that such disaggregation shall 
                        not be required in a case in which the result 
                        would reveal personally identifiable 
                        information about an individual student.
                            ``(iii) The number of hours and types of 
                        supervised clinical preparation required for 
                        each program.
                            ``(iv) The total number and percentage of 
                        students who have completed programs for 
                        certification or licensure disaggregated by 
                        subject area and by race, ethnicity, gender, 
                        income status, and language diversity 
                        (graduates who have bilingual or dual language 
                        immersion endorsements), except that such 
                        disaggregation shall not be required in a case 
                        in which the result would reveal personally 
                        identifiable information about an individual 
                        student.
                            ``(v) The percentage and total number of 
                        program completers who have been certified or 
                        licensed as teachers or school leaders 
                        (disaggregated by subject area of certification 
                        or licensure and by race, ethnicity, and 
                        gender, except that such disaggregation shall 
                        not be required in a case in which the number 
                        of students in a category is insufficient to 
                        yield statistically reliable information or the 
                        results would reveal personally identifiable 
                        information about an individual student).
                            ``(vi) The 3- and 5-year teacher or school 
                        leader retention rates, including, at a 
                        minimum, in the same school and local 
                        educational agency, and within the profession 
                        (disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and gender, 
                        except that such disaggregation shall not be 
                        required in a case in which the number of 
                        students in a category is insufficient to yield 
                        statistically reliable information or the 
                        results would reveal personally identifiable 
                        information about an individual student).
                    ``(C) Accreditation.--Whether the program or entity 
                is accredited by a specialized accrediting agency 
                recognized by the Secretary for accreditation of 
                professional teacher or school leader education 
                programs.
                    ``(D) Designation as low-performing.--Which 
                programs (if any) offered by the entity have been 
                designated as low-performing by the State under section 
                207(a).'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``and school 
                                leader'' after ``teacher''; and
                                    (II) by inserting ``, including 
                                teacher performance assessments'' after 
                                ``the State'';
                            (ii) by amending subparagraph (D) to read 
                        as follows:
                    ``(D)(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), for 
                each of the assessments used by the State for teacher 
                or school leader certification or licensure, 
                disaggregated by subject area, race, ethnicity, and 
                gender, except that such disaggregation shall not be 
                required in a case in which the result would reveal 
                personally identifiable information about an individual 
                student--
                            ``(I) for each entity located in the State, 
                        the percentage of students at each entity who 
                        have completed 100 percent of the nonclinical 
                        coursework and taken the assessment who pass 
                        such assessment;
                            ``(II) the percentage of all such students 
                        in all such programs and entities who have 
                        taken the assessment who pass such assessment;
                            ``(III) the percentage of students who have 
                        taken the assessment and who enrolled in and 
                        completed a teacher or school leader 
                        preparation program; and
                            ``(IV) the average scaled score of 
                        individuals participating in such a program, or 
                        who have completed such a program during the 2-
                        year period preceding the first year for which 
                        the annual State report card is provided, who 
                        took each such assessment.
                    ``(ii) In the case of a State that has implemented 
                a valid and reliable teacher performance assessment, 
                the State may submit in lieu of the information 
                described in clause (i) the pass rate and average score 
                of students taking the teacher performance assessment, 
                disaggregated by subject area, race, ethnicity, and 
                gender, except that such disaggregation shall not be 
                required in a case in which the result would reveal 
                personally identifiable information about an individual 
                student.'';
                            (iii) by striking subparagraphs (G) through 
                        (L) and inserting the following:
                    ``(G) For each teacher and school leader 
                preparation program in the State the following:
                            ``(i) The programs' admission rate, median 
                        grade point average, and range of grade point 
                        averages for admitted students.
                            ``(ii) The number of students in the 
                        program disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and 
                        gender, except that such disaggregation shall 
                        not be required in a case in which the result 
                        would reveal personally identifiable 
                        information about an individual student.
                            ``(iii) The number of hours and types of 
                        supervised clinical preparation required.
                            ``(iv) Whether such program has been 
                        identified as low-performing, as designated by 
                        the State under section 207(a).
                            ``(v) For each school leader preparation 
                        program in the State, the total number and 
                        percentage of program completers placed as 
                        principals who are rated as effective or above 
                        on the State school leader evaluation and 
                        support systems (as described in section 
                        2101(c)(4)(B)(2) of the Elementary and 
                        Secondary Education Act of 1965) or, if no such 
                        ratings are available, other comparable 
                        indicators of performance after three years of 
                        leading a school.
                    ``(H) For the State as a whole, and for each 
                teacher preparation entity in the State, the number of 
                teachers prepared, in the aggregate and reported 
                separately by the following:
                            ``(i) Area of certification or licensure.
                            ``(ii) Route of certification (traditional 
                        versus alternative).
                            ``(iii) Academic major.
                            ``(iv) Degree type (baccalaureate, post-
                        baccalaureate, and master's degrees).
                            ``(v) Subject area for which the teacher 
                        has been prepared to teach.
                            ``(vi) The relationship of the subject area 
                        and grade span of teachers graduated by the 
                        teacher preparation entity to identified 
                        teacher shortage areas of the State.
                            ``(vii) The percentage of teachers 
                        graduated teaching in high-need schools.
                            ``(viii) Placement in a teaching or school 
                        leadership position within 6 months of program 
                        completion.
                            ``(ix) Rates of 3- and 5-year teacher or 
                        school leadership retention including, at a 
                        minimum, in the same school and local 
                        educational agency, and within the 
                        profession.''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) No requirement for reporting on students not working 
        in the state.--Nothing in this section shall require a State to 
        report data on program completers who do not work as teachers, 
        principals, or school leaders in such State.''; and
            (3) in subsection (d)(2), by adding at the end the 
        following:
                    ``(D) The relationship of the subject area and 
                grade span of teachers graduated by teacher preparation 
                entities across the States to identified teacher 
                shortage areas.
                    ``(E) The number and percentages of such graduates 
                teaching in high-need schools.''.

SEC. 2007. TEACHER DEVELOPMENT.

    Section 206 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022e) 
is amended by striking ``limited English proficient'' both places it 
appears and inserting ``English learner''.

SEC. 2008. STATE FUNCTIONS.

    Section 207 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022f) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 207. STATE FUNCTIONS.

    ``(a) State Assessment.--
            ``(1) In general.--In order to receive funds under this Act 
        or under title II of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6601 et seq.), a State shall conduct an 
        assessment to identify at-risk and low-performing teacher and 
        school leader preparation programs in the State and to assist 
        such programs through the provision of technical assistance.
            ``(2) Provision of low-performing list.--Each State 
        described in paragraph (1) shall--
                    ``(A) provide the Secretary and the general public 
                an annual list of low-performing teacher and school 
                leader preparation programs and an identification of 
                those programs at risk of being placed on such list, as 
                applicable;
                    ``(B) report any teacher and school leader 
                preparation program that has been closed and the 
                reasons for such closure; and
                    ``(C) describe the assessment, described in 
                paragraph (1), in the report under section 205(b).
            ``(3) Determination of at-risk and low-performing 
        programs.--The levels of performance and the criteria for 
        meeting those levels for purposes of the assessment under 
        paragraph (1) shall be determined by the State in consultation 
        with a representative group of community stakeholders, 
        including, at a minimum, representatives of leaders and faculty 
        of traditional and alternative route teacher and school leader 
        preparation programs, prekindergarten through 12th grade 
        leaders and instructional staff, current teacher and school 
        leader candidates participating in traditional and alternative 
        route teacher or school leader preparation programs, the 
        State's standards board or other appropriate standards body, 
        and other stakeholders identified by the State. In making such 
        determination, the State shall consider multiple measures and 
        the information reported by teacher preparation entities under 
        section 205.
    ``(b) Reporting and Improvement.--In order to receive funds under 
this Act or under title II of the Elementary and Secondary Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6601 et seq.), a State shall--
            ``(1) report to the Secretary and the general public any 
        programs described in subsection (a);
            ``(2) establish a period of improvement and redesign (as 
        established by the State) for programs identified as at-risk 
        under subsection (a);
            ``(3) provide programs identified as at-risk under 
        subsection (a) with technical assistance for a period of not 
        longer than 3 years;
            ``(4) identify at-risk programs as low-performing if there 
        is not sufficient improvement following the period of technical 
        assistance provided by the State; and
            ``(5) subject low-performing programs to the provisions 
        described in subsection (c) (as determined by the State) not 
        later than 1 year after the date of such identification as a 
        low-performing program.
    ``(c) Termination of Eligibility.--Any teacher or school leader 
preparation program that is projected to close--
            ``(1) shall be ineligible for any funding for professional 
        development activities awarded by the Department;
            ``(2) may not be permitted to provide new awards under 
        subpart 9 of part A of title IV; and
            ``(3) shall provide transitional support, including 
        remedial services if necessary, for students enrolled in the 
        program in the year prior to such closure.
    ``(d) Negotiated Rulemaking.--If the Secretary develops any 
regulations implementing subsection (c)(2), the Secretary shall submit 
such proposed regulations to a negotiated rulemaking process, which 
shall include representatives of States, institutions of higher 
education, and educational and student organizations.
    ``(e) Application of Requirements.--The requirements of this 
section shall apply to both traditional teacher preparation programs 
and alternative routes to State certification and licensure 
programs.''.

SEC. 2009. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    Section 208(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022g(a)) is amended by striking ``sections 205 and 206'' and inserting 
``section 205''.

SEC. 2010. ELEVATION OF THE EDUCATION PROFESSION STUDY.

    Part A of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 208 the following:

``SEC. 209. ELEVATION OF THE EDUCATION PROFESSION STUDY.

    ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of this section is to authorize a 
feasibilty study on the elevation of the education profession by 
examining State policies related to teacher and school leader education 
and certification, produce a comprehensive set of expectations that 
sets a high bar for entry into the profession and ensures that all 
entering teachers and school leaders are profession-ready, and develop 
recommendations to Congress on best practices with respect to elevating 
the education profession that are evidence-based, reliable, and 
verified by the field.
    ``(b) Establishment.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary of Education shall 
        establish an Advisory Committee to carry out the elevation of 
        the education profession study described in subsection (c) and 
        make recommendations to Congress on the findings.
            ``(2) Membership of the advisory committee.--The Advisory 
        Committee shall include representatives or advocates from the 
        following categories:
                    ``(A) Teacher unions.
                    ``(B) School leader organizations.
                    ``(C) State and local chief executives or their 
                representatives.
                    ``(D) State educational agencies and local 
                educational agencies.
                    ``(E) Teacher and school leader advocacy 
                organizations.
                    ``(F) School administrator organizations.
                    ``(G) Institutions of higher education, including 
                colleges of teacher education.
                    ``(H) Civil rights organizations.
                    ``(I) Organizations representing students with 
                disabilities.
                    ``(J) Organizations representing English learners.
                    ``(K) Nonprofit organizations representing subject-
                fields, such as STEM Educator organizations, 
                comprehensive literacy Educator organizations, and arts 
                and humanities educator organizations.
                    ``(L) Professional development organizations.
                    ``(M) Educational technology organizations.
                    ``(N) Nonprofit research organizations.
                    ``(O) Organizations representing nontraditional 
                pathways into teacher and school leader education.
                    ``(P) Organizations representing parents.
    ``(c) Duties of the Advisory Committee.--
            ``(1) Feasibility study.--The Advisory Committee shall 
        conduct a feasibility study to--
                    ``(A) assess the state of policies and practices 
                related to teacher and school leader education and 
                entry into the profession including barriers to 
                achieving certification and licensure, best practices 
                in producing profession-ready teachers and school 
                leaders, and recruitment and retention of teachers and 
                school leaders in schools;
                    ``(B) compile best practices for educating and 
                training profession-ready teachers and school leaders 
                including evidence-based practices for training 
                teachers and school leaders to support diverse 
                learners, developing teacher and school leaders, and 
                successful pre-service and in-service educational 
                activities;
                    ``(C) review certification and credentialing 
                practices throughout the Nation including minimum 
                standards in each State, differences in types of 
                credentials, and impact of different certification 
                processes in each State for teachers and school leaders 
                who relocate; and
                    ``(D) recommend a comprehensive set of rigorous 
                expectations for States standards to elevate the 
                profession of teaching and to produce profession-ready 
                teachers and school leaders prepared to educate diverse 
                learners in inclusive educational settings.
            ``(2) Reports.--
                    ``(A) Not later than 1 year after the Advisory 
                Committee's first meeting, the Committee shall submit 
                an interim report to the Secretary and to the 
                authorizing committees detailing the methods of the 
                study and progress in developing the set of 
                comprehensive and rigorous expectations.
                    ``(B) Not later than 3 years after the Advisory 
                Committee's first meeting, the Committee shall submit a 
                final report to the Secretary and to the authorizing 
                committees detailing the findings, recommendations, and 
                suggested set of comprehensive and rigorous 
                expectations.
            ``(3) Dissemination of information.--In carrying out the 
        study under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall, after the 
        release of the study, disseminate information found in the 
        study in an accessible format to all stakeholders.
            ``(4) Database.--Not later than 180 days after the date of 
        the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall produce 
        an electronically accessible clearinghouse of State 
        certification procedures and best State practices for producing 
        and retaining profession-ready teachers and school leaders.''.

SEC. 2011. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Part A of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating section 209 as section 210; and
            (2) in section 210, as so redesignated--
                    (A) by striking ``$300,000,000'' and inserting 
                ``$500,000,000'';
                    (B) by striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2019''; 
                and
                    (C) by striking ``two succeeding'' and inserting 
                ``5 succeeding''.

         PART B--ENHANCING TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER EDUCATION

SEC. 2101. ENHANCING TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER EDUCATION.

    Part B of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1031 et seq.) is amended to read as follows:

        ``PART B--ENHANCING TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER EDUCATION

``SEC. 230. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--There are authorized to be appropriated to carry 
out this part $100,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(b) Distribution of Funds.--Subparts 1 through 4 of this part 
shall each receive a minimum of 20 percent of the amount appropriated 
for a fiscal year, and the Secretary shall have discretion over the 
distribution under this part of the remaining amount appropriated for 
such fiscal year.

    ``Subpart 1--Honorable Augustus F. Hawkins Centers of Excellence

``SEC. 231. FINDINGS.

    ``Congress finds the following:
            ``(1) Our Nation's schools are experiencing a severe 
        teacher diversity gap that negatively impacts student 
        achievement and school culture--50 percent of current students 
        are students of color while only 18 percent of teachers are of 
        color, according to a 2016 study by the Brookings Institution.
            ``(2) A 2016 report conducted by the Department of 
        Education shows that teachers of color tend to provide more 
        culturally relevant teaching and better understand the 
        situations that students of color may face. These factors help 
        in the development of trusting teacher-student relationships. 
        Researchers from Vanderbilt University also found that greater 
        racial and ethnic diversity in the principal corps benefits 
        students, especially students of color.
            ``(3) Teachers and school leaders of color can also serve 
        as cultural ambassadors who help students feel more welcome at 
        school or as role models.
            ``(4) Research consistently shows that increasing diversity 
        in the teaching profession can have positive impacts on student 
        educational experiences and outcomes. Students of color 
        demonstrate greater academic achievement and social-emotional 
        development in classes with teachers of color. Studies also 
        suggest that all students, including White students, benefit 
        from having teachers of color offering their distinctive 
        knowledge, experiences, and role modeling to the student body 
        as a whole.

``SEC. 232. PURPOSE.

    ``The purpose of this subpart is to strengthen and expand the 
recruitment, training, and retention of candidates of color into the 
teaching profession.

``SEC. 233. ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION DEFINED.

    ``In this subpart, the term `eligible institution' means an 
institution of higher education that has a teacher or school leader 
preparation program that is a accredited by the State and that is--
            ``(1) a part B institution (as defined in section 322);
            ``(2) a Hispanic-serving institution (as defined in section 
        502);
            ``(3) a Tribal college or university (as defined in section 
        316);
            ``(4) an Alaska Native-serving institution (as defined in 
        section 317(b));
            ``(5) a Native Hawaiian-serving institution (as defined in 
        section 317(b));
            ``(6) a predominantly Black institution (as defined in 
        section 318);
            ``(7) an Asian-American and Native American Pacific 
        Islander-serving institution (as defined in section 320(b));
            ``(8) a Native American-serving, nontribal institution (as 
        defined in section 319);
            ``(9) a consortium of any of the institutions described in 
        paragraphs (1) through (8); or
            ``(10) an institution described in paragraphs (1) through 
        (8), or a consortium described in paragraph (9), in partnership 
        with any other institution of higher education, but only if the 
        center of excellence established under section 234 is located 
        at an institution described in paragraphs (1) through (8).

``SEC. 234. AUGUSTUS F. HAWKINS CENTERS OF EXCELLENCE.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--From the amounts provided to carry out 
this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, 
to eligible institutions to establish centers of excellence.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution shall use a grant 
received under this subpart to ensure that programs offered at a center 
of excellence established by such institution prepare current and 
future teachers or school leaders to be profession-ready, and meet the 
applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including 
any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes 
to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the 
qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals 
with Disabilities Education Act, by carrying out one or more of the 
following activities:
            ``(1) Implementing reforms within teacher or school leader 
        preparation programs to ensure that such programs are preparing 
        teachers or school leaders who meet such applicable State 
        certification and licensure requirements or qualifications, and 
        are using evidence-based instructional practices to improve 
        student academic achievement, by--
                    ``(A) retraining or recruiting faculty; and
                    ``(B) designing (or redesigning) teacher or school 
                leader preparation programs that--
                            ``(i) prepare teachers or school leaders to 
                        serve in low-performing schools and close 
                        student achievement gaps; and
                            ``(ii) are based on--
                                    ``(I) rigorous academic content;
                                    ``(II) evidence-based research; and
                                    ``(III) challenging State academic 
                                standards as described in section 
                                1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and 
                                Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                                U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)); and
                            ``(iii) promote effective teaching skills.
            ``(2) Providing sustained and high-quality preservice 
        clinical experience, including the mentoring of prospective 
        teachers by exemplary teachers or teacher leaders, 
        substantially increasing interaction between faculty at 
        institutions of higher education and new and experienced 
        teachers, principals, school leaders, and other administrators 
        at elementary schools or secondary schools, and providing 
        support, including preparation time, for such interaction.
            ``(3) Developing and implementing initiatives to promote 
        retention of teachers who meet such applicable State 
        certification and licensure requirements or qualifications, and 
        principals and other school leaders, including teachers, 
        principals, and other school leaders of color, including 
        programs that provide--
                    ``(A) teacher or principal and other school leader 
                mentoring; and
                    ``(B) induction and support for teachers and 
                principals and other school leaders during their first 
                three years of employment as teachers, principals, or 
                other school leaders, respectively.
            ``(4) Awarding scholarships based on financial need to help 
        students pay the costs of tuition, room, board, and other 
        expenses of completing a teacher or other school leader 
        preparation program at the Center of Excellence, not to exceed 
        the cost of attendance as defined in section 472.
            ``(5) Disseminating information on effective practices for 
        teacher or other school leader preparation and successful 
        teacher or other school leader certification and licensure 
        assessment preparation strategies.
            ``(6) Activities authorized under section 202.
    ``(c) Application.--Any eligible institution desiring a grant under 
this subpart shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary 
may require.
    ``(d) Limitation on Administrative Expenses.--An eligible 
institution that receives a grant under this subpart may use not more 
than 2 percent of the funds provided to administer the grant.
    ``(e) Regulations.--The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations 
as may be necessary to carry out this subpart.

              ``Subpart 2--Preparing Well-Rounded Teachers

``SEC. 241. WELL-ROUNDED TEACHING GRANTS.

    ``(a) Findings.--Congress finds that--
            ``(1) students have diverse learning needs and teachers 
        must be prepared to provide a high-quality, equitable education 
        to every child;
            ``(2) improving the pedagogical competencies, behavior 
        management skills, and cultural competencies of teacher 
        candidates prepares them to effectively teach students from 
        diverse backgrounds and increases the likelihood they will 
        remain in the profession; and
            ``(3) teachers who hold dual certification and receive 
        training in social and emotional learning competencies and 
        nonexclusionary, positive behavior management practices are 
        better prepared to create a supportive school climate and meet 
        the needs of all students, including English learners, racially 
        diverse students, students with disabilities, low-income 
        students, and students who have experienced trauma.
    ``(b) Purpose.--The purpose of this subpart is to--
            ``(1) strengthen and expand teacher preparation programs 
        that embed dual certification for teacher candidates in special 
        education; and
            ``(2) strengthen and expand teacher preparation programs 
        that embed training on inclusive practices, culturally 
        responsive teaching, social and emotional learning competencies 
        and nonexclusionary, positive behavior management practices to 
        teacher candidates.
    ``(c) Authorization of Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amounts provided to carry out 
        this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a 
        competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to improve the 
        preparation of general education teacher candidates to ensure 
        that such teacher candidates possess the knowledge, skills, and 
        credentials necessary to effectively instruct students with 
        disabilities in general education classrooms, and an 
        understanding of positive behavior-management practices that 
        reduce the use of exclusionary and aversive disciplinary 
        practices and create a supportive school climate.
            ``(2) Duration of grants.--A grant under this subpart shall 
        be awarded for a period of not more than 5 years.
            ``(3) Non-federal share.--An eligible partnership that 
        receives a grant under this subpart shall provide not less than 
        25 percent of the cost of the activities carried out with such 
        grant from non-Federal sources, which may be provided in cash 
        or in-kind.
    ``(d) Definition of Eligible Partnership.--In this section, the 
term `eligible partnership' means a partnership that--
            ``(1) shall include--
                    ``(A) one or more departments or programs at an 
                institution of higher education--
                            ``(i) that prepare elementary or secondary 
                        general education teachers;
                            ``(ii) that have a program of study that 
                        leads to an undergraduate degree, a master's 
                        degree, or completion of a postbaccalaureate 
                        program required for teacher certification; and
                            ``(iii) the profession-ready graduates of 
                        which meet the applicable State certification 
                        and licensure requirements, including any 
                        requirements for certification obtained through 
                        alternative routes to certification, or, with 
                        regard to special education teachers, the 
                        qualifications described in section 
                        612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with 
                        Disabilities Education Act;
                    ``(B) a department or program that has expertise in 
                special education at an institution of higher 
                education; and
                    ``(C) a high-need local educational agency; and
            ``(2) may include--
                    ``(A) a department or program of mathematics, earth 
                or physical science, foreign language, or another 
                department at the institution that has a role in 
                preparing teachers; or
                    ``(B) a non-profit, research-based organization.
    ``(e) Activities.--An eligible partnership that receives a grant 
under this section--
            ``(1) shall use the grant funds to--
                    ``(A) develop or strengthen an undergraduate, 
                postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation 
                program by integrating special education pedagogy into 
                the general education curriculum and academic content 
                that results in applicable dual State certification for 
                teacher candidates who complete the program;
                    ``(B) develop or strengthen an undergraduate, 
                postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation 
                program by embedding social and emotional learning 
                strategies, inclusive practices, culturally responsive 
                teaching, and nonexclusionary, positive behavior-
                management practices into the general education 
                curriculum and academic content;
                    ``(C) provide teacher candidates participating in 
                the program under subparagraph (A) with skills related 
                to--
                            ``(i) response to intervention, positive 
                        behavioral interventions and supports 
                        (including eliminating the use of aversive 
                        interventions such as seclusion and 
                        restraints), differentiated instruction, and 
                        data-driven instruction (including the use of 
                        data to identify and address disparities in 
                        rates of discipline among student subgroups);
                            ``(ii) universal design for learning;
                            ``(iii) determining and utilizing 
                        accommodations for instruction and assessments 
                        for students with disabilities;
                            ``(iv) collaborating with stakeholders such 
                        as special educators, related services 
                        providers, out-of-school time providers, and 
                        parents, including participation in 
                        individualized education program development 
                        and implementation;
                            ``(v) appropriately utilizing technology 
                        and assistive technology for students with 
                        disabilities; and
                            ``(vi) effectively and equitably using 
                        technology for digital and blended learning;
                    ``(D) provide teacher candidates participating in 
                the program under subparagraph (B) with skills related 
                to--
                            ``(i) social and emotional learning 
                        competencies;
                            ``(ii) positive behavior interventions and 
                        supports or multitiered systems of support;
                            ``(iii) trauma-informed care;
                            ``(iv) evidenced-based restorative justice 
                        practices;
                            ``(v) culturally responsive teaching and 
                        anti-bias training that is evidence-based; and
                    ``(E) provide extensive clinical experience for 
                participants described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) 
                with mentoring and induction support throughout the 
                program that continues during the first 2 years of 
                full-time teaching.
    ``(f) Application.--
            ``(1) Application requirements.--An eligible partnership 
        seeking a grant under this section shall submit an application 
        to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing 
        such information as the Secretary may require. Such application 
        shall include--
                    ``(A) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership 
                of the existing teacher preparation program at the 
                institution of higher education and needs related to 
                preparing general education teacher candidates to 
                instruct students with disabilities; and
                    ``(B) an assessment of the existing personnel needs 
                for general education teachers who instruct students 
                with disabilities, performed by the high-need local 
                educational agency described in subsection (d)(1)(C).
            ``(2) Peer review.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall convene a 
                peer review committee to review applications for grants 
                under this subpart and to make recommendations to the 
                Secretary regarding the selection of eligible 
                partnerships for such grants.
                    ``(B) Membership.--Members of the peer review 
                committee shall be recognized experts in the fields of 
                special education, social and emotional learning, 
                teacher preparation, and general education and shall 
                not be in a position to benefit financially from any 
                grants awarded under this section.
    ``(g) Equitable Geographic Distribution.--In awarding grants under 
this subpart, the Secretary shall, to the maximum extent possible, 
provide for an equitable geographic distribution of such grants.
    ``(h) Evaluations.--
            ``(1) By the partnership.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible partnership 
                receiving a grant under this subpart shall conduct an 
                evaluation at the end of the grant period to 
                determine--
                            ``(i) the effectiveness of the general 
                        education teachers who completed a program 
                        under subsection (c)(1) with respect to 
                        instruction of students with disabilities in 
                        general education classrooms; and
                            ``(ii) the systemic impact of the 
                        activities carried out by such grant on how 
                        each institution of higher education that is a 
                        member of the partnership prepares teachers for 
                        instruction in elementary schools and secondary 
                        schools.
                    ``(B) Report to the secretary.--Each eligible 
                partnership performing an evaluation under subparagraph 
                (A) shall report the findings of such evaluation to the 
                Secretary.
            ``(2) Report by the secretary.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the last day of the grant period for which an evaluation 
        was conducted under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall make 
        available to the authorizing committees and the public the 
        findings of the evaluations submitted under paragraph (1), and 
        information on best practices related to effective instruction 
        of students with disabilities in general education classrooms.

    ``Subpart 3--Preparing Teachers for English-Learner Instruction

``SEC. 251. TEACHING ENGLISH LEARNERS GRANT.

    ``(a) Authorization of Program.--The Secretary shall award grants, 
on a competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to improve the 
preparation of teacher candidates to ensure that such teacher 
candidates possess the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively 
instruct English learners.
    ``(b) Duration of Grants.--A grant under this section shall be 
awarded for a period of not more than 5 years.
    ``(c) Non-Federal Share.--An eligible partnership that receives a 
grant under this section shall provide not less than 25 percent of the 
cost of the activities carried out with such grant from non-Federal 
sources, which may be provided in cash or in kind.
    ``(d) Eligible Partnership.--The term `eligible partnership' means 
an eligible institution of higher education in partnership with a high-
need local educational agency or a high-need early childhood education 
program.
    ``(e) Uses of Funds.--An eligible partnership that receives a grant 
under this section shall use the grant to--
            ``(1) develop or strengthen an undergraduate, 
        postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation program by 
        integrating strategies for teaching English learners into the 
        education curriculum and academic content;
            ``(2) provide teacher candidates participating in a program 
        under paragraph (1) with skills related to--
                    ``(A) helping English learners--
                            ``(i) achieve at high levels in 
                        prekindergarten programs, and elementary 
                        schools and secondary schools so that such 
                        English learners can meet the challenging State 
                        academic standards adopted under section 
                        1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)) by 
                        the State of the school attended by the English 
                        learners, which all children in the State are 
                        expected to meet; and
                            ``(ii) attain English proficiency;
                    ``(B) appropriately identifying and meeting the 
                specific learning needs of children with disabilities 
                who are English learners;
                    ``(C) recognizing and addressing the social and 
                emotional needs of English learners; and
                    ``(D) promoting parental, family, and community 
                engagement in educational programs that serve English 
                learners;
            ``(3) provide authentic clinical learning opportunities for 
        teacher candidates participating in the program involving 
        sustained interactions with teachers and English learners at 
        public prekindergarten programs, or elementary schools or 
        secondary schools, to the extent practicable, or simulated 
        environments at the eligible institution of higher education 
        involved, that foster in-depth, first-hand engagement with 
        tasks required of a teacher providing instruction to English 
        learners; and
            ``(4) provide teacher candidates with the required 
        coursework to qualify for an English-as-a-second-language 
        certification, endorsement, or initial teaching credential, as 
        recognized by the State of the eligible partnership.
    ``(f) Application.--An eligible partnership seeking a grant under 
this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require. Such application shall include--
            ``(1) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership of the 
        existing teacher preparation program at the institution of 
        higher education and the needs related to preparing teacher 
        candidates to instruct English learners in the manner described 
        in subsection (d)(2); and
            ``(2) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership of the 
        personnel needs for teachers who instruct English learners at 
        local, public prekindergarten programs, and elementary schools 
        and secondary schools.
    ``(g) Equitable Geographic Distribution.--In awarding grants under 
this section, the Secretary shall, to the maximum extent possible, 
provide for an equitable geographic distribution of such grants.
    ``(h) Evaluations.--
            ``(1) Report from eligible partnerships.--An eligible 
        partnership receiving a grant under this section shall submit 
        to the Secretary the results of an evaluation conducted by the 
        partnership at the end of the grant period to determine--
                    ``(A) the effectiveness of teachers who completed a 
                program under subsection (d)(1) with respect to 
                instruction of English learners; and
                    ``(B) the systemic impact of the activities carried 
                out by such grant on how such partnership prepares 
                teachers to provide instruction in prekindergarten 
                programs, and elementary schools and secondary schools.
            ``(2) Report from the secretary.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the last day of the grant period under this section, the 
        Secretary shall make available to the authorizing committees 
        and the public--
                    ``(A) the findings of the evaluations submitted 
                under paragraph (1); and
                    ``(B) information on best practices related to 
                effective instruction of English learners.

``Subpart 4--Graduate Fellowships To Prepare Faculty in High-Need Areas 
                        at Colleges of Education

``SEC. 261. GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS TO PREPARE FACULTY IN HIGH-NEED AREAS 
              AT COLLEGES OF EDUCATION.

    ``(a) Grants by Secretary.--From the amounts provided to carry out 
this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, 
to eligible institutions to enable such institutions to make graduate 
fellowship awards to qualified individuals in accordance with the 
provisions of this section.
    ``(b) Eligible Institutions.--In this section, the term `eligible 
institution' means an institution of higher education, or a consortium 
of such institutions, that offers a program of postbaccalaureate study 
leading to a doctoral degree.
    ``(c) Applications.--An eligible institution that desires a grant 
under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may reasonably require.
    ``(d) Types of Fellowships Supported.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subpart shall use the grant funds to provide 
        graduate fellowships to individuals who are preparing for the 
        professorate in order to prepare individuals to become 
        elementary school and secondary school science, technology, 
        engineering, and math teachers, special education teachers, and 
        teachers who provide instruction for English-learners, who meet 
        the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, 
        including any requirements for certification obtained through 
        alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special 
        education teachers, the qualifications described in section 
        612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education 
        Act.
            ``(2) Types of study.--A graduate fellowship provided under 
        this section shall support an individual in pursuing 
        postbaccalaureate study, which leads to a doctoral degree and 
        may include a master's degree as part of such study, related to 
        teacher preparation and pedagogy in one of the following areas:
                    ``(A) Science, technology, engineering, 
                mathematics, and computer science, and their related 
                subfields, if the individual has completed a master's 
                degree in mathematics, engineering, science, or 
                computer science and is pursuing a doctoral degree in 
                mathematics, science, engineering, or education.
                    ``(B) Special education.
                    ``(C) The instruction of English-learners, 
                including postbaccalaureate study in language 
                instruction educational programs.
    ``(e) Fellowship Terms and Conditions.--
            ``(1) Selection of fellows.--The Secretary shall ensure 
        that an eligible institution that receives a grant under this 
        subpart--
                    ``(A) shall provide graduate fellowship awards to 
                individuals who plan to pursue a career in instruction 
                at an institution of higher education that has a 
                teacher preparation program; and
                    ``(B) may not provide a graduate fellowship to an 
                otherwise eligible individual--
                            ``(i) during periods in which such 
                        individual is enrolled at an institution of 
                        higher education unless such individual is 
                        maintaining satisfactory academic progress in, 
                        and devoting full-time study or research to, 
                        the pursuit of the degree for which the 
                        fellowship support was provided; or
                            ``(ii) if the individual is engaged in 
                        gainful employment, other than part-time 
                        employment related to teaching, research, or a 
                        similar activity determined by the institution 
                        to be consistent with and supportive of the 
                        individual's progress toward the degree for 
                        which the fellowship support was provided.
            ``(2) Amount of fellowship awards.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible institution that 
                receives a grant under this subpart shall award 
                stipends to individuals who are provided graduate 
                fellowships under this subpart.
                    ``(B) Awards based on need.--A stipend provided 
                under this subpart shall be in an amount equal to the 
                level of support provided by the National Science 
                Foundation graduate fellowships, except that such 
                stipend shall be adjusted as necessary so as not to 
                exceed the fellowship recipient's demonstrated need, as 
                determined by the institution of higher education where 
                the fellowship recipient is enrolled.
            ``(3) Service requirement.--
                    ``(A) Teaching required.--Each individual who 
                receives a graduate fellowship under this subpart and 
                earns a doctoral degree shall teach for 1 year at an 
                institution of higher education that has a teacher 
                preparation program for each year of fellowship support 
                received under this section.
                    ``(B) Institutional obligation.--Each eligible 
                institution that receives a grant under this subpart 
                shall provide an assurance to the Secretary that the 
                institution has inquired of and determined the decision 
                of each individual who has received a graduate 
                fellowship to, within 3 years of receiving a doctoral 
                degree, begin employment at an institution of higher 
                education that has a teacher preparation program, as 
                required by this section.
                    ``(C) Agreement required.--Prior to receiving an 
                initial graduate fellowship award, and upon the annual 
                renewal of the graduate fellowship award, an individual 
                selected to receive a graduate fellowship under this 
                section shall sign an agreement with the Secretary 
                agreeing to pursue a career in instruction at an 
                institution of higher education that has a teacher 
                preparation program in accordance with subparagraph 
                (A).
                    ``(D) Failure to comply.--If an individual who 
                receives a graduate fellowship award under this section 
                fails to comply with the agreement signed pursuant to 
                subparagraph (C), the sum of the amounts of any 
                graduate fellowship award received by such recipient 
                shall, upon a determination of such a failure, be 
                treated as a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan 
                under part D of title IV, and shall be subject to 
                repayment, together with interest thereon accruing from 
                the date of the fellowship award, in accordance with 
                terms and conditions specified by the Secretary in 
                regulations under this subpart.
                    ``(E) Modified service requirement.--The Secretary 
                may waive or modify the service requirement of this 
                paragraph in accordance with regulations promulgated by 
                the Secretary with respect to the criteria to determine 
                the circumstances under which compliance with such 
                service requirement is inequitable or represents a 
                substantial hardship. The Secretary may waive the 
                service requirement if compliance by the fellowship 
                recipient is determined to be inequitable or represent 
                a substantial hardship--
                            ``(i) because the individual is permanently 
                        and totally disabled at the time of the waiver 
                        request; or
                            ``(ii) based on documentation presented to 
                        the Secretary of substantial economic or 
                        personal hardship.
    ``(f) Institutional Support for Fellows.--An eligible institution 
that receives a grant under this section may reserve not more than ten 
percent of the grant amount for academic and career transition support 
for graduate fellowship recipients and for meeting the institutional 
obligation described in subsection (e)(3)(B).
    ``(g) Restriction on Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that 
receives a grant under this section may not use grant funds for general 
operational overhead of the institution.

                    ``Subpart 5--General Provisions

``SEC. 281. COMPETITIVE PRIORITY.

    ``In awarding grants under subparts 1 through 4, the Secretary 
shall award competitive priority to eligible institutions, eligible 
partnerships, and eligible entities that demonstrate in the application 
for such a grant a plan to--
            ``(1) increase the diversity in the educator workforce 
        through--
                    ``(A) recruiting, enrolling, and preparing diverse 
                teacher candidates; and
                    ``(B) efforts that help retain diverse teacher 
                candidates in high-needs schools;
            ``(2) address the shortage of teachers in high-needs fields 
        including science, technology, engineering, arts, mathematics, 
        or computer science through--
                    ``(A) recruiting, enrolling, and preparing teacher 
                candidates to achieve certification, as required by the 
                State, to offer instruction in high-needs fields, 
                including science, technology, engineering, arts, 
                mathematics, or computer science; and
                    ``(B) efforts that help retain teachers of high-
                needs fields in high-needs schools;
            ``(3) expand the pipeline of school leaders through 
        preparing teacher leaders, which may be achieved by efforts 
        that may include--
                    ``(A) embedding pedagogical coursework for teacher 
                candidates that fosters--
                            ``(i) leadership and advocacy skills;
                            ``(ii) knowledge of school management and 
                        finance;
                            ``(iii) school operations and business 
                        skills;
                            ``(iv) effective use and management of 
                        educational technology;
                            ``(v) strategies for community and family 
                        engagement; and
                            ``(vi) mentorship and coaching strategies; 
                        and
                    ``(B) providing opportunities for teacher 
                candidates to receive--
                            ``(i) exposure to and modeling from teacher 
                        leaders and school leaders; and
                            ``(ii) ongoing support and continuation of 
                        professional development on teacher or other 
                        school leadership once exiting the teacher or 
                        other school leader preparation program.''.

                      TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

SEC. 3001. STRENGTHENING INSTITUTIONS.

    (a) Program Purpose.--Section 311(d) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057(d)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and 
                inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include 
                gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific 
                purpose)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``or greater than'' and inserting 
                ``50 percent of''; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
            ``(4) Scholarship.--An eligible institution that uses grant 
        funds provided under this section to establish or increase an 
        endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from such 
        endowment to provide scholarships to students for the purposes 
        of attending such institution.''.
    (b) Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities.--Section 316(c) 
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (D), by striking ``Indians'' 
                and all that follows through ``policy'' and inserting 
                ``American Indians and Alaska Natives are 
                underrepresented, instruction in Native American 
                language, and instruction to support tribal governance, 
                tribal public policy, and tribal history and 
                sovereignty;'' and
                    (B) in subparagraph (L) by striking ``outreach'' 
                and all that follows through ``education'' and 
                inserting ``outreach and recruitment activities and 
                programs that encourage American Indian and Alaska 
                Native elementary school students, secondary school 
                students, and adults to develop the academic skills and 
                the interest to pursue and succeed in postsecondary 
                education''; and
            (2) in paragraph (3)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (B)--
                            (i) by striking ``matching funds'' and 
                        inserting ``matching funds (which may include 
                        gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a 
                        specific purpose)''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``equal to the Federal 
                        funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of 
                        the Federal funds''; and
                    (B) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the 
                following:
                    ``(D) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that 
                uses grant funds provided under this section to 
                establish or increase an endowment fund may use the 
                interest proceeds from such endowment to provide 
                scholarships to students for the purposes of attending 
                such institution.''.
    (c) Elimination of Pre-Approval Requirement; Use of Unexpended 
Funds.--Section 316(d) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1059c(d)) is amended--
            (1) by striking paragraph (1);
            (2) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (4) as 
        paragraphs (1) through (3), respectively; and
            (3) in paragraph (2), as so redesignated, by adding at the 
        end the following:
                    ``(C) Use of unexpended funds.--Any funds paid to 
                an institution and not expended or used for the 
                purposes for which the funds were paid during the 5-
                year period following the date of the initial grant 
                award, may be carried over and expended during the 
                succeeding 5-year period, if such funds were obligated 
                for a purpose for which the funds were paid during the 
                5-year period following the date of the initial grant 
                award.''.
    (d) Promoting the Sustainability of Native American Languages.--
Part A of title III of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057 
et seq.) is further amended by inserting after section 316 (20 U.S.C. 
1059c) the following:

``SEC. 316A. NATIVE AMERICAN LANGUAGE VITALIZATION AND TRAINING 
              PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Establishment.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under 
        subsection (d), the Secretary shall establish the Native 
        American Language Vitalization and Training Program under which 
        the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, to 
        eligible institutions to promote the preservation, 
        revitalization, relevancy, and use of Native American 
        languages.
            ``(2) Term.--The term of a grant under this section shall 
        be not more than 5 years.
            ``(3) Application.--
                    ``(A) Streamlined process.--In carrying out the 
                program under this section, the Secretary shall 
                establish application requirements in such a manner as 
                to simplify and streamline the process for the grant 
                application under this section.
                    ``(B) In general.--To be eligible to receive a 
                grant under this subsection, an eligible institution 
                shall submit to the Secretary an application at such 
                time, in such manner, and in accordance with any other 
                application requirements described in subparagraph (A), 
                that the Secretary may prescribe, and including the 
                following:
                            ``(i) A description of the 5-year program 
                        of the eligible institution for meeting the 
                        needs of American Indians, Alaska Natives, 
                        Native Hawaiians, or Native American Pacific 
                        Islanders, as appropriate, in the area served 
                        by the institution, and how such plan is 
                        consistent with the purposes described in 
                        paragraph (1).
                            ``(ii)(I) An identification of the 
                        population to be served by the eligible 
                        institution; and
                            ``(II) an identification of the status of 
                        Native American language understanding and use 
                        within that population and a description of the 
                        manner in which the program will help preserve 
                        and revitalize the relevant Native American 
                        language.
                            ``(iii) A description of the services to be 
                        provided under the program, including the 
                        manner in which the services will be integrated 
                        with other appropriate language programs 
                        available in the relevant community.
                            ``(iv) A description, to be prepared in 
                        consultation with the Secretary, of the 
                        performance measures to be used to assess the 
                        performance of the eligible institution in 
                        carrying out the program.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution may use a grant under 
this section to carry out activities consistent with the purposes 
described in subsection (a)(1), including--
            ``(1) curriculum development and academic instruction, 
        including educational activities, programs, and partnerships 
        relating to students in early childhood education programs 
        through grade 12;
            ``(2) professional development for faculty at the eligible 
        institution and in-service training programs for early 
        childhood education programs through grade 12 instructors and 
        administrators; and
            ``(3) innovative Native American language programs for 
        students in early childhood education programs through grade 
        12, including language immersion programs.
    ``(c) Applicability of Other Provisions.--
            ``(1) Concurrent funding.--
                    ``(A) Tribal college or university.--An eligible 
                institution that is a Tribal College or University may, 
                concurrently, receive a grant under this section and 
                funds under section 316.
                    ``(B) Alaska native-serving institution or native 
                hawaiian-serving institution.--An eligible institution 
                that is an Alaska Native-serving institution or Native 
                Hawaiian-serving institution may, concurrently, receive 
                a grant under this section and funds under section 317.
                    ``(C) Asian american and native american pacific 
                islander-serving institution.--An eligible institution 
                that is an Asian American and Native American Pacific 
                Islander-serving institution may, concurrently, receive 
                a grant under this section and funds under section 320.
            ``(2) Exemption.--Sections 312(b) and 313(d) shall not 
        apply to an eligible institution that receives a grant under 
        this section.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $20,000,000 (of which 
$15,000,000 shall be available for Tribal Colleges or Universities and 
$5,000,000 shall be available for the institutions described in 
subparagraphs (B) through (D) of subsection (e)(1)) for fiscal year 
2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means--
                    ``(A) a Tribal College or University, as defined in 
                section 316;
                    ``(B) an Alaska Native-serving institution, as 
                defined in section 317;
                    ``(C) a Native Hawaiian-serving institution, as 
                defined in section 317; or
                    ``(D) an Asian American and Native American Pacific 
                Islander-serving institution, as defined in section 
                320, which is located in American Samoa, Guam, or the 
                Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
            ``(2) Native american.--The term `Native American' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 371(c)(6).''.
    (e) Predominantly Black Institutions.--Section 318(d)(3) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(d)(3)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (B)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and 
                inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include 
                gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific 
                purpose)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than the 
                Federal funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of 
                the Federal funds''; and
            (2) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following:
                    ``(D) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that 
                uses grant funds provided under this section to 
                establish or increase an endowment fund may use the 
                interest proceeds from such endowment to provide 
                scholarships to students for the purposes of attending 
                such institution.''.
    (f) Technical Correction to Section 317.--Section 317(d)(3)(A) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059d(d)(3)(A)) is amended 
to read as follows:
                    ``(A) Eligibility.--No Alaskan Native-serving 
                institution of Native Hawaiian-serving institution that 
                receives funds under this section shall concurrently 
                receive funds under other provisions of this part, part 
                B, or part A of title V.''.
    (g) Technical Correction to Section 318.--Section 318(i) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e) is amended--
            (1) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Special Rule 
        on Eligibility'' and inserting ``Special Rules'' ;
            (2) by striking ``No Predominantly'' and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(1) Eligibility.--No Predominantly''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Exemption.--Section 313(d) shall not apply to 
        institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this 
        section.''.
    (h) Technical Correction to Section 320.--Section 320(d)(3)(A) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059g(d)(3)(A)) is amended 
by inserting ``part A of'' after ``or''.

SEC. 3002. STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES.

    (a) Allowable Uses of Funds.--Section 323(a) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1062(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking paragraphs (6) and (7) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(6) Tutoring, counseling, advising, and student service 
        programs designed to improve academic success, including 
        innovative and customized instructional courses (which may 
        include remedial education and English language instruction) 
        designed to help retain students and move students rapidly into 
        core courses and through program completion.
            ``(7) Funds and administrative management, and acquisition 
        of technology, services, and equipment for use in strengthening 
        funds and administrative management.'';
            (2) in paragraph (10)--
                    (A) by striking ``teacher education'' and inserting 
                ``traditional or alternative route teacher 
                preparation''; and
                    (B) by striking ``preparation for teacher 
                certification'' and inserting ``preparation of 
                graduates for teacher certification or licensure'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraph (15) as paragraph (19); and
            (4) by inserting after paragraph (14) the following:
            ``(15) Distance education programs and creating or 
        improving facilities for internet or other distance learning 
        academic instruction capabilities, including the purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(16) Establishing or improving a program that produces 
        improved results in the educational outcomes of African 
        American males.
            ``(17) Scholarships, fellowships, and other financial 
        assistance for financially needy undergraduate students, as 
        determined by the institution, to permit the enrollment and 
        degree completion of such students in the physical or natural 
        sciences, engineering, mathematics or other scientific 
        disciplines in which African Americans are underrepresented, 
        except that not more than 30 percent of the grant amount may be 
        used for this purpose.
            ``(18) Establishing or improving an office of sponsored 
        programs to assist with identifying external funding 
        opportunities, applying for external funding, and administering 
        grant awards.''.
    (b) Historically Black Colleges and Universities.--Section 323(b) 
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1062(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and 
                inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include 
                gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific 
                purpose)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than the 
                Federal funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of 
                the Federal funds''; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
            ``(4) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that uses 
        grant funds provided under this section to establish or 
        increase an endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from 
        such endowment to provide scholarships to students for the 
        purposes of attending such institution.''.
    (c) Allotments and Application Process.--
            (1) Allotments.--Section 324 of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063) is amended--
                    (A) in subsection (c), by striking ``5'' and 
                inserting ``6'';
                    (B) in subsection (d)(1), by striking subparagraphs 
                (A) and (B) and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) less than $500,000 for a part B institution 
                which has received a grant under this part, the 
                Secretary shall award the part B institution an 
                allotment in the amount of $500,000; and
                    ``(B) less than $250,000 for a part B institution 
                which has not received a grant under this part for a 
                fiscal year prior to fiscal year 2019, the Secretary 
                shall award the part B institution an allotment in the 
                amount of $250,000.''; and
                    (C) in subsection (h)--
                            (i) in paragraphs (1)(C) and (2)(C), by 
                        striking ``within 5 years'' each time it 
                        appears and inserting ``within 6 years''; and
                            (ii) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Limitation for new institutions.--Notwithstanding any 
        other provision of this section, no part B institution that 
        would otherwise be eligible for funds under this part shall 
        receive an allotment under this part for a fiscal year, 
        unless--
                    ``(A) such institution received an allotment under 
                this part for fiscal year 2019; or
                    ``(B) the amount appropriated under section 
                399(a)(2)(A) for such fiscal year is not less than 
                $282,420,000.''.
            (2) Applications.--Section 325(c) of the Higher Education 
        Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063a(c)) is amended by inserting ``, 
        including goals to enhance student retention, graduation, and 
        postgraduate outcomes,'' after ``management and academic 
        programs''.
    (d) Professional or Graduate Institutions.--Section 326(c) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (7)--
                    (A) by striking ``equipment,'' and inserting 
                ``equipment, technology, and services,''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``and administrative'' after ``in 
                strengthening funds'';
            (2) by redesignating paragraph (12) as paragraph (13); and
            (3) by striking paragraph (11) and inserting the following:
            ``(11) tutoring, counseling, advising, and student service 
        programs designed to improve academic success, including 
        innovative and customized instructional courses (which may 
        include remedial education and English language instruction) 
        designed to help retain students and move students rapidly into 
        core courses and through program completion; and
            ``(12) distance education programs and creating or 
        improving facilities for internet or other distance learning 
        academic instruction capabilities, including the purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services; 
        and''.
    (e) Eligibility.--Section 326(e)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(e)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (W), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (2) in subparagraph (X), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(Y) University of the Virgin Islands School of 
                Medicine.''.
    (f) Conforming Amendment.--Section 326(f) of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(f)) is amended by striking ``through (X)'' 
both places it appears and inserting ``through (Y)''.
    (g) Interaction With Other Grant Programs.--Section 326(h) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(h)) is amended by 
striking ``or 724'' and inserting ``724, 727, or 729.''.

SEC. 3003. HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY CAPITAL FINANCING.

    (a) Bond Insurance and Capital Finance of STEM Facilities.--Section 
343 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066b) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``an escrow 
                account'' and inserting ``a bond insurance fund'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``(except that 
                loans for the purpose of science, technology, 
                engineering, or mathematics related academic facilities 
                shall carry not more than a 1 percent rate of 
                interest)'' after ``charge such interest on loans'';
                    (C) in paragraph (8)--
                            (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph 
                        (A), by striking ``an escrow account'' and 
                        inserting ``a bond insurance fund''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``the 
                        escrow account'' and inserting ``the bond 
                        insurance fund'';
                    (D) in paragraph (9), by striking ``escrow 
                account'' each place it appears and inserting ``bond 
                insurance fund''; and
                    (E) in paragraph (12), by striking ``, except as 
                otherwise required by the Secretary''; and
            (2) in subsection (c), by striking ``escrow account'' each 
        place it appears and inserting ``bond insurance fund''.
    (b) Increased Aggregate Bond Limit.--Section 344 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066c) is amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking 
        ``$1,100,000,000'' and inserting ``$3,600,000,000'';
            (2) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$733,333,333'' and 
        inserting ``two-thirds''; and
            (3) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$366,666,667'' and 
        inserting ``one-third''.
    (c) Strengthening Technical Assistance.--Section 345 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066d) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (8), by inserting ``and'' at the end;
            (2) by striking paragraph (9) and inserting the following:
            ``(9) may, directly or by grant or contract, provide 
        financial counseling and technical assistance to eligible 
        institutions to prepare the institutions to qualify, apply for, 
        and maintain a capital improvement loan, including a loan under 
        this part.''; and
            (3) by striking paragraph (10) and inserting the following:
            ``(10) may provide for the modification or deferment of a 
        loan made under this part based on need of the institution, as 
        defined by the Secretary, for a period not to exceed 6 fiscal 
        years, and, during the period of deferment of such a loan, 
        interest on the loan will not accrue or be capitalized.''.
    (d) HBCU Capital Financing Advisory Board.--Paragraph (2) of 
Section 347(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066f(c)) 
is amended to read as follows:
            ``(2) Report.--On an annual basis, the Advisory Board shall 
        prepare and submit to the authorizing committees a report on--
                    ``(A) the financial status of the historically 
                Black colleges and universities described in paragraph 
                (1)(A);
                    ``(B) an overview of all loans awarded under the 
                program under this part, including the most recent 
                loans awarded for the fiscal year in which the report 
                is submitted; and
                    ``(C) administrative and legislative 
                recommendations for addressing the issues related to 
                construction financing facing historically Black 
                colleges and universities.''.

SEC. 3004. STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES 
              AND OTHER MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

    Section 371(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1067q(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)(A)--
                    (A) in the first sentence, by striking 
                ``appropriated,'' and all that follows through ``2019'' 
                and inserting the following: ``appropriated, 
                $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding 
                fiscal year''; and
                    (B) by striking the second sentence; and
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) in clause (i), by striking 
                        ``$100,000,000'' and inserting 
                        ``$117,500,000'';
                            (ii) in clause (ii), by striking 
                        ``$100,000,000'' and inserting ``$99,875,000'';
                            (iii) in clause (iii)--
                                    (I) by striking ``$55,000,000'' and 
                                inserting ``$65,000,000''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``(D)'' and 
                                inserting ``(E)'';
                            (iv) by redesignating clause (iii) as 
                        clause (iv); and
                            (v) by inserting after clause (ii) the 
                        following:
                            ``(iii) $17,625,000 shall be available for 
                        allocation under subparagraph (D);'';
                    (B) by redesignating subparagraph (D) as 
                subparagraph (E) and--
                            (i) in clause (i), by striking 
                        ``$30,000,000'' each place it appears and 
                        inserting ``$35,000,000'';
                            (ii) in clause (ii), by striking 
                        ``$15,000,000'' each place it appears and 
                        inserting ``$18,000,000''; and
                            (iii) in clauses (iii) and (iv), by 
                        striking ``$5,000,000'' each place it appears 
                        and inserting ``$6,000,000''; and
                    (C) by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the 
                following:
                    ``(C) Allocation and allotment hbcus.--The amount 
                made available for allocation under this subparagraph 
                by subparagraph (A)(ii) for any fiscal year shall be 
                available to eligible institutions described in 
                subsection (a)(1) and shall be made available as grants 
                under section 323 and allotted among such institutions 
                under section 324, treating such amount, plus the 
                amount appropriated for such fiscal year in a regular 
                or supplemental appropriation Act to carry out part B 
                of this title, as the amount appropriated to carry out 
                part B of this title for purposes of allotments under 
                section 324, for use by such institutions with a 
                priority for--
                            ``(i) activities described in paragraphs 
                        (1), (2), (4), (5), and (10) of section 323(a); 
                        and
                            ``(ii) other activities, consistent with 
                        the institution's comprehensive plan and 
                        designed to increase the institution's capacity 
                        to prepare students for careers in the physical 
                        or natural sciences, mathematics, computer 
                        science or information technology or sciences, 
                        engineering, language instruction in the less-
                        commonly taught languages or international 
                        affairs, or nursing or allied health 
                        professions.
                    ``(D) Allocation and allotment pbis.--The amount 
                made available for allocation under this subparagraph 
                by subparagraph (A)(iii) for any fiscal year shall be 
                available to eligible institutions described in 
                subsection (a)(5) and shall be available for a 
                competitive grant program to award grants of $600,000 
                annually for programs in any of the following areas:
                            ``(i) science, technology, engineering, or 
                        mathematics (STEM);
                            ``(ii) health education;
                            ``(iii) internationalization or 
                        globalization;
                            ``(iv) teacher preparation; or
                            ``(v) improving educational outcomes of 
                        African American males.''.

SEC. 3005. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    Section 399(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1068h(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``2009'' each place it appears and 
        inserting ``2021'';
            (2) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                ``$135,000,000'' and inserting ``$150,000,000'';
                    (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                ``$30,000,000'' and inserting ``$45,000,000'';
                    (C) in subparagraph (C), by striking 
                ``$15,000,000'' and inserting ``$25,000,000'';
                    (D) in subparagraph (D), by striking 
                ``$75,000,000'' and inserting ``$90,000,000'';
                    (E) in subparagraph (E), by striking 
                ``$25,000,000'' and inserting ``$30,000,000''; and
                    (F) in subparagraph (F), by striking 
                ``$30,000,000'' and inserting ``$60,000,000'';
            (3) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                ``$375,000,000'' and inserting ``$400,000,000''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                ``$125,000,000'' and inserting ``$135,000,000'';
            (4) in paragraph (3), by striking ``$10,000,000'' and 
        inserting ``$220,000,000''; and
            (5) in paragraph (4)(A), by striking ``$185,000'' and 
        inserting ``$225,000''.

                      TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

SEC. 4001. EFFECTIVE DATE.

    Except as otherwise provided in this title or the amendments made 
by this title, this title and the amendments made by this title shall 
take effect on July 1, 2021.

  PART A--GRANTS TO STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE AT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER 
                               EDUCATION

                     Subpart 1--Federal Pell Grants

SEC. 4011. AMOUNT OF GRANTS.

    Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1)--
                    (A) by striking ``through fiscal year 2017''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``or as a postbaccalaureate in 
                accordance with subsection (c)(1)(B)'' after ``as an 
                undergraduate'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)(A)(ii), by striking 
                ``paragraph (7)(B)'' and inserting ``paragraph 
                (6)(B)'';
                    (B) by striking paragraph (6), and redesignating 
                paragraph (7) as paragraph (6); and
                    (C) in paragraph (6)(C) (as so redesignated), by 
                amending clause (iii) to read as follows:
                            ``(iii) Subsequent award years.--
                                    ``(I) Award years 2018-2019, 2019-
                                2020 and 2020-2021.--For each of the 
                                award years 2018-2019, 2019-2020, and 
                                2020-2021 the amount determined under 
                                this subparagraph for purposes of 
                                subparagraph (B)(iii) shall be equal to 
                                the amount determined under clause (ii) 
                                for award year 2017-2018.
                                    ``(II) Award year 2021-2022.--For 
                                award year 2021-2022, the amount 
                                determined under this subparagraph for 
                                purposes of subparagraph (B)(iii) shall 
                                be equal to--
                                            ``(aa) $6,195 or the total 
                                        maximum Federal Pell Grant for 
                                        the preceding award year (as 
                                        determined under clause 
                                        (iv)(II)), whichever is 
                                        greater, increased by $500; 
                                        reduced by
                                            ``(bb) $5,135 or the 
                                        maximum Federal Pell Grant for 
                                        which a student was eligible 
                                        for the preceding award year, 
                                        as specified in the last 
                                        enacted appropriation Act 
                                        applicable to that year, 
                                        whichever is greater, and
                                            ``(cc) rounded to the 
                                        nearest $5.
                                    ``(III) Award year 2022-2023 and 
                                each subsequent award year.--For award 
                                year 2022-2023 and each subsequent 
                                award year, the amount determined under 
                                this subparagraph for purposes of 
                                subparagraph (B)(iii) shall be equal 
                                to--
                                            ``(aa) $6,695 or the total 
                                        maximum Federal Pell Grant for 
                                        the preceding award year (as 
                                        determined under clause 
                                        (iv)(II)), whichever is 
                                        greater, increased by a 
                                        percentage equal to the annual 
                                        adjustment percentage for the 
                                        award year for which the amount 
                                        under this subparagraph is 
                                        being determined; reduced by
                                            ``(bb) $5,135 or the 
                                        maximum Federal Pell Grant for 
                                        which a student was eligible 
                                        for the preceding award year, 
                                        as specified in the last 
                                        enacted appropriation Act 
                                        applicable to that year, 
                                        whichever is greater; and
                                            ``(cc) rounded to the 
                                        nearest $5.'';
            (3) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking the matter 
                preceding subparagraph (A) and inserting the following: 
                ``After receiving an application for a Federal Pell 
                Grant under this subpart, the Secretary (including any 
                contractor of the Secretary processing applications for 
                Federal Pell Grants under this subpart) shall, in a 
                timely manner, furnish to the student financial aid 
                administrator at each institution of higher education 
                that a student awarded a Federal Pell Grant under this 
                subpart is attending, the expected family contribution 
                for each such student. Each such student financial 
                administrator shall--''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``after academic 
                year 1986-1987''; and
            (4) in subsection (j)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1) by inserting before the period 
                the following: ``, or if such institution of higher 
                education is subject to an ineligibility determination 
                under section 435(a)(9) or 493I(b)''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2) by inserting ``, final 
                adjusted cohort default rate, or on-time repayment 
                rate'' before ``determination''.

SEC. 4012. GRANT ELIGIBILITY.

    Section 401(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070a(c)) is amended--
            (1) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) Period of eligibility for grants.--The period during 
        which a student may receive Federal Pell Grants shall be the 
        period required for the completion of the first undergraduate 
        baccalaureate course of study being pursued by that student at 
        the institution at which the student is in attendance except 
        that--
                    ``(A) any period during which the student is 
                enrolled in a noncredit or remedial course of study as 
                defined in paragraph (2) shall not be counted for the 
                purpose of this paragraph; and
                    ``(B) the period during which a student may receive 
                Federal Pell Grants shall also include the period 
                required for the completion of the first 
                postbaccalaureate course of study at an eligible 
                institution that meets the definition of institution of 
                higher education in section 101, in a case in which--
                            ``(i) the student received a Federal Pell 
                        Grant during the period required for the 
                        completion of the student's first undergraduate 
                        baccalaureate course of study for fewer than 14 
                        semesters, or the equivalent of fewer than 14 
                        semesters, as determined under paragraph (5);
                            ``(ii) the student would otherwise be 
                        eligible for a Federal Pell Grant, but for the 
                        completion of such baccalaureate course of 
                        study; and
                            ``(iii) the period during which the student 
                        receives Federal Pell Grants does not exceed 
                        the student's duration limits under paragraph 
                        (5).''; and
            (2) in paragraph (5)--
                    (A) by striking ``(5) The period'' and inserting 
                the following: ``(5) Maximum period.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in 
                subparagraph (B), the period'';
                    (B) by striking ``12'' each place the term appears 
                and inserting ``14''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(B) Exception.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Any Federal Pell Grant 
                        that a student received during a period 
                        described in subclause (I) or (II) of clause 
                        (ii) shall not count toward the student's 
                        duration limits under this paragraph.
                            ``(ii) Applicable periods.--Clause (i) 
                        shall apply with respect to any Federal Pell 
                        Grant awarded to a student to attend an 
                        institution--
                                    ``(I) during a period--
                                            ``(aa) for which the 
                                        student received a loan under 
                                        this title; and
                                            ``(bb) for which the loan 
                                        described in item (aa) is 
                                        forgiven under--

                                                    ``(AA) section 
                                                437(c)(1) or 464(g)(1) 
                                                due to the closing of 
                                                the institution;

                                                    ``(BB) section 493H 
                                                due to the student's 
                                                successful assertion of 
                                                a defense to repayment 
                                                of the loan; or

                                                    ``(CC) section 
                                                432(a)(6), section 
                                                685.215 of title 34, 
                                                Code of Federal 
                                                Regulations (or a 
                                                successor regulation), 
                                                or any other loan 
                                                forgiveness provision 
                                                or regulation under 
                                                this Act, as a result 
                                                of a determination by 
                                                the Secretary or a 
                                                court that the 
                                                institution committed 
                                                fraud or other 
                                                misconduct; or

                                    ``(II) during a period for which 
                                the student did not receive a loan 
                                under this title but for which, if the 
                                student had received such a loan, the 
                                student would have qualified for loan 
                                forgiveness under subclause (I)(bb).''.

SEC. 4013. EXTENDING FEDERAL PELL GRANT ELIGIBILITY OF CERTAIN SHORT-
              TERM PROGRAMS.

    (a) In General.--Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070a) is amended by inserting after subsection (j) the 
following:
    ``(k) Job Training Federal Pell Grant Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--For the award year beginning on July 1, 
        2021, and each subsequent award year, the Secretary shall carry 
        out a program through which the Secretary shall award job 
        training Federal Pell Grants to students in eligible job 
        training programs approved by the Secretary in accordance with 
        paragraph (4).
            ``(2) Terms and conditions.--Each job training Federal Pell 
        Grant awarded under this subsection shall have the same terms 
        and conditions, and be awarded in the same manner, as a Federal 
        Pell Grant awarded under subsection (a), except as follows:
                    ``(A) A student who is eligible to receive a job 
                training Federal Pell Grant under this subsection is a 
                student who--
                            ``(i) has not yet attained a 
                        postbaccalaureate degree; and
                            ``(ii) is enrolled, or accepted for 
                        enrollment, in an eligible job training program 
                        at an institution of higher education.
                    ``(B) The amount of a job training Federal Pell 
                Grant for an eligible student shall be determined under 
                subsection (b), except that subsection (b)(4) shall not 
                apply.
            ``(3) Treatment of job training federal pell grant.--
                    ``(A) Inclusion in total eligibility period.--The 
                period during which a student received a job training 
                Federal Pell Grant under this subsection shall be 
                included in calculating the duration limits with 
                respect to such student under subsection (c)(5) and to 
                the extent that such period was a fraction of a 
                semester or the equivalent, only that same fraction of 
                such semester or equivalent shall count towards such 
                duration limits.
                    ``(B) Prevention of double benefits.--No student 
                may for the same payment period receive both a job 
                training Federal Pell Grant under this subsection and a 
                Federal Pell Grant under subsection (a).
            ``(4) Approval of eligible job training programs.--
                    ``(A) Eligible job training program.--An eligible 
                job training program shall be a career and technical 
                education program at an institution of higher education 
                that the Secretary determines meets the following 
                requirements:
                            ``(i) The job training program provides not 
                        less than 150, and less than 600, clock hours 
                        of instructional time over a period of not less 
                        than 8, and less than 15, weeks.
                            ``(ii) The job training program provides 
                        training aligned with the requirements of high-
                        skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sectors 
                        or occupations in the State or local area in 
                        which the job training program is provided, as 
                        determined by an industry or sector partnership 
                        in such State or local area.
                            ``(iii) The job training program has been 
                        determined by the institution of higher 
                        education and by such industry or sector 
                        partnership to provide academic content, an 
                        amount of instructional time, and a recognized 
                        postsecondary credential that are sufficient 
                        to--
                                    ``(I) meet the hiring requirements 
                                of potential employers in the sectors 
                                or occupations described in clause 
                                (ii); and
                                    ``(II) satisfy any applicable 
                                educational prerequisite requirement 
                                for professional license or 
                                certification, so that a student who 
                                completes the program and seeks 
                                employment is qualified to take any 
                                licensure or certification examination 
                                needed to practice or find employment 
                                in such sectors or occupations.
                            ``(iv) The job training program prepares 
                        students to pursue related certificate or 
                        degree programs at an institution of higher 
                        education, including--
                                    ``(I) by ensuring the acceptability 
                                of the credits received under the job 
                                training program toward meeting such 
                                certificate or degree program 
                                requirements (such as through an 
                                articulation agreement); and
                                    ``(II) by ensuring that a student 
                                who completes noncredit coursework in 
                                the job training program, upon 
                                completion of the job training program 
                                and enrollment in such a related 
                                certificate or degree program, will 
                                receive academic credit for such 
                                noncredit coursework that will be 
                                accepted toward meeting such 
                                certificate or degree program 
                                requirements.
                            ``(v) The job training program provides to 
                        the Secretary the annual earnings expected to 
                        be paid in the sectors or occupations for which 
                        the program provides training not later than 6 
                        months after completion of such program (in 
                        this subsection referred to as the `expected 
                        earnings'), as such earnings are determined by 
                        an industry or sector partnership in the State 
                        or local area in which the program is provided, 
                        and which shall be--
                                    ``(I) greater than the average or 
                                median annual earnings paid to 
                                individuals with only a high school 
                                diploma (or the equivalent) based on 
                                the most recently available data from 
                                the Bureau of Labor Statistics or the 
                                Bureau of the Census with respect to 
                                such State or local area, or the Nation 
                                as a whole, as selected by such 
                                program;
                                    ``(II) validated by the Secretary; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) used to review the job 
                                training program under subparagraph 
                                (C).
                            ``(vi) The job training program is part of 
                        a career pathway, and includes counseling for 
                        students to--
                                    ``(I) support each such student in 
                                achieving the student's education and 
                                career goals; and
                                    ``(II) ensure that each such 
                                student receives information on--
                                            ``(aa) the sectors or 
                                        occupations described in clause 
                                        (ii) for which the job training 
                                        program provides training 
                                        (including the expected 
                                        earnings to be paid, and, if 
                                        available, the mean and median 
                                        earnings (described in 
                                        subparagraph (C)(ii)) paid, in 
                                        such sectors or occupations); 
                                        and
                                            ``(bb) the related 
                                        certificate or degree programs 
                                        described in clause (iv) for 
                                        which the job training program 
                                        provides preparation.
                            ``(vii) The job training program meets the 
                        requirements under section 104 that are 
                        applicable to a program of training to prepare 
                        students for gainful employment in a recognized 
                        occupation.
                            ``(viii) The job training program does not 
                        exceed by more than 50 percent the minimum 
                        number of clock hours required by a State to 
                        receive a professional license or certification 
                        in the State.
                            ``(ix) The job training program is provided 
                        by an institution of higher education that--
                                    ``(I) is approved by an accrediting 
                                agency or association that meets the 
                                requirements of section 496(a)(4)(C);
                                    ``(II) during the preceding 5 
                                years, has not been subject to any 
                                adverse actions or negative actions by 
                                the accrediting agency or association 
                                of the institution, State or Federal 
                                enforcement agencies, or the Secretary;
                                    ``(III) is listed on the provider 
                                list under section 122(d) of the 
                                Workforce Innovation and Opportunity 
                                Act (29 U.S.C. 3152(d)); and
                                    ``(IV) has a designated official 
                                responsible for engaging with the 
                                workforce development system in the 
                                State or local area in which the job 
                                training program is provided.
                            ``(x) The job training program has a 
                        verified completion rate and a verified annual 
                        earnings rate that meets the requirements of 
                        clauses (i) and (iii) of section 481(b)(2)(A), 
                        respectively, and satisfies the criteria 
                        described in clause (v) of such section.
                            ``(xi) The State board representing the 
                        State in which the job training program is 
                        provided certifies to the Secretary that the 
                        program meets the requirements of clauses (ii), 
                        (viii), and (ix)(III).
                    ``(B) Initial approval by the secretary.--Not later 
                than 180 days after the date on which a job training 
                program is submitted for approval under this 
                subparagraph, the Secretary shall make a determination 
                as to whether such job training program is an eligible 
                job training program in accordance with subparagraph 
                (A).
                    ``(C) Review of approval.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Not later than 3 years 
                        after the date an eligible job training program 
                        is approved under subparagraph (B), and not 
                        less than once every 3 years thereafter, the 
                        Secretary shall, using the data collected under 
                        paragraph (5) and such other information as the 
                        Secretary may require, determine whether such 
                        job training program continues to meet the 
                        requirements of subparagraph (A).
                            ``(ii) Requirements.--Subject to clause 
                        (iii), a determination under clause (i) that a 
                        job training program continues to meet the 
                        requirements of subparagraph (A) shall, at a 
                        minimum, require the Secretary to determine 
                        that the mean or median earnings (whichever is 
                        higher) paid to students not later than 6 
                        months after completing such program is equal 
                        to or greater than the expected earnings of the 
                        program.
                            ``(iii) Exception and appeals.--
                                    ``(I) Exception.--The Secretary may 
                                extend, by not more than an additional 
                                6 months, the period by when, after 
                                completion of the job training program, 
                                the mean or median earnings (whichever 
                                is higher) paid to students meets the 
                                requirements of clause (ii), in a case 
                                in which the job training program 
                                requesting such extension provides 
                                sufficient justification for such 
                                extension (as determined by the 
                                Secretary).
                                    ``(II) Appeals.--Not later than 60 
                                days after receiving notification from 
                                the Secretary of the loss of 
                                eligibility resulting from the review 
                                under subparagraph (C), a job training 
                                program may appeal any loss of 
                                eligibility under this subparagraph by 
                                demonstrating extenuating 
                                circumstances.
                                    ``(III) Secretarial requirements.--
                                The Secretary shall issue a decision on 
                                any appeal submitted by a job training 
                                program under subclause (II) not later 
                                than 45 days after its submission.
            ``(5) Data collection.--Using the postsecondary student 
        data system established under section 132(l) or a successor 
        system (whichever includes the most recent data) to streamline 
        reporting requirements and minimize reporting burdens, and in 
        coordination with the National Center for Education Statistics, 
        the Secretary of Labor, and each institution of higher 
        education offering an eligible job training program under this 
        subsection, the Secretary shall, on at least an annual basis, 
        collect data with respect to each such eligible job training 
        program, including the following:
                    ``(A) The number and demographics of students who 
                enroll in the program.
                    ``(B) The number of credits attempted and 
                accumulated annually by students enrolled in the 
                program.
                    ``(C) The share of such students who cease 
                enrollment on or before the completion of 60 percent of 
                the payment period or period of enrollment.
                    ``(D) The verified completion rate and the verified 
                annual earnings rate described in clauses (i) and (iii) 
                of section 481(b)(2)(A), respectively, for the program.
                    ``(E) The number and demographics of--
                            ``(i) students who complete the program; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) students who do not complete the 
                        program.
                    ``(F) The outcomes of the students who complete the 
                program, including--
                            ``(i) the share of such students who 
                        continue enrollment at the institution of 
                        higher education offering the program;
                            ``(ii) the share of such students who 
                        transfer to another institution of higher 
                        education;
                            ``(iii) the share of such students who 
                        complete a subsequent certificate or degree 
                        program;
                            ``(iv) the share of such students who 
                        secure employment 6 months and 1 year, 
                        respectively--
                                    ``(I) after completion of such 
                                program; or
                                    ``(II) in the case of a program 
                                that prepares students for a 
                                professional license or certification 
                                exam, after acquiring such license or 
                                certification;
                            ``(v) the expected earnings in the sectors 
                        or occupations for which the program provides 
                        training;
                            ``(vi) the mean and median earnings paid in 
                        such sectors or occupations to such students 
                        not later than 6 months after completing such 
                        program (as described in paragraph (4)(C)(ii)); 
                        and
                            ``(vii) in the case of a job training 
                        program that prepares students for a 
                        professional license or certification exams, 
                        the share of such students who pass such exams.
            ``(6) Title of job training federal pell grant.--Grants 
        made under this subsection shall be known as `job training 
        Federal Pell Grants'.
            ``(7) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Articulation agreement.--The term 
                `articulation agreement' has the meaning given the term 
                in section 486A.
                    ``(B) Career and technical education.--The term 
                `career and technical education' has the meaning given 
                the term in section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins Career and 
                Technical Education Act (20 U.S.C. 2302).
                    ``(C) Institution of higher education.--The term 
                `institution of higher education' means an eligible 
                institution for purposes of this subpart that is an 
                institution of higher education (as defined in section 
                101) or a postsecondary vocational institution (as 
                defined in section 102(c)).
                    ``(D) WIOA definitions.--The terms `career 
                pathway', `industry or sector partnership', `in-demand 
                industry sector or occupation', `recognized 
                postsecondary credential', `State board', and 
                `workforce development system' have the meanings given 
                such terms in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and 
                Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).''.
    (b) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment of 
this Act, the Secretary of Education shall--
            (1) submit to the Committee on Education and Labor of the 
        House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, 
        Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on the 
        impact of eligible job training programs described in 
        subsection (k) of section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1079a), as added by this section, based on the 
        most recent data collected under paragraph (5) of such 
        subsection (k); and
            (2) make the report described in paragraph (1) available 
        publicly on the website of the Department of Education.

SEC. 4014. PROVIDING FEDERAL PELL GRANTS FOR IRAQ AND AFGHANISTAN 
              VETERAN'S DEPENDENTS.

    (a) Amendment.--Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1070a et seq.) as amended by this subpart, is further amended by 
inserting after subsection (k) the following:
    ``(l) Scholarships for Veteran's Dependents.--
            ``(1) Definition of eligible veteran's dependent.--In this 
        subsection, the term `eligible veteran's dependent' means a 
        dependent or an independent student--
                    ``(A) whose parent or guardian was a member of the 
                Armed Forces of the United States and died as a result 
                of performing military service in Iraq or Afghanistan 
                after September 11, 2001; and
                    ``(B) who, at the time of the parent or guardian's 
                death, was--
                            ``(i) less than 24 years of age; or
                            ``(ii) enrolled at an institution of higher 
                        education on a part-time or full-time basis.
            ``(2) Grants.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall award a 
                Federal Pell Grant, as modified in accordance with the 
                requirements of this subsection, to each eligible 
                veteran's dependent to assist in paying the eligible 
                veteran's dependent's cost of attendance at an 
                institution of higher education.
                    ``(B) Designation.--Federal Pell Grants made under 
                this subsection may be known as `Iraq and Afghanistan 
                Service Grants'.
            ``(3) Prevention of double benefits.--No eligible veteran's 
        dependent may receive a grant under both this subsection and 
        subsection (a) or (k).
            ``(4) Terms and conditions.--The Secretary shall award Iraq 
        and Afghanistan Service Grants under this subsection in the 
        same manner and with the same terms and conditions, including 
        the length of the period of eligibility, as the Secretary 
        awards Federal Pell Grants under subsection (a), except that--
                    ``(A) the award rules and determination of need 
                applicable to the calculation of Federal Pell Grants 
                under subsection (a) shall not apply to Iraq and 
                Afghanistan Service Grants;
                    ``(B) the provisions of paragraph (2)(A)(iii) and 
                (3) of subsection (b), and subsection (f), shall not 
                apply;
                    ``(C) the maximum period determined under 
                subsection (c)(5) shall be determined by including all 
                Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grants received by the 
                eligible veteran's dependent, including such Grants 
                received under subpart 10 before the date of enactment 
                of the College Affordability Act; and
                    ``(D) an Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant to an 
                eligible veteran's dependent for any award year shall 
                equal the maximum Federal Pell Grant available under 
                subsection (b)(5) for that award year, except that an 
                Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant--
                            ``(i) shall not exceed the cost of 
                        attendance of the eligible veteran's dependent 
                        for that award year; and
                            ``(ii) shall be adjusted to reflect the 
                        attendance by the eligible veteran's dependent 
                        on a less than full-time basis in the same 
                        manner as such adjustments are made for a 
                        Federal Pell Grant under subsection (a).
            ``(5) Estimated financial assistance.--For purposes of 
        determinations of need under part F, an Iraq and Afghanistan 
        Service Grant shall not be treated as estimated financial 
        assistance as described in sections 471(3) and 480(j).''.
    (b) Effective Date; Transition.--
            (1) Effective date.--The amendments made by this section 
        shall take effect with respect to the award year that begins 
        following the date of enactment of this Act, and each 
        succeeding award year.
            (2) Transition.--The Secretary shall take such steps as are 
        necessary to transition from the Iraq and Afghanistan Service 
        Grants program under subpart 10 of part A of title IV of the 
        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070h), as in effect on 
        the day before the effective date of this Act, and the Iraq and 
        Afghanistan Service Grants program under section 401(l) of the 
        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a(j)), as added by 
        this section.

SEC. 4015. FEDERAL PELL GRANT FRAUD PREVENTION.

    Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a et 
seq.), as amended by this subpart, is further amended by inserting 
after subsection (l) the following:
    ``(m) Prevention of Fraud.--
            ``(1) Report.--Not later than December 31 of each year, the 
        Secretary shall prepare and submit a report to the authorizing 
        committees that includes the following information with respect 
        to unusual enrollment history:
                    ``(A) The number and percentage of total applicants 
                who were flagged for an unusual enrollment history in 
                the preceding award year.
                    ``(B) The number and percentage of institutions 
                that have had fewer than 2 percent of applicants 
                flagged for an unusual enrollment history in the 
                preceding award year.
                    ``(C) The name of each institution that has had 
                more than 2 percent of total applicants flagged for an 
                unusual enrollment history in the preceding award year.
                    ``(D) If the percentage of total applicants in 
                subparagraph (A) is greater than 2 percent, a detailed 
                plan from the Secretary as to how to reduce that 
                percentage below 2 percent by the following award year.
            ``(2) Definition.--For the purposes of this subsection the 
        term `unusual enrollment history' means, with respect to the 
        application for Federal student aid--
                    ``(A) a pattern in which a student attends an 
                institution long enough to receive a disbursement of 
                credit balance funds authorized by this title, does not 
                complete the enrollment period, enrolls at another 
                institution and repeats this pattern to collect an 
                additional credit balance of funds authorized by this 
                title without earning academic credit; or
                    ``(B) any other enrollment pattern that the 
                Department believes may signal an attempt by a student 
                to receive funds authorized under this title in a 
                fraudulent manner.''.

SEC. 4016. FEDERAL PELL GRANTS ON BEHALF OF INCARCERATED INDIVIDUALS.

    (a) In General.--Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070a), as amended by this subpart, is further amended by 
adding at the end the following:
    ``(n) Federal Pell Grants on Behalf of Incarcerated Individuals.--
            ``(1) Institutional requirements.--An eligible institution 
        may not award a Federal Pell Grant to an incarcerated 
        individual or on behalf of such individual, unless the 
        institution meets the following:
                    ``(A) The institution is approved to enroll 
                incarcerated individuals by--
                            ``(i) the Secretary in accordance with 
                        paragraph (2); and
                            ``(ii) an accrediting agency or association 
                        that meets the requirements of section 
                        496(a)(4)(D).
                    ``(B) The eligible institution--
                            ``(i) is an institution of higher education 
                        (as defined in section 101) or a postsecondary 
                        vocational institution (as defined in section 
                        102(c)); and
                            ``(ii) during the preceding 5 years, has 
                        not been subject to the denial, withdrawal, 
                        suspension, or termination of accreditation.
                    ``(C) The institution provides each incarcerated 
                individual, upon completion of a course offered by the 
                institution, with academic credits that are the 
                equivalent to credits earned by non-incarcerated 
                students for an equivalent course of study.
                    ``(D) The institution provides to the Secretary 
                confirmation from each facility involved that the 
                course of study offered by the institution at such 
                facility is accessible to incarcerated individuals 
                (including such individuals who are individuals with 
                disabilities).
                    ``(E) The institution does not enroll incarcerated 
                individuals in a course of study offered primarily as a 
                distance education program, except in a case in which 
                the institution provides to the Secretary--
                            ``(i) confirmation that the distance 
                        education program offers levels of faculty 
                        interaction, peer engagement, and student 
                        support sufficient to enable incarcerated 
                        individuals to successfully participate in such 
                        a program; and
                            ``(ii) evidence of the institution's 
                        success in offering other distance education 
                        programs.
                    ``(F) The institution develops and carries out a 
                process to allow each incarcerated individual to access 
                the transcripts and any other educational records of 
                such individual held by the institution, without regard 
                to the facility at which the individual is being held 
                or whether the individual has been released from such a 
                facility.
                    ``(G) The institution develops and carries out a 
                process to allow each incarcerated individual an 
                opportunity to provide feedback on courses that is 
                comparable to the opportunity to provide such feedback 
                that the institution offers to non-incarcerated 
                students.
                    ``(H) The institution does not directly charge an 
                incarcerated individual--
                            ``(i) in the case of such an individual who 
                        is an individual with a disability, for any 
                        cost of the provision of reasonable 
                        accommodations for the individual to 
                        participate in a course of study offered by the 
                        institution;
                            ``(ii) in the case of such an individual 
                        with an expected family contribution for an 
                        award year that would not disqualify the 
                        individual from receiving a Federal Pell Grant, 
                        for any amount of the cost of attendance not 
                        covered by the Federal Pell Grant or other 
                        Federal assistance received by the institution 
                        on behalf of the individual by ensuring that 
                        any such amount is offset--
                                    ``(I) by a State or institutional 
                                grant; or
                                    ``(II) other non-Federal financial 
                                assistance that does not have to be 
                                repaid by such individual; or
                            ``(iii) in the case of such an individual 
                        with an expected family contribution for an 
                        award year that would disqualify the individual 
                        from receiving a Federal Pell Grant, an amount 
                        that exceeds such expected family contribution.
                    ``(I) The institution makes available to 
                incarcerated individuals who are considering enrolling 
                in a course of study offered by the institution, in 
                simple and understandable terms, the following:
                            ``(i) Information with respect to each 
                        course of study at the institution for which 
                        such an individual may receive a Federal Pell 
                        Grant, including--
                                    ``(I) the cost of attendance;
                                    ``(II) the mode of instruction 
                                (such as distance education, in-person 
                                instruction, or a combination of such 
                                modes);
                                    ``(III) how enrollment in such 
                                course of study will impact the period 
                                of eligibility for Federal Pell Grants 
                                for such an individual, including in a 
                                case in which the individual is 
                                transferred to another facility or 
                                released before the completion of such 
                                course;
                                    ``(IV) the transferability of 
                                credits earned, and the acceptability 
                                of such credits toward a certificate or 
                                degree program offered by the 
                                institution;
                                    ``(V) the process for continuing 
                                postsecondary education--
                                            ``(aa) upon transfer to 
                                        another facility; or
                                            ``(bb) after the student's 
                                        period of incarceration or 
                                        confinement; and
                                    ``(VI) the process for continuing 
                                enrollment at the institution after the 
                                student's period of incarceration or 
                                confinement, including any barriers to 
                                admission (such as criminal history 
                                questions on applications for admission 
                                to such institution).
                            ``(ii) In the case of an institution that 
                        offers a program to prepare incarcerated 
                        individuals for gainful employment in a 
                        recognized occupation (as such term is defined 
                        in section 104)--
                                    ``(I) information on any applicable 
                                State licensure and certification 
                                requirements, including the 
                                requirements of the State in which the 
                                facility involved is located and each 
                                State in which such individuals 
                                permanently reside; and
                                    ``(II) restrictions related to the 
                                employment of formerly incarcerated 
                                individuals for each recognized 
                                occupation for which the course of 
                                study prepares students, including such 
                                restrictions--
                                            ``(aa) in Federal law; and
                                            ``(bb) in the laws of the 
                                        State in which the facility 
                                        involved is located and each 
                                        State in which such individuals 
                                        permanently reside.
                    ``(J) The institution submits the information 
                described in subparagraph (I) to each facility 
                involved, the Secretary, and the accrediting agency or 
                association described in subparagraph (A)(ii).
            ``(2) Approval by the secretary.--
                    ``(A) Initial eligibility.--With respect to an 
                eligible institution that seeks to award Federal Pell 
                Grants to incarcerated individuals under this 
                subsection, the Secretary shall make an initial 
                determination about whether such institution meets the 
                requirements of this subsection, which shall include a 
                confirmation that the institution--
                            ``(i) has secured the approval required 
                        under paragraph (1)(A)(ii); and
                            ``(ii) meets the requirements of paragraph 
                        (1)(B).
                    ``(B) Ongoing eligibility.--Not later than 5 years 
                after the Secretary makes an initial determination 
                under subparagraph (A) that an institution meets the 
                requirements of this subsection, and not less than 
                every 5 years thereafter, the Secretary shall determine 
                whether such institution continues to meet the 
                requirements of this subsection, based on--
                            ``(i) a review of the data collected under 
                        paragraph (3) with respect to the courses of 
                        study offered by such institution in which 
                        incarcerated individuals are enrolled, and 
                        other applicable information that may be 
                        available to the Secretary; and
                            ``(ii) whether such institution meets the 
                        requirements of paragraph (1).
            ``(3) Data collection.--The Secretary shall, on at least an 
        annual basis, collect data with respect to each course of study 
        offered by each institution at which incarcerated individuals 
        are enrolled, including--
                    ``(A) the demographics of such individuals;
                    ``(B) the share of such individuals receiving 
                Federal Pell Grants;
                    ``(C) information on the academic outcomes of such 
                individuals (such as credits attempted and earned, and 
                credential and degree completion);
                    ``(D) to the extent practicable, information on 
                post-release outcomes of such individuals (such as 
                continued postsecondary enrollment, employment, and 
                recidivism); and
                    ``(E) any data from student satisfaction surveys 
                conducted by the institution or the facility involved 
                regarding such course of study.
            ``(4) Best practices in educating incarcerated 
        individuals.--Not later than 3 years after the date of 
        enactment of the College Affordability Act, and at least once 
        every 3 years thereafter, the Secretary shall collect and 
        disseminate to institutions awarding Federal Pell Grants to 
        incarcerated individuals under this subsection, best practices 
        with respect to the postsecondary education of such 
        individuals.
            ``(5) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Facility.--The term `facility' means--
                            ``(i) a place used for the confinement of 
                        individuals convicted of a criminal offense 
                        that is owned by, or under contract to, the 
                        Bureau of Prisons, a State, or a unit of local 
                        government; or
                            ``(ii) a facility to which an individual 
                        subject to involuntary civil confinement is 
                        committed.
                    ``(B) Facility involved.--The term `facility 
                involved' means, when used with respect to an 
                institution of higher education, a facility at which a 
                course of study of the institution is offered to 
                incarcerated individuals.
                    ``(C) Incarcerated individual.--The term 
                `incarcerated individual' means an individual who is 
                incarcerated in a facility or who is subject to an 
                involuntary civil commitment.
                    ``(D) Non-incarcerated student.--The term `non-
                incarcerated student' means a student at an institution 
                of higher education who is not an incarcerated 
                individual.''.
    (b) Report on Impacts of Federal Pell Grants Awarded to 
Incarcerated Individuals.--Not later than 3 years after the date of 
enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall submit to the 
authorizing committees and make publicly available on the website of 
the Department of Education, a report on the impacts of subsection (n) 
of section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a), 
as added by this section, based on the most recent data collected under 
paragraph (3) of such subsection (n).

    Subpart 2--Federal Early Outreach and Student Services Programs

                    CHAPTER 1--FEDERAL TRIO PROGRAMS

SEC. 4021. PROGRAM AUTHORITY; AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    (a) In General.--Section 402A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070a-11) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(3), by striking ``$200,000'' and all 
        that follows through the period at the end and inserting the 
        following: ``$220,000, except that for any fiscal year for 
        which such minimum individual grant amount would result in 
        fewer than 2,780 grants awarded under this chapter, an 
        individual grant authorized under this chapter shall be awarded 
        in an amount that would result in not fewer than 2,780 grants 
        awarded under this chapter for such fiscal year.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by amending subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) 
                to read as follows:
                    ``(A) Accountability for outcomes.--In making 
                grants under this chapter, the Secretary shall consider 
                each applicant's prior success in achieving high-
                quality service delivery, as determined under 
                subsection (f) under the particular program for which 
                funds are sought. The level of consideration given the 
                factor of prior success in achieving high-quality 
                service delivery shall not vary from the level of 
                consideration given such factor during fiscal years 
                1994 through 1997, except that grants made under 
                section 402H shall not be given such consideration.'';
                    (B) in paragraph (6)--
                            (i) in the heading, by striking ``With 
                        other programs for disadvantaged students''; 
                        and
                            (ii) by striking the last sentence;
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (7) and (8) as 
                paragraphs (8) and (9), respectively;
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
            ``(7) Inclusion of homeless and foster students.--The 
        Secretary shall, as appropriate, require each applicant for 
        funds under the programs authorized by this chapter (other than 
        the programs authorized under section 402E or 402G) to identify 
        and conduct outreach to foster care youth and homeless 
        individuals and make available to foster care youth and 
        homeless individuals services under such programs, including 
        mentoring, tutoring, and other services provided by such 
        programs.'';
                    (E) in paragraph (8), as so redesignated, by 
                striking ``8 months'' both places it appears and 
                inserting ``90 days''; and
                    (F) in paragraph (9), as so redesignated--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by striking ``Not later than 
                                180 days after the date of enactment of 
                                the Higher Education Opportunity Act,'' 
                                and inserting ``Not less than 90 days 
                                before the date on which a competition 
                                for a grant under this chapter 
                                begins,'';
                                    (II) in clause (iii), by striking 
                                ``prior experience'' and inserting 
                                ``accountability for outcomes''; and
                                    (III) in clause (v), by striking 
                                ``prior experience'' and inserting 
                                ``accountability for outcomes'';
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (B) and 
                        redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph 
                        (B); and
                            (iii) in subparagraph (B), as so 
                        redesignated, by adding at the end the 
                        following:
                            ``(vii) Technical components of 
                        applications.--
                                    ``(I) Treatment of nonsubstantive 
                                technical components of applications.--
                                With respect to any competition for a 
                                grant under this chapter, the Secretary 
                                may not reject grant applications on 
                                the sole basis of a failure to meet 
                                page limits and formatting standards 
                                (including with respect to font size, 
                                font style, font type, line spacing, 
                                paragraph justification, and page 
                                margins).
                                    ``(II) Treatment of technical 
                                budget errors in applications.--
                                            ``(aa) In general.--With 
                                        respect to any competition for 
                                        a grant under this chapter, the 
                                        Secretary may not reject grant 
                                        applications on the sole basis 
                                        of a typographical or rounding 
                                        error in a proposed budget 
                                        until the Secretary has given 
                                        the applicant an opportunity 
                                        for correction in accordance 
                                        with item (bb).
                                            ``(bb) Notice and 
                                        opportunity for correction.--
                                        The Secretary shall provide 
                                        notice and identification of an 
                                        error described in item (aa) to 
                                        the applicant before awarding 
                                        grants for each competition and 
                                        shall allow the applicant to 
                                        submit a revised application 
                                        that corrects the identified 
                                        error.
                                            ``(cc) Treatment of revised 
                                        applications.--The Secretary 
                                        shall treat the revised 
                                        application in the same manner 
                                        as a timely submitted 
                                        application.
                                            ``(dd) Failure to 
                                        correct.--If an applicant has 
                                        received a notice and 
                                        opportunity for correction of a 
                                        typographical or rounding error 
                                        in a proposed budget in 
                                        accordance with item (bb) and 
                                        the applicant fails to correct 
                                        the error and submit a revised 
                                        application, the Secretary may 
                                        reject or penalize that grant 
                                        application.'';
            (3) in subsection (d)(3), by adding at the end the 
        following: ``In addition, the Secretary shall host at least one 
        virtual, interactive training to ensure that any interested 
        applicants have access to technical assistance.'';
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of 
                        subparagraph (C);
                            (ii) by striking the period at the end of 
                        subparagraph (D) and inserting a semicolon; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(E) documentation that the student has been determined 
        eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized under section 401; 
        or
            ``(F) for a grant authorized under section 402B or 402F of 
        this chapter, documentation that a student is attending a 
        school that--
                    ``(i) elects, or for which the local educational 
                agency serving the school elects on behalf of the 
                school, to receive special assistance payment under 
                section 11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell 
                National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)); or
                    ``(ii) had a percentage of enrolled students who 
                were identified students (defined in clause (i) of 
                section 11(a)(1)(F) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or exceeds the threshold 
                described in clause (viii) of such section (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that ends prior 
                to the first period for which such grant is awarded.''; 
                and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of 
                        subparagraph (C);
                            (ii) by striking the period at the end of 
                        subparagraph (D) and inserting a semicolon; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(E) documentation that the student has been determined to 
        be eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized under section 
        401; or
            ``(F) for a grant authorized under section 402B or 402F of 
        this chapter, documentation that a student is attending a 
        school that--
                    ``(i) elects, or for which the local educational 
                agency serving the school elects on behalf of the 
                school, to receive special assistance payment under 
                section 11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell 
                National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)); or
                    ``(ii) had a percentage of enrolled students who 
                were identified students (defined in clause (i) of 
                section 11(a)(1)(F) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or exceeds the threshold 
                described in clause (viii) of such section (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that ends prior 
                to the first period for which such grant is awarded.'';
            (5) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``Prior experience'' and 
                        inserting ``Accountability in outcomes'' in the 
                        heading;
                            (ii) by striking ``on or after January 1, 
                        2009'' and inserting ``on or after the date of 
                        enactment of the College Affordability Act''; 
                        and
                            (iii) by striking ``prior experience of'' 
                        and inserting ``success in achieving'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``college 
                students, and'' and inserting ``college students, 
                foster care youth, homeless individuals, and''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) in clause (iv), by striking 
                                ``will make such students eligible for 
                                programs such as the Academic 
                                Competitiveness Grants Program'' and 
                                inserting ``includes at least 4 years 
                                of mathematics, 3 years of science, and 
                                2 years of a foreign language'';
                                    (II) by redesignating clauses (v) 
                                and (vi) as clauses (vi) and (vii), 
                                respectively; and
                                    (III) by inserting after clause 
                                (iv) the following:
                            ``(v) the completion of financial aid 
                        applications, including the Free Application 
                        for Federal Student Aid described in section 
                        483(a) and college admissions applications;''.
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``except in the 
                                case of programs that specifically 
                                target veterans,'' after ``under 
                                section 402C,'';
                                    (II) in clause (v), by striking 
                                ``will make such students eligible for 
                                programs such as the Academic 
                                Competitiveness Grants Program'' and 
                                inserting ``includes at least 4 years 
                                of mathematics, 3 years of science, and 
                                2 years of a foreign language'';
                                    (III) by redesignating clauses (vi) 
                                and (vii) as clauses (vii) and (viii), 
                                respectively; and
                                    (IV) by inserting after clause (v) 
                                the following:
                            ``(vi) the completion of financial aid 
                        applications, including the Free Application 
                        for Federal Student Aid described in section 
                        483(a) and college admission applications;'';
                            (iii) by redesignating subparagraphs (C), 
                        (D), and (E), as subparagraphs (D), (E), and 
                        (F), respectively;
                            (iv) by inserting after subparagraph (B) 
                        the following:
                    ``(C) For programs authorized under section 402C 
                that specifically target veterans, the extent to which 
                the eligible entity met or exceeded the entity's 
                objectives for such program regarding--
                            ``(i) the delivery of service to a total 
                        number of students served by the program, as 
                        agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for 
                        the period of the program;
                            ``(ii) such students' academic performance 
                        as measured by standardized tests;
                            ``(iii) the retention and completion of 
                        participants in the program;
                            ``(iv) the provision of assistance to 
                        students served by the program in completing 
                        financial aid applications, including the Free 
                        Application for Federal Student Aid described 
                        in section 483(a) and college admission 
                        applications;
                            ``(v) the enrollment of such students in an 
                        institution of higher education; and
                            ``(vi) to the extent practicable, the 
                        postsecondary completion of such students.'';
                            (v) in subparagraph (D)(ii), as 
                        redesignated in clause (iii)--
                                    (I) in subclause (I), by striking 
                                ``in which such students were 
                                enrolled'' and inserting ``at any 
                                baccalaureate granting institution 
                                within 6 years of initial enrollment in 
                                the project''; and
                                    (II) in subclause (II), by striking 
                                items (aa) and (bb) and inserting the 
                                following:
                                    ``(aa) the transfer of such 
                                students to institutions of higher 
                                education that offer baccalaureate 
                                degrees, regardless of whether the 
                                transferring student completes a degree 
                                or certificate; or
                                    ``(bb) the completion of a degree 
                                or certificate by such students at any 
                                accredited institution within 4 years 
                                of initial enrollment in the 
                                project;'';
                            (vi) in subparagraph (E), as redesignated--
                                    (I) in clause (iii), by striking 
                                ``; and'' and inserting ``within 2 
                                years of receiving the baccalaureate 
                                degree;''; and
                                    (II) in clause (iv), by striking 
                                ``graduate study and the attainment of 
                                doctoral degrees by former program 
                                participants.'' and inserting 
                                ``graduate study; and
                            ``(v) the attainment of doctoral degrees by 
                        former program participants within 10 years of 
                        receiving the baccalaureate degree.''; and
                            (vii) in subparagraph (F), as 
                        redesignated--
                                    (I) in clause (i), by inserting 
                                ``within 2 years of service'' before 
                                the semicolon; and
                                    (II) in clause (ii), by inserting 
                                ``or re-enrollment'' after ``the 
                                enrollment'';
            (6) in subsection (g)--
                    (A) by striking ``$900,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 
                and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five 
                succeeding fiscal years.'' and inserting 
                ``$1,120,000,000 for fiscal year 2021, and each of the 
                5 succeeding fiscal years. The amount authorized to be 
                appropriated in the preceding sentence for fiscal year 
                2022 and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years shall be 
                deemed increased by the annual adjustment percentage. 
                For purposes of this subsection, the term `adjustment 
                percentage' as applied to a fiscal year, means the 
                estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index 
                (as determined by the Secretary, using the definition 
                in section 478(f)) for the most recent calendar year 
                ending before the beginning of that fiscal year.'';
                    (B) by striking ``\1/2\ of'';
                    (C) by striking ``, and to provide'' and inserting 
                ``, to provide''; and
                    (D) by striking ``current grantees.'' and all that 
                follows through ``additional readers.'' and inserting 
                ``current grantees, and to carry out the requirements 
                of subsection (c)(9)(A).'';
            (7) in subsection (h)--
                    (A) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(4) Homeless individual.--The term `homeless individual' 
        has the meaning given the term `homeless children and youth' 
        under section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act 
        (42 U.S.C. 11434a).
            ``(5) Low-income individual.--The term `low-income 
        individual' means--
                    ``(A) an individual from a family whose taxable 
                income for the preceding year did not exceed 150 
                percent of the poverty line applicable to the 
                individual's family size as determined under section 
                673(2) of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 
                U.S.C. 9902(2));
                    ``(B) an individual whose taxable income as 
                reported on the individual's most recently completed 
                Free Application for Federal Student Aid under section 
                483(a) did not exceed 150 percent of such poverty line;
                    ``(C) an individual who has been determined to be 
                eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized under 
                section 401; or
                    ``(D) for grants authorized under 402B and 402F of 
                this chapter, a student who is attending a school 
                that--
                            ``(i) elects, or for which the local 
                        educational agency serving the school elects on 
                        behalf of the school, to receive special 
                        assistance payment under section 
                        11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell 
                        National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
                        1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)); or
                            ``(ii) had a percentage of enrolled 
                        students who were identified students (defined 
                        in clause (i) of section 11(a)(1)(F) of such 
                        Act (42 U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or 
                        exceeds the threshold described in clause 
                        (viii) of such section (42 U.S.C. 
                        1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that 
                        ends prior to the first year of the period for 
                        which such grant is awarded.'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (5) as subsection 
                (i) and subparagraphs (A) through (D) as paragraphs (1) 
                through (4); and
                    (C) by redesignating paragraph (6) as subsection 
                (j); and
            (8) in subsection (j), as redesignated, by striking 
        ``subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (5)'' and 
        inserting ``paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of subsection (i)''.
    (b) Conforming Amendments.--Chapter 1 of subpart 2 of part A of 
title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11) is 
amended--
            (1) by striking ``homeless children and youths as defined 
        in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act'' 
        each place it appears and inserting ``homeless individuals''; 
        and
            (2) by striking ``homeless children and youths (as such 
        term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a))'' each place it appears and 
        inserting ``homeless individuals''.

SEC. 4022. TALENT SEARCH.

    Section 402B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
12) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' at the 
                end;
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph 
                (4); and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
            ``(3) to advise such youths regarding the postsecondary 
        education selection process, including consideration of 
        financial aid awards offered, potential Federal loan burden, 
        and likelihood of graduating; and'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph 
                (5); and
                    (B) by striking paragraph (6) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(6) education or counseling services to assist students 
        and their families regarding career choice; and
            ``(7) connections to programs providing financial literacy 
        and economic literacy so that students and their families are 
        able to make informed choices regarding postsecondary 
        education, including considering degree choices and potential 
        Federal loan burdens.'';
            (3) in subsection (c)(2), by striking ``career'' and 
        inserting ``academic''; and
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (4), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied 
        youth and foster care youth;
            ``(6) require that such entity submit, as part of the 
        application for the project, a description of the activities 
        that will be undertaken to reach out to such homeless 
        individuals and foster care youth as part of the project; and
            ``(7) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals 
        and foster care youth.''.

SEC. 4023. UPWARD BOUND.

    Section 402C of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
13) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b), by striking paragraphs (5) and (6) 
        and inserting the following:
            ``(5) assistance to students and their families regarding 
        career choice;
            ``(6) education or counseling services designed to 
        education improve the financial literacy and economic literacy 
        of students or the students' parents in order to aid them in 
        making informed decisions about the postsecondary education 
        selection process and assist students and their families in 
        making informed choices regarding the postsecondary education 
        selection process; and
            ``(7) in the case of such a project that is not 
        specifically designed for veterans, as part of core curriculum, 
        instruction in mathematics through pre-calculus, science, 
        foreign language, language arts, and literature, and in the 
        case of such a project that is specifically designed for 
        veterans, instruction in mathematics through pre-calculus, 
        science, foreign language, and language arts.'';
            (2) by striking subsections (c) and (g) and redesignating 
        subsections (d), (e), (f), and (h) as subsections (c), (d), 
        (e), and (f), respectively;
            (3) in subsection (c), as so redesignated--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``youth'' and 
                inserting ``participants'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) by striking ``youth participating in 
                        the project'' and inserting ``project 
                        participants''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``youth;'' and inserting 
                        ``participants;'' and
                    (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``youth 
                participating in the project'' and inserting 
                ``participants''; and
            (4) in subsection (d), as so redesignated--
                    (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(6) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied 
        youth and foster care youth;
            ``(7) require that such entity submit, as part of the 
        application, a description of the activities that will be 
        undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals and foster 
        care youth regarding the project; and
            ``(8) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals 
        and foster care youth.''; and
            (5) in subsection (e), as so redesignated--
                    (A) by striking ``$60'' and inserting ``$90'';
                    (B) by striking ``$300'' and inserting ``$450'';
                    (C) by striking ``$40'' and inserting ``$60''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following: ``Adults 
                participating in a project specifically targeting 
                veterans under this section may be paid stipends not in 
                excess of $100 per month during the year.''.

SEC. 4024. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES.

    Section 402D of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
14) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``limited English 
                proficient'' and inserting ``low-income and first 
                generation college students, including limited English 
                proficient students''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (4), by striking ``, including--'' 
                and all that follows through the end of the paragraph 
                and inserting a period;
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ``including 
                financial planning for postsecondary education;'' and 
                inserting ``including--
                    ``(A) financial planning for postsecondary 
                education, including loan burdens required, repayment 
                options, and expected earnings in potential career 
                fields;
                    ``(B) basic personal income, household money 
                management, and financial planning skills; and
                    ``(C) basic economic decisionmaking skills.'';
                    (B) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and'' at the 
                end;
                    (C) in paragraph (6), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(7) basic and emergency supplemental living assistance 
        grants in accordance with subsection (f).'';
            (3) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (6)(B), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(7) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied 
        youth and foster care youth;
            ``(8) require that such entity submit, in the application 
        for the project, a description of the activities that will be 
        undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals and foster 
        care youth, who are enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the 
        institution; and
            ``(9) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals 
        and foster care youth.''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(f) Basic and Emergency Supplemental Living Assistance Grants.--
            ``(1) In general.--In carrying out the activities required 
        under subsection (b)(7) with a grant received under this 
        section, the recipient of such grant shall provide basic and 
        emergency supplemental living assistance grants to assist 
        students who are current participants in the student support 
        services program offered by the institution (in this subsection 
        referred to as `eligible students')--
                    ``(A) in the case of a basic supplemental living 
                assistance grant, in covering reasonable, anticipated 
                expenses necessary for the completion of an academic 
                year of the students' first undergraduate baccalaureate 
                course of study; and
                    ``(B) in the case of an emergency supplemental 
                living assistance grant, in covering reasonable, 
                unanticipated expenses necessary for the students to 
                persist in college during such academic year.
            ``(2) Amount of grants.--The recipient may determine--
                    ``(A) the appropriate division of the funds between 
                basic and emergency supplemental assistance grants, 
                except that funds shall be provided for both basic and 
                emergency grants;
                    ``(B) the amount of each such grant and the total 
                grant funds that an eligible student may receive, 
                except that a student may not receive more than a total 
                of $500 in emergency supplemental assistance grants per 
                academic year; and
                    ``(C) the anticipated and unanticipated expenses 
                referred to in paragraph (1) that such grants will 
                cover based on the needs of eligible students, which--
                            ``(i) may vary by factors including 
                        academic year, housing, parental status, 
                        location in urban or rural area, or other 
                        circumstances; and
                            ``(ii) for an individual student, may 
                        cover--
                                    ``(I) any component of the cost of 
                                attendance for the student;
                                    ``(II) an allowance for actual or 
                                expected expenses incurred for 
                                dependent care that exceeds such 
                                expenses determined for the student 
                                under section 472(8);
                                    ``(III) an allowance for actual or 
                                expected expenses for transportation 
                                that exceeds such expenses determined 
                                for the student under section 472; and
                                    ``(IV) personal items or expenses 
                                not otherwise covered by the cost of 
                                attendance for the student.
            ``(3) Percentage of total funds.--The recipient may use not 
        more than 2 percent of the funds awarded under this section for 
        grants under this subsection.
            ``(4) Determination of need.--A grant provided to a student 
        under this subsection shall not be considered in determining 
        that student's need for grant or work assistance under this 
        title, except that in no case shall the total amount of student 
        financial assistance awarded to a student under this title 
        exceed that student's cost of attendance by more than $500.
            ``(5) Consultation.--In making grants to students under 
        this subsection, an institution shall ensure that adequate 
        consultation takes place between the student support service 
        program office and the institution's financial aid office.
            ``(6) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds received by a grant 
        recipient that are used under this subsection shall be used to 
        supplement, and not supplant, non-Federal funds expended for 
        student support services programs.
            ``(7) Funds.--For a fiscal year for which the funds 
        allocated for projects authorized under this section from the 
        amounts appropriated pursuant to the authority of section 
        402A(g) exceeds the funds allocated for such purpose for fiscal 
        year 2020, not more than 2 percent of such excess funds may be 
        made available for grants under this subsection.''.

SEC. 4025. POSTBACCALAUREATE ACHIEVEMENT PROGRAM AUTHORITY.

    Section 402E of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
15) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(2)--
                    (A) by striking ``summer''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``or faculty-led research 
                experiences'' before the semicolon;
            (2) in subsection (d)(4)--
                    (A) by striking ``summer''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``or faculty-led experiences who 
                have stipends'' after ``internships''; and
            (3) in subsection (f)(1), by striking ``$2,800'' and 
        inserting ``$4,000''.

SEC. 4026. EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY CENTERS.

    Section 402F of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
16) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``pursue'' and 
        inserting ``begin or re-enter'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(5), by striking ``students;'' and 
        inserting ``students, including--
                    ``(A) financial planning for postsecondary 
                education, including student loan debt, repayment 
                options, and expected earnings in potential career 
                fields;
                    ``(B) basic personal income, household money 
                management, and financial planning skills; and
                    ``(C) basic economic decisionmaking skills;''; and
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied 
        youth and foster care youth;
            ``(5) require that such entity submit, as part of the 
        application, a description of the activities that will be 
        undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals and foster 
        care youth regarding the project; and
            ``(6) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals 
        and foster care youth.''.

SEC. 4027. STAFF DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES.

    Section 402G(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070a-17(b)) is amended--
            (1) by inserting ``webinars, online classes,'' after 
        ``seminars, workshops,'';
            (2) by striking ``new directors'' and inserting ``staff'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (5) as 
        paragraphs (2) through (6), respectively;
            (4) by inserting before paragraph (2), as so redesignated, 
        the following:
            ``(1) Legislative and regulatory requirements and program 
        management for new directors of programs funded under this 
        chapter.'';
            (5) in paragraph (2), as redesignated, by inserting ``for 
        continuing directors and staff of programs'' after ``operation 
        of programs''; and
            (6) in paragraph (4), as redesignated, by striking ``model 
        programs'' and inserting ``innovations''.

SEC. 4028. REPORTS AND EVALUATIONS.

    (a) Other Reporting Requirements.--Section 402H of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-18) is further amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``, 
                        including a rigorous evaluation of the programs 
                        and projects assisted under section 402C. The 
                        evaluation of the programs and projects 
                        assisted under section 402C shall be 
                        implemented not later than June 30, 2010'' and 
                        inserting ``The issues such evaluations shall 
                        measure shall include the effectiveness of 
                        programs and projects assisted under this 
                        chapter in--
                            ``(i) meeting or exceeding the stated 
                        objectives regarding the outcome criteria under 
                        402A(f);
                            ``(ii) enhancing the access of low-income 
                        individuals and first-generation college 
                        students to postsecondary education;
                            ``(iii) preparing individuals for 
                        postsecondary education; and
                            ``(iv) comparing students who participate 
                        in the programs funded under this chapter with 
                        students who do not participate in such 
                        programs with respect to--
                                    ``(I) level of education completed;
                                    ``(II) retention rates;
                                    ``(III) graduation rates;
                                    ``(IV) college admission and 
                                completion rates; and
                                    ``(V) other issues as the Secretary 
                                considers appropriate.''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting 
                        ``and take into account the agreed upon target 
                        determined under section 402A(f)(4)'' before 
                        the period; and
                    (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) Practices.--The evaluations described in paragraph 
        (1) shall identify institutional, community, and program or 
        project practices that are effective in--
                    ``(A) enhancing the access of low-income 
                individuals and first-generation college students to 
                postsecondary education;
                    ``(B) the preparation of such individuals and 
                students for postsecondary education;
                    ``(C) fostering the success of the individuals and 
                students in postsecondary education; and
                    ``(D) for programs and projects assisted under 
                section 402C, the characteristics of students who 
                benefit most from such programs and projects.''; and
            (2) in subsection (d), by inserting ``, including the 
        authorizing committees'' before the period.
    (b) Homeless Individuals and Foster Care Youth.--Section 402H of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-18) is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(e) Report Regarding Homeless Individuals and Foster Care 
Youth.--Each entity carrying out a project under section 402B, 402C, 
402D, or 402F shall, at the conclusion of the project, prepare and 
submit a report to the Secretary that includes--
            ``(1) where available, data on the number of homeless 
        individuals and foster care youth served through the project; 
        and
            ``(2) a description of any strategies or program 
        enhancements that were used in the project and that were 
        effective in meeting the needs of such homeless individuals and 
        foster care youth.''.

  CHAPTER 2--GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE 
                                PROGRAMS

SEC. 4031. GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE 
              PROGRAMS.

    Chapter 2 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070a-21 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) in section 404A (20 U.S.C. 1070a-21)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of 
                subsection (a)(1), by inserting ``, including for 
                college readiness'' after ``academic support''; and
                    (B) in subsection (b)--
                            (i) by amending paragraph (3) to read as 
                        follows:
            ``(3) Priority.--In making awards to eligible entities 
        described in subsection (c), the Secretary may give a 
        competitive priority--
                    ``(A) to eligible entities that--
                            ``(i) on the day before the date of 
                        enactment of the College Affordability Act, 
                        carried out successful educational opportunity 
                        programs under this chapter (as this chapter 
                        was in effect on such day); and
                            ``(ii) have a prior, demonstrated 
                        commitment to early intervention leading to 
                        college access and readiness through 
                        collaboration and replication of successful 
                        strategies; or
                    ``(B) to eligible entities that ensure that 
                students that received assistance under this chapter on 
                the day before the date of enactment of the College 
                Affordability Act continue to receive such assistance 
                through the completion of secondary school.'';
                            (ii) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Multiple award prohibition.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible entity described in 
                subsection (c)(1) that receives a grant under this 
                chapter shall not be eligible to receive an additional 
                grant under this chapter until after the date on which 
                the grant period with respect to such grant expires.
                    ``(B) Exception for no-cost extension.--
                Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), an eligible entity 
                described in subsection (c)(1) that receives a grant 
                under this chapter that has been extended under section 
                75.261 of title 34, Code of Federal Regulations may 
                receive an additional grant under this chapter prior to 
                the date on which the grant period applicable to such 
                extension expires.''; and
            (2) in section 404B (20 U.S.C. 1070a-22)--
                    (A) in subsection (a), in the matter preceding 
                paragraph (1), by inserting ``(except with respect to 
                continuation awards under this chapter)'' after 
                ``grants''; and
                    (B) in subsection (d)(1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``; 
                        and'' and inserting a period; and
                            (iii) by striking subparagraph (C);
            (3) in section 404C (20 U.S.C. 1070a-23)--
                    (A) in subsection (a)(2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (I), by striking 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (J), by striking the 
                        period at the end and inserting a semicolon; 
                        and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(K) provide an assurance that the eligible entity 
                has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
                needed to remove barriers to the participation and 
                retention of homeless individuals (as defined in 
                section 402A) in the program, including unaccompanied 
                youth and foster care youth;
                    ``(L) describe the activities that will be 
                undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals 
                and foster care youth as part of the program; and
                    ``(M) provide an assurance that the eligible entity 
                will prepare and submit the report required under 
                section 404G(c) at the conclusion of the grant 
                regarding such homeless individuals and foster care 
                youth.'';
                    (B) in subsection (b)(1)(A)--
                            (i) by inserting ``matching funds'' after 
                        ``will provide'';
                            (ii) by inserting ``equaling'' after 
                        ``private funds,''; and
                            (iii) by striking ``the cost of the 
                        program, which matching funds'' and inserting 
                        ``the total Federal grant award under this 
                        chapter, which'';
                    (C) in subsection (c)(1), by inserting ``at any 
                point during the grant award period'' after ``obligated 
                to students''; and
                    (D) by striking subsection (d) and inserting the 
                following:
    ``(d) Peer Review Panels and Competitions.--The Secretary shall--
            ``(1) convene peer review panels to assist in making 
        determinations regarding the awarding of grants under this 
        chapter; and
            ``(2) host a grant competition to make new awards under 
        this chapter in any year in which there are funds available to 
        make new awards.'';
            (4) in section 404D (20 U.S.C. 1070a-24)--
                    (A) in subsection (b)--
                            (i) in paragraph (1), by striking ``or 
                        former participants of a program under this 
                        chapter'' and inserting ``, former participants 
                        of a program under this chapter, or peers and 
                        near peers'' after ``adults'';
                            (ii) in paragraph (3), by inserting 
                        ``academic, social, and postsecondary 
                        planning'' after ``supportive'';
                            (iii) in paragraph (10)--
                                    (I) by redesignating subparagraphs 
                                (E) through (K) as subparagraphs (F) 
                                through (L), respectively;
                                    (II) by inserting after 
                                subparagraph (D) the following:
                    ``(E) counseling or referral services to address 
                the behavioral, social-emotional, and mental health 
                needs of at-risk students;'';
                                    (III) in subparagraph (I), as 
                                redesignated by subclause (I), by 
                                inserting ``, cognitive, non-cognitive, 
                                and credit-by-examination'' after 
                                ``skills'';
                                    (IV) in subparagraph (K), as 
                                redesignated by subclause (I), by 
                                striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
                                    (V) in subparagraph (L), as 
                                redesignated by subclause (I), by 
                                striking the period at the end and 
                                inserting ``; and''; and
                                    (VI) by adding at the end the 
                                following:
                    ``(M) capacity building activities that create 
                college-going cultures in participating schools and 
                local educational agencies.''; and
                            (iv) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(16) Creating or expanding secondary school drop-out 
        recovery programs that allow students who have dropped out of 
        secondary school to complete a regular secondary school diploma 
        and begin college-level work.
            ``(17) Establishing data collection and data sharing 
        agreements to obtain, analyze, and report postsecondary outcome 
        data for eligible students for a period of not more than 72 
        months after the end of the grant award period, which may 
        include postsecondary enrollment, persistence, and completion 
        data.
            ``(18) Establishing or maintaining an agreement with a 
        consortium of eligible entities described in section 404A(c) 
        to--
                    ``(A) foster collaborative approaches to research 
                and evaluation;
                    ``(B) improve the quality of data collection, data 
                sharing, analysis and reporting; and
                    ``(C) apply evidence to improve programs and 
                evaluation under this chapter.
            ``(19) Facilitating the recruitment, participation, and 
        retention of homeless individuals (as defined in section 402A) 
        and foster care youth in the services provided under this 
        chapter, including--
                    ``(A) establishing partnerships with community-
                based organizations, child welfare agencies, homeless 
                shelters, and local educational agency liaisons for 
                homeless individuals to identify such individuals and 
                youth, improve policies and practices, and to establish 
                data sharing agreements;
                    ``(B) carrying out activities (consistent with the 
                McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11301 
                et seq.)) to facilitate continued participation of 
                students who are no longer enrolled in a school served 
                under this chapter due to changes in residence 
                resulting from homelessness or foster care placement, 
                including--
                            ``(i) allowing continued participation when 
                        such a student is no longer enrolled, on a 
                        temporary basis, in a school served under this 
                        chapter; or
                            ``(ii) providing transitional services and 
                        referrals when such a student is no longer 
                        enrolled, on a permanent basis, in a school 
                        served under this chapter; and
                    ``(C) carrying out other activities to meet the 
                needs of such homeless individuals and foster care 
                youth.
            ``(20) Providing services under this chapter to students 
        who have received services under a previous grant award under 
        this chapter but have not yet completed grade 12.'';
                    (B) in subsection (c)--
                            (i) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``and 
                        technical assistance'' after ``support''; and
                            (ii) by striking paragraph (9); and
                    (C) in subsection (d)--
                            (i) in paragraph (3), by striking ``or'';
                            (ii) by redesignating paragraph (4) as 
                        paragraph (5); and
                            (iii) by inserting after paragraph (3) the 
                        following:
            ``(4) eligible for free or reduced-price lunch under the 
        Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1751 et 
        seq.); or'';
            (5) in section 404E (20 U.S.C. 1070a-25)--
                    (A) in subsection (a)--
                            (i) by redesignating paragraph (2) as 
                        paragraph (3);
                            (ii) by inserting after paragraph (1) the 
                        following:
            ``(2) Application requirements.--
                    ``(A) Plan for maintenance of financial 
                assistance.--An eligible entity proposing to establish 
                or maintain a financial assistance program providing 
                scholarships for students assisted by the program of 
                the eligible entity under this chapter shall include a 
                plan regarding the financial application program with 
                the application submitted under section 404C.
                    ``(B) Scholarship details.--Under a plan described 
                in subparagraph (A), an eligible entity--
                            ``(i) may elect to offer 1 or more types of 
                        scholarships; and
                            ``(ii) shall describe, for each type of 
                        scholarship--
                                    ``(I) the minimum and maximum 
                                awards for the scholarships, consistent 
                                with subsection (d), based on criteria 
                                and disbursement priorities established 
                                by the eligible entity;
                                    ``(II) the duration of the 
                                scholarships, which may be single-year 
                                or multi-year awards;
                                    ``(III) the enrollment requirements 
                                for participating students, which may 
                                include providing scholarships for 
                                participating students who are enrolled 
                                in an institution of higher education 
                                on less than a full-time basis during 
                                any award year; and
                                    ``(IV) any additional student 
                                eligibility criteria established by the 
                                eligible entity for earning and 
                                maintaining scholarships under this 
                                section, including--
                                            ``(aa) financial need;
                                            ``(bb) meeting 
                                        participation milestones in the 
                                        activities offered by the 
                                        eligible entity under section 
                                        404D;
                                            ``(cc) meeting and 
                                        maintaining satisfactory 
                                        academic milestones; and
                                            ``(dd) other criteria 
                                        aligned with State and local 
                                        goals to incentivize 
                                        postsecondary readiness, 
                                        access, and success.''; and
                            (iii) in paragraph (3), as redesignated by 
                        clause (i), by striking ``may award'' and 
                        inserting ``may use not less than 10 percent 
                        and not more than 50 percent of funds made 
                        available under this chapter to award'';
                    (B) in subsection (b)--
                            (i) in the subsection heading, by striking 
                        ``Limitation'' and inserting ``State 
                        limitation''; and
                            (ii) in paragraph (2), by striking 
                        ``eligible entity demonstrates'' and all that 
                        follows through the period at the end and 
                        inserting the following: ``eligible entity--
                    ``(A) demonstrates that the eligible entity has 
                another means of providing the students with the 
                financial assistance described in this section or 
                eligible students have reasonable access to State and 
                local financial assistance programs; and
                    ``(B) describes such means or access in the 
                application submitted under section 404C.'';
                    (C) in subsection (e)--
                            (i) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting 
                        the following:
            ``(1) In general.--
                    ``(A) Scholarship plan.--Each eligible entity 
                described in section 404A(c)(1) that receives a grant 
                under this chapter shall hold in reserve, for the 
                students served by such grant as described in section 
                404B(d)(1)(A) or 404D(d), an estimated amount that is 
                based on the eligible entity's scholarship plan 
                described in subsection (a)(1).
                    ``(B) Interest use.--Interest earned on funds held 
                in reserve under subparagraph (A) may be used by the 
                eligible entity to administer the scholarship program 
                during the award period and through the post-award 
                period described in paragraph (4).'';
                            (ii) in paragraph (2)(B), by inserting ``, 
                        or been accepted for enrollment,'' after 
                        ``enrolled''; and
                            (iii) in paragraph (3)--
                                    (I) in subparagraph (A), by 
                                striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
                                    (II) by redesignating subparagraph 
                                (B) as subparagraph (C); and
                                    (III) by inserting after 
                                subparagraph (A) the following:
                    ``(B) the costs associated with enrolling in an 
                institution of higher education; and''; and
                    (D) in subsection (g)--
                            (i) in paragraph (3)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``or, if the 
                                eligible entity chooses, in another 
                                program of study or credential program 
                                for which an individual could use funds 
                                received under a Federal Pell Grant to 
                                attend,'' before ``that is located''; 
                                and
                                    (II) by striking ``except that, at 
                                the State's option'' and inserting 
                                ``except that, at the eligible entity's 
                                option''; and
                            (ii) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``and 
                        qualifies for an award, consistent with the 
                        eligible entity's scholarship plan as described 
                        in subsection (a)(2)'' after ``404D(a)'';
            (6) in section 404G (20 U.S.C. 1070a-27)--
                    (A) in subsection (b)--
                            (i) in paragraph (1), by striking ``and'' 
                        after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in paragraph (2), by striking the 
                        period at the end and inserting ``; and''; and
                            (iii) by inserting after paragraph (2) the 
                        following:
            ``(3) include the following metrics:
                    ``(A) The number of students completing the Free 
                Application for Federal Student Aid under section 483.
                    ``(B) If applicable, the number of students 
                receiving a scholarship under section 404E.
                    ``(C) The graduation rate of participating students 
                from high school.
                    ``(D) The enrollment of participating students in 
                postsecondary education.
                    ``(E) Such other metrics as the Secretary may 
                require.'';
                    (B) by redesignating subsections (c) and (d) as 
                subsections (e) and (f), respectively;
                    (C) by inserting after subsection (b) the 
                following:
    ``(c) Report on Homeless Individuals and Foster Care Youth.--Each 
eligible entity that receives a grant under section 404A shall, at the 
conclusion of such grant, prepare and submit a report to the Secretary 
that includes--
            ``(1) where available, the number of homeless individuals 
        (as defined in section 402A) and foster care youth served 
        through the program; and
            ``(2) a description of any strategies or program 
        enhancements that were used by the eligible entity in carrying 
        out the program that were effective in meeting the needs of 
        such homeless individuals and foster care youth.'';
                    (D) in subsection (d), as so redesignated--
                            (i) in the subsection heading, by inserting 
                        ``and technical assistance'' after ``Federal 
                        evaluation'';
                            (ii) in the matter preceding paragraph 
                        (1)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``after 
                                consultation with the community of 
                                eligible entities receiving grants 
                                under this chapter and'' after 
                                ``Secretary shall,'';
                                    (II) by striking ``0.75'' and 
                                inserting ``1''; and
                                    (III) by striking ``evaluate the 
                                effectiveness of the program and, as 
                                appropriate, disseminate the results of 
                                the evaluation. Such evaluation shall 
                                include a separate analysis of'';
                            (iii) by redesignating paragraphs (1) and 
                        (2) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively, 
                        and indenting the margins appropriately; and
                            (iv) before subparagraph (A) (as 
                        redesignated by clause (iii)), by inserting the 
                        following:
            ``(1) provide pre-application technical assistance 
        workshops for eligible entities and potential applicants in any 
        year in which new awards are expected to be made;
            ``(2) support initiatives designed to improve the research, 
        data collection and infrastructure, and evaluation capacity of 
        eligible entities; and
            ``(3) evaluate the effectiveness of the program and, as 
        appropriate, disseminate the results of the evaluation. Such 
        evaluation may include a separate analysis of--''; and
            (7) in section 404H, by striking ``$400,000,000 for fiscal 
        year 2009'' and inserting ``$500,000,000 for fiscal year 
        2021''.

     Subpart 3--Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants

SEC. 4041. PURPOSE; APPROPRIATIONS AUTHORIZED.

    Section 413A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b) 
is amended--
            (1) by amending subsection (a) to read as follows:
    ``(a) Purpose of Subpart.--It is the purpose of this subpart to--
            ``(1) provide, through institutions of higher education, 
        supplemental grants to assist in making available the benefits 
        of postsecondary education to qualified students who 
        demonstrate financial need in accordance with the provisions of 
        part F of this title; and
            ``(2) to establish grant programs at various institutions 
        of higher education, as defined in section 101, to determine 
        best practices and policies regarding the distribution of 
        emergency grant aid to assist students in completing their 
        program of study, notwithstanding aid they may have received in 
        accordance with the provisions of part F of this title.'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ``appropriated'' and 
        all that follows through the end and inserting ``appropriated--
                    ``(A) $1,150,000,000 for fiscal year 2021;
                    ``(B) $1,300,000,000 for fiscal year 2022;
                    ``(C) $1,450,000,000, for fiscal year 2023;
                    ``(D) $1,600,000,000 for fiscal year 2024; and
                    ``(E) $1,750,000,000 for fiscal year 2025 and each 
                succeeding fiscal year.'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3); and
            (4) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) For the purpose of enabling the Secretary to fund 
        emergency grant aid programs under section 440D, there are 
        allocated, from funds authorized under paragraph (b)(1), 
        $12,500,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.''.

SEC. 4042. INSTITUTIONAL ELIGIBILITY.

    Section 413C(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070b-2) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``agrees'' inserting ``except as 
                provided in paragraph (4), agrees''; and
                    (B) by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (2) in paragraph (3)(D), by striking the period and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) agrees that the Federal share of an award under this 
        subpart to an institution eligible for assistance under title 
        III or title V shall equal 100 percent of such award.''.

SEC. 4043. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

    Section 413D of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b-
3) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 413D. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Years 2021 Through 2025.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under 
        section 413A(b)(1) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
        allocate to each institution--
                    ``(A) for fiscal year 2021, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 90 percent of the amount the 
                        institution received under subsection (a) for 
                        fiscal year 2020, as such subsection was in 
                        effect with respect to such fiscal year (in 
                        this subparagraph referred to as `the 2020 
                        amount for the institution'); or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c);
                    ``(B) for fiscal year 2022, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 80 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c);
                    ``(C) for fiscal year 2023, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 60 percent of the fiscal year 2020 
                        amount for the institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c);
                    ``(D) for fiscal year 2024, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 40 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c); 
                        and
                    ``(E) for fiscal year 2025, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 20 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c).
            ``(2) Ratable reduction.--
                    ``(A) In general.--If the amount appropriated under 
                section 413A(b)(1) for a fiscal year is less than the 
                amount required to be allocated to the institutions 
                under this subsection, then the amount of the 
                allocation to each institution shall be ratably 
                reduced.
                    ``(B) Additional appropriations.--If the amounts 
                allocated to each institution are ratably reduced under 
                subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year and additional 
                amounts are appropriated for such fiscal year, the 
                amount allocated to each institution from the 
                additional amounts shall be increased on the same basis 
                as the amounts under subparagraph (A) were reduced 
                (until each institution receives the amount required to 
                be allocated under this subsection).
    ``(b) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Year 2026 and Each Succeeding 
Fiscal Year.--From the amount appropriated under section 413A(b)(1) for 
fiscal year 2026 and each succeeding fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
allocate to each institution the fair share amount for the institution 
determined under subsection (c).
    ``(c) Determination of Fair Share Amount.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), the fair share 
        amount for an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to 
        the sum of the institution's undergraduate student need 
        described in paragraph (2) for the preceding fiscal year.
            ``(2) Institutional undergraduate student need 
        calculation.--The institutional undergraduate student need for 
        an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to the sum of 
        the following:
                    ``(A) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
                    ``(B) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of the undergraduate student need at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of undergraduate student need at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
            ``(3) Eligibility for fair share amount.--The Secretary may 
        not allocate funds under this subpart to any institution that, 
        for 2 or more fiscal years during any 3 fiscal year period 
        beginning not earlier than the first day of the first fiscal 
        year that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this 
        paragraph, has a student population with less than 7 percent of 
        undergraduate students who are recipients of Federal Pell 
        Grants.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Average cost of attendance.--The term `average cost 
        of attendance' has the meaning given the term in section 
        4202(e)(5)(B).
            ``(2) Undergraduate student need.--The term `undergraduate 
        student need' means, with respect to an undergraduate student 
        for an award year, the lesser of the following:
                    ``(A) The total of the amount equal to (except the 
                amount computed by this clause shall not be less than 
                zero)--
                            ``(i) the average cost of attendance for 
                        the award year, minus
                            ``(ii) such undergraduate student's 
                        expected family contribution (computed in 
                        accordance with part F of this title) for the 
                        preceding award year.
                    ``(B) The total loan annual limit for a Federal 
                Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and a Federal Direct 
                Loan.''.

SEC. 4044. EMERGENCY FINANCIAL AID GRANT PROGRAM.

    Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070b et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

              ``Subpart 11--Emergency Financial Aid Grants

``SEC. 440D. EMERGENCY FINANCIAL AID GRANT PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Emergency Financial Aid Grant Programs Authorized.--The 
Secretary shall carry out a grant program to make grants, in accordance 
with subsection (c), to eligible entities to provide emergency 
financial aid grants to students in accordance with subsection (d).
    ``(b) Matching Funds.--
            ``(1) Limitation on amount of federal share.--Except as 
        provided in paragraph (3), the Federal share of the cost of any 
        emergency grant aid program carried out under this section may 
        not exceed 50 percent.
            ``(2) Limitation.--Matching funds provided by an eligible 
        entity under this subsection may not include in-kind 
        contributions.
            ``(3) Exceptions.--The Federal share of the cost of an 
        emergency grant aid program carried out under this section 
        shall equal 100 percent if the institution carrying out the 
        emergency grant aid is an institution of higher education 
        eligible for assistance under title III or V.
    ``(c) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each eligible entity desiring to carry 
        out an emergency grant aid program under this section shall 
        submit an application to the Secretary, at such time, in such 
        manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
        require.
            ``(2) Outreach.--The Secretary shall, at least 30 days 
        before each deadline to submit applications under paragraph 
        (1), conduct outreach to institutions of higher education 
        described in subsection (b)(3) to provide such institutions 
        with information on the opportunity to apply under paragraph 
        (1) to carry out an emergency grant aid program under this 
        section.
            ``(3) Contents.--Each application under paragraph (1) shall 
        include a description of the emergency grant aid program to be 
        carried out by the eligible entity, including--
                    ``(A) an estimate of the number of emergency 
                financial aid grants that such entity will make in an 
                award year and how such eligible entity assessed such 
                estimate;
                    ``(B) the criteria the eligible entity will use to 
                determine an emergency for which an eligible student 
                will be eligible to receive an emergency financial aid 
                grant;
                    ``(C) an assurance that an emergency for which an 
                eligible student will be eligible to receive an 
                emergency financial aid grant will include financial 
                challenges that would directly impact the ability of an 
                eligible student to continue and complete the course of 
                study of such student, including--
                            ``(i) a loss of employment, transportation, 
                        child care, utilities, or housing of the 
                        student;
                            ``(ii) a medical condition (including 
                        pregnancy) of the student, or a dependent of 
                        the student;
                            ``(iii) with respect to the eligible 
                        student, food insecurity; and
                            ``(iv) in the case of an eligible student 
                        who is a dependent student--
                                    ``(I) the death of a parent or 
                                guardian of such eligible student; or
                                    ``(II) a medical condition of the 
                                parent or guardian of such eligible 
                                student which results in the loss of 
                                employment of such parent or guardian;
                    ``(D) a description of the process by which an 
                eligible student may apply and receive an emergency 
                financial aid grant;
                    ``(E) an assurance that the eligible entity, when 
                applicable, will make information available to eligible 
                students about the eligibility of such students and 
                their dependents for assistance under the supplemental 
                nutrition assistance program under the Food and 
                Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), the 
                special supplemental nutrition program for women, 
                infants, and children under the Child Nutrition Act of 
                1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786), and the program of block grants 
                for States for temporary assistance for needy families 
                established under part A of title IV of the Social 
                Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
                    ``(F) how the eligible entity will administer the 
                emergency grant aid program, including the processes 
                the eligible entity will use to respond to 
                applications, approve applications, and disburse 
                emergency financial aid grants outside of normal 
                business hours;
                    ``(G) an assurance that the process by which an 
                eligible student applies for an emergency financial aid 
                grant includes--
                            ``(i) to the extent practicable, an 
                        interview; and
                            ``(ii) at least one opportunity to appeal a 
                        denial of such a grant;
                    ``(H) an assurance that the eligible entity will 
                acknowledge receipt of a student's request and 
                distribute funds in a timely manner as determined by 
                the Secretary;
                    ``(I) a description of how the school intends to 
                limit fraud or abuse; and
                    ``(J) any other information the Secretary may 
                require.
            ``(4) Priority.--In selecting eligible entities to carry 
        out an emergency grant aid program under this section, the 
        Secretary shall give priority to an eligible entity in which at 
        least 30 percent of the students enrolled at such eligible 
        entity are eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant.
    ``(d) Use of Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible entity may only use funds 
        provided under this section to make emergency financial aid 
        grants to eligible students.
            ``(2) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) Amount.--An emergency financial aid grant to 
                an eligible student may not be in an amount greater 
                than $750.
                    ``(B) Total amount.--The total amount of the 
                Federal share of emergency financial aid grants that an 
                eligible student may receive from an eligible entity 
                may not exceed $2,000. An eligible student may receive 
                an amount under this section that would cause the 
                amount of total financial aid received by such student 
                to exceed the cost of attendance of the institution of 
                higher education in which the student is enrolled.
    ``(e) Reporting and Oversight.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not less frequently than once annually, 
        each eligible entity that receives a grant under this subpart 
        shall submit to the Secretary a report on the progress of the 
        eligible entity in carrying out the programs supported by such 
        grant.
            ``(2) Form of report.--The report under paragraph (1) shall 
        be submitted to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and 
        containing such information as the Secretary may require. The 
        Secretary shall issue uniform guidelines describing the 
        information that shall be reported by grantees under such 
        paragraph.
            ``(3) Content of report.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The report under paragraph (1) 
                shall include, at minimum, the following:
                            ``(i) The number of students that received 
                        a grant, including the number of students who 
                        received more than one grant.
                            ``(ii) The average award amount awarded to 
                        eligible students.
                            ``(iii) The types of emergencies declared 
                        and frequencies emergencies declared by 
                        eligible students.
                            ``(iv) The number of students that applied 
                        for emergency grant aid.
                            ``(v) The number of students that were 
                        denied such grants.
                            ``(vi) The average amount of time it took 
                        an eligible entity to respond to requests for 
                        emergency grant aid and average amount of time 
                        it took the eligible entity to award or deny 
                        the emergency grant aid.
                            ``(vii) Outcomes of the eligible students 
                        that received emergency grant aid, including 
                        rates of persistence, retention, and 
                        completion, and a comparison of such rates for 
                        such students as compared to such rates for 
                        Federal Pell recipients at the institution.
    ``(f) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an 
        institution of higher education that on the date such entity 
        receives a grant under this section, is participating in the 
        FSEOG program under subpart 3.
            ``(2) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means 
        a student who--
                    ``(A) is enrolled in an eligible entity on an at 
                least half-time basis; and
                    ``(B) who is making satisfactory academic progress.
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.''.

Subpart 4--Special Programs for Students Whose Families Are Engaged in 
                     Migrant and Seasonal Farmwork

SEC. 4051. SPECIAL PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WHOSE FAMILIES ARE ENGAGED IN 
              MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORK.

    Section 418A(i) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070d-2(i)) is amended by striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2021''.

          Subpart 5--Child Care Access Means Parents in School

SEC. 4061. CCAMPIS REAUTHORIZATION.

    Section 419N of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070e) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by striking ``The amount'' and 
                                inserting ``Except as provided in 
                                subparagraph (C), the amount''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``1 percent'' and 
                                inserting ``2 percent'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B)(ii), by striking 
                        ``subsection (g)'' and inserting ``subsection 
                        (h)''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Performance bonus.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Notwithstanding 
                        subparagraph (A), for any fiscal year for which 
                        the amount appropriated under subsection (h) is 
                        not less than $140,000,000, the Secretary may 
                        pay a performance bonus to an eligible 
                        institution of higher education.
                            ``(ii) Maximum amount.--A bonus paid to an 
                        eligible institution of higher education under 
                        clause (i) for a fiscal year shall not exceed 
                        an amount equal to 20 percent of the amount of 
                        the annual grant payment received by the 
                        institution under paragraph (3)(B) for the 
                        fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which 
                        the bonus is paid.
                            ``(iii) Use of bonus.--A bonus received by 
                        an institution under clause (i) shall be used 
                        by the institution in the same manner as a 
                        grant under this section and shall be treated 
                        as grant funds for purposes of the application 
                        of paragraph (5), except that the Secretary may 
                        extend the grant period as necessary for the 
                        institution to use such bonus.
                            ``(iv) Eligible institution of higher 
                        education.--In this subparagraph, the term 
                        `eligible institution of higher education' 
                        means an institution of higher education that--
                                    ``(I) has received a grant under 
                                this section for not less than the 
                                period of three consecutive fiscal 
                                years preceding the fiscal year in 
                                which the bonus is paid under clause 
                                (i);
                                    ``(II) for each such preceding 
                                fiscal year, has met or exceeded the 
                                performance levels established by the 
                                institution for such year under 
                                subsection (e)(1)(B)(v); and
                                    ``(III) has demonstrated the need 
                                for such bonus.''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``4 
                        years'' and inserting ``5 years''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``subsection (e)(2)'' and inserting 
                        ``subsection (e)(3)'';
            (2) by amending subsection (c) to read as follows:
    ``(c) Applications.--
            ``(1) In general.--An institution of higher education 
        desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application 
        to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied 
        by such information as the Secretary may require. Such 
        application shall--
                    ``(A) demonstrate that the institution is an 
                eligible institution described in subsection (b)(4);
                    ``(B) specify the amount of funds requested;
                    ``(C) demonstrate the need of low-income students 
                at the institution for campus-based child care services 
                by including in the application--
                            ``(i) information regarding student 
                        demographics, including whether the student is 
                        a full-time or part-time student;
                            ``(ii) an assessment of child care capacity 
                        on or near campus;
                            ``(iii) information regarding the waiting 
                        lists for child care services on or near 
                        campus;
                            ``(iv) information regarding additional 
                        needs created by concentrations of poverty or 
                        by geographic isolation;
                            ``(v) information about the number of low-
                        income student parents being served through 
                        campus-based child care services; and
                            ``(vi) other relevant data;
                    ``(D) specify the estimated percentage of the 
                institution's grant that will be used directly to 
                subsidize the fee charged for on-campus and off-campus 
                childcare, respectively, for low-income students;
                    ``(E) contain a description of the activities to be 
                assisted, including whether the grant funds will 
                support an existing child care program or a new child 
                care program;
                    ``(F) identify the resources, including technical 
                expertise and financial support, that the institution 
                will draw upon to support the child care program and 
                the participation of low-income students in the program 
                (such as accessing social services funding, using 
                student activity fees to help pay the costs of child 
                care, using resources obtained by meeting the needs of 
                parents who are not low-income students, and accessing 
                foundation, corporate, or other institutional support) 
                and demonstrate that the use of the resources will not 
                result in increases in student tuition;
                    ``(G) contain an assurance that the institution 
                will meet the child care needs of low-income students 
                through the provision of services, or through a 
                contract for the provision of services;
                    ``(H) describe the extent to which the child care 
                program will coordinate with the institution's early 
                childhood education curriculum, to the extent the 
                curriculum is available, to meet the needs of the 
                students in the early childhood education program at 
                the institution, and the needs of the parents and 
                children participating in the child care program 
                assisted under this section;
                    ``(I) in the case of an institution seeking 
                assistance for a new child care program--
                            ``(i) provide a timeline, covering the 
                        period from receipt of the grant through the 
                        provision of the child care services, 
                        delineating the specific steps the institution 
                        will take to achieve the goal of providing low-
                        income students with child care services;
                            ``(ii) specify any measures the institution 
                        will take to assist low-income students with 
                        child care during the period before the 
                        institution provides child care services; and
                            ``(iii) include a plan for identifying 
                        resources needed for the child care services, 
                        including space in which to provide child care 
                        services, and technical assistance if 
                        necessary;
                    ``(J) contain an assurance that any child care 
                facility assisted under this section will meet the 
                applicable State and local government licensing, 
                certification, approval, or registration requirements;
                    ``(K) in the case of an institution that is awarded 
                a grant under this section after the date of the 
                enactment of the College Affordability Act, provide an 
                assurance that, not later than three years after the 
                date on which such grant is awarded, any child care 
                facility assisted with such grant will--
                            ``(i) meet Head Start performance standards 
                        under subchapter B of chapter 13 of title 45, 
                        Code of Federal Regulations (as in effect on 
                        the date of enactment of the College 
                        Affordability Act) and any successor 
                        regulations;
                            ``(ii) be in the top tier of the quality 
                        rating improvement system for such facilities 
                        used by the State in which the facility is 
                        located;
                            ``(iii) meet the licensing requirements of 
                        the State in which the facility is located and 
                        the quality requirements under the Child Care 
                        and Development Block Grant Act of 1990 (42 
                        U.S.C. 9858 et seq.); or
                            ``(iv) be accredited by a national early 
                        childhood accrediting body with demonstrated 
                        valid and reliable program quality standards;
                    ``(L) contain an assurance that the institution, 
                when applicable, will make information available to 
                students receiving child care services provided under 
                this section about the eligibility of such students and 
                their dependents for assistance under the supplemental 
                nutrition assistance program under the Food and 
                Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), the 
                special supplemental nutrition program for women, 
                infants, and children under the Child Nutrition Act of 
                1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786), and the program of block grants 
                for States for temporary assistance for needy families 
                established under part A of title IV of the Social 
                Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.); and
                    ``(M) contain an abstract summarizing the contents 
                of such application and how the institution intends to 
                achieve the purpose under subsection (a).
            ``(2) Technical assistance.--The Secretary may provide 
        technical assistance to eligible institutions to help such 
        institutions qualify, apply for, and maintain a grant under 
        this section.'';
            (3) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by 
                striking ``to institutions of higher education that 
                submit applications describing programs that'';
                    (B) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) based on the extent to which institutions of higher 
        education that submit applications for such a grant leverage 
        local or institutional resources, including in-kind 
        contributions, to support the activities assisted under this 
        section;'';
                    (C) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (3);
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (1), the 
                following:
            ``(2) to institutions of higher education that, compared to 
        other institutions of higher education that submit applications 
        for such a grant, demonstrate a high likelihood of need for 
        campus-based child care based on student demographics (such as 
        a high proportion of low-income students or independent 
        students); and''; and
                    (E) in paragraph (3) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (C)), by inserting ``to institutions of 
                higher education that submit applications describing 
                programs that'' before ``utilize''; and
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)(B)--
                            (i) by redesignating clauses (ii), (iii), 
                        and (iv) as clauses (vi), (vii), and (viii), 
                        respectively; and
                            (ii) by striking the semicolon at the end 
                        of clause (i) and inserting the following: 
                        ``which shall include--
                                    ``(I) the number of full- and part-
                                time students, respectively, receiving 
                                child care services under this section 
                                at least once per week during the 
                                academic year;
                                    ``(II) the number of credits 
                                accumulated by students receiving such 
                                child care services;
                                    ``(III) the number of students 
                                receiving child care services under 
                                this section at least once per week 
                                during the academic year who--
                                            ``(aa) remain enrolled at 
                                        the institution during the 
                                        academic year for which they 
                                        received such services;
                                            ``(bb) enroll at the 
                                        institution for the following 
                                        academic year; and
                                            ``(cc) graduate or transfer 
                                        within--

                                                    ``(AA) 150 percent 
                                                of the normal time for 
                                                completion of a 
                                                student's four-year 
                                                degree granting 
                                                program; or

                                                    ``(BB) 200 percent 
                                                of the normal time for 
                                                completion of a 
                                                student's two-year 
                                                degree-granting 
                                                program;

                            ``(ii) with respect to the total student 
                        enrollment at the institution and the total 
                        enrollment of low-income students at the 
                        institution, respectively--
                                    ``(I) the rate at which students 
                                who complete an academic year at the 
                                institution re-enroll in the 
                                institution for the following academic 
                                year; and
                                    ``(II) the percentage of students 
                                graduating or transferring within--
                                            ``(aa) 150 percent of the 
                                        normal time for completion of a 
                                        student's four-year degree 
                                        granting program; or
                                            ``(bb) 200 percent of the 
                                        normal time for completion of a 
                                        student's two-year degree 
                                        granting program;
                            ``(iii) the percentage of the institution's 
                        grant that was used directly to subsidize the 
                        fee charged for on-campus and off-campus 
                        childcare, respectively, for low-income 
                        students;
                            ``(iv) whether the institution restricts 
                        eligibility for child care services to only 
                        full-time students;
                            ``(v) the sufficiently ambitious levels of 
                        performance established for such year by the 
                        institution that demonstrate meaningful 
                        progress and allow for meaningful evaluation of 
                        program quality based on the information in 
                        clauses (i)(III) and (iii);'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (3);
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Report.--
                    ``(A) Report required.--On an annual basis, the 
                Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees a 
                report that includes--
                            ``(i) a summary of the information 
                        described in paragraph (1); and
                            ``(ii) each abstract submitted under 
                        subsection (c)(1)(M) by an institution of 
                        higher education that receives a grant under 
                        this section.
                    ``(B) Public availability.--The Secretary shall 
                make each report submitted under subparagraph (A) 
                publicly available.'';
                    (D) in paragraph (3), as so redesignated, by 
                inserting ``(other than the information provided under 
                subparagraph (B)(v) of such paragraph)'' after 
                ``paragraph (1)''; and
                    (E) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Technical assistance.--The Secretary shall provide 
        technical assistance to institutions of higher education 
        receiving grants under this section to help such institutions 
        meet the reporting requirements under this subsection.'';
            (5) by redesignating subsection (g) as subsection (h);
            (6) by inserting after subsection (f) the following:
    ``(g) Nondiscrimination.--No person in the United States shall, on 
the basis of actual or perceived race, color, religion, national 
origin, sex (including sexual orientation, gender identity, pregnancy, 
childbirth, a medical condition related to pregnancy or childbirth, and 
sex stereotype), or disability, be excluded from participation in, be 
denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination by any 
program funded, in whole or in part, with funds made available under 
this section or with amounts appropriated for grants, contracts, or 
certificates administered with such funds.''; and
            (7) in subsection (h), as so redesignated, by striking 
        ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009'' and 
        inserting ``$200,000,000 for fiscal year 2021''.

             Subpart 6--Jumpstart to College Grant Programs

SEC. 4071. JUMPSTART TO COLLEGE GRANT PROGRAMS.

    Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070 et seq.) is further amended by inserting after subpart 7 the 
following:

                   ``Subpart 8--Jumpstart to College

``SEC. 419O. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an 
        institution of higher education in partnership with one or more 
        local educational agencies (which may be an educational service 
        agency). Such partnership may also include other entities such 
        as nonprofit organizations or businesses, and schools in 
        juvenile detention centers.
            ``(2) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101 (20 U.S.C. 1001).
            ``(3) ESEA terms.--The terms `dual or concurrent enrollment 
        program', `early college high school', `educational service 
        agency', `four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate', `local 
        educational agency', `secondary school', and `State' have 
        meanings given the terms in section 8101 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(4) Low-income student.--The term `low-income student' 
        means a student counted under section 1124(c) of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6333(c)).
            ``(5) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term 
        `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity 
        Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).

``SEC. 419P. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS; RESERVATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--To carry out this subpart, there are authorized 
to be appropriated $250,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 
five succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(b) Reservations.--From the funds appropriated under subsection 
(a) for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve--
            ``(1) not less than 40 percent for grants to eligible 
        entities under section 419Q;
            ``(2) not less than 55 percent for grants to States under 
        section 419R; and
            ``(3) not less than 5 percent for national activities under 
        section 419T.

``SEC. 419Q. GRANTS TO ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants to eligible 
entities, on a competitive basis, to assist such entities in 
establishing or supporting an early college high school or dual or 
concurrent enrollment program in accordance with this section.
    ``(b) Duration.--Each grant under this section shall be awarded for 
a period of 6 years.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--The Secretary shall ensure that the amount of 
each grant under this section is sufficient to enable each grantee to 
carry out the activities described in subsection (h), except that a 
grant under this section may not exceed $2,000,000.
    ``(d) Matching Requirement.--
            ``(1) In general.--For each year that an eligible entity 
        receives a grant under this section, the entity shall 
        contribute matching funds, in the amounts described in 
        paragraph (2), for the activities supported by the grant.
            ``(2) Amounts described.--The amounts described in this 
        paragraph are--
                    ``(A) for each of the first and second years of the 
                grant period, 20 percent of the grant amount;
                    ``(B) for each of the third and fourth years of the 
                grant period, 30 percent of the grant amount;
                    ``(C) for the fifth year of the grant period, 40 
                percent of the grant amount; and
                    ``(D) for the sixth year of the grant period, 50 
                percent of the grant amount.
            ``(3) Determination of amount contributed.--
                    ``(A) In-kind contributions.--The Secretary shall 
                allow an eligible entity to meet the requirements of 
                this subsection through in-kind contributions.
                    ``(B) Non-federal sources.--Not less than half of 
                each amount described in paragraph (2) shall be 
                provided by the eligible entity from non-Federal 
                sources.
    ``(e) Supplement, Not Supplant.--An eligible entity shall use a 
grant received under this section only to supplement funds that would, 
in the absence of such grant, be made available from other Federal, 
State, or local sources for activities supported by the grant, not to 
supplant such funds.
    ``(f) Priority.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that--
            ``(1) propose to establish or support an early college high 
        school or other dual or concurrent enrollment program that will 
        serve a student population of which not less than 51 percent 
        are low-income students;
            ``(2) include a local educational agency which serves a 
        high school that is--
                    ``(A) identified for comprehensive support and 
                improvement under section 1111(c)(4)(D)(i) of the 
                Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 6311(c)(4)(D)(i)); or
                    ``(B) implementing a targeted support and 
                improvement plan as described in section 1111(d)(2) of 
                the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 6311(d)(2));
            ``(3) are from States that provide assistance to early 
        college high schools or other dual enrollment programs, such as 
        assistance to defray the costs of higher education (including 
        costs of tuition, fees, and textbooks); and
            ``(4) propose to establish or support an early college high 
        school or dual or concurrent enrollment program that meets 
        quality standards established by--
                    ``(A) a nationally recognized accrediting agency or 
                association that offers accreditation specifically for 
                such programs; or
                    ``(B) a State process specifically for the review 
                and approval of such programs.
    ``(g) Equitable Distribution.--The Secretary shall ensure, to the 
extent practicable, that eligible entities receiving grants under this 
section--
            ``(1) are from a representative cross section of--
                    ``(A) urban, suburban, and rural areas; and
                    ``(B) regions of the United States; and
            ``(2) include both two-year and four-year institutions of 
        higher education.
    ``(h) Uses of Funds.--
            ``(1) Mandatory activities.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible entity shall use 
                grant funds received under this section--
                            ``(i) to support the activities described 
                        in its application under subsection (i);
                            ``(ii) to create and maintain a coherent 
                        system of supports for students, teachers, 
                        principals, and faculty under the program, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) college and career readiness, 
                                academic, and social support services 
                                for students; and
                                    ``(II) professional development for 
                                secondary school teachers, faculty, and 
                                principals, and faculty from the 
                                institution of higher education, 
                                including--
                                            ``(aa) joint professional 
                                        development activities; and
                                            ``(bb) activities to assist 
                                        such teachers, faculty, and 
                                        principals in using effective 
                                        parent and community engagement 
                                        strategies and to help ensure 
                                        the success of students 
                                        academically at risk of not 
                                        enrolling in or completing 
                                        postsecondary education, first-
                                        generation college students, 
                                        and students described in 
                                        section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of 
                                        the Elementary and Secondary 
                                        Education Act of 1965 (20 
                                        U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi));
                            ``(iii) to carry out liaison activities 
                        among the partners that comprise the eligible 
                        entity pursuant to an agreement or memorandum 
                        of understanding documenting commitments, 
                        resources, roles, and responsibilities of the 
                        partners consistent with the design of the 
                        program;
                            ``(iv) for outreach programs to ensure that 
                        secondary school students and their families, 
                        including students academically at risk of not 
                        enrolling in or completing postsecondary 
                        education, first-generation college students, 
                        and students described in section 
                        1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the Elementary and 
                        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                        6311(b)(2)(B)(xi)), are--
                                    ``(I) aware of, and recruited into, 
                                the early college high school or dual 
                                or concurrent enrollment program; and
                                    ``(II) assisted with the process of 
                                enrolling and succeeding in the early 
                                college high school or dual or 
                                concurrent enrollment program, which 
                                may include providing academic support;
                            ``(v) to collect, share, and use data (in 
                        compliance with section 444 of the General 
                        Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g)) for 
                        program improvement and program evaluation; and
                            ``(vi) to review and strengthen its program 
                        to maximize the potential that students 
                        participating in the program will eventually 
                        complete a recognized postsecondary credential, 
                        including by optimizing--
                                    ``(I) the curriculum of the 
                                program;
                                    ``(II) the use of high-quality 
                                assessments of student learning, such 
                                as performance-based, project-based, or 
                                portfolio assessments that measure 
                                higher-order thinking skills;
                                    ``(III) the sequence of courses 
                                offered by the program; and
                                    ``(IV) the alignment of academic 
                                calendars between the secondary schools 
                                and the institution of higher education 
                                participating in the program.
                    ``(B) New programs.--In the case of an eligible 
                entity that uses a grant under this section to 
                establish an early college high school or dual or 
                concurrent enrollment program, the entity shall use 
                such funds during the first year of the grant period--
                            ``(i) to design the curriculum and sequence 
                        of courses in collaboration with, at a 
                        minimum--
                                    ``(I) faculty from the institution 
                                of higher education;
                                    ``(II) teachers and faculty from 
                                the local educational agency; and
                                    ``(III) in the case of a career and 
                                technical education program, employers 
                                or workforce development entities to 
                                ensure that the program is aligned with 
                                labor market demand;
                            ``(ii) to develop and implement an 
                        articulation agreement between the institution 
                        of higher education and the local educational 
                        agency that governs how secondary and 
                        postsecondary credits will be awarded under the 
                        program; and
                            ``(iii) to carry out the activities 
                        described in subparagraph (A).
            ``(2) Allowable activities.--An eligible entity may use 
        grant funds received under this section to support the 
        activities described in its application under subsection (i), 
        including by--
                    ``(A) purchasing textbooks and equipment that 
                support the program's curriculum;
                    ``(B) pursuant to the assurance provided by the 
                eligible entity under subsection (i)(3)(A), paying 
                tuition and fees for postsecondary courses taken by 
                students under the program;
                    ``(C) incorporating work-based learning 
                opportunities (other than by paying wages of students) 
                into the program (which may include partnering with 
                entities that provide such opportunities), including--
                            ``(i) internships;
                            ``(ii) career-based capstone projects;
                            ``(iii) pre-apprenticeships and registered 
                        apprenticeships provided by eligible providers 
                        of apprenticeship programs described in section 
                        122(a)(2)(B) of the Workforce Innovation and 
                        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3152(a)(2)(B)); and
                            ``(iv) work-based learning opportunities 
                        provided under chapters 1 and 2 of subpart 2 of 
                        part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act 
                        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11 et seq.);
                    ``(D) providing students with transportation to and 
                from the program;
                    ``(E) paying costs for--
                            ``(i) high school teachers to obtain the 
                        skills, credentials, or industry certifications 
                        necessary to teach for the institution of 
                        higher education participating in the program; 
                        or
                            ``(ii) postsecondary faculty to become 
                        certified to teach high school; or
                    ``(F) providing time during which secondary school 
                teachers and faculty and faculty from an institution of 
                higher education can collaborate, which may include 
                professional development, the planning of team 
                activities for such teachers and faculty and curricular 
                design and student assessment.
    ``(i) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
        this section, an eligible entity shall submit to the Secretary 
        an application at such time, in such manner, and containing 
        such information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Contents of application.--The application under 
        paragraph (1) shall include, at minimum, a description of--
                    ``(A) the partnership that comprises the eligible 
                entity, including documentation of partner commitments, 
                resources and budget, roles, and responsibilities;
                    ``(B) how the partners that comprise the eligible 
                entity will coordinate to carry out the mandatory 
                activities described in subsection (h)(1);
                    ``(C) the number of students intended to be served 
                by the program and demographic information relating to 
                such students;
                    ``(D) how the eligible entity's curriculum and 
                sequence of courses form a program of study leading to 
                a recognized postsecondary credential;
                    ``(E) how postsecondary credits earned will be 
                transferable to institutions of higher education within 
                the State, including any applicable statewide transfer 
                agreements and any provisions of such agreements that 
                are specific to dual or concurrent enrollment programs;
                    ``(F) how the eligible entity will conduct outreach 
                to students;
                    ``(G) how the eligible entity will determine the 
                eligibility of students for postsecondary courses, 
                including an explanation of the multiple factors the 
                entity will take into account to assess the readiness 
                of students for such courses; and
                    ``(H) the sustainability plan for the early college 
                high school or other dual or concurrent enrollment 
                program.
            ``(3) Assurances.--The application under paragraph (1) 
        shall include assurances from the eligible entity that--
                    ``(A) students participating in a program funded 
                with a grant under this section will not be required to 
                pay tuition or fees for postsecondary courses taken 
                under the program;
                    ``(B) postsecondary credits earned by students 
                under the program will be transcribed upon completion 
                of the required course work; and
                    ``(C) instructors of postsecondary courses under 
                the program will meet the same standards applicable to 
                other faculty at the institution of higher education 
                that is participating in the program.

``SEC. 419R. GRANTS TO STATES.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants to States, on a 
competitive basis, to assist States in supporting or establishing early 
college high schools or dual or concurrent enrollment programs.
    ``(b) Duration.--Each grant under this section shall be awarded for 
a period of 6 years.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--The Secretary shall ensure that the amount of 
each grant under this section is sufficient to enable each grantee to 
carry out the activities described in subsection (f).
    ``(d) Matching Requirement.--For each year that a State receives a 
grant under this section, the State shall provide, from non-Federal 
sources, an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount of the grant 
received by the State for such year to carry out the activities 
supported by the grant.
    ``(e) Supplement, Not Supplant.--A State shall use a grant received 
under this section only to supplement funds that would, in the absence 
of such grant, be made available from other Federal, State, or local 
sources for activities supported by the grant, not to supplant such 
funds.
    ``(f) Uses of Funds.--
            ``(1) Mandatory activities.--A State shall use grant funds 
        received under this section to--
                    ``(A) support the activities described in its 
                application under subsection (g);
                    ``(B) plan and implement a statewide strategy for 
                expanding access to early college high schools and dual 
                or concurrent enrollment programs for students who are 
                underrepresented in higher education to raise statewide 
                rates of secondary school graduation, readiness for 
                postsecondary education, and completion of recognized 
                postsecondary credentials, with a focus on students 
                academically at risk of not enrolling in or completing 
                postsecondary education;
                    ``(C) identify any obstacles to such a strategy 
                under State law or policy;
                    ``(D) provide technical assistance (either directly 
                or through a knowledgeable intermediary) to early 
                college high schools and other dual or concurrent 
                enrollment programs, which may include--
                            ``(i) brokering relationships and 
                        agreements that forge a strong partnership 
                        between elementary and secondary and 
                        postsecondary partners; and
                            ``(ii) offering statewide training, 
                        professional development, and peer learning 
                        opportunities for school leaders, instructors, 
                        and counselors or advisors;
                    ``(E) identify and implement policies that will 
                improve the effectiveness and ensure the quality of 
                early college high schools and dual or concurrent 
                enrollment programs, such as eligibility and access, 
                funding, data and quality assurance, governance, 
                accountability, and alignment policies;
                    ``(F) update the State's requirements for a student 
                to receive a regular high school diploma to align with 
                the challenging State academic standards and entrance 
                requirements for credit-bearing coursework as described 
                in subparagraphs (A) and (D) of section 1111(b)(1) of 
                the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 6311(b)(1));
                    ``(G) incorporate indicators regarding student 
                access to and completion of early college high schools 
                and dual or concurrent enrollment programs into the 
                school quality and student success indicators included 
                in the State system of annual meaningful 
                differentiation as described under section 
                1111(c)(4)(B)(v)(I) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)(4)(B)(v)(I));
                    ``(H) disseminate best practices for early college 
                high schools and dual or concurrent enrollment 
                programs, which may include best practices from 
                programs in the State or other States;
                    ``(I) facilitate statewide secondary and 
                postsecondary data collection, research and evaluation, 
                and reporting to policymakers and other stakeholders; 
                and
                    ``(J) conduct outreach programs to ensure that 
                secondary school students, their families, and 
                community members are aware of early college high 
                schools and dual or concurrent enrollment programs in 
                the State.
            ``(2) Allowable activities.--A State may use grant funds 
        received under this section to--
                    ``(A) establish a mechanism to offset the costs of 
                tuition, fees, standardized testing and performance 
                assessment costs, and support services for low-income 
                students, and students from underrepresented 
                populations enrolled in early college and high schools 
                or dual or concurrent enrollment;
                    ``(B) establish formal transfer systems within and 
                across State higher education systems, including two-
                year and four-year public and private institutions, to 
                maximize the transferability of college courses;
                    ``(C) provide incentives to school districts that--
                            ``(i) assist high school teachers in 
                        getting the credentials needed to participate 
                        in early college high school programs and dual 
                        or concurrent enrollment; and
                            ``(ii) encourage the use of college 
                        instructors to teach college courses in high 
                        schools;
                    ``(D) support initiatives to improve the quality of 
                early college high school and dual or concurrent 
                enrollment programs at participating institutions, 
                including by assisting such institutions in aligning 
                programs with the quality standards described in 
                section 419Q(f)(3); and
                    ``(E) reimburse low-income students to cover part 
                or all of the costs of an Advanced Placement or 
                International Baccalaureate examination.
    ``(g) State Applications.--
            ``(1) Application.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
        this section, a State shall submit to the Secretary an 
        application at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
        information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Contents of application.--The application under 
        paragraph (1) shall include, at minimum, a description of--
                    ``(A) how the State will carry out the mandatory 
                State activities described in subsection (f)(1);
                    ``(B) how the State will ensure that any programs 
                funded with a grant under this section are coordinated 
                with programs under--
                            ``(i) the Carl D. Perkins Career and 
                        Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 
                        et seq.);
                            ``(ii) the Workforce Innovation and 
                        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.);
                            ``(iii) the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.); 
                        and
                            ``(iv) the Individuals with Disabilities 
                        Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.);
                    ``(C) how the State intends to use grant funds to 
                address achievement gaps for each category of students 
                described in section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the 
                Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi));
                    ``(D) how the State will access and leverage 
                additional resources necessary to sustain early college 
                high schools or other dual or concurrent enrollment 
                programs;
                    ``(E) how the State will identify and eliminate 
                barriers to implementing effective early college high 
                schools and dual or concurrent enrollment programs 
                after the grant expires, including by engaging 
                businesses and nonprofit organizations; and
                    ``(F) such other information as the Secretary 
                determines to be appropriate.

``SEC. 419S. REPORTING AND OVERSIGHT.

    ``(a) In General.--Not less frequently than once annually, each 
State and eligible entity that receives a grant under this subpart 
shall submit to the Secretary a report on the progress of the State or 
eligible entity in carrying out the programs supported by such grant.
    ``(b) Form of Report.--The report under subsection (a) shall be 
submitted to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing 
such information as the Secretary may require. The Secretary shall 
issue uniform guidelines describing the information that shall be 
reported by grantees under such subsection.
    ``(c) Contents of Report.--
            ``(1) In general.--The report under subsection (a) shall 
        include, at minimum, the following:
                    ``(A) The number of students enrolled in the early 
                college high school or dual or concurrent enrollment 
                program.
                    ``(B) The number and percentage of students 
                reimbursed by the State for part or all of the costs of 
                an Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureate 
                examination and the student test scores.
                    ``(C) The number and percentage of students 
                enrolled in the early college high school or dual or 
                concurrent enrollment program who earn a recognized 
                postsecondary credential concurrently with a high 
                school diploma.
                    ``(D) The number of postsecondary credits earned by 
                eligible students while enrolled in the early college 
                high school or dual or concurrent enrollment program 
                that may be applied toward a recognized postsecondary 
                credential.
                    ``(E) The number and percentage of students who 
                earn a high school diploma.
                    ``(F) The number and percentage of graduates who 
                enroll in postsecondary education.
            ``(2) Categories of students.--The information described in 
        each of subparagraphs (A) through (G) of paragraph (1) shall be 
        set forth separately for each category of students described in 
        section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi)).

``SEC. 419T. NATIONAL ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Reporting by Secretary.--Not less frequently than once 
annually, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that 
includes--
            ``(1) an analysis of the information received from States 
        and eligible entities under section 419S;
            ``(2) an identification of best practices for carrying out 
        programs supported by grants under this subpart; and
            ``(3) the results of the evaluation under subsection (b).
    ``(b) National Evaluation.--Not later than 6 months after the date 
of the enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall 
seek to enter into a contract with an independent entity to perform an 
evaluation of the grants awarded under this subtitle. Such evaluation 
shall apply rigorous procedures to obtain valid and reliable data 
concerning student outcomes by social and academic characteristics and 
monitor the progress of students from secondary school to and through 
postsecondary education.
    ``(c) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical 
assistance to States and eligible entities concerning best practices 
and quality improvement programs in early college high schools and dual 
or concurrent enrollment programs and shall disseminate such best 
practices among eligible entities, States, and local educational 
agencies.
    ``(d) Administrative Costs.--From amounts reserved to carry out 
this section under section 419P(b)(3), the Secretary may reserve such 
sums as may be necessary for the direct administrative costs of 
carrying out the Secretary's responsibilities under this subtitle.

``SEC. 419U. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

    ``(a) Employees.--Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to 
alter or otherwise affect the rights, remedies, and procedures afforded 
to the employees of local educational agencies (including schools) or 
institutions of higher education under Federal, State, or local laws 
(including applicable regulations or court orders) or under the terms 
of collective bargaining agreements, memoranda of understanding, or 
other agreements between such employees and their employers.
    ``(b) Graduation Rate.--A student who graduates from an early 
college high school supported by a grant under section 419Q within 100 
percent of the normal time for completion described in the eligible 
entity's application under such section shall be counted in the four-
year adjusted cohort graduation rate for such high school.''.

                        Subpart 7--TEACH Grants

SEC. 4081. REVISED DEFINITIONS OF TEACH GRANTS.

    Section 420L of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g) 
is amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Teacher preparation program.--The term `teacher 
        preparation program' means a State-approved course of study 
        provided by an institution of higher education, the completion 
        of which signifies that an enrollee has met all the State's 
        educational or training requirements for initial certification 
        or licensure to teach in the State's elementary schools or 
        secondary schools.''.

SEC. 4082. REVISIONS TO ESTABLISHING TEACH GRANT PROGRAM.

    Section 420M of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
1) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1)--
                    (A) by striking ``an application'' and inserting 
                ``a Free Application for Federal Student Aid authorized 
                under section 483(a)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``in the amount of'' and all that 
                follows through the period at the end and inserting the 
                following: ``except as provided in subsection (d)(4), 
                in the amount of--
                    ``(A) $8,000, to be available to a teacher 
                candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate junior at 
                the eligible institution;
                    ``(B) $8,000, to be available to a teacher 
                candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate senior at 
                the eligible institution; and
                    ``(C) $4,000, to be available to a teacher 
                candidate who is enrolled at the eligible institution 
                for any year not described in subparagraph (A) or (B) 
                or a teacher candidate who is enrolled in the second 
                year of an associate's degree program and intends to 
                teach in an early childhood education program; and''; 
                and
            (2) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``undergraduate'' 
                and inserting ``associate, undergraduate,''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Associate degree students.--
                    ``(A) Maximum amount for associate degree study.--
                The period during which an associate degree student 
                intending to teach in an early childhood education 
                program may receive grants under this subpart shall be 
                the period required for the completion of an 
                associate's degree course of study pursued by the 
                teacher candidate at the eligible institution at which 
                the teacher candidate is in attendance, except that the 
                total amount that a teacher candidate may receive under 
                this subpart for an associate's degree course of study 
                shall not exceed $8,000.
                    ``(B) Effect on further undergraduate or post-
                baccalaureate study.--In the case of a teacher 
                candidate intending to teach in an early childhood 
                education program who receives a grant under this 
                subpart for an associate's degree course of study and 
                who seeks to receive a grant described in subparagraph 
                (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(1), the amount of such 
                grant shall be equal to--
                            ``(i) one half of the amount that is equal 
                        to $16,000, minus the amount the teacher 
                        candidate received under this subpart for the 
                        associate's degree course of study of such 
                        candidate, to be available to a teacher 
                        candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate 
                        junior at the eligible institution; and
                            ``(ii) one half of the amount that is equal 
                        to $16,000, minus the amount the teacher 
                        candidate received under this subpart for the 
                        associate's degree course of study of such 
                        candidate, to be available to a teacher 
                        candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate 
                        senior at the eligible institution.''.

SEC. 4083. REVISIONS TO TEACH GRANT AGREEMENTS TO SERVE AND 
              ELIGIBILITY.

    Section 420N of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
2) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the heading of paragraph (2), by striking 
                ``Demonstration of teach'' and insert ``Teach'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)(A)(ii)(II), by striking 
                ``batteries in an undergraduate, post-baccalaureate, or 
                graduate school admissions test'' and inserting 
                ``assessments used for admission to an undergraduate, 
                post-baccalaureate, or graduate school program'';
                    (C) in paragraphs (2)(B)(i), by striking ``or 
                another high-need'' and inserting ``early childhood 
                education, or another high-need''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (2)(B)(ii), by striking ``, such 
                as Teach for America,'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (B), by inserting 
                        before the semicolon at the end the following: 
                        ``or in a high-need early childhood education 
                        program (as defined in section 200(15));'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (C)--
                                    (I) by striking ``or'' at the end 
                                of clause (vi);
                                    (II) by redesignating clause (vii) 
                                as clause (viii);
                                    (III) by inserting after clause 
                                (vi), as so amended, the following:
                            ``(vii) early childhood education; or''; 
                        and
                                    (IV) in clause (viii), as so 
                                redesignated, by adding ``and'' at the 
                                end;
                            (iii) in subparagraph (D)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``or early 
                                childhood education program'' after 
                                ``school''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``and'' at the 
                                end; and
                            (iv) by striking subparagraph (E);
                    (B) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph 
                (2);
                    (C) by striking the period at the end of paragraph 
                (3) and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) the Secretary will--
                    ``(A) notify, or ensure that the applicable loan 
                servicer will notify, the applicant of--
                            ``(i) the date on which submission of the 
                        certification under paragraph (1)(D) is 
                        required; and
                            ``(ii) any failure to submit such 
                        certification; and
                    ``(B) allow employers and borrowers to use 
                electronic signatures to certify such employment.'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by striking ``In the event'' and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), in the 
        event''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Clarification.--
                    ``(A) Application.--Paragraph (1) may only apply 
                with respect to a recipient of a grant under this 
                subpart if--
                            ``(i) after completing the course of study 
                        for which the recipient received the grant, 
                        such recipient does not serve as a full-time 
                        teacher as required under subsection (b)(1) for 
                        at least--
                                    ``(I) 1 year, as certified under 
                                subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is 
                                not later than 5 years after the date 
                                such course of study was completed;
                                    ``(II) 2 years, as certified under 
                                subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is 
                                not later than 6 years after the date 
                                such course of study was completed;
                                    ``(III) 3 years, as certified under 
                                subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is 
                                not later than 7 years after the date 
                                such course of study was completed; or
                                    ``(IV) 4 years, as certified under 
                                subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is 
                                not later than 8 years after the date 
                                such course of study was completed; or
                            ``(ii) the recipient elects to have such 
                        grant treated as a loan in accordance with such 
                        paragraph (1).
                    ``(B) Appeal.--A recipient of a grant may appeal a 
                decision to convert a loan under paragraph (1).''; and
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (5);
                    (B) in paragraph (1), by striking ``subsection 
                (b)(1)(C)(vii)'' and inserting ``subsection 
                (b)(1)(C)(viii)''; and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1), the 
                following:
            ``(2) Change of school description or program definition.--
        If a recipient of an initial grant under this subpart teaches 
        in a school or an early childhood education program for an 
        academic year during which the school is identified as a school 
        described in section 465(a)(2)(A) or a program that meets the 
        definition of section 200(15), but the school or program no 
        longer meets such description or definition during a subsequent 
        academic year, the grant recipient may fulfill the service 
        obligation described in subsection (b)(1) by continuing to 
        teach at that school or program.
            ``(3) Change of teacher duties or assignment.--If a 
        recipient of an initial grant under this subpart teaches as a 
        full-time teacher described in subsection (b)(1)(A), but the 
        recipient no longer meets such description during a subsequent 
        academic year due to switching academic roles to that of a 
        full-time co-teacher, teacher leader, instructional or academic 
        coach, department chairperson, special education case manager, 
        guidance counselor, or school administrator within a school or 
        program, the grant recipient may fulfill the service obligation 
        described in subsection (b)(1) by continuing to work in any 
        such academic role on a full-time basis at that school or 
        program
            ``(4) Change in high-need field status.--If a recipient of 
        an initial grant under this subpart teaches in a field at a 
        school or an early childhood education program for an academic 
        year during which the field is designated under subsection 
        (b)(1)(C)(viii), but the field no longer is so designated 
        during a subsequent academic year, the grant recipient may 
        fulfill the service obligation described in subsection (b)(1) 
        by continuing to teach in such field at such school or early 
        childhood education program.''.

SEC. 4084. REVISIONS TO TEACH GRANT DATA COLLECTION AND REPORTING.

    Section 420P of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
4) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 420P. DATA COLLECTION AND REPORTING.

    ``(a) Data Collection.--
            ``(1) Aggregate student data.--On an annual basis, using 
        the postsecondary student data system established under section 
        132(l) or a successor system (whichever includes the most 
        recent data) to streamline reporting requirements and minimize 
        reporting burdens, and in coordination with the National Center 
        for Education Statistics, the Secretary shall determine, 
        disaggregate in accordance with paragraph (2), and make 
        available to the public in accordance with paragraph (3), with 
        respect to each institution (and each category of institution 
        listed in section 132(d)) that received a payment under this 
        subpart in the previous academic year, the following 
        information:
                    ``(A) The number and mean dollar amount of TEACH 
                Grants awarded to students at the institution.
                    ``(B) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant 
                recipients who exit their program of study before 
                completing the program.
                    ``(C) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant 
                recipients who complete their program of study and 
                begin employment as a teacher in the first academic 
                year following the year of such completion.
                    ``(D) The number and proportion of individuals 
                employed as teachers who received a TEACH Grant and 
                whose TEACH Grants are converted into loans during the 
                8-year period following the year in which the recipient 
                completed the recipient's program of study, set forth 
                separately for each year in such period.
                    ``(E) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant 
                recipients who fulfill the terms of their agreement to 
                serve under section 420N(b) during the 8-year period 
                following the year in which the recipient completed the 
                recipient's program of study, set forth separately for 
                each year in such period.
            ``(2) Disaggregation.--The information determined under 
        paragraph (1)--
                    ``(A) except in cases in which such disaggregation 
                would reveal personally identifiable information about 
                an individual student, shall be disaggregated by--
                            ``(i) race;
                            ``(ii) ethnicity;
                            ``(iii) gender;
                            ``(iv) socioeconomic status;
                            ``(v) Federal Pell Grant eligibility 
                        status;
                            ``(vi) status as a first-generation college 
                        student (as defined in section 402A(h));
                            ``(vii) military or veteran status;
                            ``(viii) disability status;
                            ``(ix) level of study (associate, 
                        undergraduate, postbaccalaureate, or graduate, 
                        as applicable); and
                            ``(x) each teacher preparation program 
                        offered by an institution; and
                    ``(B) may be disaggregated by any combination of 
                subgroups or descriptions described in subparagraph 
                (A).
            ``(3) Availability of data.--The information determined 
        under paragraph (1) shall--
                    ``(A) remain available to the public for a period 
                of not less than 10 years after its initial release by 
                the Secretary; and
                    ``(B) be updated as necessary to reflect the most 
                accurate and up-to-date information for each 
                institution for each year of data collection.
    ``(b) Information From Institutions.--Each institution that 
receives a payment under this subpart shall provide to the Secretary, 
on an annual basis, such information as may be necessary for the 
Secretary to carry out subsection (a).
    ``(c) Reports and Dissemination.--
            ``(1) Initial and interim reports.--Not later than 3 years 
        after the date on which the first TEACH Grant is awarded under 
        this subpart after the date of enactment of the College 
        Affordability Act, and at least once every 3 years thereafter, 
        the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees a 
        report that includes the information required under paragraph 
        (2).
            ``(2) Elements.--Each report under this subsection shall 
        include, based on information determined under subsection (a), 
        the following:
                    ``(A) A review of the utilization of TEACH Grants 
                at teacher preparation programs at institutions that 
                received a payment under this subpart.
                    ``(B) A review of TEACH Grant practices that 
                correlate with higher rates of completion of agreements 
                under section 420N(b).
                    ``(C) Guidance and recommendations on how effective 
                utilization of TEACH Grants can be replicated.
            ``(3) Availability.--Each report under this subsection 
        shall be made available to the public in an accessible format--
                    ``(A) on a website of the Department of Education; 
                and
                    ``(B) in any other format determined to be 
                appropriate by the Secretary.''.

 Subpart 8--Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College Access

SEC. 4091. NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS AND AMERICAN SAMOA COLLEGE ACCESS.

    Subpart 10 of part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070(h)) is amended to 
read as follows:

   ``Subpart 10--Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College 
                                 Access

``SEC. 420R. PUBLIC SCHOOL GRANTS.

    ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this subpart to establish a 
program that enables college-bound residents of the Northern Mariana 
Islands and American Samoa to have greater choices among institutions 
of higher education.
    ``(b) Grants.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under 
        subsection (j), the Secretary shall provide--
                    ``(A) 50 percent of such amount to the Northern 
                Mariana Islands for the Governor to award grants to 
                eligible institutions that enroll eligible students to 
                pay the difference between the tuition and fees charged 
                for in-State students and the tuition and fees charged 
                for out-of-State students on behalf of each eligible 
                student enrolled in the eligible institution; and
                    ``(B) 50 percent of such amount to the American 
                Samoa for the Governor to award grants to eligible 
                institutions that enroll eligible students to pay the 
                difference between the tuition and fees charged for in-
                State students and the tuition and fees charged for 
                out-of-State students on behalf of each eligible 
                student enrolled in the eligible institution.
            ``(2) Maximum student amounts.--The amount paid on behalf 
        of an eligible student under this section shall be--
                    ``(A) not more than $15,000 for any one award year 
                (as defined in section 481); and
                    ``(B) not more than $45,000 in the aggregate.
            ``(3) Proration.--The Governor shall prorate payments under 
        this section for students who attend an eligible institution on 
        less than a full-time basis.
    ``(c) Reduction for Insufficient Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--If the funds appropriated pursuant to 
        subsection (j) for any fiscal year are insufficient to award a 
        grant in the amount determined under subsection (a) on behalf 
        of each eligible student enrolled in an eligible institution, 
        then the Governor, in consultation with the Secretary of 
        Education, shall--
                    ``(A) first, ratably reduce the amount of the 
                tuition and fee payment made on behalf of each eligible 
                student who has not received funds under this section 
                for a preceding year; and
                    ``(B) after making reductions under subparagraph 
                (A), ratably reduce the amount of the tuition and fee 
                payments made on behalf of all other eligible students.
            ``(2) Adjustments.--The Governor, in consultation with the 
        Secretary of Education, may adjust the amount of tuition and 
        fee payments made under paragraph (1) based on--
                    ``(A) the financial need of the eligible students 
                to avoid undue hardship to the eligible students; or
                    ``(B) undue administrative burdens on the Governor.
            ``(3) Further adjustments.--Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) 
        and (2), the Governor may prioritize the making or amount of 
        tuition and fee payments under this subsection based on the 
        income and financial need of eligible students.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this subpart:
            ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means an institution that--
                    ``(A) is a public four-year institution of higher 
                education located in one of the several States, the 
                District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United States 
                Virgin Islands, or Guam;
                    ``(B) is eligible to participate in the student 
                financial assistance programs under title IV; and
                    ``(C) enters into an agreement with the Governors 
                of the Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa 
                containing such conditions as each Governor may 
                specify, including a requirement that the institution 
                use the funds made available under this section to 
                supplement and not supplant assistance that otherwise 
                would be provided to eligible students from the 
                Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa.
            ``(2) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means 
        an individual who--
                    ``(A) graduated from a public institution of higher 
                education located in the Northern Mariana Islands or 
                American Samoa;
                    ``(B) begins the individual's course of study 
                within the 3 calendar years (excluding any period of 
                service on active duty in the Armed Forces or service 
                under the Peace Corps Act (22 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.) or 
                subtitle D of title I of the National and Community 
                Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12571 et seq.)) of 
                graduation from a public institution of higher 
                education located in the Northern Mariana Islands or 
                American Samoa;
                    ``(C) is enrolled or accepted for enrollment, on at 
                least a half-time basis, in a baccalaureate degree or 
                other program (including a program of study abroad 
                approved for credit by the institution at which such 
                student is enrolled) leading to a recognized 
                educational credential at an eligible institution;
                    ``(D) if enrolled in an eligible institution, is 
                maintaining satisfactory progress in the course of 
                study the student is pursuing in accordance with 
                section 484(c); and
                    ``(E) has not completed the individual's first 
                undergraduate baccalaureate course of study.
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(4) Governor.--The term `Governor' means the Governor of 
        the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands or American 
        Samoa.
    ``(e) Construction.--Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to 
require an institution of higher education to alter the institution's 
admissions policies or standards in any manner to enable an eligible 
student to enroll in the institution.
    ``(f) Applications.--Each student desiring a tuition payment under 
this section shall submit an application to the eligible institution at 
such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the 
eligible institution may require.
    ``(g) Administration of Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each Governor shall carry out the 
        program under this section in consultation with the Secretary. 
        Each Governor may enter into a grant, contract, or cooperative 
        agreement with another public or private entity to administer 
        the program under this section if the Governor determines that 
        doing so is a more efficient way of carrying out the program.
            ``(2) Policies and procedures.--Each Governor, in 
        consultation with institutions of higher education eligible for 
        participation in the program authorized under this section, 
        shall develop policies and procedures for the administration of 
        the program.
            ``(3) Memorandum of agreement.--Each Governor and the 
        Secretary shall enter into a Memorandum of Agreement that 
        describes--
                    ``(A) the manner in which the Governor shall 
                consult with the Secretary with respect to 
                administering the program under this section; and
                    ``(B) any technical or other assistance to be 
                provided to the Governor by the Secretary for purposes 
                of administering the program under this section (which 
                may include access to the information in the common 
                financial reporting form developed under section 483).
    ``(h) Governor's Report.--Each Governor shall report to the 
Secretary and the authorizing committees annually regarding--
            ``(1) the number of eligible students attending each 
        eligible institution and the amount of the grant awards paid to 
        those institutions on behalf of the eligible students;
            ``(2) the extent, if any, to which a ratable reduction was 
        made in the amount of tuition and fee payments made on behalf 
        of eligible students; and
            ``(3) the progress in obtaining recognized academic 
        credentials of the cohort of eligible students for each year.
    ``(i) GAO Report.--Not later than 24 months of the date of the 
enactment of this College Affordability Act, the Comptroller General of 
the United States shall report on the effect of the program assisted 
under this section on educational opportunities for eligible students. 
The Comptroller General shall analyze whether eligible students had 
difficulty gaining admission to eligible institutions because of any 
preference afforded to in-State residents by eligible institutions, and 
shall expeditiously report any findings regarding such difficulty to 
Congress. In addition the Comptroller General shall--
            ``(1) analyze and identify any challenges eligible students 
        face in gaining admission to eligible institutions, including 
        admission aided by assistance provided under this subpart, due 
        to--
                    ``(A) caps on the number of out-of-State students 
                the institution will enroll;
                    ``(B) significant barriers imposed by academic 
                entrance requirements (such as grade point average and 
                standardized scholastic admissions tests); and
                    ``(C) absence of admission programs benefitting 
                minority students; and
            ``(2) report the findings of the analysis described in 
        paragraph (1) and the assessment described in paragraph (2) to 
        Congress and the Governor.
    ``(j) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and 
American Samoa to carry out this subpart $5,000,000, to be available 
until expended, for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding 
fiscal years.
    ``(k) Effective Date.--This subpart shall take effect with respect 
to payments for periods of instruction that begin on or after January 
1, 2021.

``SEC. 420S. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

    ``(a) Personnel.--The Secretary shall arrange for the assignment of 
an individual, pursuant to subchapter VI of chapter 33 of title 5, 
United States Code, to serve as an adviser to each Governor with 
respect to the programs assisted under this subpart.
    ``(b) Administrative Expenses.--Each Governor may use not more than 
5 percent of the funds made available for a program under section 420R 
for a fiscal year to pay the administrative expenses of a program under 
section 420R for the fiscal year.
    ``(c) Inspector General Review.--Each of the programs assisted 
under this subpart shall be subject to audit and other review by the 
Inspector General of the Department of Education in the same manner as 
programs are audited and reviewed under the Inspector General Act of 
1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).
    ``(d) Gifts.--The Governor may accept, use, and dispose of 
donations of services or property for purposes of carrying out this 
subpart.
    ``(e) Maximum Student Amount Adjustments.--Each Governor shall 
establish rules to adjust the maximum student amounts described in 
section 440S(b)(2) for eligible students described in section 
440S(d)(2) who transfer between the eligible institutions described in 
section 440S(d)(1).''.

              Subpart 9--Community College Student Success

SEC. 4092. COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS GRANT PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.

    Part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) is further amended by 
adding at the end the following:

            ``Subpart 11--Community College Student Success

``SEC. 420T. COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS GRANT PROGRAM 
              AUTHORIZED.

    ``From the amounts appropriated under 420BB, the Secretary of 
Education shall establish and carry out the community college student 
success grant program to award grants under sections 420U and 420V, on 
a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to plan and implement 
community college student success programs designed to increase--
            ``(1) the rate at which program participants graduate from 
        a program of study at such eligible institution within 150 
        percent of the normal time for graduation; and
            ``(2) transfer rates of program participants.

``SEC. 420U. GRANTS TO PLAN COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS PROGRAMS.

    ``(a) Planning Grants Authorized.--From the amounts appropriated to 
carry out this section under section 420BB for a fiscal year, the 
Secretary shall award planning grants for such fiscal year, on a 
competitive basis, to eligible institutions to develop plans for 
community college student success programs.
    ``(b) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section shall be for a 
1-year period.
    ``(c) Peer Review Process; Priority.--In awarding grants under this 
section for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall--
            ``(1) carry out a peer review process that--
                    ``(A) requires that each application submitted 
                under subsection (d) be peer reviewed by a panel of 
                readers composed of individuals selected by the 
                Secretary, which shall include--
                            ``(i) not less than 50 percent of readers--
                                    ``(I) who are not employees of the 
                                Federal Government; and
                                    ``(II) who have relevant research 
                                or practical experience with respect to 
                                student support programs designed to 
                                increase graduation rates and transfer 
                                rates at public 2-year institutions of 
                                higher education; and
                            ``(ii) to the maximum extent practicable, 
                        individuals who are members of groups 
                        underrepresented in higher education, including 
                        African Americans, Hispanics, Native Americans, 
                        Alaska Natives, Asian Americans, Native 
                        American Pacific Islanders (including Native 
                        Hawaiians), and individuals with disabilities; 
                        and
                    ``(B) ensures that no individual assigned under 
                subparagraph (A) to review an application has any 
                conflict of interest with regard to that application 
                that may make the individual unable to impartially 
                conduct such review; and
            ``(2) give priority to eligible institutions that are 
        eligible to receive funding under title III or V.
    ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution desiring a grant under 
this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require, which shall include--
            ``(1) the graduation rate and transfer rate for the most 
        recent academic year for which data are available for eligible 
        students and all students, respectively;
            ``(2) an analysis of how implementing a community college 
        student success program may improve the graduation rate or 
        transfer rate for eligible students; and
            ``(3) a description of the methods the eligible institution 
        has previously used to improve the graduation rate or transfer 
        rate with respect to eligible students and all students, 
        respectively.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that receives a grant 
under this section shall use the grant to develop a plan to implement a 
community college student success program at the eligible institution.
    ``(f) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date on which an 
eligible institution receives a grant under this section, such eligible 
institution shall submit to the Secretary a report that includes--
            ``(1) a plan for implementing a community college student 
        success program at the eligible institution, including--
                    ``(A) the sufficiently ambitious outcome goals for 
                achieving significant improvements in graduation rates 
                and transfer rates for program participants, as such 
                rates are defined by the eligible institution, in 
                consultation with the Secretary, before the end of the 
                grant period;
                    ``(B) the number of such eligible students who will 
                participate in such program, including how such 
                eligible students will be identified, referred, and 
                selected, in cases where the interest in the program is 
                larger than the budget for the program;
                    ``(C) based on the most recent academic year for 
                which data are available, disaggregated by full-time 
                students and all students--
                            ``(i) graduation rates; and
                            ``(ii) transfer rates;
                    ``(D) an analysis of the financial needs of the 
                full-time students;
                    ``(E) a description of how the eligible institution 
                will effectively staff a community college student 
                success program; and
                    ``(F) a timeline for the implementation of such 
                program;
            ``(2) a budgetary analysis that includes--
                    ``(A) a description of how the eligible institution 
                will provide non-Federal funds for such program under 
                subsection (d) of section 420V; and
                    ``(B) a description of how the eligible institution 
                will continue to fund such program after the end of the 
                grant period for the grant awarded to the institution 
                under section 420V; and
            ``(3) such other information as the Secretary may require.

``SEC. 420V. GRANTS TO IMPLEMENT COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS 
              PROGRAMS.

    ``(a) Implementation Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amounts appropriated to carry 
        out this section under section 420BB for a fiscal year, the 
        Secretary shall award grants for such fiscal year, on a 
        competitive basis, to eligible institutions awarded a grant 
        under section 420U to implement community college student 
        success programs.
            ``(2) Consultation.--In awarding grants under this section 
        for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall consult with the 
        independent evaluator before finalizing which eligible 
        institutions will receive such a grant for such fiscal year.
    ``(b) Requirements for Selection.--To be eligible to receive a 
grant under this section, an eligible institution shall meet the 
following requirements:
            ``(1) The eligible institution was awarded a grant under 
        section 420U at least 1 year before such eligible institution 
        submits an application under subsection (e).
            ``(2) The eligible institution submits an application under 
        subsection (e).
            ``(3) The eligible institution demonstrates, on the date of 
        the application described in subsection (e), the availability 
        of non-Federal funding for the matching funds required under 
        subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (d)(1).
    ``(c) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section shall be for a 
5-year period.
    ``(d) Non-Federal Contribution.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), an 
        eligible institution awarded a grant under this section shall 
        contribute in cash from non-Federal sources, the following:
                    ``(A) For the second year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 20 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                the community college student success program at the 
                institution for such year.
                    ``(B) For the third year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 30 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                such program for such year.
                    ``(C) For the fourth year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 40 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                such program for such year.
                    ``(D) For the fifth year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 50 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                such program for such year.
            ``(2) Exception.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding paragraph (1), 
                with respect to an exempt institution awarded a grant 
                under this section, for each year of the grant period 
                beginning with the second year through the fifth year, 
                the Secretary shall not require the institution to make 
                a cash contribution from non-Federal sources in an 
                amount that is greater than the amount equal to 5 
                percent of the cost of carrying out the community 
                college student success program at the institution for 
                such year.
                    ``(B) Definitions.--For purposes of this paragraph:
                            ``(i) Exempt institution.--The term `exempt 
                        institution' means an eligible institution that 
                        is a--
                                    ``(I) Tribal college or university; 
                                or
                                    ``(II) an institution located in 
                                the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, 
                                American Samoa, the United States 
                                Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the 
                                Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic 
                                of the Marshall Islands, the Federated 
                                States of Micronesia, or the Republic 
                                of Palau.
                            ``(ii) Tribal college or university.--The 
                        term `Tribal college or university' has the 
                        meaning given the term in section 316 of the 
                        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c).
    ``(e) Application.--An eligible institution desiring a grant under 
this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require, which shall include a copy of the report described in 420U(e).
    ``(f) Required Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that receives 
a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to--
            ``(1) implement a community college student success 
        program; and
            ``(2) regularly review--
                    ``(A) data to monitor the academic progress of 
                eligible students participating in such program; and
                    ``(B) the meeting and program participation 
                requirements described in section 420AA(1).
    ``(g) Permissible Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that 
receives a grant under this section may use the grant to--
            ``(1) establish or expand a data tracking system that 
        includes early alerts to complete the regular reviews required 
        under subsection (f)(2);
            ``(2) provide eligible students participating in the 
        community college student success program for which the grant 
        is awarded with financial assistance to cover the costs 
        described in paragraph (2), (3), or (8) of section 472;
            ``(3) establish or expand career development services for 
        such students, such as career workshops or career counseling;
            ``(4) establish or expand tutoring services for such 
        students;
            ``(5) cover the employment of administrators for the 
        program whose sole job shall be to administer the program, 
        without regard to whether the employment is full-time or less 
        than full-time; and
            ``(6) provide financial support for eligible students 
        participating in such program to enroll in courses offered 
        during enrollment periods that are outside the fall and spring 
        semesters (or equivalent terms).
    ``(h) Reports.--Using the postsecondary student data system 
established under section 132(l) or a successor system (whichever 
includes the most recent data) to streamline reporting requirements and 
minimize reporting burdens, and in coordination with the National 
Center for Education Statistics, the Secretary shall, on at least an 
annual basis, collect data with respect to each community college 
student success program, including the following:
            ``(1) Each eligible institution that receives a grant under 
        this subpart shall, on an annual basis, provide to the 
        Secretary such information as may be necessary for the 
        Secretary to collect such data, including--
                    ``(A) the demographic characteristics of the 
                students participating in the community college student 
                success program;
                    ``(B) the average number of credits attempted and 
                average number of credits earned, rate of retention, 
                rate of degree completion, and rates of transfer of 
                such eligible students; and
                    ``(C) the graduation rate of such eligible 
                students.
            ``(2) Each such eligible institution shall, not less than 
        once for each year of the grant period, submit to the Secretary 
        an annual performance report for such year of the grant period 
        that includes--
                    ``(A) an analysis of the implementation and 
                progress of such program based on the sufficiently 
                ambitious outcome goals described in the report 
                submitted by the institution under section 
                420U(e)(1)(A), including challenges to and changes made 
                to such program;
                    ``(B) if according to the analysis under 
                subparagraph (A), the program is not on track to meet 
                such sufficiently ambitious outcome goals, a 
                description of the plans to adjust the program to 
                improve the performance of the program;
                    ``(C) the participation of such eligible students 
                in tutoring, career services (which can include benefit 
                counseling), and meetings with program advisors; and
                    ``(D) when data is available, which shall compare 
                the data collected for such year under this paragraph 
                with such data collected for each of the 2 years 
                preceding the date on which the grant was awarded.
            ``(3) Not later than 6 years after the date on which the 
        eligible institution received such grant, submit a final report 
        to the Secretary that includes an analysis of--
                    ``(A) the factors that contributed to the success 
                or failure of the community college student success 
                program in meeting the ambitious outcome goals 
                described in the report submitted by the institution 
                under section 3(e)(1)(A);
                    ``(B) the challenges faced in attempting to 
                implement such program;
                    ``(C) information on how to improve such program;
                    ``(D) whether the program has created an 
                institution-wide reform with respect to graduation 
                rates and transfer rates for all students, and if so, 
                how such reform was created; and
                    ``(E) how the eligible institution will continue to 
                fund such program after the end of the grant period.

``SEC. 420W. EVALUATIONS.

    ``(a) Independent Evaluations.--Before finalizing which eligible 
institutions will receive grants under section 420V for a fiscal year, 
the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Institute of 
Education Sciences, shall enter into a contract with an independent 
evaluator--
            ``(1) to consult with the Secretary on which eligible 
        institutions should receive the grants; and
            ``(2) to use the What Works Clearinghouse Standards 
        (without reservations) to evaluate, throughout the duration of 
        the grant period of such grants--
                    ``(A) each community college student success 
                program for which such grant is awarded, including 
                whether the program met its ambitious outcome goals 
                described in the report submitted by the institution 
                under section 420U(e)(1)(A);
                    ``(B) the average impact of community college 
                student success programs on graduation rates and 
                transfer rates for eligible students;
                    ``(C) the variation in program impact across 
                eligible institutions with respect to such rates; and
                    ``(D) whether such programs lead to higher 
                graduation rates and transfer rates of eligible 
                students per dollar spent for such students by such 
                institutions compared with such rates at eligible 
                institutions without such programs.
    ``(b) Results of Evaluations.--The results of the evaluations under 
subsection (a) shall be made publicly available on the website of the 
Department of Education.
    ``(c) Funding for Evaluations.--The Secretary may reserve not more 
than 15 percent of the funds appropriated under section 420BB for a 
fiscal year to carry out this section for such fiscal year.

``SEC. 420X. OUTREACH AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.

    ``(a) Outreach.--The Secretary shall conduct outreach activities to 
notify eligible institutions of the availability of grants under this 
subpart.
    ``(b) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical 
assistance--
            ``(1) to eligible institutions that may be interested in 
        applying for grants under this subpart, including assistance 
        with applications for such grants; and
            ``(2) to eligible institutions awarded grants under this 
        subpart, including assistance with--
                    ``(A) establishing ambitious outcome goals 
                described in section 420U(e)(1)(A); and
                    ``(B) the implementation of a community college 
                student success program.
    ``(c) Funding for Technical Assistance for Evaluations.--The 
Secretary may reserve not more than 7 percent of the funds appropriated 
under section 420BB for a fiscal year for technical assistance under 
this section for such fiscal year.

``SEC. 420Y. REPORT TO CONGRESS.

    ``Not later than 1 year after the date on which the Secretary 
receives the final evaluation results under section 420W for eligible 
institutions that were awarded grants under section 420V for the same 
fiscal year, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that 
includes--
            ``(1) the number of grants awarded under section 420V for 
        such fiscal year, and the amount of such grants;
            ``(2) the number of grants awarded under section 420U to 
        eligible institutions that received the grants described in 
        paragraph (1), and the amount of such grants;
            ``(3) the number of grants awarded under section 420U to 
        eligible institutions that would have been eligible but did not 
        receive the grants in paragraph (1);
            ``(4) such final evaluation results; and
            ``(5) any other information the Secretary may deem 
        relevant.

``SEC. 420Z. SUPPLEMENT, NOT SUPPLANT.

    ``Funds awarded to an eligible institution under this subpart shall 
be used only to supplement the amount of funds that would, in the 
absence of the Federal funds provided under this subpart, be made 
available from non-Federal sources or other Federal sources to carry 
out the activities under this subpart, and not to supplant such funds.

``SEC. 420AA. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Community college student success program.--The term 
        `community college student success program' means a program 
        carried out by an eligible institution under which the 
        institution carries out the following:
                    ``(A) Provides eligible students participating in 
                such program with an amount that covers the cost of 
                tuition and fees that are not covered by any Federal, 
                State, or institutional financial assistance received 
                by the student.
                    ``(B) Requires eligible students participating in 
                such program to--
                            ``(i) be enrolled in the eligible 
                        institution and carry a full-time academic 
                        workload during each fall and spring semester 
                        (or equivalent terms) during which the student 
                        participates in such program;
                            ``(ii) if the eligible student is referred 
                        to remedial courses or is on academic 
                        probation, meet, on at least a weekly basis or 
                        under an alternate schedule, as determined by 
                        the institution, with a tutor, except that in 
                        the case of an eligible student who is 
                        academically struggling, but who is not 
                        referred to remedial courses or on academic 
                        probation, the student may meet with a tutor as 
                        often as the program advisor for such student 
                        requires or under an alternate schedule, as 
                        determined by the institution;
                            ``(iii) meet with a program advisor--
                                    ``(I) twice each month during the 
                                first semester (or equivalent term) of 
                                participation in such program; and
                                    ``(II) as directed by the program 
                                advisor in subsequent semesters (or 
                                equivalent terms) under subparagraph 
                                (C)(ii); and
                            ``(iv) meet with an on-campus career 
                        advisor or participate in a career services 
                        event once each semester (or equivalent term) 
                        or under an alternate schedule, as determined 
                        by the institution.
                    ``(C) Provides a program advisor to each eligible 
                student participating in such program who--
                            ``(i) provides comprehensive academic and 
                        personal advising to the eligible student, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) the creation and 
                                implementation of an academic plan for 
                                the student to graduate from a program 
                                of study at the eligible institution 
                                within 150 percent of the normal time 
                                for graduation from such program;
                                    ``(II) if an eligible student is 
                                referred to remedial courses, 
                                encouraging such student to complete 
                                such courses as quickly as possible; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) assisting the eligible 
                                student with developing and achieving 
                                academic goals, including creating 
                                strong transfer pathways that 
                                demonstrate programmatic transfer for 
                                students interested in transferring to 
                                a 4-year institution of higher 
                                education;
                            ``(ii) after the eligible student 
                        participating in such program completes a 
                        semester (or equivalent term), creates for the 
                        eligible student a needs-based advising 
                        schedule that indicates, based on the eligible 
                        student's academic performance, the frequency 
                        with which such eligible student shall be 
                        required to meet with a program advisor for 
                        each subsequent semester (or equivalent term) 
                        of program participation;
                            ``(iii) has a caseload of not more than 150 
                        eligible students;
                            ``(iv) tracks the attendance of the 
                        eligible student at the meetings described in 
                        clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) of subparagraph 
                        (B);
                            ``(v) monitors the academic progress of the 
                        eligible student; and
                            ``(vi) provides each eligible student who 
                        meets the requirements of subparagraph (B), on 
                        at least a monthly basis, with financial 
                        incentives, such as a transportation pass or a 
                        gas card.
                    ``(D) Provides free tutoring and career services 
                (which can include benefit counseling) to eligible 
                students participating in such program, and may reserve 
                places in select courses for such eligible students in 
                order to create a community within cohorts of eligible 
                students.
                    ``(E) Provides information to eligible students 
                participating in such program about the eligibility of 
                such students for assistance under the supplemental 
                nutrition assistance program under the Food and 
                Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.) and the 
                program of block grants for States for temporary 
                assistance for needy families established under part A 
                of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 
                et seq.).
            ``(2) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means a public 2-year institution of higher 
        education.
            ``(3) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means 
        a student enrolled at an eligible institution who--
                    ``(A) on the date such eligible student would begin 
                participation in a community college student success 
                program at such eligible institution--
                            ``(i) is enrolled in a program of study 
                        leading to an associate degree;
                            ``(ii) is enrolled at such institution and 
                        carrying a full-time academic workload during 
                        each fall and spring semester (or equivalent 
                        terms) during which the student participates in 
                        such program;
                            ``(iii) is--
                                    ``(I) a first-time undergraduate 
                                student; or
                                    ``(II) a continuing or transfer 
                                student with not more than 15 credits 
                                and a minimum grade point average of 
                                2.0 (or its equivalent); and
                            ``(iv) is considered by the eligible 
                        institution to need no more than two remedial 
                        courses; and
                    ``(B) if the student is eligible for financial aid 
                under title IV, has completed the Free Application for 
                Federal Student Aid or other common financial reporting 
                form under section 483(a); and
                    ``(C) meets any other requirements established by 
                the institution.
            ``(4) Full-time academic workload.--The term `full-time 
        academic workload', when used with respect to a semester or 
        equivalent term, means at least 12 credits (or the equivalent).
            ``(5) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term under section 101.
            ``(6) Transfer rate.--The term `transfer rate', when used 
        with respect to students enrolled in a program of study at an 
        eligible institution, means the rate at which such students 
        transfer to a 4-year institution of higher education.

``SEC. 420BB. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart 
$1,000,000,000, to be available until expended for fiscal year 2021 and 
each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 4093. FEDERAL PELL BONUS PROGRAM.

    Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

             ``Subpart 12--Federal Pell Grant Bonus Program

``SEC. 420CC. FEDERAL PELL GRANT BONUS PROGRAM.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall allot funds in an amount 
determined under subsection (b) to each eligible institution to support 
the attainment of bachelor's degrees among low-income students, which 
may include providing financial aid and student support services to 
such students.
    ``(b) Allotment Formula.--For each fiscal year, each eligible 
institution shall be allotted an amount under subsection (a) that bears 
the same proportion to the amount appropriated under subsection (c) for 
such fiscal year as the number of bachelor's degrees awarded by the 
institution for the award year ending prior to the beginning of the 
preceding fiscal year to students who, during such award year, received 
a Federal Pell Grant and graduated from the program in which such 
students were enrolled in the normal time for completion of such 
program (within the meaning of section 132(i)(1)(J)(i)) bears to the 
total number of bachelor's degrees awarded to such students by all 
eligible institutions for such award year.
    ``(c) Data.--In determining the allotments under subsection (b), 
the Secretary may request from eligible institutions any data that may 
be necessary.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated, and there are appropriated, to carry out this section 
$500,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year. Any 
amounts appropriated under this subsection shall be available until 
expended.
    ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means an institution of higher education (as 
        defined in section 101)--
                    ``(A) in which, for the 3 most recent award years, 
                the average percentage of undergraduate students 
                enrolled at the institution who received Federal Pell 
                Grants is not less than 25 percent of the total number 
                of undergraduate students enrolled at such institution; 
                and
                    ``(B) that has not opted out of receiving an 
                allotment under this section.
            ``(2) Low-income student.--The term `low-income student' 
        has the meaning given such term in section 499R(3).''.

             PART B--FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

SEC. 4101. TERMINATION OF CERTAIN REPAYMENT PLAN OPTIONS AND 
              OPPORTUNITY TO CHANGE REPAYMENT PLANS.

    (a) Selection of Repayment Plans.--Section 428(b) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (D)--
                            (i) in clause (ii), by striking ``may 
                        annually change the selection of a repayment 
                        plan under this part,'' and inserting ``may at 
                        any time after July 1, 2021, change the 
                        selection of a repayment plan under this part 
                        to one of the 2 repayment plans described in 
                        paragraph (9)(C),''; and
                            (ii) in clause (iii), by striking ``be 
                        subject to income contingent repayment in 
                        accordance with subsection (m);'' and inserting 
                        ``be subject to income-based repayment in 
                        accordance with section 493C(f);''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (E)(i), by striking ``the 
                option of repaying the loan in accordance with a 
                standard, graduated, income-sensitive, or extended 
                repayment schedule (as described in paragraph (9)) 
                established by the lender in accordance with 
                regulations of the Secretary; and'' and inserting ``the 
                option of repaying the loan in accordance with a 
                repayment plan described in paragraph (9)(C) 
                established by the lender in accordance with 
                regulations of the Secretary; and''; and
            (2) in paragraph (9), by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Selection of repayment plans on and after 
                july 1, 2021.--
                            ``(i) Opportunity to change repayment 
                        plans.--Notwithstanding any other provision of 
                        this paragraph, or any other provision of law, 
                        and in accordance with regulations, beginning 
                        on July 1, 2021, the lender shall offer a 
                        borrower of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed 
                        under this part the opportunity to change 
                        repayment plans, and to enroll in one of the 
                        following repayment plans:
                                    ``(I) A fixed repayment plan 
                                described in section 493E.
                                    ``(II) The income-based repayment 
                                plan under section 493C(f).''.
    (b) Assignment by the Secretary.--Section 428(m) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078(m)) is amended--
            (1) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Income-
        contingent and'';
            (2) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) Authority of secretary to require.--The Secretary may 
        require borrowers who have defaulted on loans made under this 
        part that are assigned to the Secretary under subsection (c)(8) 
        to repay those loans under the income-based repayment plan 
        under section 493C(f).''; and
            (3) in the heading for paragraph (2), by striking ``income 
        contingent or''.

SEC. 4102. TERMINATION OF INTEREST CAPITALIZATION FOR SUBSIDIZED LOANS 
              AFTER CERTAIN PERIODS.

    Section 428(c)(3)(C) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1078(c)(3)(C)) is amended--
            (1) in clause (iii), by inserting before the semicolon the 
        following: ``, and with respect to a forbearance granted to a 
        borrower on or after the date of enactment of the College 
        Affordability Act on a loan made, insured or guaranteed under 
        this section or on a Federal Direct Stafford Loan, provide 
        information to the borrower to assist the borrower in 
        understanding that interest shall accrue on the loan but not be 
        capitalized at the expiration of such period of forbearance''; 
        and
            (2) in clause (iv)--
                    (A) in subclause (III), by inserting before the 
                semicolon at the end the following: ``, except that 
                this subclause shall not apply with respect to any 
                period of forbearance beginning on or after the date of 
                enactment of the College Affordability Act''; and
                    (B) in subclause (IV), by inserting before the 
                semicolon at the end the following: ``except that this 
                subclause shall not apply with respect to any period of 
                forbearance beginning on or after the date of enactment 
                of the College Affordability Act''.

SEC. 4103. TERMINATION OF INTEREST CAPITALIZATION FOR PLUS LOANS AFTER 
              CERTAIN PERIODS.

    Section 428B(d)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1078-2(d)(2)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``Interest on'' and 
        inserting ``Subject to subparagraph (C), interest on''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Interest capitalization.--With respect to a 
                deferment during any period described in clause 
                (i)(II), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of section 427(a)(2)(C) 
                or clause (i)(II), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of section 
                428(b)(1)(M), or any period of forbearance, beginning 
                on or after the date of enactment of the College 
                Affordability Act on a loan made under this section, 
                interest shall not be added to the principal amount of 
                the loan at the expiration of such deferment or 
                forbearance period.''.

SEC. 4104. SUBSEQUENT CONSOLIDATION LOANS.

    Section 428C(a)(3)(B)(i)(V) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1078-3(a)(3)(B)(i)(V)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``or'' at the end of item (bb);
            (2) by striking the period at the end of item (cc); and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                            ``(dd) for the purpose of 
                                        separating a joint 
                                        consolidation loan into 2 
                                        separate Federal Direct 
                                        Consolidation Loans under 
                                        section 455(g)(2); or
                                            ``(ee) for the purpose of 
                                        section 455(m)(9)(A)(ii), 
                                        493C(f)(2)(G), or 493E(c).''.

SEC. 4105. DEFAULT REDUCTION PROGRAM.

    Section 428F(a)(1)(C) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1078-6(a)(1)(C)) is amended by striking ``to remove the record 
of the default from the borrower's credit history'' and inserting ``to 
remove any adverse item of information relating to such loan from the 
borrower's credit history''.

SEC. 4106. TERMINATION OF INTEREST CAPITALIZATION FOR UNSUBSIDIZED 
              LOANS AFTER CERTAIN PERIODS.

    Section 428H(e)(2)(A)(ii)(III) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1078-8(e)(2)(A)(ii)(III)) is amended by inserting before the 
semicolon the following: ``, except that with respect to a deferment 
during any period described in clause (i)(II), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of 
section 427(a)(2)(C) or clause (i)(II), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of 
section 428(b)(1)(M), or any period of forbearance, beginning on or 
after the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act on a loan 
made, insured, or guaranteed under this section or on a Federal Direct 
Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest shall not be added to the 
principal amount of the loan at the expiration of such deferment or 
forbearance period''.

SEC. 4107. DISBURSEMENT OF STUDENT LOANS.

    Section 428G of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078-
7(a)) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) Adjusted cohort default rate.--Beginning on the date 
        on which the final adjusted cohort default rates are published 
        by the Secretary for not less than 3 fiscal years under section 
        435(m), an institution whose adjusted cohort default rate (as 
        determined under section 435(m)) for each of the 3 most recent 
        fiscal years for which data are available is less than 5 
        percent may disburse any loan made, insured, or guaranteed 
        under this part in a single installment for any period of 
        enrollment that is not more than 1 semester, 1 trimester, 1 
        quarter, or 4 months.''; and
            (2) in subsection (e), by inserting before the period the 
        following: ``, or beginning on the date on which the final 
        adjusted cohort default rates are published by the Secretary 
        for fiscal year 2018 under section 435(m), an adjusted cohort 
        default rate (as determined under section 435(m)) of less than 
        2 percent''.

SEC. 4108. STUDENT LOAN CONTRACT AND LOAN DISCLOSURES.

    (a) Student Loan Contract.--Section 432(m)(1)(D) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1082(m)(1)(D)) is amended by adding at 
the end the following:
                            ``(iv) Student loan contract.--
                                    ``(I) In general.--Any master 
                                promissory note form described in this 
                                subparagraph that is developed or used 
                                for loans made under part D for periods 
                                of enrollment beginning on or after the 
                                date of enactment of the College 
                                Affordability Act shall be referred to 
                                as a `student loan contract'.
                                    ``(II) Clarification on use.--
                                Notwithstanding clause (i), each 
                                student loan contract for a part D loan 
                                made for periods of enrollment 
                                beginning on or after the date of 
                                enactment of the College Affordability 
                                Act shall--
                                            ``(aa) not be entered into 
                                        by a student unless the student 
                                        has completed all required 
                                        counseling related to such 
                                        loan, including counseling 
                                        required under section 485(l);
                                            ``(bb) be signed by the 
                                        student entering such student 
                                        loan contract after completion 
                                        of such counseling; and
                                            ``(cc) be used only for the 
                                        academic year for which the 
                                        initial loans are made under 
                                        the contract, and shall not be 
                                        valid for additional loans for 
                                        the same or subsequent periods 
                                        of enrollment.''.
    (b) Loan Disclosures.--Section 432(m)(1)(D) of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1082(m)(1)(D)) is further amended by adding 
after clause (iv) (as amended) the following:
                            ``(v) Loan disclosures.--For loans made for 
                        periods of enrollment beginning on or after the 
                        date of enactment of the College Affordability 
                        Act, the Secretary shall take such steps as are 
                        necessary to streamline the student loan 
                        disclosure requirements under this Act. The 
                        Secretary shall ensure that information 
                        required to be disclosed to a student who is 
                        applying for, receiving, or preparing to repay 
                        a loan under part D of this Act shall be 
                        streamlined in a manner that--
                                    ``(I) based upon consumer testing, 
                                reduces and simplifies the paperwork 
                                students are required to complete; and
                                    ``(II) limits the number of times 
                                students are presented with disclosures 
                                by incorporating the streamlined 
                                disclosures into required student loan 
                                counseling under section 485(l), the 
                                student loan contract under this 
                                subparagraph, or both.''.

SEC. 4109. BORROWER ADVOCATE CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.

    Section 433 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1083) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(13), by striking ``Student Loan 
        Ombudsman'' and inserting ``Borrower Advocate''; and
            (2) in subsection (e)(3)(E), by striking ``Student Loan 
        Ombudsman'' and inserting ``Borrower Advocate''.

SEC. 4110. COHORT DEFAULT RATES.

    (a) Ineligibility Based on High Default Rates.--
            (1) In general.--Section 435(a) of the Higher Education Act 
        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)) is amended--
                    (A) in paragraph (7)(A), by adding at the end the 
                following:
                            ``(iii) Default management plan.--The 
                        default management plan required under clause 
                        (i) may not include placing students in 
                        forbearance as a means of reducing the cohort 
                        default rate or the adjusted cohort default 
                        rate of the institution.''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(9) Ineligibility based on high adjusted cohort default 
        rates.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in 
                subparagraphs (B) and (D), beginning on the date that 
                is one year after the date on which the final adjusted 
                cohort default rates are published by the Secretary for 
                not less than 3 fiscal years, in a case in which one of 
                the following determinations is made with respect to an 
                institution, such institution shall be ineligible to 
                participate in a program under this title for the 
                fiscal year for which the determination is made and for 
                the two succeeding fiscal years:
                            ``(i) The institution's adjusted cohort 
                        default rate is greater than 20 percent for 
                        each of the 3 most recent fiscal years for 
                        which the final adjusted cohort default rates 
                        are published.
                            ``(ii) With respect to the 6 most recent 
                        fiscal years for which the final adjusted 
                        cohort default rates are published--
                                    ``(I) the institution's adjusted 
                                cohort default rate is greater than 15 
                                percent for each such fiscal year; and
                                    ``(II) the Secretary determines 
                                that, during such 6-year period, the 
                                institution has not made adequate 
                                progress in meeting standards for 
                                student achievement established by the 
                                relevant accrediting agency or 
                                association pursuant to section 
                                496(a)(5)(A).
                            ``(iii) With respect to the 8 most recent 
                        fiscal years for which the final adjusted 
                        cohort default rates are published--
                                    ``(I) the institution's adjusted 
                                cohort default rate is greater than 10 
                                percent for each such fiscal year; and
                                    ``(II) the Secretary determines 
                                that, during such 8-year period, the 
                                institution has not made adequate 
                                progress in meeting standards for 
                                student achievement established by the 
                                relevant accrediting agency or 
                                association pursuant to section 
                                496(a)(5)(A).
                    ``(B) Exceptions for certain categories of 
                educational programs.--With respect to an institution 
                that loses eligibility to participate in a program 
                under this title in accordance with subparagraph 
                (A)(ii), such institution may request and be granted an 
                exception to such loss of eligibility for a category of 
                educational programs at such institution by 
                demonstrating to the Secretary that the adjusted cohort 
                default rate for the category of educational programs 
                is 15 percent or less for each fiscal year of the 6-
                year period on which such loss of eligibility for the 
                institution is based.
                    ``(C) Determination of the adjusted cohort rate for 
                a category of educational programs.--In determining the 
                adjusted cohort default rate for a category of 
                educational programs for purposes of this paragraph--
                            ``(i) subsection (m) shall be applied--
                                    ``(I) in paragraph (1)--
                                            ``(aa) in subparagraph (A), 
                                        by substituting `received for 
                                        enrollment in the category of 
                                        educational programs for which 
                                        such rate is being determined' 
                                        for `received for attendance at 
                                        the institution'; and
                                            ``(bb) in subparagraph 
                                        (E)(i)(II), by substituting, 
                                        `percentage of students 
                                        enrolled in the category of 
                                        educational programs for which 
                                        such rate is being determined' 
                                        for `percentage of students 
                                        enrolled at the institution'; 
                                        and
                                    ``(II) as if the following were 
                                added at the end of paragraph (2):
                    ```(E) In the case of a student who has received a 
                loan for enrollment in more than one category of 
                educational programs, the student (and such student's 
                subsequent repayment or default) is attributed to the 
                last category of educational programs in which such 
                student was enrolled.'.
                    ``(D) Transition exception.--
                            ``(i) In general.--A covered institution 
                        with an adjusted cohort default rate that is 
                        greater than 20 percent for the first fiscal 
                        year for which such rates are published by the 
                        Secretary may request that any determination of 
                        such institution's ineligibility under 
                        paragraph (9)(A) not be based on the adjusted 
                        cohort default rate of such institution for any 
                        or all of the first 3 fiscal years for which 
                        such rates are published by the Secretary.
                            ``(ii) Requirement.--To be granted a 
                        request under clause (i), an institution shall 
                        submit to the Secretary a default management 
                        plan as specified in paragraph (7).
                            ``(iii) Definition of covered 
                        institution.--In this subparagraph, the term 
                        `covered institution' means--
                                    ``(I) a public institution of 
                                higher education;
                                    ``(II) a part B institution (as 
                                defined in section 322); or
                                    ``(III) a private, nonprofit 
                                institution of higher education at 
                                which not less than 45 percent of the 
                                total student enrollment consists of 
                                low-income students (as such term is 
                                defined in section 419N(b)(7)).
                    ``(E) Category of educational programs defined.--
                The term `category of educational programs', when used 
                with respect to an institution, means one of the 
                following:
                            ``(i) The educational programs at the 
                        institution leading to an undergraduate, non-
                        degree credential.
                            ``(ii) The educational programs at the 
                        institution leading to an associate's degree.
                            ``(iii) The educational programs at the 
                        institution leading to a bachelor's degree.
                            ``(iv) The educational programs at the 
                        institution leading to a graduate, non-degree 
                        credential.
                            ``(v) The educational program at the 
                        institution leading to a graduate degree.
            ``(10) Application of adjusted cohort default rate.--
        Beginning on the date on which the final adjusted cohort 
        default rates are published by the Secretary for not less than 
        3 fiscal years--
                    ``(A) paragraph (1) shall be applied by 
                substituting `paragraph (9)' for `paragraph (2)';
                    ``(B) paragraph (3) shall be applied by 
                substituting `adjusted cohort default rate, calculated 
                in accordance with subsection (m)(1)(D), is greater 
                than 20 percent for any 3 consecutive fiscal years' for 
                `cohort default rate, calculated in accordance with 
                subsection (m), is equal to or greater than the 
                threshold percentage specified in paragraph (2)(B)(iv) 
                for any two consecutive fiscal years';
                    ``(C) paragraph (4) shall be applied--
                            ``(i) in subparagraph (C), by substituting 
                        `adjusted cohort default rate is greater than 
                        15 percent' for `cohort default rate equals or 
                        exceeds 20 percent'; and
                            ``(ii) in the matter following subparagraph 
                        (C), by substituting `adjusted cohort default 
                        rate to reflect the percentage of defaulted 
                        loans in the representative sample that are 
                        required to be excluded pursuant to subsection 
                        (m)(1)(B)' for `cohort default rate to reflect 
                        the percentage of defaulted loans in the 
                        representative sample that are required to be 
                        excluded pursuant to subsection (m)(1)(B)';
                    ``(D) paragraph (5)(A) shall be applied by 
                substituting `paragraph (9)' for `paragraph (2)'; and
                    ``(E) paragraph (7) shall be applied--
                            ``(i) in subparagraph (A)(i)--
                                    ``(I) in the matter preceding 
                                subclause (I), by substituting 
                                `adjusted cohort default rate is 
                                greater than 20 percent' for `cohort 
                                default rate is equal to or greater 
                                than the threshold percentage specified 
                                in paragraph (2)(B)(iv)'; and
                                    ``(II) in subclauses (I) and (II), 
                                by substituting `adjusted cohort 
                                default rate' for `cohort default 
                                rate'; and
                            ``(ii) in subparagraph (B)(i), by 
                        substituting `adjusted cohort default rate is 
                        greater than 20 percent' for `cohort default 
                        rate is equal to or greater than the threshold 
                        percentage specified in paragraph 
                        (2)(B)(iv)'.''.
            (2) Conforming amendments.--Section 435(a)(2) of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)) is amended--
                    (A) in the paragraph heading, by adding at the end 
                the following: ``Before fiscal year 2018''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (B)(iv), by striking ``and any 
                succeeding fiscal year'' and inserting ``through fiscal 
                year 2017''.
    (b) Adjusted Cohort Default Rate Defined.--Section 435(m)(1) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(m)(1)) is amended by 
adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D)(i) With respect to a cohort default rate 
                calculated for an institution under this paragraph for 
                fiscal year 2018 and for each succeeding fiscal year, 
                such cohort default rate shall be adjusted as follows:
                            ``(I) In determining the number of current 
                        and former students at an institution who enter 
                        repayment for such fiscal year--
                                    ``(aa) any such student who is in 
                                nonmandatory forbearance for such 
                                fiscal year for a period of greater 
                                than 18 months but less than 36 months 
                                shall not be counted as entering 
                                repayment for such fiscal year;
                                    ``(bb) such a student shall be 
                                counted as entering repayment for the 
                                first fiscal year for which the student 
                                ceases to be in a period of forbearance 
                                and otherwise meets the requirements 
                                for being in repayment; and
                                    ``(cc) any such student who is in a 
                                period of forbearance for 3 or more 
                                years shall be counted as in default 
                                and included in the institution's total 
                                number of students in default.
                            ``(II) Such rate shall be multiplied by the 
                        percentage of students enrolled at the 
                        institution for such fiscal year who are 
                        borrowing a loan under part D of this title.
                    ``(ii) The result obtained under this subparagraph 
                for an institution shall be referred to in this Act as 
                the `adjusted cohort default rate'.''.
    (c) Publication of Adjusted Cohort Default Rate.--Section 435(m) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(m)) is amended by 
adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) Beginning on the date on which the final adjusted 
        cohort default rates for fiscal year 2018 are made available 
        for publication by the Secretary, paragraph (4) shall be 
        applied by substituting `adjusted cohort default' for `cohort 
        default' each place it appears.''.

SEC. 4111. AUTOMATIC INCOME MONITORING PROCEDURES AFTER A TOTAL AND 
              PERMANENT DISABILITY DISCHARGE.

    Section 437(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Automatic income monitoring.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Not later than 2 years after the 
                date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
                Secretary shall establish and implement, with respect 
                to any borrower described in subparagraph (B), 
                procedures to--
                            ``(i) obtain (for each year of the income-
                        monitoring period described in subparagraph (B) 
                        and without further action by the borrower) 
                        such information as is reasonably necessary 
                        regarding the income of such borrower for the 
                        purpose of determining the borrower's continued 
                        eligibility for the loan discharge described in 
                        subparagraph (B) for such year, and any other 
                        information necessary to determine such 
                        continued eligibility of the borrower for such 
                        year, except that in the case of a borrower 
                        whose returns and return information indicate 
                        that the borrower has no earned income for any 
                        year of such income-monitoring period, such 
                        borrower shall be treated as not having earned 
                        income in excess of the poverty line for such 
                        year subject to clause (ii);
                            ``(ii) allow the borrower, at any time, to 
                        opt out of clause (i) and prevent the Secretary 
                        from obtaining information under such clause 
                        without further action by the borrower; and
                            ``(iii) provide the borrower with an 
                        opportunity to update the information obtained 
                        under clause (i) before the determination of 
                        the borrower's continued eligibility for such 
                        loan discharge for such year.
                    ``(B) Applicability.--Subparagraph (A) shall 
                apply--
                            ``(i) to each borrower of a covered loan 
                        (defined in section 455(d)(10)) that is 
                        discharged under this subsection or section 
                        464(c)(1)(F) due to the permanent and total 
                        disability of the borrower; and
                            ``(ii) during the income-monitoring period 
                        under this subsection, defined in this 
                        paragraph as the period--
                                    ``(I) beginning on the date on 
                                which such loan is so discharged; and
                                    ``(II) during which the Secretary 
                                determines whether a reinstatement of 
                                the obligation of, and resumption of 
                                collection on, such loan may be 
                                necessary.''.

SEC. 4112. REPAYMENT OF PARENT LOANS DUE TO STUDENT DISABILITY.

    Section 437(d) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087(d)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``If a student'' and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(1) Death.--If a student''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Disability.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall discharge a 
                parent's liability on a loan described in section 428B 
                by repaying the amount owed on the loan if the student 
                on whose behalf the parent has received the loan--
                            ``(i) becomes permanently and totally 
                        disabled (as determined in accordance with 
                        regulations of the Secretary); or
                            ``(ii) is unable to engage in any 
                        substantial gainful activity by reason of any 
                        medically determinable physical or mental 
                        impairment that can be expected to result in 
                        death, has lasted for a continuous period of 
                        not less than 60 months, or can be expected to 
                        last for a continuous period of not less than 
                        60 months.
                    ``(B) Disability determinations.--Subsection (a)(2) 
                shall apply to a disability determination under this 
                paragraph in the same manner as such subsection applies 
                to a determination under subsection (a)(1).
                    ``(C) Safeguards.--The safeguards to prevent fraud 
                and abuse developed under subsection (a)(1) shall apply 
                under this paragraph.
                    ``(D) Reinstatement of loans.--The Secretary may 
                promulgate regulations to reinstate the obligation of, 
                and resume collection on, loans discharged under this 
                paragraph in cases in which the Secretary determines 
                that the reinstatement and resumption is necessary and 
                appropriate based upon the regulations developed under 
                subsection (a)(1).''.

                  PART C--FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS

SEC. 4201. PURPOSE; AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Section 441 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-51) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b), by striking ``part, such sums as may 
        be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five 
        succeeding fiscal years.'' and inserting ``part--
            ``(1) $1,500,000,000 for fiscal year 2021;
            ``(2) $1,750,000,000 for fiscal year 2022;
            ``(3) $2,000,000,000 for fiscal year 2023;
            ``(4) $2,250,000,000 for fiscal year 2024; and
            ``(5) $2,500,000,000 for fiscal year 2025 and each 
        succeeding fiscal year.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``child 
                development and early learning (including Head Start 
                and Early Head Start programs carried out under the 
                Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.)),'', before 
                ``literacy training,'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and'';
                    (C) in paragraph (4)(C), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) work-based learning designed to give students 
        experience in any activity described in paragraph (1), (2), 
        (3), or (4), without regard to whether credit is awarded.''; 
        and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(d) Work-Based Learning Defined.--For purposes of this part, the 
term `work-based learning' means sustained interactions with industry, 
community, or academic professionals in real workplace settings that 
shall--
            ``(1) include on campus opportunities;
            ``(2) foster in-depth, first-hand engagement with the tasks 
        required of a given career field that are aligned to a 
        student's field of study; and
            ``(3) may include internships, fellowships, research 
        assistant positions, teacher residencies, and apprenticeships 
        registered under the Act of August 16, 1937 (commonly known as 
        the ``National Apprenticeship Act''; 50 Stat. 664, chapter 663; 
        29 U.S.C. 50 et seq.).''.

SEC. 4202. ALLOCATION FORMULA.

    Section 442 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-52) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 4202. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) Reservations.--
            ``(1) Reservation for improved institutions.--
                    ``(A) Amount of reservation for improved 
                institutions.--Beginning with the first fiscal year 
                that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of the 
                College Affordability Act, for a fiscal year in which 
                the amount appropriated under section 441(b) exceeds 
                $700,000,000, the Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) reserve the lesser of--
                                    ``(I) an amount equal to 20 percent 
                                of the amount by which the amount 
                                appropriated under section 441(b) 
                                exceeds $700,000,000; or
                                    ``(II) $150,000,000; and
                            ``(ii) allocate the amount reserved under 
                        clause (i) to each improved institution in an 
                        amount equal to the greater of the following:
                                    ``(I) The amount that bears the 
                                same proportion to the amount reserved 
                                under clause (i) as the total amount of 
                                all Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at 
                                the improved institution for the second 
                                preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                                total amount of Federal Pell Grant 
                                funds awarded at improved institutions 
                                participating under this part for the 
                                second preceding fiscal year.
                                    ``(II) $5,000.
                    ``(B) Improved institution described.--For purposes 
                of this paragraph, an improved institution is an 
                institution that, on the date the Secretary makes an 
                allocation under subparagraph (A)(ii)--
                            ``(i) is an institution of higher education 
                        (as defined under section 101) participating 
                        under this part;
                            ``(ii) is with respect to--
                                    ``(I) the completion rate or 
                                graduation rate of Federal Pell Grant 
                                recipients at the institution, in the 
                                top 75 percent of all institutions 
                                participating under this part for the 
                                preceding fiscal year;
                                    ``(II) the percentage of Federal 
                                Pell Grant recipients at the 
                                institution, in the top 50 percent of 
                                the institutions described in subclause 
                                (I); and
                                    ``(III) the annual increase in the 
                                completion rate or graduation rate of 
                                Federal Pell Grant recipients at the 
                                institution, in the top 50 percent of 
                                the institutions described in 
                                subclauses (I) and (II).
                    ``(C) Completion rate or graduation rate.--For 
                purposes of determining the completion rate or 
                graduation rate under this section, a Federal Pell 
                Grant recipient who is either a full-time student or a 
                part-time student shall be counted as a completer or 
                graduate if, within 150 percent of the normal time for 
                completion of or graduation from the program, the 
                student has completed or graduated from the program, or 
                enrolled in any program of an institution participating 
                in any program under this title for which the prior 
                program provides substantial preparation.
            ``(2) Reservation for grant program.--From the amount 
        appropriated under section 441(b) for a fiscal year and 
        remaining after the Secretary reserves funds under subparagraph 
        (A), the Secretary shall reserve $30,000,000 to carry out 
        grants under section 449.
            ``(3) Reallocation of amount returned by improved 
        institutions.--If an institution returns to the Secretary any 
        portion of the sums allocated to such institution under this 
        subsection for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reallot 
        such excess to improved institutions on the same basis as under 
        paragraph (1)(A).
            ``(4) Publication.--Beginning 1 year after the first 
        allocations are made to improved institutions under paragraph 
        (1)(A) and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall make 
        publicly available--
                    ``(A) a list of the improved institutions that 
                received funding under such paragraph in the prior 
                fiscal year;
                    ``(B) the percentage of students at each such 
                improved institution that are Federal Pell Grant 
                recipients;
                    ``(C) the completion rate or graduation rate for 
                the students described in subparagraph (B) with respect 
                to each such improved institution; and
                    ``(D) a comparison between the information 
                described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) for the 
                prior fiscal year for such improved institution, and 
                such information for the year prior to such year.
    ``(c) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Years 2021 Through 2025.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under 
        section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after the 
        Secretary reserves funds under subsection (a), the Secretary 
        shall allocate to each institution--
                    ``(A) for fiscal year 2021, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 90 percent of the amount the 
                        institution received under this subsection and 
                        subsection (a) for fiscal year 2020, as such 
                        subsections were in effect with respect to such 
                        fiscal year (in this subparagraph referred to 
                        as `the 2020 amount for the institution'); or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d);
                    ``(B) for fiscal year 2022, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 80 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d);
                    ``(C) for fiscal year 2023, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 60 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d);
                    ``(D) for fiscal year 2024, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 40 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d); 
                        and
                    ``(E) for fiscal year 2025, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 20 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d).
            ``(2) Ratable reduction.--
                    ``(A) In general.--If the amount appropriated under 
                section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after 
                the Secretary reserves funds under subsection (a) is 
                less than the amount required to be allocated to the 
                institutions under this subsection, then the amount of 
                the allocation to each institution shall be ratably 
                reduced.
                    ``(B) Additional appropriations.--If the amounts 
                allocated to each institution are ratably reduced under 
                subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year and additional 
                amounts are appropriated for such fiscal year, the 
                amount allocated to each institution from the 
                additional amounts shall be increased on the same basis 
                as the amounts under subparagraph (A) were reduced 
                (until each institution receives the amount required to 
                be allocated under this subsection).
    ``(d) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Year 2026 and Each Succeeding 
Fiscal Year.--Except as provided in subsection (d)(5), from the amount 
appropriated under section 441(b) for fiscal year 2026 and each 
succeeding fiscal year and remaining after the Secretary reserves funds 
under subsection (a), the Secretary shall allocate to each institution 
the fair share amount for the institution determined under subsection 
(d).
    ``(e) Determination of Fair Share Amount.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), the fair share 
        amount for an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to 
        the sum of--
                    ``(A) 100 percent of the institution's 
                undergraduate student need described in paragraph (2) 
                for the preceding fiscal year; and
                    ``(B) 25 percent of the institution's graduate 
                student need described in paragraph (3) for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
            ``(2) Institutional undergraduate student need 
        calculation.--The undergraduate student need for an institution 
        for a fiscal year shall be equal to the sum of the following:
                    ``(A) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
                    ``(B) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of the undergraduate student need at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of undergraduate student need at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
            ``(3) Institutional graduate student need calculation.--The 
        graduate student need for an institution for a fiscal year 
        shall be equal to the amount that bears the same proportion to 
        the available appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the 
        total amount of the graduate student need at the institution 
        for the preceding fiscal year bears to the total amount of 
        graduate student need at all institutions participating under 
        this part for the preceding fiscal year.
            ``(4) Eligibility for fair share amount.--The Secretary may 
        not allocate funds under this part to any institution that, for 
        two or more fiscal years during any three fiscal year period 
        beginning not earlier than the first day of the first fiscal 
        year that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this 
        paragraph, has--
                    ``(A) a student population with less than 7 percent 
                of undergraduate students who are recipients of Federal 
                Pell Grants; or
                    ``(B) if the institution only enrolls graduate 
                students, a student population with less than 5 percent 
                of students that have an expected family contribution 
                of zero.
            ``(5) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Available appropriated amount.--In this 
                section, the term `available appropriated amount' 
                means--
                            ``(i) the amount appropriated under section 
                        441(b) for a fiscal year, minus
                            ``(ii) the amounts reserved under 
                        subsection (a) for such fiscal year.
                    ``(B) Average cost of attendance.--The term 
                `average cost of attendance' means, with respect to an 
                institution, the average of the attendance costs for a 
                fiscal year for students which shall include--
                            ``(i) tuition and fees, computed on the 
                        basis of information reported by the 
                        institution to the Secretary, which shall 
                        include--
                                    ``(I) total revenue received by the 
                                institution from undergraduate and 
                                graduate tuition and fees for the 
                                second year preceding the year for 
                                which it is applying for an allocation; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) the institution's enrollment 
                                for such second preceding year;
                            ``(ii) standard living expenses equal to 
                        150 percent of the difference between the 
                        income protection allowance for a family of 
                        five with one in college and the income 
                        protection allowance for a family of six with 
                        one in college for a single independent 
                        student; and
                            ``(iii) books and supplies, in an amount 
                        not exceeding $1,000.
                    ``(C) Graduate student need.--The term `graduate 
                student need' means, with respect to a graduate student 
                for a fiscal year, the lesser of the following:
                            ``(i) The amount equal to (except the 
                        amount computed by this clause shall not be 
                        less than zero)--
                                    ``(I) the average cost of 
                                attendance for the preceding fiscal 
                                year, minus
                                    ``(II) such graduate student's 
                                expected family contribution (computed 
                                in accordance with part F of this 
                                title) for the preceding fiscal year.
                            ``(ii) The total annual loan limit for a 
                        Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan.
                    ``(D) Undergraduate student need.--The term 
                `undergraduate student need' means, with respect to an 
                undergraduate student for a fiscal year, the lesser of 
                the following:
                            ``(i) The total of the amount equal to 
                        (except the amount computed by this clause 
                        shall not be less than zero)--
                                    ``(I) the average cost of 
                                attendance for the fiscal year, minus
                                    ``(II) such undergraduate student's 
                                expected family contribution (computed 
                                in accordance with part F of this 
                                title) for the preceding fiscal year.
                            ``(ii) The total annual loan limit for a 
                        Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and a 
                        Federal Direct Loan.
    ``(f) Return of Surplus Allocated Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except with respect to funds returned 
        under subsection (a)(3), if an institution returns to the 
        Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such institution 
        under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
        reallot such excess to institutions that used at least 10 
        percent of the total amount of funds granted to such 
        institution under this section to compensate students employed 
        during a qualified period of nonenrollment (as such term is 
        defined in section 443(f)) on the same basis as excess eligible 
        amounts are allocated under subsection (d).
            ``(2) Use of funds.--Funds received by institutions 
        pursuant to this subsection shall, to maximum extent 
        practicable, be used to compensate students employed in work-
        based learning positions.
            ``(3) Retained funds.--
                    ``(A) Amount returned.--If an institution returns 
                more than 10 percent of its allocation under paragraph 
                (1), the institution's allocation for the next fiscal 
                year shall be reduced by the amount returned.
                    ``(B) Waiver.--The Secretary may waive this 
                paragraph for a specific institution if the Secretary 
                finds that enforcing this paragraph would be contrary 
                to the interest of the program.
    ``(g) Filing Deadlines.--The Secretary may require applications 
under this section, at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
information as the Secretary may require.''.

SEC. 4203. GRANTS FOR FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS.

    Section 443 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-53) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) provide that funds granted an institution of higher 
        education, pursuant to this section may only be used to make 
        payments to students participating in work-study programs 
        except that an institution--
                    ``(A) shall, beginning fiscal year 2023--
                            ``(i) use at least 3 percent of the total 
                        amount of funds granted to such institution 
                        under this section for such fiscal year to 
                        compensate students who have exceptional need 
                        (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and are 
                        employed in a work-based learning position 
                        during a qualified period of nonenrollment, as 
                        defined in subsection (f), except that the 
                        Secretary may waive this clause if the 
                        Secretary determines that enforcing this clause 
                        would cause hardship for students at the 
                        institution; and
                            ``(ii) use at least 7 percent of the total 
                        amount of funds granted to such institution 
                        under this section for such fiscal year to 
                        compensate students employed in work-based 
                        learning positions, except that the Secretary 
                        may waive this clause if the Secretary 
                        determines that enforcing this clause would 
                        cause hardship for students at the institution;
                    ``(B) may--
                            ``(i) use a portion of the sums granted to 
                        it to compensate students employed in community 
                        service;
                            ``(ii) use a portion of the sums granted to 
                        it to meet administrative expenses in 
                        accordance with section 489;
                            ``(iii) use a portion of the sums granted 
                        to it to meet the cost of a job location and 
                        development program in accordance with section 
                        446 of this part; and
                            ``(iv) transfer funds in accordance with 
                        the provisions of section 488;'';
                    (B) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) by striking ``$300'' and inserting 
                        ``$500''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``except as provided 
                        under subsection (f),'' before ``provide'';
                    (C) in paragraph (5)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by striking 
                        ``and'' at the end;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) the Federal share shall equal 100 percent if 
                the institution is eligible for assistance under title 
                III or title V;''.
                    (D) in paragraph (6)--
                            (i) by inserting ``who demonstrate 
                        exceptional need (as defined in section 
                        413C(c)(2))'' after ``students''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``and prioritize 
                        employment for students who are currently 
                        homeless individuals described in section 725 
                        of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act 
                        (42 U.S.C. 11434a) or foster care youth'' after 
                        ``institution'';
                    (E) in paragraph (7), by striking ``vocational'' 
                and inserting ``career'';
                    (F) in paragraph (8)(A)(i), by striking ``or 
                vocational goals'' and inserting ``career goals'';
                    (G) in paragraph (10), by striking ``; and'' and 
                inserting a semicolon;
                    (H) in paragraph (11), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (I) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(12) provide assurances that compensation of students 
        employed in the work-study program in accordance with the 
        agreement shall include reimbursement for reasonable travel 
        (not including the purchase of a vehicle) directly related to 
        such work-study program;
            ``(13) provide assurances that the institution will 
        administer and use feedback from the surveys required under 
        section 450, to improve the experiences of students employed in 
        the work-study program in accordance with the agreement;
            ``(14) provide assurances that the institution will collect 
        data from students and employers such that the employment made 
        available from funds under this part will, to the maximum 
        extent practicable, complement and reinforce the educational 
        goals or career goals of each student receiving assistance 
        under this part; and
            ``(15) provide assurances that if the institution receives 
        funds under section 442(a)(1)(A), such institution shall--
                    ``(A) use such funds to compensate students 
                employed in the work-study program in accordance with 
                the agreement; and
                    ``(B) prioritize the awarding of such funds (and 
                increasing the amount of each award) to students--
                            ``(i) who demonstrate exceptional need (as 
                        defined in section 413C(c)(2)); and
                            ``(ii) who are employed in work-based 
                        learning opportunities through the work study 
                        program in accordance with the agreement.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) provide that--
                    ``(A) in the case of an institution that has not 
                received a waiver from the Secretary, such institution 
                will not use more than 25 percent of the funds made 
                available to such institution under this part for any 
                fiscal year for the operation of the program described 
                in paragraph (1); and
                    ``(B) in the case of an institution that has 
                received a waiver from the Secretary, such institution 
                will not use more than 50 percent of the funds made 
                available to such institution under this part for any 
                fiscal year for the operation of the program described 
                in paragraph (1);''.
                    (B) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) by inserting ``and complement and 
                        reinforce the educational goals or career goals 
                        of each student receiving assistance under this 
                        part'' after ``academically relevant''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``and'' at the end;
                    (C) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(6) provide assurances that compensation of students 
        employed in the work-study program in accordance with the 
        agreement shall include reimbursement for reasonable travel 
        (not including the purchase of a vehicle) directly related to 
        such work-study program.'';
            (3) in subsection (d)(1)--
                    (A) by striking ``In any academic year to which 
                subsection (b)(2)(A) applies, an institution shall 
                ensure that'' and inserting ``An institution may use 
                the''; and
                    (B) by striking ``travel'' and inserting 
                ``reasonable travel (not including the purchase of a 
                vehicle)''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(f) Qualified Period of Nonenrollment.--
            ``(1) In general.--A student may be awarded work-study 
        employment during a qualified period of nonenrollment if--
                    ``(A) the student demonstrates exceptional need (as 
                defined in section 413C(c)(2)) in the award year prior 
                to the qualified period of nonenrollment;
                    ``(B) the student is employed in a work-based 
                learning position; and
                    ``(C) the employment--
                            ``(i) involves less than 25 percent 
                        administrative work; and
                            ``(ii) is for at least 20 hours per week, 
                        unless the institution waives such 
                        requirement--
                                    ``(I) at the request of the 
                                student; or
                                    ``(II) based on a finding by the 
                                institution that such requirement 
                                presents a hardship in finding a work-
                                based learning position for the 
                                student.
            ``(2) Funds earned.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Any funds earned by a student 
                (beyond standard living expenses (as such term is 
                described in section 413D(c)(3)(C))) during the 
                qualified period of nonenrollment less than or equal to 
                $2,500 may not be applied to such student's cost of 
                attendance for the next period in which the student is 
                enrolled.
                    ``(B) Excess funds.--Any funds earned by a student 
                (beyond standard living expenses (as such term is 
                described in section 413D(c)(3)(C))) during the 
                qualified period of nonenrollment in excess of $2,500 
                shall be applied to such student's cost of attendance 
                for the next period in which the student is enrolled.
            ``(3) Definition of qualified period of nonenrollment.--In 
        this subsection, the term `qualified period of nonenrollment' 
        means, with respect to a student, a period of nonenrollment 
        that--
                    ``(A) occurs between a period of enrollment and a 
                period of anticipated enrollment; and
                    ``(B) the duration of which is no longer than 6 
                months.''.

SEC. 4204. FLEXIBLE USE OF FUNDS.

    Section 445 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-55) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) In addition to the carry-over sums authorized under 
        paragraph (1) of this section, an institution may permit a 
        student who completed the previous award period to continue to 
        earn unearned portions of the student's work-study award from 
        that previous period if--
                    ``(A) any reduction in the student's need upon 
                which the award was based is accounted for in the 
                remaining portion; and
                    ``(B) the student is currently employed in a work-
                based learning position.''; and
            (2) by striking ``10 percent'' both places it appears and 
        inserting ``20 percent''.

SEC. 4205. JOB LOCATION AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS.

    (a) Amendments.--Section 446 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1087-56) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``10 percent or 
                $75,000'' and inserting ``20 percent or $150,000''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``vocational'' 
                and inserting ``career''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by striking paragraphs (1) and (2);
                    (B) by inserting before paragraph (3) the 
                following:
            ``(1) provide satisfactory assurance that the institution 
        will prioritize placing students with exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and Federal work-study 
        recipients in jobs located and developed under this section; 
        and
            ``(2) provide satisfactory assurances that the funds 
        available under this section will be used to locate and develop 
        work-based learning positions;''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (6), by striking the period and 
                inserting ``, including--
                    ``(A) the number of students employed in work-based 
                learning positions through such program;
                    ``(B) the number of students demonstrating 
                exceptional need (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and 
                Federal work-study recipients employed through such 
                program; and
                    ``(C) the number of students demonstrating 
                exceptional need (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and 
                Federal work-study recipients employed in work-based 
                learning positions through such program.''.
    (b) Clarification on Carry-Over Authority.--Of the sums granted to 
an eligible institution under part C of title IV of the Higher 
Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-51) for any fiscal year, 10 percent may, 
at the discretion of the institution, remain available for expenditure 
during the succeeding fiscal year to carry out programs under such 
part, including the job location and development programs under section 
446 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-56).

SEC. 4206. COMMUNITY SERVICE.

    Section 447 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-57) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 447. ADDITIONAL FUNDS TO CONDUCT COMMUNITY SERVICE WORK STUDY 
              PROGRAMS.

    ``Each institution participating under this part may use up to 10 
percent of the funds made available under section 489(a) and 
attributable to the amount of the institution's expenditures under this 
part to conduct that institution's program of community service-
learning, including--
            ``(1) development of mechanisms to assure the academic 
        quality of the student experience;
            ``(2) assuring student access to educational resources, 
        expertise, and supervision necessary to achieve community 
        service objectives;
            ``(3) assuring, to the maximum extent practicable, that the 
        community service-learning program will support the educational 
        goals or career goals of students participating in such 
        program;
            ``(4) collaboration with public and private nonprofit 
        agencies, and programs assisted under the National and 
        Community Service Act of 1990 in the planning, development, and 
        administration of such programs; and
            ``(5) to recruit and compensate students for community 
        service-learning (including compensation for time spent in 
        training and for reasonable travel (not including the purchase 
        of a vehicle) directly related to such community service).''.

SEC. 4207. PILOT GRANT PROGRAM.

    Part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-51 
et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 449. WORK-BASED LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES PILOT GRANT PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Establishment.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall establish a program 
        to provide grants to eligible institutions participating under 
        this part to establish or expand a program to develop work-
        based learning positions.
            ``(2) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section 
                shall be for a period of not more than 4 years, but may 
                be renewed by the Secretary for a period of 2 years.
                    ``(B) Amount.--A grant under this section may not 
                be in an amount greater than $1,000,000.
    ``(b) Application.--To be selected to receive a grant under this 
section an eligible institution participating under this part shall 
submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including 
a plan that describes how the eligible institution will establish or 
expand a program to develop work-based learning positions that will--
            ``(1) benefit students who demonstrate exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2));
            ``(2) identify high-demand occupations (as determined by 
        the Bureau of Labor and Statistics, State departments of labor, 
        and local workforce investment boards) and develop partnerships 
        with high-demand employers (including nonprofit organizations, 
        for-profit firms, or public agencies);
            ``(3) involve participating employers in evaluating and 
        improving such program;
            ``(4) track and report academic and employment outcomes for 
        participating students; and
            ``(5) be able to continue after the end of the grant term.
    ``(c) Use of Funds.--Grant funds awarded under this program shall 
be used to pay wages for students participating under this program and 
develop work-based learning positions that--
            ``(1) are for a period of at least 12 weeks;
            ``(2) serve students who demonstrate exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2));
            ``(3) limit administrative work to no more than 25 percent 
        of such position;
            ``(4) provide a minimum of 15 hours of work per week during 
        periods of enrollment and 30 hours per week during periods of 
        nonenrollment, except such requirement may be waived by the 
        institution in consultation with a student;
            ``(5) include career coaching from participating employers 
        (including mock interviews, resume writing assistance, and 
        counseling on applying for and attaining employment); and
            ``(6) provide participating students with opportunities to 
        meet with employers in fields or industries related to those of 
        participating employers.
    ``(d) Report.--On a date that is before the date on which the 
period of the grant received by an eligible institution under this 
section terminates, such institution shall submit a report to the 
Secretary including--
            ``(1) the graduation rate or completion rate (as described 
        under section 442(a)(1)(C)) with respect to students 
        participating in work-based learning positions under the pilot 
        program; and
            ``(2) the results of the work-based learning opportunities 
        program for which such institution received such grant, 
        including--
                    ``(A) participating students' satisfaction with the 
                program as reported in surveys under section 450, as 
                amended by section 4208 of the College Affordability 
                Act;
                    ``(B) the types of jobs in which participating 
                students were employed and the types of duties 
                performed in such jobs;
                    ``(C) the academic programs of the participating 
                students;
                    ``(D) the share of participating students who 
                worked at another job, in addition to the one under the 
                pilot program;
                    ``(E) the percentage of participating students who, 
                during the second quarter after completing their 
                academic program, are in education or training 
                activities or unsubsidized employment;
                    ``(F) the percentage of participating students 
                employed in high-demand occupations within 2 quarters 
                of completing their academic programs; and
                    ``(G) other items as deemed relevant by the 
                Secretary.
    ``(e) Reservation of Funding for Such Program.--From the amount 
appropriated under section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after 
the Secretary reserves funds under section 442(a)(1), the Secretary 
shall reserve $30,000,000 to carry out grants under this section.''.

SEC. 4208. DEPARTMENT ACTIVITIES.

    Part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087-51 et seq.), as amended by section 4207, is further amended by 
adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 450. DEPARTMENT ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Surveys.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
enactment of this section, the Secretary shall develop, in consultation 
with work-study administrators from institutions of higher education, 
participating employers, and participating students--
            ``(1) a consumer-tested electronic survey for students 
        awarded work-study employment under the Federal work-study 
        program under this part that--
                    ``(A) measures each such student's satisfaction 
                with the Federal work-study program, including--
                            ``(i) any complaints the student has with 
                        respect to the program;
                            ``(ii) the amount and quality of the on-
                        the-job training the student received;
                            ``(iii) the amount and quality of on-the-
                        job supervision and employer feedback the 
                        student received;
                            ``(iv) the amount and quality of 
                        information provided by the institution about 
                        the work-study program and job opportunities 
                        and the availability of work-study staff at the 
                        institution;
                            ``(v) the quality of the assistance 
                        provided by the institution to the student in 
                        finding a work-study job and the availability 
                        of types of jobs; and
                            ``(vi) the student's overall satisfaction 
                        with the work-study program;
                    ``(B) measures the applicability of work-study 
                employment to the educational goals and career goals of 
                each such student;
                    ``(C) elicits an assessment by each such student of 
                the capacity to manage time between work-study 
                employment and coursework;
                    ``(D) measures, with respect to the program--
                            ``(i) the award amounts under the program;
                            ``(ii) the average number of hours students 
                        worked per week, and the wages received for 
                        such work;
                            ``(iii) the number of on campus jobs and 
                        off campus jobs;
                            ``(iv) how students located work-study 
                        positions;
                            ``(v) the work performed at each job;
                            ``(vi) whether students worked additional 
                        jobs while employed in a work-study job (and 
                        the reason for such additional job);
                            ``(vii) whether the work-study employment 
                        had an impact on the student's academic 
                        performance; and
                            ``(viii) the voluntarily disclosed 
                        demographics of students awarded work-study 
                        employment; and
                    ``(E) includes such information as the Secretary 
                may require; and
            ``(2) a consumer-tested electronic survey for employers of 
        students described in paragraph (1) that--
                    ``(A) measures each such employer's satisfaction 
                with the Federal work-study program, including--
                            ``(i) the extent to which the employer is 
                        satisfied with its ability to accommodate 
                        students' schedules;
                            ``(ii) the extent to which student-
                        employees are prepared for the duties 
                        advertised for the job; and
                            ``(iii) the extent to which the employer is 
                        satisfied with opportunities to make 
                        recommendations for improving institutions' 
                        academic programs;
                    ``(B) elicits an assessment by each such employer 
                of--
                            ``(i) any complaints the employer had with 
                        respect to the program;
                            ``(ii) any skills or knowledge necessary 
                        for the job that student-employees are lacking; 
                        and
                            ``(iii) the extent of outreach from 
                        institutions to the employer; and
                    ``(C) includes such information as the Secretary 
                may require; and
            ``(3) a consumer-tested electronic survey that, not less 
        than once every 4 years, with respect to each institution of 
        higher education participating in the Federal work-study 
        program, measures--
                    ``(A) methods used to recruit on-campus and off-
                campus employers;
                    ``(B) if an institution operates a job location 
                development program--
                            ``(i) the share of jobs filled on-campus 
                        and off-campus;
                            ``(ii) the share of jobs filled by--
                                    ``(I) work-study recipients; and
                                    ``(II) students who demonstrate 
                                exceptional need (as defined in section 
                                413C(c)(2));
                            ``(iii) the primary factors considered in 
                        matching work-study students and jobs;
                            ``(iv) the share of students employed in 
                        work-based learning opportunities; and
                            ``(v) the share of students employed during 
                        qualified periods of nonenrollment, including 
                        the share of students with exceptional need (as 
                        defined in section 413C(c)(2)) employed during 
                        qualified periods of nonenrollment;
                    ``(C) the institution's Federal and non-Federal 
                contributions toward work-study wages;
                    ``(D) the primary factors considered in awarding 
                students work-study and in determining the amount of 
                the award;
                    ``(E) the acceptance rate among students who were 
                offered work-study aid; and
                    ``(F) other information the Secretary may require.
    ``(b) Results.--The Secretary shall develop an online portal--
            ``(1) for students, employers, and institutions of higher 
        education to access the surveys required under subsection (a); 
        and
            ``(2) to compile the results of such surveys.
    ``(c) Report.--Not less than once every 4 years after the date of 
the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall submit a report 
to Congress that includes--
            ``(1) the data collected under this section (redacted for 
        personal information);
            ``(2) with respect to students employed in work-study 
        through the Federal work-study program--
                    ``(A) the types of jobs such students participated 
                in;
                    ``(B) the average hours worked per week;
                    ``(C) the average award amount;
                    ``(D) the average wage rates;
                    ``(E) the extent to which students enter employment 
                with skills and knowledge gained from work-study 
                participation that have prepared them for the job; and
                    ``(F) the students' satisfaction with the program 
                and primary complaints;
            ``(3) the extent to which institutions conduct outreach to 
        employers and engage them in discussions on improving academic 
        programs;
            ``(4) the extent to which institutions conduct outreach to 
        students and make jobs readily available;
            ``(5) the extent to which the work-study employment aligns 
        with students' academic programs or career goals;
            ``(6) the employers' satisfaction with the program and 
        primary complaints; and
            ``(7) recommendations for improving the program.
    ``(d) Consultation.--
            ``(1) In general.--In consulting with the entities 
        described in subsection (a) to create the electronic surveys 
        required under such subsection, the Secretary shall engage 
        with--
                    ``(A) a representative sample of institutions of 
                higher education participating in the Federal work-
                study program;
                    ``(B) a representative sample of employers 
                participating in the Federal work-study program; and
                    ``(C) a representative sample of students 
                participating in the Federal work-study program.
            ``(2) Response rate.--The Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) consult with a survey consultant to develop a 
                target response rate with respect to the electronic 
                surveys required under subsection (a); and
                    ``(B) provide guidance to institution with respect 
                to such developed target response rate.
    ``(e) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall--
            ``(1) provide technical assistance to institutions 
        participating under the Federal work-study program under this 
        part to--
                    ``(A) comply with the amendments made by part C of 
                title IV of the College Affordability Act and the 
                regulations issued pursuant to such part;
                    ``(B) administer the surveys described in 
                subsection (a) to students and employers participating 
                in the Federal work-study program; and
                    ``(C) ensure that Federal work-study positions 
                align with students' educational goals or career goals 
                to the maximum extent practicable; and
            ``(2) issue guidance and provide technical assistance to 
        institutions to support improved partnerships and coordination 
        among financial aid, career services, and academic advisors to 
        administer the Federal work-study program.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated $2,000,000 to carry out subsection (a).''.

SEC. 4209. STUDY AND REPORT.

    (a) Study.--The Comptroller General of the United States shall, not 
later than a reasonable amount of time after the date of the enactment 
of this Act, conduct a study on best practices for assisting students 
participating in the Federal work-study program under part C of title 
IV of the Higher Education Act (42 U.S.C. 1087-51 et seq.) with--
            (1) connecting to off-campus employers;
            (2) procuring work-based learning opportunities through 
        such program;
            (3) procuring employment that aligns with students' 
        educational goals or career goals;
            (4) locating employment through job location and 
        development programs;
            (5) procuring employment in high-demand occupations;
            (6) balancing employment with academic programs to improve 
        graduation and completion rates; and
            (7) with respect to students with exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b-2(c)(2)))--
                    (A) locating and coordinating work-study employment 
                during qualified periods of nonenrollment;
                    (B) increasing participation of such students in 
                such work-study program; and
                    (C) limiting the need for additional employment 
                outside the work-study program.
    (b) Report.--Not later than one year after the date on which the 
study required under subsection (a) is completed, the Comptroller 
General of the United States shall submit to Congress a report 
summarizing the findings of such study.
    (c) Publish Report.--The Comptroller General of the United States 
shall make the report required under subsection (b) available to the 
public on the website of the Government Accountability Office.

                  PART D--FEDERAL DIRECT LOAN PROGRAM

SEC. 4301. PROGRAM AUTHORITY.

    Section 451(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``and (2)'' and inserting ``(2)''; and
            (2) by inserting ``; and (3) to make loans under section 
        460A and section 460B'' after ``section 459A''.

SEC. 4302. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LOANS AND REPAYMENT 
              PLANS.

    (a) Repeal of Origination Fees.--Subsection (c) of section 455 of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(c)) is repealed.
    (b) Rulemaking Regarding Termination of Certain Repayment Plans.--
Beginning on the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of 
Education shall carry out a plan to end all eligibility for repayment 
plans other than a fixed repayment plan described in section 493E and 
an income-based repayment plan described under section 493C(f) for 
loans made under part B or D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 
1965, unless the borrower is enrolled in another repayment plan before 
such effective date, in accordance with the amendments made by this 
Act.
    (c) Repayment Plans.--Section 455(d) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(d)) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as 
        paragraphs (3) through (6), respectively;
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (1), the following:
            ``(2) Design and selection on and after july 1, 2021.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding paragraph (1), 
                for the borrower of a loan made on or after July 1, 
                2021, and for other borrowers subject to paragraph (7), 
                the Secretary shall offer a borrower of a loan made 
                under this part 2 plans for repayment of such loan, 
                including principal and interest on the loan. The 
                borrower shall be entitled to accelerate, without 
                penalty, repayment on the borrower's loans under this 
                part. The borrower may choose--
                            ``(i) a fixed repayment plan described in 
                        section 493E; or
                            ``(ii) the income-based repayment plan 
                        under section 493C(f).
                    ``(B) Selection by the secretary.--If a borrower of 
                a loan made under this part on or after July 1, 2021, 
                does not select a repayment plan described in 
                subparagraph (A), the Secretary may provide the 
                borrower with a fixed repayment plan described in 
                section 493E.
                    ``(C) Changes in selections.--Beginning on July 1, 
                2021, a borrower of a loan made under this part may 
                change the borrower's selection of a repayment plan in 
                accordance with paragraph (7) and under such terms and 
                conditions as may be established by the Secretary.'';
            (3) in paragraph (6)(B), as redesignated, by striking ``an 
        income contingent repayment plan.'' and inserting ``the income-
        based repayment plan under section 493C(f).''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(7) Borrowers of loans made before july 1, 2021.--A 
        borrower who is in repayment on a loan made under part B or 
        part D before July 1, 2021--
                    ``(A) may choose to retain the repayment plan that 
                the borrower was enrolled in on the day before such 
                date;
                    ``(B) may elect to--
                            ``(i) enter the income-based repayment plan 
                        under section 493C(f); or
                            ``(ii) enter a fixed repayment plan 
                        described in section 493E; and
                    ``(C) after electing to leave a repayment plan 
                other than an income-based repayment plan described 
                under section 493C(f) or a fixed repayment plan 
                described in section 493E, shall not be permitted to 
                re-elect a repayment plan that is not an income-based 
                repayment plan under section 493C(f) or a fixed 
                repayment plan described in section 493E.
            ``(8) Notification and automatic enrollment procedures for 
        borrowers who are delinquent on loans.--
                    ``(A) Authority to obtain income information.--In 
                the case of any borrower who is at least 60 days 
                delinquent on a covered loan, the Secretary may obtain 
                such information as is reasonably necessary regarding 
                the income and family size of the borrower (and the 
                borrower's spouse, if applicable).
                    ``(B) Borrower notification.--With respect to each 
                borrower of a covered loan who is at least 60 days 
                delinquent on such loan and who has not been subject to 
                the procedures under this paragraph for such loan in 
                the preceding 120 days, the Secretary shall, as soon as 
                practicable after such 60-day delinquency, provide to 
                the borrower the following:
                            ``(i) Notification that the borrower is at 
                        least 60 days delinquent on at least 1 covered 
                        loan, and a description of all delinquent 
                        covered loans, nondelinquent covered loans, and 
                        noncovered loans of the borrower.
                            ``(ii) A brief description of the repayment 
                        plans for which the borrower is eligible and 
                        the covered loans and noncovered loans of the 
                        borrower that may be eligible for such plans, 
                        based on information available to the 
                        Secretary.
                            ``(iii) The amount of monthly payments for 
                        the covered and noncovered loans under the 
                        income-based repayment plan under section 
                        493C(f) and the fixed repayment plan described 
                        in section 493E, based on information available 
                        to the Secretary, including, if the income 
                        information of the borrower is available to the 
                        Secretary under subparagraph (A)--
                                    ``(I) the amount of the monthly 
                                payment under the income-based 
                                repayment plan under section 493C(f) 
                                and the fixed repayment plan described 
                                in section 493E for which the borrower 
                                is eligible for the borrower's covered 
                                and noncovered loans, based on such 
                                income information; and
                                    ``(II) the income, family size, tax 
                                filing status, and tax year information 
                                on which each monthly payment is based.
                            ``(iv) Clear and simple instructions on how 
                        to select the repayment plans.
                            ``(v) An explanation that, in the case of a 
                        borrower for whom adjusted gross income is 
                        unavailable--
                                    ``(I) if the borrower selects to 
                                repay the covered loans of such 
                                borrower pursuant to the income-based 
                                repayment plan under section 493C(f) 
                                that defines discretionary income in 
                                such a manner that an individual not 
                                required under section 6012(a)(1) of 
                                the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to 
                                file a return with respect to income 
                                taxes imposed by subtitle A of such 
                                Code may have a calculated monthly 
                                payment greater than $0, the borrower 
                                will be required to provide the 
                                Secretary with other documentation of 
                                income satisfactory to the Secretary, 
                                which documentation the Secretary may 
                                use to determine an appropriate 
                                repayment schedule; and
                                    ``(II) if the borrower selects to 
                                repay such loans pursuant to an income-
                                driven repayment plan that is not 
                                described in subclause (I), the 
                                borrower will not be required to 
                                provide the Secretary with such other 
                                documentation of income, and the 
                                borrower will have a calculated monthly 
                                payment of $0.
                            ``(vi) An explanation that the Secretary 
                        shall take the actions under subparagraph (C) 
                        with respect to such borrower, if--
                                    ``(I) the borrower is 120 days 
                                delinquent on 1 or more covered loans 
                                and has not selected a new repayment 
                                plan for the covered loans of the 
                                borrower; and
                                    ``(II) in the case of such a 
                                borrower whose repayment plan for the 
                                covered loans of the borrower is not an 
                                income-driven repayment plan described 
                                in subparagraph (D) or (E) of paragraph 
                                (1), the monthly payments under such 
                                repayment plan are higher than such 
                                monthly payments would be under the 
                                income-based repayment plan under 
                                section 493C(f).
                            ``(vii) Instructions on updating the 
                        information of the borrower obtained under 
                        subparagraph (A).
                    ``(C) Secretary's initial selection of a plan.--
                With respect to each borrower described in subparagraph 
                (B) who has a repayment plan for the covered loans of 
                the borrower that meets the requirements of clause 
                (vi)(II) of subparagraph (B) and has not selected a new 
                repayment plan for such loans in accordance with the 
                notice received under such subparagraph, and who is at 
                least 120 days delinquent on such a loan, the Secretary 
                shall, as soon as practicable--
                            ``(i) provide the borrower with the income-
                        based repayment plan under section 493C(f); and
                            ``(ii) authorize the borrower to change the 
                        Secretary's selection of a plan under this 
                        clause to the fixed repayment plan described in 
                        section 493E.
                    ``(D) Opt-out.--A borrower of a covered loan shall 
                have the right to opt out of the procedures under this 
                paragraph.
                    ``(E) Procedures.--The Secretary shall establish 
                procedures as are necessary to effectively implement 
                this paragraph.
            ``(9) Notification and automatic enrollment procedures for 
        borrowers who are rehabilitating defaulted loans.--
                    ``(A) Authority to obtain income information.--In 
                the case of any borrower who is rehabilitating a 
                covered loan pursuant to section 428F(a), the Secretary 
                may obtain such information as is reasonably necessary 
                regarding the income and family size of the borrower 
                (and the borrower's spouse, if applicable).
                    ``(B) Borrower notification.--Not later than 30 
                days after a borrower makes the 6th payment required 
                for the loan rehabilitation described in subparagraph 
                (A), the Secretary shall notify the borrower of the 
                process under subparagraph (C) with respect to such 
                loan.
                    ``(C) Secretary's selection of plan.--With respect 
                to each borrower who has made the 9th payment required 
                for the loan rehabilitation described in subparagraph 
                (A), the Secretary shall, as soon as practicable after 
                such payment, provide the borrower with the income-
                based repayment plan under section 493C(f), without 
                regard to whether the loan has been so rehabilitated.
                    ``(D) Opt-out.--A borrower of a covered loan shall 
                have the right to opt out of the procedures under this 
                paragraph.
                    ``(E) Procedures.--The Secretary shall establish 
                procedures as are necessary to effectively implement 
                this paragraph.
            ``(10) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Covered loan.--The term `covered loan' 
                means--
                            ``(i) a loan made under this part;
                            ``(ii) a loan purchased under section 459A; 
                        or
                            ``(iii) a loan that has been assigned to 
                        the Secretary under section 428(c)(8) or part 
                        E.
                    ``(B) Noncovered loan.--The term `noncovered loan' 
                means a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this 
                title that is not a covered loan.
            ``(11) Application of prepayment amounts.--
                    ``(A) Requirement.--Notwithstanding any other 
                provision of this subsection or any other provision of 
                law--
                            ``(i) with respect to loans made to an 
                        eligible borrower under this part or part B, 
                        which are held by the same holder and which 
                        have different applicable rates of interest, 
                        the holder of such loans shall, unless 
                        otherwise requested by the borrower in writing, 
                        apply the borrower's prepayment amount (within 
                        the meaning of section 682.209(b) of title 34, 
                        Code of Federal Regulations, or a successor 
                        regulation) for one or more of such loans, 
                        first toward the outstanding balance of 
                        principal due on the loan with the highest 
                        applicable rate of interest among such loans; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) except as provided in clause (i), 
                        with respect to loans made to an eligible 
                        borrower under this part or part B, which are 
                        held by the same holder and which have the same 
                        applicable rates of interest, the holder of 
                        such loans shall, unless otherwise requested by 
                        the borrower in writing, apply the borrower's 
                        prepayment amount (within the meaning of 
                        section 682.209(b) of title 34, Code of Federal 
                        Regulations, or a successor regulation) for one 
                        or more of such loans, first toward the 
                        outstanding balance of principal due on the 
                        loan with the highest principal balance among 
                        such loans.
                    ``(B) Eligible borrower.--
                            ``(i) In general.--For purposes of this 
                        paragraph, the term `eligible borrower' means a 
                        borrower with no outstanding balance of fees, 
                        including collection costs and authorized late 
                        charges, due on any loan made under this part 
                        or part B.
                            ``(ii) Prepayment amounts.--A prepayment 
                        amount (as described in subparagraph (A)) made 
                        by a borrower who is not an eligible borrower 
                        to a holder shall be applied first toward the 
                        borrower's outstanding balance of fees, 
                        including collection costs and authorized late 
                        charges, due on any loan made under this part 
                        or part B held by such holder.''.
    (d) Application.--The amendments made by subsection (c)(4) shall--
            (1) take effect as soon as the Secretary of Education 
        determines practicable after the Secretary finalizes the 
        procedures under section 9004, but not later than 2 years after 
        the date of enactment of this Act; and
            (2) apply to all borrowers of covered loans (as defined in 
        section 455(d)(10) of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as 
        added by subsection (c)(4)).
    (e) Maximum Repayment Period for Income-Contingent Repayment.--
Section 455(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(e)) 
is further amended--
            (1) in paragraph (7)(B)--
                    (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of clause (iv);
                    (B) by striking the period at the end of clause (v) 
                and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(vi) makes payments under the income-
                        based repayment plan under section 493C(f); or
                            ``(vii) makes payments under the fixed 
                        repayment plan described in section 493E.''; 
                        and
            ``(8) Additional qualifying repayment plans.--A borrower 
        repaying a loan pursuant to income-contingent repayment under 
        this subsection may elect at any time to terminate repayment 
        under such repayment plan and repay such loan under the income-
        based repayment plan under section 493C(f) or the fixed 
        repayment plan described in section 493E.''.
    (f) Automatic Recertification of Income for Income-Driven Repayment 
Plans.--Section 455(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087e(e)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (3)--
                    (A) by striking ``does not reasonably reflect the 
                borrower's current income'' and inserting ``whose 
                income has decreased relative to the adjusted gross 
                income available to the Secretary''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``, consistent with the procedures 
                established under paragraph (9)(B)(iv)'' before the 
                period at the end; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(9) Automatic recertification.--
                    ``(A) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term 
                `covered loan' has the meaning given the term in 
                subsection (d)(10).
                    ``(B) In general.--Beginning as soon as the 
                Secretary determines practicable after the Secretary 
                finalizes the procedures under section 9004 of the 
                College Affordability Act, but not later than 2 years 
                after the date of enactment of such Act, the Secretary 
                shall establish and implement, with respect to any 
                borrower described in subparagraph (C), procedures to--
                            ``(i) obtain (for each year of repayment 
                        and without further action by the borrower) 
                        such information as is reasonably necessary 
                        regarding the income of such borrower (and the 
                        borrower's spouse, if applicable), for the 
                        purpose of determining the repayment obligation 
                        of the borrower for such year, including 
                        information with respect to the borrower's 
                        family size in accordance with the procedures 
                        under section 9004 of the College Affordability 
                        Act, subject to clause (ii);
                            ``(ii) allow the borrower, at any time, to 
                        opt out of clause (i) and prevent the Secretary 
                        from obtaining information under such clause 
                        without further action by the borrower;
                            ``(iii) provide the borrower with an 
                        opportunity to update the information obtained 
                        under clause (i) before the determination of 
                        the annual repayment obligation of the 
                        borrower; and
                            ``(iv) in the case of a borrower for whom 
                        adjusted gross income is unavailable--
                                    ``(I) if the borrower has selected 
                                to repay the covered loans of such 
                                borrower pursuant to an income 
                                contingent repayment plan that defines 
                                discretionary income in such a manner 
                                that an individual not required under 
                                section 6012(a)(1) of the Internal 
                                Revenue Code of 1986 to file a return 
                                with respect to income taxes imposed by 
                                subtitle A of such Code may have a 
                                calculated monthly payment greater than 
                                $0, the borrower will be required to 
                                provide the Secretary with other 
                                documentation of income satisfactory to 
                                the Secretary, which documentation the 
                                Secretary may use to determine an 
                                appropriate repayment schedule; or
                                    ``(II) if the borrower has selected 
                                to repay such loans pursuant to an 
                                income contingent repayment that is not 
                                described in subclause (I), the 
                                borrower will not be required to 
                                provide the Secretary with such other 
                                documentation of income, and the 
                                borrower will have a calculated monthly 
                                payment of $0.
                    ``(C) Applicability.--Subparagraph (B) shall apply 
                to each borrower of a covered loan who, on or after the 
                date on which the Secretary establishes procedures 
                under such subparagraph, recertifies income and family 
                size under such plan.
                    ``(D) Other requirements.--The procedures 
                established by the Secretary under this paragraph shall 
                be consistent with the requirements of paragraphs (1) 
                through (7), except as otherwise provided in this 
                paragraph.''.
    (g) Deferment.--Subparagraph (B) of section 455(f)(1) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(f)(1)) is amended to read as 
follows:
                    ``(B) in the case of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, a 
                Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a Federal 
                Direct Consolidation Loan not described in subparagraph 
                (A)(ii), beginning on or after the date of enactment of 
                the College Affordability Act--
                            ``(i) for a deferment during a period 
                        described in paragraph (2)(A)(i), shall accrue 
                        and be capitalized or paid by the borrower; and
                            ``(ii) for a deferment during a period 
                        described in subparagraphs (B) through (D) of 
                        paragraph (2), shall accrue but not be 
                        capitalized.''.
    (h) Separating Joint Consolidation Loans.--Section 455(g) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(g)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``A borrower'' and inserting the following:
            ``(1) In general.--A borrower''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Separating joint consolidation loans.--
                    ``(A) In general.--A married couple, or 2 
                individuals who were previously a married couple, and 
                who received a joint consolidation loan as such married 
                couple under subparagraph (C) of section 428C(a)(3) (as 
                such subparagraph was in effect on or before June 30, 
                2006), may apply to the Secretary for each individual 
                borrower in the married couple (or previously married 
                couple) to receive a separate Federal Direct 
                Consolidation Loan under this part--
                            ``(i) that shall--
                                    ``(I) unless the Secretary receives 
                                notice of an agreement described in 
                                subclause (II)(aa), be equal to the sum 
                                of--
                                            ``(aa) the unpaid principal 
                                        and accrued unpaid interest of 
                                        the percentage of the joint 
                                        consolidation loan that, as of 
                                        the day before such joint 
                                        consolidation loan was made, 
                                        was attributable to the loans 
                                        of the individual borrower for 
                                        whom such separate 
                                        consolidation loan is being 
                                        made; and
                                            ``(bb) any other loans 
                                        described in section 428C(a)(4) 
                                        that such individual borrower 
                                        selects for consolidation under 
                                        this part; or
                                    ``(II) be equal to the sum of--
                                            ``(aa) the unpaid principal 
                                        and accrued unpaid interest of 
                                        the percentage of the joint 
                                        consolidation loan that, as of 
                                        the date of application under 
                                        this paragraph, the married 
                                        couple (or previously married 
                                        couple) agrees shall be 
                                        considered attributable to the 
                                        loans of the individual 
                                        borrower for whom such separate 
                                        consolidation loan is being 
                                        made; and
                                            ``(bb) any other loans 
                                        described in section 428C(a)(4) 
                                        that such individual borrower 
                                        selects for consolidation under 
                                        this part;
                            ``(ii) the proceeds of which shall be paid 
                        by the Secretary to the holder or holders--
                                    ``(I) of the joint consolidation 
                                loan for the purpose of discharging the 
                                liability on the percentage of such 
                                joint consolidation loan described in 
                                subclause (I)(aa) or (II)(aa) of clause 
                                (i); and
                                    ``(II) of the loans selected for 
                                consolidation under subclause (I)(bb) 
                                or subclause (II)(bb) of clause (i) for 
                                the purpose of discharging the 
                                liability on such loans;
                            ``(iii) except as otherwise provided in 
                        this paragraph, that has the same terms and 
                        conditions, and rate of interest as the joint 
                        consolidation loan;
                            ``(iv) for which any payment made under 
                        section 455(m)(1)(A) on the joint consolidation 
                        loan during a period in which the individual 
                        borrower for whom such separate consolidation 
                        loan is being made was employed in a public 
                        service job described in section 455(m)(1)(B) 
                        shall be treated as if such payment were made 
                        on the portion of the separate consolidation 
                        loan described in clause (i)(I)(aa); and
                            ``(v) for which any payment made under any 
                        repayment plan described in section 455(d)(1) 
                        on the joint consolidation loan shall be 
                        treated as if such payment were made on such 
                        portion of such separate consolidation loan.
                    ``(B) Application for separate direct consolidation 
                loan.--
                            ``(i) Joint application.--Except as 
                        provided in clause (ii), to receive separate 
                        consolidation loans under subparagraph (A), 
                        both individual borrowers in a married couple 
                        (or previously married couple) shall jointly 
                        apply under subparagraph (A).
                            ``(ii) Separate application.--An individual 
                        borrower in a married couple (or previously 
                        married couple) may apply for a separate 
                        consolidation loan under subparagraph (A) 
                        separately and without regard to whether or 
                        when the other individual borrower in the 
                        married couple (or previously married couple) 
                        applies under subparagraph (A), in a case in 
                        which--
                                    ``(I) the individual borrower has 
                                experienced from the other individual 
                                borrower--
                                            ``(aa) domestic violence 
                                        (as defined in section 40002(a) 
                                        of the Violence Against Women 
                                        Act of 1994 (34 U.S.C. 
                                        12291(a))); or
                                            ``(bb) economic abuse 
                                        (including behaviors that 
                                        control such borrower's ability 
                                        to acquire, use, and maintain 
                                        access to money, credit, or the 
                                        joint financial obligations of 
                                        both borrowers);
                                    ``(II) the individual borrower 
                                certifies, on a form approved by the 
                                Secretary, that such borrower is unable 
                                to reasonably reach or access the loan 
                                information of the other individual 
                                borrower; or
                                    ``(III) the Secretary determines 
                                that authorizing each individual 
                                borrower to apply separately under 
                                subparagraph (A) would be in the best 
                                fiscal interests of the Federal 
                                Government.
                    ``(C) Borrower eligibility.--Notwithstanding 
                section 428C(a)(3)(A), the Secretary shall award a 
                consolidation loan under this part to each borrower 
                who--
                            ``(i) applies for such loan under 
                        subparagraph (A); and
                            ``(ii) meets the requirements of 
                        subparagraphs (A) and (B).
            ``(3) Consumer reporting agencies.--Upon obtaining a 
        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan that discharges the liability 
        on a defaulted loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this 
        title, the Secretary, guaranty agency, or other holder of the 
        loan shall request any consumer reporting agency to which the 
        Secretary, guaranty agency or holder, as applicable, reported 
        the default of the loan, to remove any adverse item of 
        information relating to a delinquent or defaulted loan made, 
        insured, or guaranteed under this title from the borrower's 
        credit history.''.
    (i) Repeal of Subsidized Loan Usage Limitation.--Subsection (q) of 
section 455 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e) is 
repealed.

SEC. 4303. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PUBLIC SERVICE LOAN 
              FORGIVENESS.

    Section 455(m) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087e(m)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of clause 
                        (iii);
                            (ii) in clause (iv), by striking ``and''; 
                        and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(v) payments under the income-based 
                        repayment plan under section 493C(f); or
                            ``(vi) payments under the fixed repayment 
                        plan described in section 493E; and''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``(i) is 
                employed'' and all that follows through ``has been'' 
                and inserting ``has been'';
            (2) in paragraph (2), by adding at the end the following: 
        ``In the case of a borrower who meets the requirements under 
        paragraph (1) for such cancellation, such cancellation shall 
        occur without further action by the borrower.'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraphs (3) and (4) as paragraphs 
        (9) and (10), respectively; and
            (4) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
            ``(3) Treatment of loan refinanced under sections 460a or 
        460b.--In the case of an eligible Federal Direct Loan 
        refinanced under section 460A or 460B, any monthly payment 
        pursuant to any repayment plan listed in paragraph (1)(A) made 
        on a loan, for which the liability has been discharged by such 
        refinanced loan and without regard to whether such loan is an 
        eligible Federal Direct Loan, shall be treated as a monthly 
        payment under paragraph (1)(A) on the portion of such 
        refinanced loan that is attributable to such discharged loan.
            ``(4) On-line portal.--
                    ``(A) Borrowers.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
                borrowers have access to an on-line portal that 
                provides each borrower who signs on to such portal with 
                the following:
                            ``(i) Instructions on how to access the 
                        database under paragraph (5) so that the 
                        borrower can determine whether the borrower is 
                        employed in a public service job.
                            ``(ii) An identification of the loans of 
                        the borrower that are eligible Federal Direct 
                        Loans.
                            ``(iii) With respect to each such eligible 
                        Federal Direct Loan, the number of monthly 
                        payments on such loan that qualify as a monthly 
                        payment under paragraph (1)(A), and the 
                        estimated number of monthly payments under 
                        paragraph (1)(A) remaining on such loan before 
                        the borrower may be eligible for loan 
                        cancellation under this subsection.
                            ``(iv) With respect to each loan of the 
                        borrower that is not eligible for loan 
                        cancellation under this subsection, an 
                        explanation of why the loan is not so eligible 
                        and instructions on how what, if anything, the 
                        borrower may do to make the loan so eligible.
                            ``(v) Instructions for the submission of 
                        any forms associated with such loan 
                        cancellation, and an ability for the borrower 
                        to use the portal to electronically sign and 
                        submit such forms.
                            ``(vi) In the case of a borrower who 
                        disputes a determination of the Secretary 
                        relating to the entitlement of the borrower to 
                        loan cancellation under paragraph (2)--
                                    ``(I) an ability for the borrower 
                                to file a claim with the Secretary to 
                                dispute such determination through the 
                                portal; and
                                    ``(II) in the case of such a claim 
                                that has been filed, the status of such 
                                claim, for which updates shall be 
                                provided not fewer than once every 90 
                                days.
                    ``(B) Employers.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
                an employer of a borrower has the ability to 
                electronically sign and submit any forms associated 
                with loan cancellation under this subsection.
                    ``(C) Information.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
                any information provided through the on-line portal 
                described in this paragraph is up-to-date information.
            ``(5) Database of public service jobs.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary, in consultation 
                with the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service, 
                shall establish and regularly update a database that 
                lists public service jobs.
                    ``(B) Public availability.--The database 
                established under subparagraph (A) shall be made 
                available on a publicly accessible website of the 
                Department in an easily searchable format.'';
            (5) in paragraph (9), as so redesignated--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) by inserting before the period at the 
                        end the following: ``(including any Federal 
                        Direct Stafford Loan, Federal Direct PLUS Loan, 
                        Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or 
                        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan refinanced 
                        under section 460A)'';
                            (ii) by striking ``The term'' and inserting 
                        the following:
                            ``(i) In general.--The term''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(ii) Treatment of certain consolidation 
                        loan payments.--In the case of an eligible 
                        Federal Direct Loan that is a Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan made on or after the date of 
                        enactment of the College Affordability Act, any 
                        monthly payment pursuant to any repayment plan 
                        listed in paragraph (1)(A) made on a loan, for 
                        which the liability has been discharged by the 
                        proceeds of such Federal Direct Consolidation 
                        Loan and without regard to whether the loan is 
                        an eligible Federal Direct Loan, shall be 
                        treated as a monthly payment under paragraph 
                        (1)(A) on the portion of such Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan that is attributable to such 
                        discharged loan, except that in the case of a 
                        subsequent consolidation loan, for purposes of 
                        this clause--
                                    ``(I) any monthly payment made on 
                                the first consolidation loan or any 
                                other loan for which the liability has 
                                been discharged by such subsequent 
                                consolidation loan shall be applicable; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) any monthly payment made on 
                                a loan for which the liability has been 
                                discharged by such first consolidation 
                                loan shall not be applicable.'';
                    (B) in subparagraph (B)--
                            (i) in clause (i), by striking ``or'' at 
                        the end;
                            (ii) in clause (ii), by striking the period 
                        at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(iii) a full-time job as an employee or 
                        manager of a farm or ranch that, with respect 
                        to a fiscal year, has earnings of gross revenue 
                        during such year from the sale of agricultural 
                        products equal to or greater than--
                                    ``(I) in the case of 2019, $35,000; 
                                or
                                    ``(II) in the case of any 
                                succeeding year, the amount applicable 
                                under this subparagraph for the 
                                previous year, increased by the 
                                estimated percentage change in the 
                                Consumer Price Index for the most 
                                recent year preceding such year; or
                            ``(iv) a full-time job with a veterans or 
                        military service organization as described in 
                        paragraph (19) or (23) of section 501(c) of the 
                        Internal Revenue Code, that does not engage in 
                        partisan political campaign activity.''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Full-time job as health care practitioner.--
                The term `full-time professionals engaged in health 
                care practitioner occupations' includes an individual 
                who--
                            ``(i) has a full-time job as a health care 
                        practitioner;
                            ``(ii) provides medical services in such 
                        full-time job at a nonprofit or public hospital 
                        or other nonprofit or public health care 
                        facility; and
                            ``(iii) is prohibited from being employed 
                        directly by such hospital or other health care 
                        facility by State law.''; and
            (6) in paragraph (10), as so redesignated, by striking 
        ``section 428J, 428K, 428L, or 460'' and inserting ``section 
        428K or 428L''.

SEC. 4304. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOANS TERMS AND CONDITIONS.

    Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 455 the following 
new section:

``SEC. 455A. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOANS.

    ``(a) Designation of Loans.--Loans made to borrowers under this 
section shall be known as `Federal Direct Perkins Loans'.
    ``(b) In General.--It is the purpose of this section to authorize 
loans to be awarded by institutions of higher education through 
agreements established under section 463(f). Unless otherwise specified 
in this section, all terms and conditions and other requirements 
applicable to Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford loans established 
under section 455(a)(2)(D) shall apply to loans made pursuant to this 
section.
    ``(c) Eligible Borrowers.--Any student meeting the requirements for 
student eligibility under section 464(b) (including graduate and 
professional students as defined in regulations promulgated by the 
Secretary) shall be eligible to borrow a Federal Direct Perkins Loan, 
provided the student attends an eligible institution with an agreement 
with the Secretary under section 463(f), and the institution uses its 
authority under that agreement to award the student a loan.
    ``(d) Loan Limits.--The annual and aggregate limits for loans under 
this section shall be the same as those established under section 464, 
and aggregate limits shall include loans made by institutions under 
agreements under section 463(a).
    ``(e) Applicable Rates of Interest.--Loans made pursuant to this 
section shall bear interest, on the unpaid principal balance of the 
loan, at the rate of 5 percent per year.''.

SEC. 4305. COMMON MANUAL FOR LOAN SERVICERS.

    Section 456(a)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087f(a)(2)) is amended in the first sentence by inserting before the 
period at the end the following: ``, including the applicable 
procedures and policies described in the manual developed under section 
493F''.

SEC. 4306. REFINANCING FFEL AND FEDERAL DIRECT LOANS.

    Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 460A. REFINANCING FFEL AND FEDERAL DIRECT LOANS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall establish a program under 
which the Secretary, upon the receipt of an application from a 
qualified borrower, makes a loan under this part, in accordance with 
the provisions of this section, in order to permit the borrower to 
obtain the interest rate provided under subsection (c).
    ``(b) Refinancing Direct Loans.--
            ``(1) Federal direct loans.--Upon application of a 
        qualified borrower, the Secretary shall repay a Federal Direct 
        Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, a 
        Federal Direct PLUS Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidation 
        Loan of the qualified borrower, for which the first 
        disbursement was made, or the application for the consolidation 
        loan was received, before July 1, 2020, with the proceeds of a 
        refinanced Federal Direct Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct 
        Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, or a 
        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan, respectively, issued to the 
        borrower in an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal, 
        accrued unpaid interest, and late charges of the original loan.
            ``(2) Refinancing ffel program loans as refinanced federal 
        direct loans.--Upon application of a qualified borrower for any 
        loan that was made, insured, or guaranteed under part B and for 
        which the first disbursement was made, or the application for 
        the consolidation loan was received, before July 1, 2010, the 
        Secretary shall make a loan under this part, in an amount equal 
        to the sum of the unpaid principal, accrued unpaid interest, 
        and late charges of the original loan to the borrower in 
        accordance with the following:
                    ``(A) The Secretary shall pay the proceeds of such 
                loan to the eligible lender of the loan made, insured, 
                or guaranteed under part B, in order to discharge the 
                borrower from any remaining obligation to the lender 
                with respect to the original loan.
                    ``(B) A loan made under this section that was 
                originally--
                            ``(i) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428 shall be a Federal 
                        Direct Stafford Loan;
                            ``(ii) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428B shall be a 
                        Federal Direct PLUS Loan;
                            ``(iii) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428H shall be a 
                        Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan; and
                            ``(iv) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428C shall be a 
                        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan.
                    ``(C) The interest rate for each loan made by the 
                Secretary under this paragraph shall be the rate 
                provided under subsection (c).
    ``(c) Interest Rates.--
            ``(1) In general.--The interest rate for the refinanced 
        Federal Direct Stafford Loans, Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
        Stafford Loans, Federal Direct PLUS Loans, and Federal Direct 
        Consolidation Loans, shall be a rate equal to--
                    ``(A) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428 or 428H, a Federal Direct 
                Stafford loan, or a Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
                Stafford Loan, that was issued to an undergraduate 
                student, a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct 
                Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                Loans issued to undergraduate students for the 12-month 
                period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on June 
                30, 2020;
                    ``(B) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428 or 428H, a Federal Direct 
                Stafford Loan, or a Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
                Stafford Loan, that was issued to a graduate or 
                professional student, a rate equal to the rate for 
                Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to 
                graduate or professional students for the 12-month 
                period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on June 
                30, 2020;
                    ``(C) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428B or a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, 
                a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct PLUS Loans 
                for the 12-month period beginning on July 1, 2019, and 
                ending on June 30, 2020; and
                    ``(D) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428C or a Federal Direct 
                Consolidation Loan, a rate calculated in accordance 
                with paragraph (2).
            ``(2) Interest rates for consolidation loans.--
                    ``(A) Method of calculation.--In order to determine 
                the interest rate for any refinanced Federal Direct 
                Consolidation Loan under paragraph (1)(D), the 
                Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) determine each of the component loans 
                        that were originally consolidated in the loan 
                        under section 428C or the Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan, and calculate the 
                        proportion of the unpaid principal balance of 
                        the loan under section 428C or the Federal 
                        Direct Consolidation Loan that each component 
                        loan represents;
                            ``(ii) use the proportions determined in 
                        accordance with clause (i) and the interest 
                        rate applicable for each component loan, as 
                        determined under subparagraph (B), to calculate 
                        the weighted average of the interest rates on 
                        the loans consolidated into the loan under 
                        section 428C or the Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan; and
                            ``(iii) apply the weighted average 
                        calculated under clause (ii) as the interest 
                        rate for the refinanced Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan.
                    ``(B) Interest rates for component loans.--The 
                interest rates for the component loans of a loan made 
                under section 428C or a Federal Direct Consolidation 
                Loan shall be the following:
                            ``(i) The interest rate for any loan under 
                        section 428 or 428H, Federal Direct Stafford 
                        Loan, or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                        Loan issued to an undergraduate student shall 
                        be a rate equal to the lesser of--
                                    ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct 
                                Stafford Loans and Federal Direct 
                                Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to 
                                undergraduate students for the 12-month 
                                period beginning on July 1, 2019, and 
                                ending on June 30, 2020; or
                                    ``(II) the original interest rate 
                                of the component loan.
                            ``(ii) The interest rate for any loan under 
                        section 428 or 428H, Federal Direct Stafford 
                        Loan, or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                        Loan issued to a graduate or professional 
                        student shall be a rate equal to the lesser 
                        of--
                                    ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct 
                                Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to 
                                graduate or professional students for 
                                the 12-month period beginning on July 
                                1, 2019, and ending on June 30, 2020; 
                                or
                                    ``(II) the original interest rate 
                                of the component loan.
                            ``(iii) The interest rate for any loan 
                        under section 428B or Federal Direct PLUS Loan 
                        shall be a rate equal to the lesser of--
                                    ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct 
                                PLUS Loans for the 12-month period 
                                beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending 
                                on June 30, 2020; or
                                    ``(II) the original interest rate 
                                of the component loan.
                            ``(iv) The interest rate for any component 
                        loan that is a loan under section 428C or a 
                        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan shall be the 
                        weighted average of the interest rates that 
                        would apply under this subparagraph for each 
                        loan comprising the component consolidation 
                        loan.
                            ``(v) The interest rate for any eligible 
                        loan that is a component of a loan made under 
                        section 428C or a Federal Direct Consolidation 
                        Loan and is not described in clauses (i) 
                        through (iv) shall be the interest rate on the 
                        original component loan.
            ``(3) Fixed rate.--The applicable rate of interest 
        determined under paragraph (1) for a refinanced loan under this 
        section shall be fixed for the period of the loan.
    ``(d) Terms and Conditions of Loans.--
            ``(1) In general.--A loan that is refinanced under this 
        section shall have the same terms and conditions as the 
        original loan, except as otherwise provided in this section.
            ``(2) No automatic extension of repayment period.--
        Refinancing a loan under this section shall not result in the 
        extension of the duration of the repayment period of the loan, 
        and the borrower shall retain the same repayment term that was 
        in effect on the original loan. Nothing in this paragraph shall 
        be construed to prevent a borrower from electing a different 
        repayment plan at any time in accordance with section 
        455(d)(4).
    ``(e) Definition of Qualified Borrower.--
            ``(1) In general.--For purposes of this section, the term 
        `qualified borrower' means a borrower--
                    ``(A) of a loan under this part or part B for which 
                the first disbursement was made, or the application for 
                a consolidation loan was received, before July 1, 2020; 
                and
                    ``(B) who meets the eligibility requirements based 
                on income or debt-to-income ratio established by the 
                Secretary.
            ``(2) Income requirements.--The Secretary shall establish 
        eligibility requirements based on income or debt-to-income 
        ratio that take into consideration providing access to 
        refinancing under this section for borrowers with the greatest 
        financial need.
    ``(f) Notification to Borrowers.--The Secretary, in coordination 
with the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall 
undertake a campaign to alert borrowers of loans that are eligible for 
refinancing under this section that the borrowers are eligible to apply 
for such refinancing. The campaign shall include the following 
activities:
            ``(1) Developing consumer information materials about the 
        availability of Federal student loan refinancing.
            ``(2) Requiring servicers of loans under this part or part 
        B to provide such consumer information to borrowers in a manner 
        determined appropriate by the Secretary, in consultation with 
        the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.''.

SEC. 4307. REFINANCING PRIVATE STUDENT LOANS.

    Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 460B. FEDERAL DIRECT REFINANCED PRIVATE LOAN PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible private education loan.--The term `eligible 
        private education loan' means a private education loan, as 
        defined in section 140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 
        U.S.C. 1650(a)), that--
                    ``(A) was disbursed to the borrower before July 1, 
                2020; and
                    ``(B) was for the borrower's own postsecondary 
                educational expenses for an eligible program at an 
                institution of higher education participating in the 
                loan program under this part, as of the date that the 
                loan was disbursed.
            ``(2) Federal direct refinanced private loan.--The term 
        `Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan' means a loan issued 
        under subsection (b)(1).
            ``(3) Private educational lender.--The term `private 
        educational lender' has the meaning given the term in section 
        140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1650(a)).
            ``(4) Qualified borrower.--The term `qualified borrower' 
        means an individual who--
                    ``(A) has an eligible private education loan;
                    ``(B) has been current on payments on the eligible 
                private education loan for the 6 months prior to the 
                date of the qualified borrower's application for 
                refinancing under this section, and is in good standing 
                on the loan at the time of such application;
                    ``(C) is not in default on the eligible private 
                education loan or on any loan made, insured, or 
                guaranteed under this part or part B or E; and
                    ``(D) meets the eligibility requirements described 
                in subsection (b)(2).
    ``(b) Program Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary, in consultation with the 
        Secretary of the Treasury, shall carry out a program under 
        which the Secretary, upon application by a qualified borrower 
        who has an eligible private education loan, shall issue such 
        borrower a loan under this part in accordance with the 
        following:
                    ``(A) The loan issued under this program shall be 
                in an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal, 
                accrued unpaid interest, and late charges of the 
                private education loan.
                    ``(B) The Secretary shall pay the proceeds of the 
                loan issued under this program to the private 
                educational lender of the private education loan, in 
                order to discharge the qualified borrower from any 
                remaining obligation to the lender with respect to the 
                original loan.
                    ``(C) The Secretary shall require that the 
                qualified borrower undergo loan counseling that 
                provides all of the information and counseling required 
                under clause (i) and clauses (iv) through (xiv) of 
                section 485(b)(1)(A) (as amended by the College 
                Affordability Act) before the loan is refinanced in 
                accordance with this section, and before the proceeds 
                of such loan are paid to the private educational 
                lender.
                    ``(D) The Secretary shall issue the loan as a 
                Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan, which shall 
                have the same terms, conditions, and benefits as a 
                Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, except as 
                otherwise provided in this section.
            ``(2) Borrower eligibility.--The Secretary, in consultation 
        with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the 
        Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall establish 
        eligibility requirements--
                    ``(A) based on income or debt-to-income ratio that 
                take into consideration providing access to refinancing 
                under this section for borrowers with the greatest 
                financial need;
                    ``(B) to ensure eligibility only for borrowers in 
                good standing;
                    ``(C) to minimize inequities between Federal Direct 
                Refinanced Private Loans and other Federal student 
                loans;
                    ``(D) to preclude windfall profits for private 
                educational lenders; and
                    ``(E) to ensure full access to the program 
                authorized in this subsection for borrowers with 
                private loans who otherwise meet the criteria 
                established in accordance with subparagraphs (A) and 
                (B).
    ``(c) Interest Rate.--
            ``(1) In general.--The interest rate for a Federal Direct 
        Refinanced Private Loan is--
                    ``(A) in the case of a Federal Direct Refinanced 
                Private Loan for a private education loan originally 
                issued for undergraduate postsecondary educational 
                expenses, a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct 
                Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                Loans issued to undergraduate students for the 12-month 
                period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on June 
                30, 2020; and
                    ``(B) in the case of a Federal Direct Refinanced 
                Private Loan for a private education loan originally 
                issued for graduate or professional degree 
                postsecondary educational expenses, a rate equal to the 
                rate for Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans 
                issued to graduate or professional students for the 12-
                month period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on 
                June 30, 2020.
            ``(2) Combined undergraduate and graduate study loans.--If 
        a Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan is for a private 
        education loan originally issued for both undergraduate and 
        graduate or professional postsecondary educational expenses, 
        the interest rate shall be a rate equal to the rate for Federal 
        Direct PLUS Loans for the 12-month period beginning on July 1, 
        2019, and ending on June 30, 2020.
            ``(3) Fixed rate.--The applicable rate of interest 
        determined under this subsection for a Federal Direct 
        Refinanced Private Loan shall be fixed for the period of the 
        loan.
    ``(d) No Inclusion in Aggregate Limits.--The amount of a Federal 
Direct Refinanced Private Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidated Loan 
to the extent such loan was used to repay a Federal Direct Refinanced 
Private Loan, shall not be included in calculating a borrower's annual 
or aggregate loan limits under section 428 or 428H.
    ``(e) No Eligibility for Service-Related Repayment.--A Federal 
Direct Refinanced Private Loan, or any Federal Direct Consolidation 
Loan to the extent such loan was used to repay a Federal Direct 
Refinanced Private Loan, shall not be eligible for any loan repayment 
or loan forgiveness program under section 428K, 428L, or 460 or for the 
repayment plan for public service employees under section 455(m).
    ``(f) Private Educational Lender Reporting Requirement.--
            ``(1) Reporting required.--The Secretary, in consultation 
        with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the 
        Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall establish a 
        requirement that private educational lenders report the data 
        described in paragraph (2) to the Secretary, to Congress, to 
        the Secretary of the Treasury, and to the Director of the 
        Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, in order to allow for 
        an assessment of the private education loan market.
            ``(2) Contents of reporting.--The data that private 
        educational lenders shall report in accordance with paragraph 
        (1) shall include each of the following about private education 
        loans (as defined in section 140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act 
        (15 U.S.C. 1650(a))):
                    ``(A) The total amount of private education loan 
                debt the lender holds.
                    ``(B) The total number of private education loan 
                borrowers the lender serves.
                    ``(C) The average interest rate on the outstanding 
                private education loan debt held by the lender.
                    ``(D) The proportion of private education loan 
                borrowers who are in default on a loan held by the 
                lender.
                    ``(E) The proportion of the outstanding private 
                education loan volume held by the lender that is in 
                default.
                    ``(F) The proportions of outstanding private 
                education loan borrowers who are 30, 60, and 90 days 
                delinquent.
                    ``(G) The proportions of outstanding private 
                education loan volume that is 30, 60, and 90 days 
                delinquent.
    ``(g) Notification to Borrowers.--The Secretary, in coordination 
with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the Bureau of 
Consumer Financial Protection, shall undertake a campaign to alert 
borrowers about the availability of private student loan refinancing 
under this section.''.

                     PART E--FEDERAL PERKINS LOANS

SEC. 4401. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR PERKINS LOAN.

    Section 461(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087aa(b)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``(1) In general.--'';
            (2) by striking paragraphs (2) and (3); and
            (3) by redesignating subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) as 
        paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), respectively.

SEC. 4402. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS FOR PERKINS LOAN.

    Section 462 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087bb) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``From'' and 
        inserting ``For any fiscal year before fiscal year 2021, 
        from''; and
            (2) in subsection (i)(1), by striking ``for any fiscal 
        year,'' and inserting ``for any fiscal year before fiscal year 
        2021,''.

SEC. 4403. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOAN ALLOCATION.

    Part E of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087aa et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 462 the 
following:

``SEC. 462A. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOAN ALLOCATION.

    ``(a) Purposes.--The purposes of this section are--
            ``(1) to allocate, among eligible and participating 
        institutions (as such terms are defined in this section), the 
        authority to make Federal Direct Perkins Loans under section 
        455A with a portion of the annual loan authority described in 
        subsection (b)(1); and
            ``(2) to make funds available, in accordance with section 
        452, to each participating institution from a portion of the 
        annual loan authority described in subsection (b), in an amount 
        not to exceed the sum of an institution's allocation of funds 
        under subparagraph (B) of subsection (b)(1) to enable each such 
        institution to make Federal Direct Perkins Loans to eligible 
        students at the institution.
    ``(b) Available Direct Perkins Annual Loan Authority.--
            ``(1) Availability and allocations.--
                    ``(A) In general.--There are hereby made available, 
                from funds made available for loans made under part D, 
                not to exceed $2,400,000,000 of annual loan authority 
                for award year 2021-2022 and each succeeding award 
                year, to be allocated as provided in subparagraph (B).
                    ``(B) Allocation formula.--Except as provided in 
                paragraphs (3), (4), and (5), for each award year, the 
                Secretary shall allocate an amount to each 
                participating institution that is equal to--
                            ``(i) 100 percent of the institutional 
                        undergraduate student need (as determined under 
                        subparagraph (C)) for the preceding award year; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) 25 percent of the institutional 
                        graduate student need (as determined under 
                        subparagraph (D)) for the preceding award year.
                    ``(C) Institutional undergraduate student need 
                calculation.--The institutional undergraduate student 
                need for a participating institution for an award year 
                shall be equal to the sum of the following:
                            ``(i) An amount equal to 50 percent of the 
                        amount that bears the same proportion to the 
                        amount made available under subparagraph (A) 
                        for such award year as the total amount of 
                        Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the 
                        participating institution for the preceding 
                        award year bears to the total amount of Federal 
                        Pell Grant funds awarded at all participating 
                        institutions for the preceding award year.
                            ``(ii) An amount equal to 50 percent of the 
                        amount that bears the same proportion to the 
                        amount made available under subparagraph (A) 
                        for such award year as the total amount of the 
                        undergraduate student need at the participating 
                        institution for the preceding award year bears 
                        to the total amount of undergraduate student 
                        need at all participating institutions for the 
                        preceding award year.
                    ``(D) Institutional graduate student need 
                calculation.--The institutional graduate student need 
                for a participating institution for an award year shall 
                be equal to the amount that bears the same proportion 
                to the amount made available under subparagraph (A) for 
                such award year as the total amount of the graduate 
                student need at the participating institution for the 
                preceding award year bears to the total amount of 
                graduate student need at all participating institutions 
                for the preceding award year.
            ``(2) No funds to non-participating institutions.--The 
        Secretary shall not make funds available under this subsection 
        to any eligible institution that is not a participating 
        institution.
            ``(3) Required minimum amount.--In no case shall the sum of 
        a participating institution's allocation of loan authority 
        computed under paragraph (1)(B) be less than the average of the 
        institution's total principal amount of loans made under this 
        part for each of the academic years 2012-2013 through 2016-
        2017.
            ``(4) Additional adjustments.--If the Secretary determines 
        that the sum of a participating institution's allocation of 
        loan authority under paragraph (1)(B) is below the minimum 
        amount required under paragraph (3), the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) for each participating institution for which 
                the minimum amount under paragraph (3) is not 
                satisfied, increase the amount of such sum to the 
                amount of the required minimum under such paragraph; 
                and
                    ``(B) ratably reduce the amount of the sum of such 
                loan authority of all participating institutions not 
                described in subparagraph (A).
            ``(5) Estimating the year preceding the first year of 
        allocations.--For award year 2021-2022, in calculating an 
        institution's undergraduate student need under paragraph (1)(C) 
        and an institution's graduate student need under paragraph 
        (1)(D), the Secretary may estimate the data with respect to the 
        preceding award year required to make such calculations.
    ``(c) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Annual loan authority.--The term `annual loan 
        authority' means the total original principal amount of loans 
        that may be allocated and made available for an award year to 
        make Federal Direct Perkins Loans under section 455A.
            ``(2) Average cost of attendance.--The term `average cost 
        of attendance' has the meaning given the term in section 
        4202(e)(5)(B).
            ``(3) Graduate student need.--The term `graduate student 
        need' means, with respect to a graduate student for an award 
        year, the lesser of the following:
                    ``(A) The amount equal to (except the amount 
                computed by this subparagraph shall not be less than 
                zero)--
                            ``(i) the average cost of attendance for 
                        the preceding award year, minus
                            ``(ii) such graduate student's expected 
                        family contribution (computed in accordance 
                        with part F of this title) for the preceding 
                        award year.
                    ``(B) The total annual loan limit for a Federal 
                Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan.
            ``(4) Undergraduate student need.--The term `undergraduate 
        student need' means, with respect to an undergraduate student 
        for an award year, the lesser of the following:
                    ``(A) The total of the amount equal to (except the 
                amount computed by this clause shall not be less than 
                zero)--
                            ``(i) the average cost of attendance for 
                        the award year, minus
                            ``(ii) such undergraduate student's 
                        expected family contribution (computed in 
                        accordance with part F of this title) for the 
                        preceding award year.
                    ``(B) The total loan annual limit for a Federal 
                Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and a Federal Direct 
                Loan.
            ``(5) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means an institution of higher education that 
        participates in the Federal Direct Stafford Loan Program.
            ``(6) Participating institution.--The term `participating 
        institution' means an institution of higher education that has 
        an agreement under section 463(f).''.

SEC. 4404. AGREEMENTS WITH INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR 
              PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    (a) Amendments.--Section 463 of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 
1087cc) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the heading, by inserting ``for Loans Made 
                Before July 1, 2021'' after ``Agreements'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3)(A), by inserting ``before July 
                1, 2021'' after ``students'';
                    (C) in paragraph (4), by striking ``thereon--'' and 
                all that follows and inserting ``thereon, if the 
                institution has failed to maintain an acceptable 
                collection record with respect to such loan, as 
                determined by the Secretary in accordance with criteria 
                established by regulation, the Secretary may require 
                the institution to assign such note or agreement to the 
                Secretary, without recompense;''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and the 
                Secretary shall apportion'' and all that follows 
                through ``in accordance with section 462'' and 
                inserting ``and the Secretary shall return a portion of 
                funds from loan repayments to the institution as 
                specified in section 466(b)'';
            (2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
    ``(b) Administrative Expenses.--An institution that has entered 
into an agreement under subsection (a) shall be entitled, for each 
fiscal year during which it services student loans from a student loan 
fund established under such agreement, to a payment in lieu of 
reimbursement for its expenses in servicing student loans made before 
July 1, 2021. Such payment shall be equal to 0.50 percent of the 
outstanding principal and interest balance of such loans being serviced 
by the institution as of September 30 of each fiscal year.''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(f) Contents of Agreements for Loans Made On or After July 1, 
2021.--An agreement with any institution of higher education that 
elects to participate in the Federal Direct Perkins Loan program under 
section 455A shall provide--
            ``(1) for the establishment and maintenance of a Direct 
        Perkins Loan program at the institution under which the 
        institution shall use loan authority allocated under section 
        462A to make loans to eligible students attending the 
        institution;
            ``(2) that the institution, unless otherwise specified in 
        this subsection, shall operate the program consistent with the 
        requirements of agreements established under section 454; and
            ``(3) that if the institution ceases to be eligible to 
        receive Federal loans under this title based on loss of 
        eligibility under section 435(a), as amended, due to a high 
        adjusted cohort default rate, the Secretary shall suspend or 
        terminate the institution's eligibility to make Federal Direct 
        Perkins Loans under section 455A unless and until the 
        institution would qualify for a resumption of eligible 
        institution status under such section.''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by paragraph (2) of 
subsection (a) shall take effect on October 1, 2021.

SEC. 4405. STUDENT LOAN INFORMATION BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS FOR 
              PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    Section 463A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087cc-
1) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``Each institution'' and 
        inserting ``For loans made before July 1, 2021, each 
        institution''; and
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``Each institution'' and 
        inserting ``For loans made before July 1, 2021, each 
        institution''.

SEC. 4406. TERMS OF LOANS FOR PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    Section 464 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087dd) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``section 463'' and 
        inserting ``section 463(a)'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1), by inserting ``made before July 
        1, 2021,'' after ``A loan'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``made before 
                July 1, 2021,'' after ``a loan'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting 
                        ``made before July 1, 2021,'' after ``any 
                        loan''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting 
                        ``made before July 1, 2021,'' after ``any 
                        loan'';
                    (C) in paragraph (3)(B), by inserting ``for a loan 
                made before July 1, 2021,'' after ``Secretary, the 
                repayment period'';
                    (D) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``before July 1, 
                2021,'' after ``for a loan made'';
                    (E) in paragraph (5), by striking ``The 
                institution'' and inserting ``For loans made before 
                July 1, 2021, the institution''; and
                    (F) in paragraph (6), by inserting ``made before 
                July 1, 2021,'' after ``of loans'';
            (4) in subsection (d), by inserting ``made before July 1, 
        2021,'' before ``from the student loan fund'';
            (5) in subsection (e), by inserting ``with respect to loans 
        made before July 1, 2021, and'' before ``as documented in 
        accordance with paragraph (2),'';
            (6) in subsection (g)(1), by inserting ``and before July 1, 
        2021,'' after ``January 1, 1986,'';
            (7) in subsection (h)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)(A) by inserting ``before July 
                1, 2021,'' after ``made under this part''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``before July 1, 
                2021,'' after ``under this part''; and
            (8) in subsection (j)(1), by inserting ``before July 1, 
        2021,'' after ``under this part''.

SEC. 4407. REIMBURSEMENT FOR CANCELLATION OF PERKINS LOANS FOR CERTAIN 
              PUBLIC SERVICE.

    Section 465 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ee) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by inserting ``and before July 1, 
        2021,'' after ``June 30, 1972,''; and
            (2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
    ``(b) Reimbursement for Cancellations.--
            ``(1) Assigned loans.--In the case of loans made under this 
        part before July 1, 2021, and that are assigned to the 
        Secretary, the Secretary shall, from amounts repaid each 
        quarter on assigned Perkins Loans made before July 1, 2021, pay 
        to each institution for each quarter an amount equal to--
                    ``(A) the aggregate of the amounts of loans from 
                its student loan fund that are canceled pursuant to 
                this section for such quarter, minus
                    ``(B) an amount equal to the aggregate of the 
                amounts of any such loans so canceled that were made 
                from Federal capital contributions to its student loan 
                fund.
            ``(2) Retained loans.--In the case of loans made under this 
        part before July 1, 2021, and that are retained by the 
        institution for servicing, the institution shall deduct from 
        loan repayments owed to the Secretary under section 466, an 
        amount equal to--
                    ``(A) the aggregate of the amounts of loans from 
                its student loan fund that are canceled pursuant to 
                this section for such quarter, minus
                    ``(B) an amount equal to the aggregate of the 
                amounts of any such loans so canceled that were made 
                from Federal capital contributions to its student loan 
                fund.''.

SEC. 4408. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS FROM STUDENT LOAN FUNDS FOR PURPOSES 
              OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    Section 466 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ff) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 466. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS FROM STUDENT LOAN FUNDS.

    ``(a) Capital Distribution.--Beginning July 1, 2021, there shall be 
a capital distribution of the balance of the student loan fund 
established under this part by each institution of higher education as 
follows:
            ``(1) For the quarter beginning July 1, 2021, the Secretary 
        shall first be paid, no later than September 30, 2021, an 
        amount that bears the same ratio to the cash balance in such 
        fund at the close of June 30, 2021, as the total amount of the 
        Federal capital contributions to such fund by the Secretary 
        under this part bears to--
                    ``(A) the sum of such Federal contributions and the 
                institution's capital contributions to such fund, less
                    ``(B) an amount equal to--
                            ``(i) the institution's outstanding 
                        administrative costs as calculated under 
                        section 463(b);
                            ``(ii) outstanding charges assessed under 
                        section 464(c)(1)(H); and
                            ``(iii) outstanding loan cancellation costs 
                        incurred under section 465.
            ``(2) At the end of each quarter subsequent to the quarter 
        ending September 30, 2021, the Secretary shall first be paid an 
        amount that bears the same ratio to the cash balance in such 
        fund at the close of the preceding quarter, as the total amount 
        of the Federal capital contributions to such fund by the 
        Secretary under this part bears to--
                    ``(A) the sum of such Federal contributions and the 
                institution's capital contributions to such fund, less
                    ``(B) an amount equal to--
                            ``(i) the institution's administrative 
                        costs incurred for that quarter as calculated 
                        under section 463(b);
                            ``(ii) charges assessed for that quarter 
                        under section 464(c)(1)(H); and
                            ``(iii) loan cancellation costs incurred 
                        for that quarter under section 465.
            ``(3)(A) The Secretary shall calculate the amounts due to 
        the Secretary under paragraph (1) (adjusted in accordance with 
        subparagraph (B), as appropriate) and paragraph (2) and shall 
        promptly inform the institution of such calculated amounts.
            ``(B) In the event that, prior to the date of enactment of 
        the College Affordability Act, an institution made a short-
        term, interest-free loan to the institution's student loan fund 
        established under this part in anticipation of collections or 
        receipt of Federal capital contributions, and the institution 
        demonstrates to the Secretary, on or before June 30, 2021, that 
        such loan will still be outstanding after June 30, 2021, the 
        Secretary shall subtract the amount of such outstanding loan 
        from the cash balance of the institution's student loan fund 
        that is used to calculate the amount due to the Secretary under 
        paragraph (1). An adjustment of an amount due to the Secretary 
        under this subparagraph shall be made by the Secretary on a 
        case-by-case basis.
            ``(4) Any remaining balance at the end of a quarter after a 
        payment under paragraph (1) or (2) shall be retained by the 
        institution for use at its discretion. Any balance so retained 
        shall be withdrawn from the student loan fund and shall not be 
        counted in calculating amounts owed to the Secretary for 
        subsequent quarters.
            ``(5) Each institution shall make the quarterly payments to 
        the Secretary described in paragraph (2) until all outstanding 
        Federal Perkins Loans at that institution have been assigned to 
        the Secretary and there are no funds remaining in the 
        institution's student loan fund.
            ``(6) In the event that the institution's administrative 
        costs, charges, and cancellation costs described in paragraph 
        (2) for a quarter exceed the amount owed to the Secretary under 
        paragraphs (1) and (2) for that quarter, no payment shall be 
        due to the Secretary from the institution for that quarter and 
        the Secretary shall pay the institution, from funds realized 
        from the collection of assigned Federal Perkins Loans made 
        before July 1, 2021, an amount that, when combined with the 
        amount retained by the institution under paragraphs (1) and 
        (2), equals the full amount of such administrative costs, 
        charges, and cancellation costs.
    ``(b) Assignment of Outstanding Loans.--Beginning July 1, 2021, an 
institution of higher education may assign all outstanding loans made 
under this part before July 1, 2021, to the Secretary, consistent with 
the requirements of section 463(a)(5). In collecting loans so assigned, 
the Secretary shall pay an institution an amount that constitutes the 
same fraction of such collections as the fraction of the cash balance 
that the institution retains under subsection (a)(2), but determining 
such fraction without regard to subparagraph (B)(i) of such 
subsection.''.

                         PART F--NEED ANALYSIS

SEC. 4501. CONFORMING AMENDMENT TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    Section 473(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087mm) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``academic year'' and 
        inserting ``award year''; and
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``academic year'' each place it 
                appears and inserting ``award year''; and
                    (B) by striking ``academic years'' and inserting 
                ``award years''.

SEC. 4502. AMENDMENTS TO DATA ELEMENTS WHEN DETERMINING THE EXPECTED 
              FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    Section 474(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087nn(b)) is amended in paragraph (4), by inserting before ``the net'' 
the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three applicant,''.

SEC. 4503. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR DEPENDENT STUDENTS.

    (a) Dependent Students.--Section 475 of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087oo) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(3), by inserting before ``the 
        student'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
        applicant,'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1)(B), by inserting before ``the 
        parents'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
        applicant,''; and
            (3) in subsection (b)(3), by striking ``award period'' and 
        inserting ``award year''.
    (b) Increasing Support for Working Dependent Students.--Section 
475(g)(2)(D) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087oo(g)(2)(D)) is amended to read as follows:
                    ``(D) an income protection allowance (or a 
                successor amount prescribed by the Secretary under 
                section 478) of $9,230 for award year 2021-2022;''.

SEC. 4504. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR INDEPENDENT STUDENTS 
              WITHOUT DEPENDENTS OTHER THAN A SPOUSE.

    (a) Independent Students Without Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--
Section 476(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087pp(a)(1)(B)) is amended by inserting before ``the family's 
contribution'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
applicant,''.
    (b) Increasing Support for Working Independent Students Without 
Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--Section 476 of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087pp) is further amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ``award period'' and 
        inserting ``award year''; and
            (2) by amending subsection (b)(1)(A)(iv) to read as 
        follows:
                            ``(iv) an income protection allowance (or a 
                        successor amount prescribed by the Secretary 
                        under section 478)--
                                    ``(I) for single or separated 
                                students, or married students where 
                                both are enrolled pursuant to 
                                subsection (a)(2), of $14,360 for award 
                                year 2021-2022; and
                                    ``(II) for married students where 1 
                                is enrolled pursuant to subsection 
                                (a)(2), of $23,030 for award year 2021-
                                2022;''.

SEC. 4505. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR INDEPENDENT STUDENTS 
              WITH DEPENDENTS OTHER THAN A SPOUSE.

    (a) Independent Students With Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--
Section 477(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087qq(a)(1)(B)) is amended by inserting before ``the family's 
contribution'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
applicant,''.
    (b) Increasing Support for Working Independent Students With 
Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--Section 477 of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087qq) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(3), by striking ``award period'' and 
        inserting ``award year''; and
            (2) by amending subsection (b)(4) to read as follows:
            ``(4) Income protection allowance.--The income protection 
        allowance is determined by the following table (or a successor 
        table prescribed by the Secretary under section 478), for award 
        year 2021-2022:

                                          ``Income Protection Allowance
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Family  Size                                           Number in College
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      For each
  (including           1                2                3                4               5          additional
   student)                                                                                          subtract:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2              $36,370          $30,160                                                           $6,180
      3               45,290           39,100          $32,890
      4               55,920           49,720           43,540          $37,300
      5               65,990           59,750           53,570           47,360         $41,180
      6               77,170           70,960           64,790           58,540          52,350
For each
additional
   add:                8,710                                                                               ''.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEC. 4506. INSTITUTIONAL CALCULATIONS FOR OFF-CAMPUS ROOM AND BOARD.

    (a) Authority To Prescribe Regulations.--Section 478(a) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087rr(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of subparagraph 
                (A);
                    (B) by striking the period at the end of 
                subparagraph (B) and inserting ``; or''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) to prescribe--
                            ``(i) one methodology that institutions of 
                        higher education (other than institutions that 
                        receive a waiver under clause (ii)) shall use, 
                        or a selection of two or more methodologies 
                        from which such institutions shall select and 
                        use a methodology, to determine the allowance 
                        for room and board costs incurred by students 
                        described in subparagraph (A) of section 472(3) 
                        and by students described in subparagraph (D) 
                        of such section, which shall--
                                    ``(I) ensure that each such 
                                allowance determination is sufficient 
                                to cover reasonable room and board 
                                costs incurred by the students for whom 
                                such allowance is being determined; and
                                    ``(II) include the sources of 
                                information that institutions shall use 
                                in making each such allowance 
                                determination; and
                            ``(ii) a process for granting institutions 
                        of higher education a waiver from the 
                        requirements of clause (i), including--
                                    ``(I) a requirement that each 
                                institution of higher education seeking 
                                such a waiver submit to the Secretary--
                                            ``(aa) a description of the 
                                        methodology that the 
                                        institution will use for each 
                                        allowance determination 
                                        described in clause (i);
                                            ``(bb) an assurance that 
                                        each such allowance 
                                        determination meets the 
                                        requirements of clause (i)(I); 
                                        and
                                            ``(cc) a demonstration that 
                                        the institution will use 
                                        reliable sources of information 
                                        for each such allowance 
                                        determination; and
                                    ``(II) a requirement that each 
                                institution of higher education that 
                                receives such a waiver publicly 
                                disclose on the website of the 
                                institution the methodology and sources 
                                of information used by the institution 
                                for each allowance determination 
                                described in clause (i).''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Any regulation proposed by the Secretary under 
        paragraph (1)(C) of this subsection shall not be subject to the 
        requirements of paragraph (2).''.
    (b) Requirement To Prescribe Regulations.--Not later than 18 months 
after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education 
shall issue regulations that meet the requirements of subparagraph (C) 
of section 478(a)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087rr(a)(1)), as added by subsection (a).

SEC. 4507. UPDATED TABLES AND AMOUNTS TO NEED ANALYSIS.

    Section 478 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087rr) 
is further amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking subparagraphs (A) 
                and (B) and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) In general.--For each award year after award 
                year 2021-2022, the Secretary shall publish in the 
                Federal Register a revised table of income protection 
                allowances for the purpose of sections 475(c)(4) and 
                477(b)(4), subject to subparagraphs (B) and (C).
                    ``(B) Table for independent students.--For each 
                award year after award year 2021-2022, the Secretary 
                shall develop the revised table of income protection 
                allowances by increasing each of the dollar amounts 
                contained in the table of income protection allowances 
                under section 477(b)(4) by a percentage equal to the 
                estimated percentage increase in the Consumer Price 
                Index (as determined by the Secretary for the most 
                recent calendar year ending prior to the beginning of 
                the award year for which the determination is being 
                made), and rounding the result to the nearest $10.''; 
                and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in the first sentence, by striking 
                        ``academic year after academic year 2007-2008'' 
                        and inserting ``award year after award year 
                        2021-2022''; and
                            (ii) in the second sentence, by striking 
                        ``shall be developed'' and all that follows 
                        through the period at the end and inserting 
                        ``shall be developed for each award year after 
                        award year 2021-2022, by increasing each of the 
                        dollar amounts contained in such section for 
                        award year 2021-2022 by a percentage equal to 
                        the estimated percentage increase in the 
                        Consumer Price Index (as determined by the 
                        Secretary for the most recent calendar year 
                        ending prior to the beginning of the award year 
                        for which the determination is being made), and 
                        rounding the result to the nearest $10.''; and
            (2) in subsection (e)(1), by striking ``academic year'' and 
        inserting ``award year''.

SEC. 4508. ZERO EXPECTED FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    Section 479 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ss) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 479. ZERO EXPECTED FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall consider an applicant to 
have an expected family contribution equal to zero if--
            ``(1) in the case of a dependent student--
                    ``(A)(i) the student's parents are not required to 
                file--
                            ``(I) a Federal income tax return; or
                            ``(II) with respect to Internal Revenue 
                        Service Form 1040, any of the following forms: 
                        Schedule A, Schedule B, Schedule C, Schedule C-
                        EZ, Schedule D, Schedule E, Schedule F, 
                        Schedule H, Schedule J, and Schedule SE; and
                    ``(ii) the sum of the adjusted gross income of the 
                parents is less than or equal to $34,000; or
                    ``(B) the student's parents, or the student, 
                received a benefit at some time during the previous 24-
                month period under a means-tested Federal benefit 
                program;
            ``(2) in the case of an independent student without regard 
        to whether the student has dependents other than a spouse--
                    ``(A)(i) the student (and the student's spouse, if 
                any) certifies that the student (and the student's 
                spouse, if any)--
                            ``(I) is not required to file a Federal 
                        income tax return; or
                            ``(II) with respect to Internal Revenue 
                        Service Form 1040, any of the following forms: 
                        Schedule A, Schedule B, Schedule C, Schedule C-
                        EZ, Schedule D, Schedule E, Schedule F, 
                        Schedule H, Schedule J, and Schedule SE; and
                    ``(ii) the sum of the adjusted gross income of the 
                student and spouse (if appropriate) is less than or 
                equal to $34,000; or
                    ``(B) the student received a benefit at some time 
                during the previous 24-month period under a means-
                tested Federal benefit program; or
            ``(3) the applicant is a pathway one applicant under 
        section 483(a)(13).
    ``(b) Earned Income Credit.--An individual is not required to 
qualify or file for the earned income credit in order to be eligible 
under this section.
    ``(c) Adjustments.--The Secretary shall annually adjust the income 
level necessary to qualify an applicant for the zero expected family 
contribution. The income level shall be annually increased by the 
estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index, as defined in 
section 478(f), for the most recent calendar year ending prior to the 
beginning of an award year, and rounded to the nearest $1,000.
    ``(d) Means-Tested Federal Benefit Program Defined.--For purposes 
of this title, a `means-tested Federal benefit program' means a 
mandatory spending program of the Federal Government, other than a 
program under this title, in which eligibility for the program's 
benefits, or the amount of such benefits, are determined on the basis 
of income or resources of the individual or family seeking the benefit, 
and may include such programs as--
            ``(1) the supplemental security income program under title 
        XVI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1381 et seq.);
            ``(2) the supplemental nutrition assistance program under 
        the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), a 
        nutrition assistance program carried out under section 19 of 
        such Act (7 U.S.C. 2028), and a supplemental nutrition 
        assistance program carried out under section 1841(c) of title 
        48 of the United States Code;
            ``(3) the program of block grants for States for temporary 
        assistance for needy families established under part A of title 
        IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
            ``(4) the special supplemental nutrition program for women, 
        infants, and children established by section 17 of the Child 
        Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786);
            ``(5) the State Medicaid program under title XIX of the 
        Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.); and
            ``(6) any other program identified by the Secretary.''.

SEC. 4509. AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITIONS IN NEED ANALYSIS.

    (a) Using Data From the Second Preceding Year.--Section 
480(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087vv(a)(1)(B)) is amended by striking ``may'' in both places it 
appears and inserting ``shall''.
    (b) Changes to Untaxed Income and Benefits.--Section 480(b) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), to read as follows:
            ``(1) The term `untaxed income and benefits' means--
                    ``(A) child support received;
                    ``(B) untaxed portion of pensions;
                    ``(C) payments to individual retirement accounts 
                and Keogh accounts excluded from income for Federal 
                income tax purposes; and
                    ``(D) cash support or any money paid on the 
                student's behalf, except, for dependent students, funds 
                provided by the student's parents.''; and
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of subparagraph 
                (E);
                    (B) by striking the period at the end of 
                subparagraph (F) and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(G) worker's compensation;
                    ``(H) veteran's benefits such as death pension, 
                dependency, or indemnity compensation, or veterans' 
                education benefits as defined in subsection (c);
                    ``(I) interest on tax-free bonds;
                    ``(J) housing, food, or other allowances (including 
                rent subsidies for low-income housing) for military, 
                clergy, and others (including cash payments and cash 
                value of benefits), or the value of on-base military 
                housing or the value of basic allowance for housing 
                determined under section 403(b) of title 37, United 
                States Code, received by the parents, in the case of a 
                dependent student, or the student or student's spouse, 
                in the case of an independent student; or
                    ``(K) any other untaxed income and benefits, such 
                as Black Lung Benefits, Refugee Assistance, or railroad 
                retirement benefits, or benefits received through 
                participation in employment and training activities 
                under title I of the Workforce Innovation and 
                Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3111 et seq.).''.
    (c) Amendment to the Definition of Independent Student As It 
Relates to Foster and Homeless Youth.--Section 480(d)(1)(H) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(d)(1)(H)) is amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding clause (i)--
                    (A) by striking ``during the school year in which 
                the application is submitted'';
                    (B) by inserting ``age 23 or younger'' after 
                ``unaccompanied youth''; and
                    (C) by striking ``terms are'' and inserting ``term 
                is'';
            (2) in clause (i), by inserting ``, or a designee of the 
        liaison'' after ``Act'';
            (3) in clause (ii), by striking ``a program funded under 
        the Runaway and Homeless Youth Act'' and inserting ``an 
        emergency or transitional shelter, street outreach program, 
        homeless youths drop-in center, or other program serving 
        homeless youths,''; and
            (4) in clause (iii), by striking ``program funded under 
        subtitle B of title IV of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (relating to emergency shelter grants)'' and 
        inserting ``Federal TRIO program or a Gaining Early Awareness 
        and Readiness for Undergraduate program under chapter 1 or 2 of 
        subpart 2 of part A,''.
    (d) Streamlining the Determination and Verification Process for 
Foster and Homeless Youth.--Section 480(d) of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(d)) is further amended by adding at the end 
the following:
            ``(3) Simplifying the determination process for 
        unaccompanied youth.--
                    ``(A) Verification.--A financial aid administrator 
                shall accept a determination of independence made by 
                any individual authorized to make such determinations 
                under clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (1)(H) in 
                the absence of conflicting information. A documented 
                phone call with, or a written statement from, one of 
                the authorized individuals is sufficient verification 
                when needed. For purposes of this paragraph, a 
                financial aid administrator's disagreement with the 
                determination made by an authorized individual shall 
                not be considered conflicting information.
                    ``(B) Determination of independence.--A financial 
                aid administrator shall make a determination of 
                independence under paragraph (1)(H) if a student does 
                not have, and cannot obtain, documentation from any of 
                the other designated authorities described in such 
                paragraph. Such a determination shall be--
                            ``(i) based on the definitions outlined in 
                        paragraph (1)(H);
                            ``(ii) distinct from a determination of 
                        independence under paragraph (1)(I);
                            ``(iii) based on a documented interview 
                        with the student; and
                            ``(iv) limited to whether the student meets 
                        the definitions in paragraph (1)(H) and not 
                        about the reasons for the student's 
                        homelessness.
                    ``(C) Additional streamlining permitted.--Nothing 
                in this paragraph prohibits an institution from 
                implementing polices that--
                            ``(i) streamline the determination of 
                        independence under paragraph (1)(H); and
                            ``(ii) improve a student's access to 
                        financial aid because that student is an 
                        unaccompanied youth.
            ``(4) Simplifying the verification process for foster care 
        youth.--
                    ``(A) Verification of independence.--If an 
                institution requires documentation to verify that a 
                student is independent based on a status described in 
                paragraph (1)(B), a financial aid administrator shall 
                consider any of the following as adequate verification:
                            ``(i) Submission of a court order or 
                        official State documentation that the student 
                        received Federal or State support in foster 
                        care.
                            ``(ii) A documented phone call with, a 
                        written statement from, or verifiable data 
                        match with--
                                    ``(I) a child welfare agency 
                                authorized by a State or county;
                                    ``(II) a Tribal child welfare 
                                authority;
                                    ``(III) an Independent Living case 
                                worker;
                                    ``(IV) a public or private foster 
                                care placing agency or foster care 
                                facility or placement;
                                    ``(V) another program serving 
                                orphans, foster care youth, or wards of 
                                the court; or
                                    ``(VI) a probation officer.
                            ``(iii) A documented phone call with, or a 
                        written statement from, an attorney, a guardian 
                        ad litem, or a Court Appointed Special 
                        Advocate, documenting that person's 
                        relationship to the student.
                            ``(iv) A documented phone call with, or a 
                        written statement from, a representative of a 
                        Federal TRIO program or a Gaining Early 
                        Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate 
                        program under chapter 1 or 2 of subpart 2 of 
                        part A.
                            ``(v) Verification of the student's 
                        eligibility for an education and training 
                        voucher under the John H. Chafee Foster Care 
                        Independence Program (42 U.S.C. 677).
                            ``(vi) Documentation of foster care 
                        provided pursuant to section 475(5)(I) of the 
                        Social Security Act (45 U.S.C. 675(5)(I)).
                            ``(vii) Submission of a copy of the 
                        student's biological or adoptive parents' or 
                        legal guardians'--
                                    ``(I) Certificates of Death; or
                                    ``(II) verifiable obituaries.
                            ``(viii) An attestation from the student, 
                        which includes a description of why the student 
                        may qualify for a status described in paragraph 
                        (1)(B), including the approximate dates that 
                        the student was in foster care, dependent, or a 
                        ward of the court, to the best of the student's 
                        knowledge after making reasonable efforts to 
                        provide any requested documentation.
                    ``(B) Additional streamlining permitted.--Nothing 
                in this paragraph prohibits an institution from 
                implementing polices that streamline the determination 
                of independent status and improve a student's access to 
                financial aid because that student is an orphan, in 
                foster care, or a ward of the court, or was an orphan, 
                in foster care, or a ward of the court at any time 
                since such student was 13 years of age or older.
            ``(5) Timing; use of earlier determination.--
                    ``(A) Timing.--A determination under subparagraph 
                (B) or (H) of paragraph (1) for a student--
                            ``(i) shall be made as quickly as 
                        practicable;
                            ``(ii) may be made as early as the year 
                        before the award year for which the student 
                        initially submits an application; and
                            ``(iii) shall be made no later than during 
                        the award year for which the student initially 
                        submits an application.
                    ``(B) Use of earlier determination.--Any student 
                who is determined to be independent under subparagraph 
                (B) or (H) of paragraph (1) for a preceding award year 
                at an institution shall be presumed to be independent 
                for each subsequent award year at the same institution 
                unless--
                            ``(i) the student informs the institution 
                        that circumstances have changed; or
                            ``(ii) the institution has specific 
                        conflicting information about the student's 
                        independence, and has informed the student of 
                        this information and the opportunity to 
                        challenge such information through a documented 
                        interview or an impartial review by the 
                        Borrower Advocate pursuant to section 
                        141(f)(6)(C).
            ``(6) Retention of documents.--A financial aid 
        administrator shall retain all documents related to the 
        determination of independence under subparagraph (B) or (H) of 
        paragraph (1), including documented interviews, for the 
        duration of the student's enrollment at the institution and for 
        a minimum of 1 year after the student is no longer enrolled at 
        the institution.''.
    (e) Excludable Income.--Section 480(e) of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(e)) is amended by striking paragraph (5) and 
inserting the following:
            ``(5) payments made and services provided under part E of 
        title IV of the Social Security Act to or on behalf of any 
        child or youth over whom the State agency has responsibility 
        for placement, care, or supervision, including the value of 
        vouchers for education and training and amounts expended for 
        room and board for youth who are not in foster care but are 
        receiving services under section 477 of such Act; and''.

   PART G--GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO STUDENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS

SEC. 4601. DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE PROGRAM.

    (a) Eligible Program.--Section 481(b) of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088(b))--
            (1) in paragraph (1)(A)(i), by striking ``profession'' and 
        inserting ``occupation'';
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause 
                        (vi); and
                            (ii) by inserting after clause (ii) the 
                        following:
                    ``(iii) has a verified annual earnings rate among 
                individuals who completed the program, as determined 
                under subparagraph (D), that is not less than the 
                average or median annual earnings rate of individuals 
                with only a high school diploma (or the equivalent) 
                based on the most recently available data from the 
                Bureau of Labor Statistics or the Bureau of the Census 
                with respect to--
                            ``(I) such average or median earnings rate 
                        in the United States; or
                            ``(II) subject to subparagraph (E), such 
                        average or median earnings rate in the State or 
                        local area in which the institution offering 
                        the program is located;
                    ``(iv) prepares students for gainful employment in 
                a recognized occupation;
                    ``(v) has been in operation for not less than two 
                consecutive years; and''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(C)(i) For each subsequent year for which a program seeks 
        eligibility under this paragraph, the Secretary shall 
        reevaluate whether the program continues to meet the 
        requirements of clauses (i), (iii), (iv), and (vi) of 
        subparagraph (A). A program that does not meet such 
        requirements for two consecutive award years (or, in the case 
        of a program that does not meet the requirements under 
        subparagraph (A)(iv), for a period of time determined by the 
        Secretary) shall be ineligible to participate in programs under 
        this title--
                    ``(I) for the period of two award years following 
                the last award year for which the program was eligible 
                to participate in such programs; and
                    ``(II) for any subsequent award year, unless the 
                program reapplies for eligibility in accordance with 
                clause (iii) and the Secretary determines that the 
                program meets the requirements of such clauses.
            ``(ii) Not later than 60 days after receiving notification 
        from the Secretary of the loss of eligibility under clause (i), 
        a program may appeal a loss of eligibility to the Secretary. 
        The Secretary may restore the eligibility of a program under 
        this paragraph if the program demonstrates to the Secretary 
        that extenuating circumstances led to the loss of eligibility.
            ``(iii) The Secretary shall issue a decision on any appeal 
        submitted by a program under clause (ii) not later than 45 days 
        after its submission.
            ``(iv) After the expiration of the two-year period 
        described in clause (i)(I), a program that lost eligibility 
        under clause (i) may reapply to the Secretary for a 
        determination of eligibility under this paragraph.
            ``(D)(i) In this subsection, the term `verified annual 
        earnings rate' means the mean or median annual earnings rate 
        (whichever is higher) of individuals who completed a program 
        calculated as of the date that is approximately one year after 
        the date on which such individuals completed the program.
            ``(ii) For the first year for which a program seeks 
        eligibility under this paragraph, the institution that offers 
        such program shall--
                    ``(I) determine the verified annual earnings rate 
                using data obtained on individuals who completed the 
                program;
                    ``(II) obtain an audit of such determination from 
                an independent auditor;
                    ``(III) together with the auditor described in 
                subclause (II), certify the accuracy of the verified 
                annual earnings rate to the Secretary; and
                    ``(IV) determine the completion rate for the 
                program, as described in subparagraph (A)(i), and 
                certify to the Secretary the accuracy of such 
                determination.
            ``(iii) For each subsequent year for which a program seeks 
        eligibility under this paragraph, the Secretary shall determine 
        the verified annual earnings rate and completion rate for the 
        program using data made available to the Secretary through the 
        postsecondary student data system established under section 
        132(l) or a successor system (whichever includes the most 
        recent data).
            ``(E)(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), for purposes of 
        calculating the average annual earnings rate of individuals 
        with only a high school diploma (or the equivalent) under 
        subparagraph (A)(ii) the Secretary shall apply the national 
        average or median earnings rate in the United States.
            ``(ii) The Secretary may apply the average or median 
        earnings rate in the State or local area in which the 
        institution offering a program is located, in lieu of the 
        national average earnings rate, if the institution provides 
        sufficient justification to the Secretary.
            ``(F) Using the postsecondary student data system 
        established under section 132(l) or a successor system to 
        streamline reporting requirements and minimize reporting 
        burdens, and in coordination with the National Center for 
        Education Statistics and each institution of higher education 
        offering an eligible program under this paragraph, the 
        Secretary shall, on at least an annual basis, collect data with 
        respect to each such eligible program, including the following:
                    ``(i) The number and demographics of students who 
                enroll in the program.
                    ``(ii) The number of credits attempted and 
                accumulated annually by students enrolled in the 
                program.
                    ``(iii) The share of such students who cease 
                enrollment on or before the completion of 60 percent of 
                the payment period or period of enrollment.
                    ``(iv) The verified completion rate for the 
                program, as described in subparagraph (A)(i).
                    ``(v) The mean and median annual earnings of 
                graduates and the verified annual earnings rate for the 
                program, as described in subparagraph (A)(ii).
                    ``(vi) The number and demographics of students who 
                complete the program.
                    ``(vii) The outcomes of the students who complete 
                the program, including--
                            ``(I) the share of such students who 
                        continue enrollment at the institution of 
                        higher education offering the program;
                            ``(II) the share of such students who 
                        transfer to another institution of higher 
                        education;
                            ``(III) the share of such students who 
                        complete a subsequent certificate or degree 
                        program;
                            ``(IV) the share of such students who 
                        secure employment 6 months and 1 year, 
                        respectively--
                                    ``(aa) after completion of such 
                                program; or
                                    ``(bb) in the case of a program 
                                that prepares students for a 
                                professional license or certification 
                                exam, after acquiring such license or 
                                certification; and
                            ``(V) in the case of a program that 
                        prepares students for a professional license or 
                        certification exam, the share of such students 
                        who pass such exam.''; and
            (3) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``or in addition to'' 
        after ``in lieu of''.
    (b) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment of 
this Act, the Secretary of Education shall--
            (1) submit to the Committee on Education and Labor of the 
        House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, 
        Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on the 
        impact of eligible programs described in section 481(b)(2) of 
        the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088(b)(2)), as 
        amended by this Act, based on the most recent data collected 
        under subparagraph (F) of such section; and
            (2) make the report described in paragraph (1) publicly 
        available on the website of the Department of Education.

SEC. 4602. DEFINITION OF THIRD PARTY SERVICER.

    Section 481(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``or'' at the end;
            (2) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3); and
            (3) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) any eligible institution of higher education to 
        recruit students; or''.

SEC. 4603. FAFSA SIMPLIFICATION.

    Section 483 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1090) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                        ``process'' and all that follows through the 
                        end of clause (ii) and inserting ``process a 
                        paper version of the forms described in this 
                        subsection, in accordance with subparagraph 
                        (B).'';
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (B);
                            (iii) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as 
                        subparagraph (B); and
                            (iv) in subparagraph (B), as so 
                        redesignated, by striking ``subparagraphs (A) 
                        and (B)'' and inserting ``subparagraph (A)'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking the 
                        end sentence;
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (B), and 
                        redesignating subparagraphs (C) through (H) as 
                        subparagraphs (B) through (G), respectively;
                            (iii) in subparagraph (D), as so 
                        redesignated--
                                    (I) by striking ``The Secretary'' 
                                and inserting the following:
                            ``(i) In general.--The Secretary''; and
                                    (II) by adding at the end the 
                                following:
                            ``(ii) Scholarship granting 
                        organizations.--
                                    ``(I) Authorization.--An 
                                institution of higher education may, 
                                with explicit written consent of an 
                                applicant who has completed a form 
                                developed under this section, provide 
                                such information collected from such 
                                form as is necessary to an organization 
                                described in subclause (II) that is 
                                designated by the applicant to assist 
                                the applicant in applying for and 
                                receiving financial assistance for any 
                                component of the applicant's cost of 
                                attendance at that institution.
                                    ``(II) Definition of 
                                organization.--An organization 
                                described in this subclause--
                                            ``(aa) means a scholarship 
                                        granting organization, 
                                        including a tribal organization 
                                        (defined in section 4 of the 
                                        Indian Self-Determination and 
                                        Education Assistance Act (25 
                                        U.S.C. 5304)) or an 
                                        organization assisting an 
                                        applicant in applying for and 
                                        receiving Federal, State, 
                                        local, or tribal assistance; 
                                        and
                                            ``(bb) shall be subject to 
                                        the requirements of clause 
                                        (i).''; and
                            (iv) in subparagraph (E), as so 
                        redesignated, by striking ``subparagraph (G)'' 
                        and inserting ``subparagraph (F)'';
                    (C) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) by striking ``academic year'' each 
                        place it appears and inserting ``award year'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                        clause (iv); and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Single question regarding homeless status.--
                The Secretary shall ensure that, on each form developed 
                under this section for which the information is 
                applicable, there is a single, easily understood 
                screening question to identify an applicant for aid who 
                is--
                            ``(i) an unaccompanied homeless child or 
                        youth (as such term is defined in section 725 
                        of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act); 
                        or
                            ``(ii) an unaccompanied youth who is self-
                        supporting and at risk of homelessness.
                    ``(D) Incarcerated individuals.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Secretary shall 
                        streamline the forms and processes for an 
                        incarcerated individual (as defined in section 
                        401(n)(4)) to apply for a Federal Pell Grant 
                        under section 401, which--
                                    ``(I) shall be used to determine 
                                the expected family contribution for 
                                such individual as of the date of 
                                enrollment in the course for which the 
                                individual is applying for such Federal 
                                Pell Grant; and
                                    ``(II) may include--
                                            ``(aa) flexibility in the 
                                        submission of any required 
                                        documentation required to 
                                        verify eligibility for a 
                                        Federal Pell Grant; and
                                            ``(bb) assistance in 
                                        rehabilitating loans under 
                                        section 428F.
                            ``(ii) Report.--Not later than 1 year after 
                        the date of enactment of the College 
                        Affordability Act, the Secretary shall submit 
                        to the Committee on Education and Labor of the 
                        House of Representatives and the Committee on 
                        Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the 
                        Senate, and make publicly available on the 
                        website of the Department, a report on how the 
                        forms and processes are being streamlined under 
                        clause (i).'';
                    (D) in paragraph (5)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                        ``paragraphs (2)(B)(iii), (3)(B), and 
                        (4)(A)(ii)'' and inserting ``paragraph 
                        (4)(A)(ii)'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B)--
                                    (I) by striking ``determine'' and 
                                all that follows through ``which'' and 
                                inserting ``determine which''; and
                                    (II) by striking clause (ii);
                            (iii) in subparagraph (C), by striking 
                        ``Beginning'' and all that follows through ``of 
                        the State-specific'' and inserting ``The 
                        Secretary shall publish on an annual basis a 
                        notice in the Federal Register requiring State 
                        agencies to inform the Secretary of the State-
                        specific''; and
                            (iv) by striking subparagraphs (D) through 
                        (F), and redesignating subparagraph (G) as 
                        subparagraph (D); and
                    (E) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(13) FAFSA pathways.--
                    ``(A) Memorandum of understanding.--Not later than 
                the effective date of the College Affordability Act, 
                the Secretary shall seek to enter into a Memorandum of 
                Understanding with the Secretary of Health and Human 
                Services, the Secretary of Agriculture, and the 
                Secretary of the Treasury, under which any information 
                exchanged under an income and eligibility verification 
                system established pursuant to section 1137 of the 
                Social Security Act by State agencies administering a 
                program listed in paragraph (1), (4), or (5) of 
                subsection (b) of such section which may be of use in 
                establishing or verifying eligibility or benefit 
                amounts under such program shall be made available to 
                the Secretary of Education to assist in determining 
                whether the applicant (or, in the case of a dependent 
                applicant, whether the applicant or the applicant's 
                parents) received a benefit at some time during the 
                previous 24-month period under a means-tested Federal 
                benefit program, but subject to the requirements of 
                Federal law.
                    ``(B) Requirement for all applicants and the 
                secretary.--For any award year for which an applicant 
                applies for financial assistance under this title 
                (except for any award year for which, pursuant to 
                paragraph (14), the applicant is not required to submit 
                a FAFSA)--
                            ``(i) the applicant shall provide on the 
                        form described in this subsection whether the 
                        applicant received (or, in the case of a 
                        dependent applicant, whether the applicant or 
                        the parents of the applicant received) a 
                        benefit at some time during the previous 24-
                        month period under a means-tested Federal 
                        benefit program; and
                            ``(ii) the Secretary, to the extent 
                        practicable and pursuant to the Memorandum of 
                        Understanding entered into under subparagraph 
                        (A), and without any further action by the 
                        applicant, shall verify the applicant's (or, in 
                        the case of a dependent applicant, the 
                        applicant's or the applicant's parents') 
                        receipt of such benefit.
                    ``(C) Pathway one applicants.--
                            ``(i) In general.--With respect to an 
                        applicant who received (or, in the case of a 
                        dependent applicant, an applicant who received 
                        or whose parents received) a benefit at some 
                        time during the previous 24-month period under 
                        a means-tested Federal benefit program, the 
                        applicant shall not be required to provide any 
                        further income or asset information on the form 
                        under this subsection.
                            ``(ii) Designation.--For purposes of this 
                        section and part F, an applicant described in 
                        clause (i) shall be referred to as a `pathway 
                        one applicant'.
                    ``(D) Pathway two applicants.--
                            ``(i) In general.--With respect to an 
                        applicant who is not a pathway one applicant 
                        and who is described in clause (ii), the 
                        Secretary, to the extent practicable, shall use 
                        the data retrieval tool under section 484(p) to 
                        obtain any information for the applicant beyond 
                        the information described in subparagraph (A) 
                        for purposes of the form under this subsection.
                            ``(ii) Requirements.--An applicant 
                        described in this clause is an applicant who 
                        certifies that--
                                    ``(I) the applicant is not required 
                                to file or, in the case of a dependent 
                                applicant, no parent of the applicant 
                                is required to file--
                                            ``(aa) a Federal income tax 
                                        return; or
                                            ``(bb) with respect to 
                                        Internal Revenue Service Form 
                                        1040, any of the following 
                                        forms: Schedule A, Schedule B, 
                                        Schedule C, Schedule C-EZ, 
                                        Schedule D, Schedule E, 
                                        Schedule F, Schedule H, 
                                        Schedule J, and Schedule SE; 
                                        and
                                    ``(II) the sum of the adjusted 
                                gross income of the applicant or, in 
                                the case of a dependent applicant, the 
                                parents of the applicant, is less than 
                                or equal to $60,000.
                            ``(iii) Designation.--For purposes of this 
                        section and part F, an applicant described in 
                        clause (i) shall be referred to as a `pathway 
                        two applicant'.
                    ``(E) Pathway three applicants.--
                            ``(i) In general.--With respect to an 
                        applicant who is not a pathway one applicant or 
                        a pathway two applicant, the Secretary, to the 
                        extent practicable, shall use the data 
                        retrieval tool under section 484(p) to obtain 
                        any information for the applicant beyond the 
                        information described in subparagraph (A) for 
                        purposes of the form under this subsection.
                            ``(ii) Designation.--For purposes of this 
                        section and part F, an applicant described in 
                        clause (i) shall be referred to as a `pathway 
                        three applicant'.
                    ``(F) Means-tested federal benefit program 
                defined.--For purposes of this paragraph, the term 
                `means-tested Federal benefit program' has the meaning 
                given the term in section 479(d).
            ``(14) One-time fafsa filing.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding any other 
                provision of this section and subject to subparagraphs 
                (B) and (C), an applicant who submits a FAFSA for the 
                first time for an award year for the period required 
                for the completion of the first undergraduate 
                baccalaureate course of study being pursued by such 
                applicant and is eligible to receive a Federal Pell 
                Grant for such award year, for any succeeding award 
                year--
                            ``(i) for which the applicant does not 
                        submit a FAFSA and for which the applicant 
                        submits a certification form described in 
                        subparagraph (D) that does not indicate a 
                        change in the dependency status of such 
                        applicant, such applicant--
                                    ``(I) shall not be required to 
                                submit a FAFSA to receive financial 
                                assistance under this title; and
                                    ``(II) shall have an expected 
                                family contribution for such year that 
                                is equal to the expected family 
                                contribution of the applicant 
                                determined for the award year for which 
                                the applicant submitted a FAFSA for 
                                such period, except that an adjustment 
                                may be made under section 479A that 
                                results in a change in such expected 
                                family contribution;
                            ``(ii) for which the applicant submits a 
                        certification form described in subparagraph 
                        (D) that indicates a change in the dependency 
                        status of the applicant, such applicant--
                                    ``(I) shall be required to submit a 
                                FAFSA with respect to such award year 
                                to receive financial assistance under 
                                this title; and
                                    ``(II) shall have an expected 
                                family contribution for such year that 
                                is determined based on such FAFSA;
                            ``(iii) for which the applicant submits a 
                        FAFSA, such applicant--
                                    ``(I) shall have an expected family 
                                contribution for such year that is 
                                determined based on such FAFSA; and
                                    ``(II) shall be required to submit 
                                a FAFSA for any other award year for 
                                which the applicant seeks financial 
                                assistance under this title; and
                            ``(iv) for which the applicant does not 
                        submit a certification form described in 
                        subparagraph (D), such applicant shall submit a 
                        FAFSA for such succeeding award year and any 
                        other award year for which the applicant seeks 
                        financial assistance under this title.
                    ``(B) Adjustment of expected family contribution.--
                With respect to an applicant described in subparagraph 
                (A)(i) who receives an adjustment under section 479A 
                that results in a change to the expected family 
                contribution of the applicant, for any succeeding award 
                year after the award year for which the adjustment was 
                made, subclause (II) of such subparagraph shall be 
                applied to such applicant by substituting `expected 
                family contribution of the applicant as most recently 
                changed as a result of an adjustment under section 479A 
                for such applicant' for the `expected family 
                contribution of the applicant determined for the award 
                year for which the applicant submitted a FAFSA for such 
                period'.
                    ``(C) Rule for certain students.--With respect to 
                an applicant who submits a FAFSA for award year 2021-
                2022 and enrolls in an institution of higher education 
                for such year, subparagraph (A) shall be applied--
                            ``(i) in the matter preceding clause (i), 
                        by substituting `award year 2021-2022' for `the 
                        first time for an award year'; and
                            ``(ii) in clause (i)(II), by substituting 
                        `award year 2021-2022' for `the award year for 
                        which the applicant submitted a FAFSA for such 
                        period'.
                    ``(D) Student certification form.--The Secretary, 
                in cooperation with representatives of agencies and 
                organizations involved in student financial assistance, 
                shall use behavioral science insights to produce, 
                distribute, and process free of charge a short and 
                simple consumer-tested certification form that uses 
                skip logic to bypass fields that are inapplicable to an 
                applicant. Such form shall not require an applicant to 
                provide data that the Secretary may otherwise obtain 
                with respect to the applicant (such as age or active 
                duty military status), and may only contain the data 
                elements required for purposes of subparagraph (A)(i)--
                            ``(i) to confirm whether the applicant is--
                                    ``(I) a dependent student;
                                    ``(II) a single independent student 
                                or a married independent student 
                                without dependents (other than a 
                                spouse); or
                                    ``(III) an independent student with 
                                dependents other than a spouse;
                            ``(ii) to allow the applicant to update the 
                        contact information of such applicant or the 
                        Federal School Code of the institution of 
                        higher education in which the applicant is, or 
                        will be enrolled, for the award year for which 
                        the applicant submits such form; and
                            ``(iii) to ask whether the applicant's need 
                        and eligibility for financial assistance under 
                        this title has not changed substantially since 
                        the most recent of the following:
                                    ``(I) The applicant submitted a 
                                FAFSA.
                                    ``(II) The applicant received an 
                                adjustment under section 479A that 
                                results in a change to the expected 
                                family contribution of the applicant.
                    ``(E) Definitions.--In this paragraph:
                            ``(i) Dependency status.--The term 
                        `dependency status' means the status of an 
                        applicant as--
                                    ``(I) a dependent student;
                                    ``(II) a single independent student 
                                or a married independent student 
                                without dependents (other than a 
                                spouse); or
                                    ``(III) an independent student with 
                                dependents other than a spouse.
                            ``(ii) Succeeding award year.--The term 
                        `succeeding award year'--
                                    ``(I) when used with respect to an 
                                applicant who submits a FAFSA for the 
                                first time for an award year for the 
                                period required for the completion of 
                                the first undergraduate baccalaureate 
                                course of study being pursued by such 
                                applicant, means any award year for 
                                such period that follows the award year 
                                for which the applicant submits such 
                                FAFSA; and
                                    ``(II) when used with respect to an 
                                applicant described in subparagraph 
                                (C), means any award year after award 
                                year 2021-2022 for the period required 
                                for the completion of the first 
                                undergraduate baccalaureate course of 
                                study being pursued by such applicant.
            ``(15) FAFSA in various languages.--The Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) translate the form developed under this 
                subsection into not fewer than 11 foreign languages 
                based on the languages most often spoken by English 
                learner students and their parents, and make the 
                translated form available and accessible to applicants 
                in paper and electronic formats; and
                    ``(B) ensure that the form developed under this 
                subsection is available in formats accessible to 
                individuals with disabilities.'';
            (2) in subsection (c), by striking the last sentence;
            (3) in subsection (d)(3)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and EZ 
                FAFSA''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``and EZ 
                FAFSA'';
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3) by striking ``or, as 
                appropriate, an EZ FAFSA''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (5)(D), by striking ``or, as 
                appropriate, an EZ FAFSA,'';
            (5) by amending subsection (f) to read as follows:
    ``(f) Use of Internal Revenue Service Data Retrieval Tool To 
Populate FAFSA.--
            ``(1) Simplification efforts.--The Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) make every effort to allow applicants to 
                utilize the data retrieval tool to transfer data 
                available from the Internal Revenue Service to reduce 
                the amount of original data entry by applicants and 
                strengthen the reliability of data used to calculate 
                expected family contributions, including through the 
                use of technology to--
                            ``(i) allow an applicant to automatically 
                        populate the electronic version of the forms 
                        under this paragraph with data available from 
                        the Internal Revenue Service; and
                            ``(ii) direct an applicant to appropriate 
                        questions on such forms based on the 
                        applicant's answers to previous questions; and
                    ``(B) allow taxpayers, regardless of filing status, 
                to utilize the data retrieval tool to its full 
                capacity.
            ``(2) Use of tax return in application process.--The 
        Secretary shall continue to examine whether data provided by 
        the Internal Revenue Service can be used to generate an 
        expected family contribution without additional action on the 
        part of the student and taxpayer.
            ``(3) Reports on fafsa simplification efforts.--Not less 
        than once every other year, the Secretary shall report to the 
        authorizing committees and the Committees on Appropriations of 
        the House of Representatives and the Senate on the progress of 
        the simplification efforts under this subsection.'';
            (6) by repealing subsection (g);
            (7) redesignating subsection (h) as subsection (g); and
            (8) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(h) Data Transparency on the Number of Applicants.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall annually publish 
        data on the number of individuals who apply for Federal student 
        aid pursuant to this section who are homeless individuals 
        described in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a), including unaccompanied 
        youth and foster care youth.
            ``(2) Contents.--The data described in paragraph (1) with 
        respect to homeless individuals shall include, at a minimum, 
        for each application cycle--
                    ``(A) the total number of all applicants who were 
                determined to be (or to be at risk of becoming) 
                unaccompanied homeless youth under section 
                480(d)(1)(H);
                    ``(B) the number of applicants described in 
                subparagraph (A), disaggregated--
                            ``(i) by State; and
                            ``(ii) by the sources of determination as 
                        described in clauses (i) through (iv) of 
                        section 480(d)(1)(H); and
                    ``(C) the number of undetermined requests for 
                homelessness consideration, including statuses that 
                remain unknown because no determination had been made 
                in response to the applicant's request for the 
                institution to consider the applicant's special 
                circumstance of being homeless.
    ``(i) Prohibition on Questions Relating to Drug Offenses.--The 
Secretary may not include on the forms developed under this subsection 
any data items relating to whether an applicant has a conviction of any 
offense under any Federal or State law involving the possession or sale 
of a controlled substance (as defined in section 102(6) of the 
Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 802(6)).
    ``(j) FAFSA Verification.--
            ``(1) In general.--With respect to applicants who submit a 
        FAFSA for an award year and were determined using data provided 
        in such FAFSA to be eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant 
        for such award year, the Secretary shall submit to the 
        authorizing committees, and make publicly available, a report 
        for such award year on--
                    ``(A) the number and share of such applicants who 
                received a Federal Pell Grant for such award year;
                    ``(B) the number and share of such applicants who 
                did not receive a Federal Pell Grant for such year;
                    ``(C) the number and share of such applicants who 
                were selected by the Secretary for verification of the 
                data provided in the FAFSA;
                    ``(D) to the extent practicable, the number and 
                share of applicants described in subparagraph (C) who 
                enrolled in an institution of higher education in a 
                year after such selection;
                    ``(E) the number and share of applicants described 
                in subparagraph (C) who completed the verification 
                process;
                    ``(F) of the applicants described in subparagraph 
                (E)--
                            ``(i) the average of the expected family 
                        contribution for all such applicants as 
                        determined using data provided in the FAFSA;
                            ``(ii) the average of the expected family 
                        contribution difference for all such 
                        applicants;
                            ``(iii) the average of the expected family 
                        contribution difference for all such applicants 
                        whose expected family contribution as 
                        determined using data provided in the 
                        verification process was greater than the 
                        expected family contribution as determined 
                        using data provided in the FAFSA; and
                            ``(iv) the average of the expected family 
                        contribution difference for all such applicants 
                        whose expected family contribution as 
                        determined using data provided in the FAFSA was 
                        greater than the expected family contribution 
                        as determined using data provided in the 
                        verification process;
                    ``(G) of the applicants described in subparagraph 
                (E)--
                            ``(i) the average Federal Pell Grant amount 
                        for all such applicants as determined using 
                        data provided in the FAFSA;
                            ``(ii) the average of the Federal Pell 
                        Grant difference for all such applicants;
                            ``(iii) the average of the Federal Pell 
                        Grant difference for all such applicants whose 
                        Federal Pell Grant amount as determined using 
                        data provided in the verification process was 
                        greater than the Federal Pell Grant amount as 
                        determined using data provided in the FAFSA;
                            ``(iv) the average of the Federal Pell 
                        Grant difference for all such applicants whose 
                        Federal Pell Grant amount as determined using 
                        data provided in the FAFSA was greater than the 
                        Federal Pell Grant amount as determined using 
                        data provided in the verification process; and
                            ``(v) the number and share of such 
                        applicants who were determined using the data 
                        provided in the verification process to be 
                        ineligible for a Federal Pell Grant;
                    ``(H) the number and share of applicants described 
                in subparagraph (C) who received a Federal Pell Grant 
                for such award year; and
                    ``(I) the number and share of applicants described 
                in subparagraph (C) who did not receive a Federal Pell 
                Grant for such award year.
            ``(2) Disaggregation.--The data provided in a report under 
        paragraph (1) shall be disaggregated--
                    ``(A) by applicants who were pathway one applicants 
                for such year;
                    ``(B) by applicants who were pathway two applicants 
                for such year;
                    ``(C) by applicants who were pathway three 
                applicants for such year; and
                    ``(D) with respect to applicants described in 
                subparagraphs (C) and (E), the verification tracking 
                groups of such applicants.
            ``(3) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Expected family contribution difference.--The 
                term `expected family contribution difference' means, 
                with respect to an applicant who completed a 
                verification process with respect to the FAFSA, the 
                difference between--
                            ``(i) the expected family contribution of 
                        such applicant as determined using data 
                        provided in the FAFSA; and
                            ``(ii) the expected family contribution of 
                        such applicant as determined using data 
                        provided in the verification process.
                    ``(B) Federal pell grant difference.--The term 
                `Federal Pell Grant difference' means, with respect to 
                an applicant who completed a verification process with 
                respect to the FAFSA, the difference between--
                            ``(i) the amount of the Federal Pell Grant 
                        of such applicant as determined using data 
                        provided in the FAFSA; and
                            ``(ii) the amount of the Federal Pell Grant 
                        of such applicant as determined using data 
                        provided in the verification process.
    ``(k) Financial Aid Offers.--
            ``(1) Requirements for offers.--
                    ``(A) Secretarial requirements.--Not later than 18 
                months after the date of enactment of the College 
                Affordability Act, the Secretary shall, based on the 
                consumer testing conducted under subparagraph (E), 
                publish requirements for financial aid offers that 
                shall--
                            ``(i) include a requirement that financial 
                        aid offers shall serve as the primary source 
                        for Federal, State, and institutional financial 
                        aid information provided by an institution of 
                        higher education participating in any program 
                        under this title to each prospective student 
                        accepted for admission and each enrolled 
                        student at such institution;
                            ``(ii) include a requirement that such 
                        offers include a standardized quick reference 
                        box described in subparagraph (D);
                            ``(iii) establish standardized terms and 
                        definitions, including for the elements listed 
                        in subparagraph (C), that shall be included in 
                        each such offer;
                            ``(iv) establish formatting requirements 
                        with respect to the organization of the 
                        elements listed in subparagraph (C), which 
                        shall include a requirement that prohibits such 
                        offers from displaying loans in a manner that 
                        indicates or implies that such loans reduce the 
                        amount owed to the institution or reduce the 
                        net price; and
                            ``(v) specify the simple, plain-language, 
                        and consumer-friendly information to be 
                        included in each such offer with respect to the 
                        financial aid being offered to a student, which 
                        shall include--
                                    ``(I) an explanation of differences 
                                among each such type of financial aid, 
                                including clear explanations that--
                                            ``(aa) grants and 
                                        scholarships do not have to be 
                                        repaid;
                                            ``(bb) loans (including 
                                        loans made under part D and 
                                        private education loans (as 
                                        defined in section 140 of the 
                                        Truth in Lending Act)) must be 
                                        repaid with interest; and
                                            ``(cc) payments under 
                                        Federal-work study programs 
                                        under part C are contingent on 
                                        finding qualified employment 
                                        and are typically disbursed 
                                        incrementally in paychecks;
                                    ``(II) information encouraging 
                                students to consider loans made under 
                                part D before such private education 
                                loans;
                                    ``(III) information clarifying that 
                                students may--
                                            ``(aa) decline to accept a 
                                        loan made under part D; or
                                            ``(bb) accept an amount of 
                                        such loan that is less than the 
                                        amount of such loan included in 
                                        the financial aid offer; and
                                    ``(IV) in a case in which the 
                                institution offers a student such a 
                                loan in an amount that is less than the 
                                maximum amount for which the student is 
                                eligible, an explanation that the 
                                student is eligible for additional 
                                loans under part D.
                    ``(B) Institutional requirements.--Beginning with 
                the award year that begins not less than 1 year after 
                the Secretary publishes requirements under subparagraph 
                (A), each institution of higher education described in 
                subparagraph (A)(i) shall provide a financial aid offer 
                to each student described in such subparagraph prior to 
                each academic year that--
                            ``(i) shall comply with the requirements 
                        published by the Secretary under subparagraph 
                        (A); and
                            ``(ii) may be supplemented by the 
                        institution with additional, non-contradictory 
                        information related to financial aid as long as 
                        such supplementary information uses the 
                        standardized terms and definitions described in 
                        subparagraph (A)(iii).
                    ``(C) Elements.--A financial aid offer provided by 
                an institution of higher education shall include the 
                following elements with respect to the academic year 
                for which the offer is being provided:
                            ``(i) The cost of attendance, which shall 
                        include separately calculated subtotals of--
                                    ``(I) an itemized list of estimated 
                                direct costs owed to the institution; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) an itemized list of 
                                anticipated student expenses not 
                                covered under subclause (I).
                            ``(ii) Federal, State, and institutional 
                        financial aid available to the student, which 
                        shall include separately calculated subtotals 
                        of--
                                    ``(I) grants and scholarships;
                                    ``(II) loans made under part D 
                                (excluding Federal Direct Parent PLUS 
                                Loans) and part E; and
                                    ``(III) Federal-work study programs 
                                under part C and other on-campus 
                                employment.
                            ``(iii) Other options that may be available 
                        to students to cover the cost of attendance 
                        (including Federal Direct Parent PLUS Loans, 
                        tuition payment plans, savings, and earnings 
                        from other employment).
                            ``(iv) The net price, which shall be 
                        determined by calculating the difference 
                        between--
                                    ``(I) the cost of attendance 
                                described in clause (i); and
                                    ``(II) the grants and scholarships 
                                described in clause (ii)(I).
                            ``(v) Next step instructions, including--
                                    ``(I) the process and deadlines for 
                                accepting the financial aid; and
                                    ``(II) information about where to 
                                find additional information on the 
                                financial aid offered.
                            ``(vi) Any other information determined 
                        necessary by the Secretary based on the 
                        consumer testing conducted under subparagraph 
                        (E), which may include the following:
                                    ``(I) An estimate of the net direct 
                                cost, which shall be determined by 
                                calculating the difference between--
                                            ``(aa) the direct costs 
                                        owed to the institution 
                                        described in clause (i)(I); and
                                            ``(bb) the grants and 
                                        scholarships described in 
                                        clause (ii)(I).
                                    ``(II) Information on average 
                                student debt, loan repayment and 
                                default rates, loan repayment options, 
                                and graduation rates.
                                    ``(III) In the case of a 
                                prospective student, the process and 
                                deadlines for enrolling at the 
                                institution.
                                    ``(IV) Information regarding the 
                                enrollment period covered by the aid 
                                offer, and whether the cost and aid 
                                estimates are based on full-time or 
                                part-time enrollment.
                    ``(D) Standardized quick reference box.--A 
                financial aid offer provided by an institution of 
                higher education shall include a standardized quick 
                reference box to enable students to quickly and easily 
                compare key information on college costs and financial 
                aid--
                            ``(i) that shall be included in an 
                        identical fashion for each student receiving a 
                        financial aid offer from the institution on the 
                        first page of such offer;
                            ``(ii) the contents and structure of which 
                        shall be developed through consumer testing 
                        conducted under paragraph (E); and
                            ``(iii) that shall include not more than 8 
                        elements, which, at a minimum, shall include--
                                    ``(I) the cost of attendance;
                                    ``(II) grants and scholarships; and
                                    ``(III) net price (as calculated 
                                under subparagraph (C)(iv)).
                    ``(E) Consumer testing.--The Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) conduct consumer testing that shall 
                        serve as the basis in determining the 
                        requirements for financial aid offers published 
                        under subparagraph (A), which shall include 
                        students (including low-income students, 
                        English learners, first generation college 
                        students, veteran students, graduate students, 
                        and undergraduate students (including 
                        prospective students and returning students)), 
                        students' families (including low-income 
                        families, families of English learners, and 
                        families with first generation college 
                        students), institutions of higher education 
                        (including representatives from two- and four-
                        year institutions, public and private 
                        institutions, and minority-serving 
                        institutions), secondary school and 
                        postsecondary counselors, financial aid 
                        administrators, nonprofit college access 
                        organizations, and nonprofit consumer groups; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) not later than 60 days after the 
                        publication of the requirements under 
                        subparagraph (A)--
                                    ``(I) issue a report on the 
                                findings of the consumer testing under 
                                this subparagraph; and
                                    ``(II) specify ways in which the 
                                findings are reflected in such 
                                requirements.
            ``(2) Definitions.--In this subsection--
                    ``(A) the term `English learner' has the meaning 
                given the term in section 8101(20) of the Elementary 
                and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                7801(20)), except that such term does not include 
                individuals described in subparagraph (B) of such 
                section;
                    ``(B) the term `first generation college student' 
                has the meaning given the term in section 402A(h);
                    ``(C) the term `low-income student' has the meaning 
                given the term in section 419N(b)(7); and
                    ``(D) the term `minority-serving institution' means 
                an institution of higher education described in section 
                371(a).''.

SEC. 4604. STUDENT ELIGIBILITY.

    (a) In General.--Section 484(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1091(a)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(a) In General.--
            ``(1) Grants; loans; work assistance.--In order to receive 
        any grant, loan, or work assistance under this title, a student 
        must--
                    ``(A) be enrolled or accepted for enrollment in a 
                degree, certificate, or other program (including a 
                program of study abroad approved for credit by the 
                eligible institution at which such student is enrolled) 
                leading to a recognized educational credential at an 
                institution of higher education that is an eligible 
                institution in accordance with the provisions of 
                section 487, except as provided in subsections (b)(3) 
                and (b)(4), and not be enrolled in an elementary or 
                secondary school;
                    ``(B) if the student is presently enrolled at an 
                institution, be maintaining satisfactory progress in 
                the course of study the student is pursuing in 
                accordance with the provisions of subsection (c);
                    ``(C) not owe a refund on grants previously 
                received at any institution under this title, or be in 
                default on any loan from a student loan fund at any 
                institution provided for in part E, or a loan made, 
                insured, or guaranteed by the Secretary under this 
                title for attendance at any institution;
                    ``(D) file with the Secretary, as part of the 
                original financial aid application process, a 
                certification, which need not be notarized, but which 
                shall include--
                            ``(i) a statement of educational purpose 
                        stating that the money attributable to such 
                        grant, loan, or loan guarantee will be used 
                        solely for expenses related to attendance or 
                        continued attendance at such institution; and
                            ``(ii) such student's social security 
                        number; and
                    ``(E) if the student has been convicted of, or has 
                pled nolo contendere or guilty to, a crime involving 
                fraud in obtaining funds under this title, have 
                completed the repayment of such funds to the Secretary, 
                or to the holder in the case of a loan under this title 
                obtained by fraud.
            ``(2) Grants; loans; work assistance; services.--
                    ``(A) In general.--In order to receive any grant, 
                loan, or work assistance under this title, or any 
                service provided pursuant to a program or project 
                funded under this title, a student must--
                            ``(i) be a citizen, national, or permanent 
                        resident of the United States;
                            ``(ii) be able to provide evidence from the 
                        Department of Homeland Security that he or she 
                        is in the United States for other than a 
                        temporary purpose with the intention of 
                        becoming a citizen or permanent resident;
                            ``(iii) have temporary protected status 
                        under section 244 of the Immigration and 
                        Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1254a); or
                            ``(iv) be a Dreamer student, as defined in 
                        subsection (q).
                    ``(B) Exceptions.--Subparagraph (A) shall not be 
                construed to affect eligibility for participation in 
                projects funded under chapter 2 of subpart 2 of part A 
                or section 418A(b).''.
    (b) Exception to Required Registration With Selective Service 
System.--Section 484 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1091) is further amended--
            (1) by repealing subsection (n); and
            (2) by redesignating subsections (o) through (q) as 
        subsections (n) through (p), respectively.
    (c) Definition of Dreamer Student.--Section 484 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091), as amended by subsection (b), 
is further amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(q) Dreamer Student.--
            ``(1) In general.--In this section, the term `Dreamer 
        student' means an alien (as defined in section 101(a)(3) of the 
        Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(3)) who--
                    ``(A) was younger than 16 years of age on the date 
                on which the alien initially entered the United States 
                and--
                            ``(i) has earned a high school diploma, the 
                        recognized equivalent of such diploma from a 
                        secondary school, or a high school equivalency 
                        diploma in the United States, or is scheduled 
                        to complete the requirements for such a diploma 
                        or equivalent before the next academic year 
                        begins;
                            ``(ii) is enrolled in an institution of 
                        higher education pursuant to subsection (d); or
                            ``(iii) has served in the uniformed 
                        services, as defined in section 101 of title 
                        10, United States Code, for not less than 4 
                        years and, if discharged, received an honorable 
                        discharge; or
                    ``(B) would have been eligible, if the memorandum 
                were fully in effect since the date issued, for a grant 
                of deferred action pursuant to the directive in the 
                November 20, 2014, memorandum from the Secretary of 
                Homeland Security entitled `Exercising Prosecutorial 
                Discretion with Respect to Individuals Who Came to the 
                United States as Children and with Respect to Certain 
                Individuals Who Are the Parents of U.S. Citizens or 
                Permanent Residents' to establish a process for 
                exercising prosecutorial discretion through the use of 
                deferred action for individuals who, among other 
                qualifications, had a son or daughter who was a United 
                States citizen or lawful permanent resident on such 
                date.
            ``(2) Hardship exception.--The Secretary shall issue 
        regulations that direct when the Department shall waive the age 
        requirement of paragraph (1)(A) for an individual to qualify as 
        a Dreamer student under such paragraph, if the individual 
        demonstrates, through documentation presented to the Secretary 
        of substantial economic or personal hardship, that deprivation 
        of the requested benefit under this title would represent a 
        substantial hardship.''.
    (d) Repeal of Suspension of Financial Aid Eligibility for Drug-
Related Offenses.--Subsection (r) of section 484 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091(r)) is repealed.
    (e) Conforming Amendments.--The Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) in section 102(a)(2)(A)(i)(I), by striking 
        ``484(a)(5)'' and inserting ``484(a)(2)'';
            (2) in section 419N(b)(7)(B)(ii), by striking ``484(a)(5)'' 
        and inserting ``484(a)(2)'';
            (3) in section 484(c), by striking ``subsection (a)(2)'' 
        each place it appears and inserting ``subsection (a)(1)(B)'';
            (4) in section 484(g)--
                    (A) by striking ``subsection (a)(5)'' and inserting 
                ``subsection (a)(2)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``Immigration and Naturalization 
                Service'' each place it appears in paragraph (4)(B)(i) 
                and inserting ``Department of Homeland Security'';
            (5) in section 484(h), by striking ``Immigration and 
        Naturalization Service'' each place it appears and inserting 
        ``Department of Homeland Security'';
            (6) in section 484(o), as so redesignated, by striking 
        ``subsection (a)(4)'' and inserting ``subsection (a)(1)(D)''; 
        and
            (7) in section 485(a)(1)(K), by striking ``484(a)(2)'' and 
        inserting ``484(a)(1)(B)''.

SEC. 4606. REINSTATEMENT OF THE 6-YEAR STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS FOR 
              STUDENT LOANS.

    Section 484A(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1091a(a)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(a) Statute of Limitations.--Notwithstanding any Federal or State 
statutory, regulatory, or administrative limitation on the period 
within which debts may be enforced--
            ``(1) an institution that receives funds under this title 
        may file a suit or initiate or take another action for 
        collection of a refund due from a student on a grant made, or 
        work assistance awarded, under this title, during the 6-year 
        period beginning on the day after the refund first became due 
        (exclusive of the period during which the State statute of 
        limitations otherwise applicable to a suit under this paragraph 
        would be tolled under State law);
            ``(2) a guaranty agency that has an agreement with the 
        Secretary under section 428(c) may file a suit or initiate or 
        take another action for collection of the amount due from a 
        borrower on a loan made under part B during the 6-year period 
        beginning on the day after such guaranty agency reimburses the 
        previous holder of the loan for its loss on account of the 
        default of the borrower (exclusive of the period during which 
        the State statute of limitations otherwise applicable to a suit 
        under this paragraph would be tolled under State law);
            ``(3) an institution that has an agreement with the 
        Secretary pursuant to section 487 may file a suit or initiate 
        or take another action for collection of the amount due from a 
        borrower on a loan made under part D or E after the default of 
        the borrower on such loan during the 6-year period beginning on 
        the day after the date of the default of the borrower with 
        respect to such amount (exclusive of the period during which 
        the State statute of limitations otherwise applicable to a suit 
        under this paragraph would be tolled under State law); or
            ``(4) the Secretary, the Attorney General, or the 
        administrative head of another Federal agency, as the case may 
        be, may file a suit or initiate or take another action for 
        collection of a refund due from a student on a grant made under 
        this title, or for the repayment of the amount due from a 
        borrower on a loan made under this title that has been assigned 
        to the Secretary under this title, during the 6-year period 
        beginning on the day after the refund or the amount first 
        became due.''.

SEC. 4607. STUDENT ELIGIBILITY INFORMATION FOR NUTRITION ASSISTANCE 
              PROGRAMS.

    (a) Information Dissemination Activities.--Section 485(a)(1) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(a)(1)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (U), by striking the ``and'' at the 
        end;
            (2) in subparagraph (V), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting a semicolon; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(W) the most recent relevant student eligibility 
                guidance with respect to the nutrition assistance 
                programs established under--
                            ``(i) the supplemental nutrition assistance 
                        program under the Food and Nutrition Act of 
                        2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.); and
                            ``(ii) the special supplemental nutrition 
                        program for women, infants, and children 
                        established by section 17 of the Child 
                        Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786);
                    ``(X) the contact information for the State 
                agencies responsible for administration of the programs 
                specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (W); 
                and
                    ``(Y) the food pantries and other food assistance 
                facilities and services available to students enrolled 
                in such institution.''.
    (b) College Navigator Website.--Not later than 30 days after the 
date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall 
make available and annually update on the College Navigator Website the 
most recent relevant student eligibility guidance with respect to the 
nutrition assistance programs established under--
            (1) the supplemental nutrition assistance program under the 
        Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.); and
            (2) the special supplemental nutrition program for women, 
        infants, and children established by section 17 of the Child 
        Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786).

SEC. 4608. EXIT COUNSELING.

    (a) Amendments To Exit Counseling for Borrowers.--Section 485(b) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)(A)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding clause (i), striking 
                ``through financial aid offices or otherwise'' and 
                inserting ``through the use of an interactive program, 
                during an exit counseling session that is in-person or 
                online, or through the use of the online counseling 
                tool described in subsection (n)(1)(A)'';
                    (B) by redesignating clauses (i) through (ix) as 
                clauses (iv) through (xii), respectively;
                    (C) by inserting before clause (iv), as so 
                redesignated, the following:
                            ``(i) a summary of the outstanding balance 
                        of principal and interest due on the loans made 
                        to the borrower under part B, D, or E;
                            ``(ii) an explanation of the grace period 
                        preceding repayment and the expected date that 
                        the borrower will enter repayment;
                            ``(iii) an explanation that the borrower 
                        has the option to pay any interest that has 
                        accrued while the borrower was in school or 
                        that may accrue during the grace period 
                        preceding repayment or during an authorized 
                        period of deferment or forbearance, prior to 
                        the capitalization of the interest;'';
                    (D) in clause (iv), as so redesignated--
                            (i) by striking ``sample information 
                        showing the average'' and inserting 
                        ``information, based on the borrower's 
                        outstanding balance described in clause (i), 
                        showing the borrower's''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``of each plan'' and 
                        inserting ``of at least the fixed repayment 
                        plan described in section 493E, the income-
                        based repayment plan under section 493C(f), and 
                        any other repayment plan for which each loan 
                        may be eligible'';
                    (E) in clause (ix), as so redesignated--
                            (i) by inserting ``decreased credit 
                        score,'' after ``credit reports,''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``reduced ability to rent 
                        or purchase a home or car, potential difficulty 
                        in securing employment,'' after ``Federal 
                        law,'';
                    (F) in clause (x), as so redesignated, by striking 
                ``consolidation loan under section 428C or a'';
                    (G) in clauses (xi) and (xii), as so redesignated, 
                by striking ``and'' at the end; and
                    (H) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(xiii) for each of the borrower's loans 
                        made under part B, D, or E for which the 
                        borrower is receiving counseling under this 
                        subsection, the contact information for the 
                        loan servicer of the loan and a link to such 
                        servicer's website; and
                            ``(xiv) an explanation that an individual 
                        has a right to annually request a disclosure of 
                        information collected by a consumer reporting 
                        agency pursuant to section 612(a) of the Fair 
                        Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. 1681j(a)).'';
            (2) in paragraph (1)(B)--
                    (A) by inserting ``online or'' before ``in 
                writing''; and
                    (B) by adding before the period at the end the 
                following: ``, except that in the case of an 
                institution using the online counseling tool described 
                in subsection (n)(1)(A), the Secretary shall attempt to 
                provide such information to the student in the manner 
                described in subsection (n)(3)(C)''; and
            (3) in paragraph (2)(C), by inserting ``, such as the 
        online counseling tool described in subsection (n)(1)(A),'' 
        after ``electronic means''.
    (b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 485(d)(1) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(d)(1)) is amended by striking 
``including income-sensitive'' and all that follows through ``part D'' 
and inserting ``including, beginning on July 1, 2021, the income-based 
repayment plan under section 493C(f) and the fixed repayment plan 
described in section 493E''.

SEC. 4609. CLERY ACT AMENDMENTS.

    (a) Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime 
Statistics.--Section 485(f) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1092(f)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by 
                inserting ``(including on a prominent location on the 
                institution's website)'' after ``publish''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (F)--
                            (i) in clause (i), by striking ``and'' at 
                        the end;
                            (ii) in clause (ii), by striking ``and'' at 
                        the end;
                            (iii) in clause (iii), by striking the 
                        period at the end and inserting ``;''; and
                            (iv) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(iv) of harassment incidents that were 
                        reported to campus security authorities or 
                        local police agencies; and
                            ``(v) of hazing incidents that were 
                        reported to campus security authorities or 
                        local police agencies.''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(K)(i) Each finding by the institution that, 
                during the most recent calendar year, and during the 2 
                preceding calendar years for which data are available, 
                a student organization committed a violation of the 
                institution's standards of conduct, or of Federal, 
                State, or local law, relating to hazing, which--
                                    ``(I) shall include--
                                            ``(aa) the name of the 
                                        student organization that 
                                        committed the violation;
                                            ``(bb) a general 
                                        description of the activities 
                                        that led to the violation, the 
                                        charges, such findings by the 
                                        institution, and the sanctions 
                                        placed on the organization; and
                                            ``(cc) the dates on which--

                                                    ``(AA) the 
                                                violation was alleged 
                                                to have occurred;

                                                    ``(BB) the student 
                                                organization was 
                                                charged with 
                                                misconduct;

                                                    ``(CC) the 
                                                investigation was 
                                                initiated; and

                                                    ``(DD) the 
                                                investigation ended 
                                                with a finding that a 
                                                violation occurred; and

                                    ``(II) may not include--
                                            ``(aa) any information 
                                        related to allegations or 
                                        investigations of hazing that 
                                        do not result in a formal 
                                        finding of a violation of the 
                                        standards of conduct of the 
                                        institution or of Federal, 
                                        State or local law; or
                                            ``(bb) any personally 
                                        identifiable information on any 
                                        individual student or member of 
                                        a student organization.
                            ``(ii) The anti-hazing policies (including 
                        the standards of conduct with respect to 
                        hazing) of the institution, and the changes, if 
                        any, that have been made in the preceding 
                        calendar year with respect to such policies, 
                        and the justification for such changes.
                            ``(iii) In the case of an allegation that a 
                        multi-institution student organization was 
                        involved in a hazing incident, each institution 
                        at which the students involved in such 
                        allegation are enrolled (or were formerly 
                        enrolled), including any student who was a 
                        victim in the alleged incident, shall comply 
                        with the requirements of this subparagraph.'';
            (2) in paragraph (6)(A), by adding at the end the 
        following:
                    ``(vi) For purposes of reporting under this 
                section, the term `harassment'--
                            ``(I) means unwelcome conduct, of a 
                        hostile, intimidating, or offensive nature, 
                        based on a student's actual or perceived race, 
                        color, religion, sex (including sexual 
                        orientation, gender identity, pregnancy, 
                        childbirth, a medical condition related to 
                        pregnancy or childbirth, and sex stereotype), 
                        disability, or national origin, that 
                        unreasonably interferes with a student's 
                        ability to participate in a program or activity 
                        at an institution of higher education, 
                        including by creating an intimidating, hostile, 
                        or offensive environment;
                            ``(II) is not limited to physical acts, and 
                        includes conduct that is verbal or nonverbal, 
                        direct or indirect, undertaken in whole or in 
                        part through the use of electronic messaging 
                        services, commercial mobile services, 
                        electronic communications, or other technology, 
                        or the placement or display of hostile or 
                        offensive images or objects based on a 
                        protected trait; and
                            ``(III) includes sexual harassment, which 
                        is unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature, 
                        including--
                                    ``(aa) a sexual advance;
                                    ``(bb) a request for sexual favors;
                                    ``(cc) a sexual act, where such 
                                submission is made either explicitly or 
                                implicitly a term or condition of a 
                                program or activity at an institution 
                                of higher education, regardless of a 
                                student's submission to or rejection of 
                                such sexual act;
                                    ``(dd) a sexual act, where such 
                                submission or rejection is used as the 
                                basis for a decision affecting a term 
                                or condition of a program or activity 
                                at an institution of higher education, 
                                regardless of a student's submission to 
                                or rejection of such sexual act; or
                                    ``(ee) other conduct of a sexual 
                                nature.
                    ``(vii) The term `hazing' means any intentional, 
                knowing, or reckless act committed by a student, or a 
                former student, of an institution of higher education, 
                whether individually or in concert with other persons, 
                against another student, that--
                            ``(I) was committed in connection with an 
                        initiation into, an affiliation with, or the 
                        maintenance of membership in, any student 
                        organization; and
                            ``(II) causes, or contributes to a 
                        substantial risk of, physical injury, mental 
                        harm, or personal degradation.
                    ``(viii) The term `commercial mobile service' has 
                the meaning given the term in section 332(d) of the 
                Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 332(d)).
                    ``(ix) The term `electronic communication' means 
                any transfer of signs, signals, writing, images, 
                sounds, or data of any nature transmitted in whole or 
                in part by a wire, radio, electromagnetic, 
                photoelectronic, or photooptical system.
                    ``(x) The term `electronic messaging services' has 
                the meaning given the term in section 102 of the 
                Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (47 
                U.S.C. 1001).
                    ``(xi) The term `multi-institution student 
                organization' means a student organization that 
                includes students from more than one institution of 
                higher education, including city-wide, regional, State, 
                and national chapters of student organizations.
                    ``(xii) The term `student organization' means an 
                organization that is officially recognized by or 
                otherwise affiliated with an institution of higher 
                education and that has a membership that is made up 
                primarily of students enrolled at such institution.'';
            (3) in paragraph (7), by inserting after the second 
        sentence the following: ``For harassment incidents, such 
        statistics shall be compiled in accordance with the definition 
        of that term in paragraph (6)(A)(vi). For hazing incidents, 
        such statistics shall be compiled in accordance with the 
        definition of that term in paragraph (6)(A)(vii).''; and
            (4) in paragraph (8)--
                    (A) by adding ``sexual harassment,'' after ``sexual 
                assault,'' each place it appears;
                    (B) in subparagraph (B) in subclause (iv)(I)(bb) by 
                striking ``an investigation'' and inserting ``a trauma-
                informed investigation''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(viii) Written notification of victims 
                        about institutional policies regarding the 
                        reimbursement of lost tuition and costs 
                        associated with student loan interest accrual 
                        related to domestic violence, dating violence, 
                        sexual assault, sexual harassment, or stalking 
                        incidents.''.
    (b) Statement of Policy Regarding Harassment.--Section 485(f) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(f)) is further 
amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (9) through (18) as 
        paragraphs (10) through (19), respectively; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (8) the following:
            ``(9)(A) Each institution of higher education participating 
        in any program under this title, other than a foreign 
        institution of higher education, shall, as part of the report 
        described in paragraph (1)--
                            ``(i) develop and distribute a statement of 
                        policy regarding harassment, which shall 
                        include--
                                    ``(I) a prohibition of harassment--
                                            ``(aa) on campus;
                                            ``(bb) in or on a noncampus 
                                        building or property;
                                            ``(cc) on public property;
                                            ``(dd) in dormitories or 
                                        other residential facilities 
                                        for students on campus;
                                            ``(ee) through the use of 
                                        electronic mail addresses 
                                        issued by the institution of 
                                        higher education;
                                            ``(ff) through the use of 
                                        computers and communication 
                                        networks, including any 
                                        telecommunications service, 
                                        owned, operated, or contracted 
                                        for use by the institution of 
                                        higher education or its agents; 
                                        and
                                            ``(gg) during an activity 
                                        sponsored by the institution of 
                                        higher education or carried out 
                                        with the use of resources 
                                        provided by the institution of 
                                        higher education;
                                    ``(II) a description of the 
                                institution's programs to combat 
                                harassment, which shall be aimed at the 
                                prevention of harassment;
                                    ``(III) a description of the 
                                procedures that a student should follow 
                                if an incident of harassment occurs; 
                                and
                                    ``(IV) a description of the 
                                procedures that the institution will 
                                follow once an incident of harassment 
                                has been reported, including a 
                                statement of the standard of evidence 
                                that will be used during any 
                                institutional conduct proceeding 
                                arising from such a report; and
                            ``(ii) provide, on a prominent location on 
                        the institution's website, a link to the 
                        webpage that contains the information required 
                        under paragraph (1)(K), including statement 
                        notifying the public--
                                    ``(I) of the availability of such 
                                information, including findings, 
                                sanctions, and the implementation of 
                                sanctions, except information protected 
                                under section 444 of the General 
                                Education Provisions Act (commonly 
                                known as the `Family Education Rights 
                                and Privacy Act of 1974');
                                    ``(II) a description of how a 
                                member of the public may obtain such 
                                information; and
                                    ``(III) a statement that the 
                                institution is required to provide such 
                                information pursuant to paragraph 
                                (1)(K).
                    ``(B) The statement of policy described in 
                subparagraph (A)(i) shall address the following areas:
                            ``(i) Procedures for timely institutional 
                        action in cases of alleged harassment, which 
                        shall include a clear statement that the 
                        accuser and the accused shall be informed of 
                        the outcome of any disciplinary proceedings in 
                        response to an allegation of harassment.
                            ``(ii) Possible sanctions to be imposed 
                        following the final determination of an 
                        institutional disciplinary procedure regarding 
                        harassment.
                            ``(iii) Notification of existing 
                        counseling, mental health, or student services 
                        for victims or perpetrators of harassment, both 
                        on campus and in the community.
                            ``(iv) Identification of a designated 
                        employee or office at the institution that will 
                        be responsible for receiving and tracking each 
                        report of harassment.''.
    (c) Civil Penalties.--Section 485(f) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(f)) is further amended--
            (1) in paragraph (14), as redesignated by subsection (b)--
                    (A) by striking ``in the same amount and''; and
                    (B) by inserting before the period at the end the 
                following: ``, expect that such section shall be 
                applied by substituting $100,000 for $25,000''.
            (2) in paragraph (17), as redesignated by subsection (b), 
        by adding ``sexual harassment,'' after ``sexual assault,''.

SEC. 4610. ONLINE SURVEY TOOL FOR CAMPUS SAFETY.

    Section 485(f) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092) 
is further amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (19) and (20) as so 
        redesignated as paragraphs (20) and (21), respectively; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (17) the following:
            ``(18) Online survey tool for campus safety.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall, in 
                consultation with the Attorney General, Director of the 
                Centers for Disease Control, and the Secretary of the 
                Department of Health and Human Services and experts in 
                domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault, 
                sexual harassment, and stalking, develop, design, and 
                make available through a secure and accessible online 
                portal, a standardized online survey tool regarding 
                student experiences with domestic violence, dating 
                violence, sexual assault, sexual harassment, and 
                stalking.
                    ``(B) Development of survey tool.--In developing 
                the survey tool required under subparagraph (A), the 
                Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) use best practices from peer-reviewed 
                        research measuring domestic violence, dating 
                        violence, sexual assault, sexual harassment, 
                        and stalking;
                            ``(ii) consult with the higher education 
                        community, experts in survey research related 
                        to domestic violence, dating violence, sexual 
                        assault, sexual harassment, and stalking, and 
                        organizations engaged in the prevention of and 
                        response to, and advocacy on behalf of victims 
                        of, domestic violence, dating violence, sexual 
                        assault, sexual harassment, and stalking 
                        regarding the development and design of such 
                        survey tool and the methodology for 
                        administration of such survey tool; and
                            ``(iii) ensure that the survey tool is 
                        readily accessible to and usable by individuals 
                        with disabilities.
                    ``(C) Elements.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The survey tool 
                        developed pursuant to this paragraph shall be 
                        fair and unbiased, scientifically valid and 
                        reliable, and meet the highest standards of 
                        survey research.
                            ``(ii) Survey questions.--Survey questions 
                        included in the survey tool developed pursuant 
                        to this paragraph shall--
                                    ``(I) be designed to gather 
                                information on student experiences with 
                                domestic violence, dating violence, 
                                sexual assault, sexual harassment, and 
                                stalking, including the experiences of 
                                victims of such incidents;
                                    ``(II) use trauma-informed language 
                                to prevent retraumatization; and
                                    ``(III) include the following:
                                            ``(aa) Questions designed 
                                        to determine the incidence and 
                                        prevalence of domestic 
                                        violence, dating violence, 
                                        sexual assault, sexual 
                                        harassment, and stalking.
                                            ``(bb) Questions regarding 
                                        whether students know about 
                                        institutional policies and 
                                        procedures related to domestic 
                                        violence, dating violence, 
                                        sexual assault, sexual 
                                        harassment, and stalking.
                                            ``(cc) Questions designed 
                                        to determine, if victims 
                                        reported domestic violence, 
                                        dating violence, sexual 
                                        assault, sexual harassment, or 
                                        stalking--

                                                    ``(AA) to whom the 
                                                incident was reported 
                                                and what response the 
                                                victim may have 
                                                received;

                                                    ``(BB) whether the 
                                                victim was informed of, 
                                                or referred to, 
                                                national, State, local, 
                                                or on-campus resources; 
                                                and

                                                    ``(CC) whether the 
                                                entity to whom the 
                                                victim reported the 
                                                incident conducted an 
                                                investigation and the 
                                                duration and final 
                                                resolution of such an 
                                                investigation.

                                            ``(dd) Questions regarding 
                                        contextual factors, such as 
                                        whether force, incapacitation, 
                                        or coercion was involved.
                                            ``(ee) Questions to 
                                        determine whether an accused 
                                        individual was a student at the 
                                        institution.
                                            ``(ff) Questions to 
                                        determine whether a victim 
                                        reported an incident to State, 
                                        local, or campus law 
                                        enforcement.
                                            ``(gg) Questions to 
                                        determine why the victim chose 
                                        to report or not report an 
                                        incident to the institution or 
                                        State, local, or campus law 
                                        enforcement.
                                            ``(hh) Questions to 
                                        determine the impact of 
                                        domestic violence, dating 
                                        violence, sexual assault, 
                                        sexual harassment, and stalking 
                                        on the victim's education, 
                                        including diminished grades, 
                                        dropped classes, leaves of 
                                        absence, and negative financial 
                                        consequences (such as costs 
                                        associated with loss in paid 
                                        tuition due to leaves of 
                                        absence, loss in scholarship 
                                        awards due to diminished 
                                        grades, and cost associated 
                                        with counseling, medical 
                                        services, or housing changes).
                                            ``(ii) Questions to 
                                        determine the impact and 
                                        effectiveness of prevention and 
                                        awareness programs and 
                                        complaints processes.
                                            ``(jj) Questions to 
                                        determine attitudes toward 
                                        sexual violence and harassment, 
                                        including the willingness of 
                                        individuals to intervene as a 
                                        bystander of sex-based 
                                        (including sexual orientation-
                                        based and gender identity-
                                        based), race-based, national 
                                        origin-based, and disability-
                                        based discrimination, 
                                        harassment, assault, domestic 
                                        violence, dating violence, 
                                        sexual assault, sexual 
                                        harassment, and stalking.
                                            ``(kk) Other questions, as 
                                        determined by the Secretary.
                            ``(iii) Additional elements.--In addition 
                        to the standardized questions developed by the 
                        Secretary under clause (ii), an institution may 
                        request additional information from students 
                        that would increase the understanding of the 
                        institution of school climate factors unique to 
                        their campuses.
                            ``(iv) Responses.--The responses to the 
                        survey questions described in clause (ii) 
                        shall--
                                    ``(I) be submitted confidentially;
                                    ``(II) not be included in crime 
                                statistics; and
                                    ``(III) in the case of such 
                                responses being included in a report, 
                                shall not include personally 
                                identifiable information.
                    ``(D) Administration of survey.--
                            ``(i) Federal administration.--The 
                        Secretary, in consultation with the Attorney 
                        General, Director of the Centers for Disease 
                        Control, and Secretary of the Department of 
                        Health and Human Services, shall develop a 
                        mechanism by which institutions of higher 
                        education may, with respect to the survey tool 
                        developed pursuant to this paragraph--
                                    ``(I) administer such survey tool; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) modify such survey tool to 
                                include additional elements or 
                                requirements, as determined by the 
                                institution.
                            ``(ii) Costs.--The Secretary may not 
                        require an institution of higher education to 
                        pay to modify the survey tool in accordance 
                        with clause (ii)(II).
                            ``(iii) Accessibility.--The Secretary shall 
                        ensure that the survey tool is administered in 
                        such a way as to be readily accessible to and 
                        usable by individuals with disabilities.
                            ``(iv) Institutional administration.--
                        Beginning not later than one year after the 
                        date on which the Secretary makes available to 
                        institutions the mechanism described in clause 
                        (i), and every 2 years thereafter, each 
                        institution shall administer the survey tool 
                        developed pursuant to this paragraph.
                    ``(E) Completed surveys.--The Secretary shall 
                require each institution participating in any program 
                under this title to ensure, to the maximum extent 
                practicable, that an adequate, random, and 
                representative sample size of students (as determined 
                by the Secretary) enrolled at the institution complete 
                the survey tool developed pursuant to this paragraph.
                    ``(F) Report.--Beginning not later than 2 years 
                after the date of enactment of the College 
                Affordability Act, the Secretary shall prepare a 
                biennial report on the information gained from the 
                standardized elements of the survey under this 
                paragraph and publish such report in an accessible 
                format on the website of the Department and submit such 
                report to Congress. The report shall include campus-
                level data for each school and attributed by name of 
                each campus in a manner that permits comparisons across 
                schools and campuses.
                    ``(G) Publication.--Each institution shall publish, 
                in a manner that is readily accessible and usable by 
                individuals, including individuals with disabilities--
                            ``(i) the campus-level results of the 
                        standardized elements of the survey under this 
                        paragraph on the website of the institution and 
                        in the annual security report required under 
                        paragraph 1 for the campuses affiliated with 
                        the institution; and
                            ``(ii) the campus-level results of the 
                        additional elements modifying the survey by the 
                        institution, if any, on the website of the 
                        institution.
                    ``(H) Violation.--Upon a determination pursuant to 
                section 487(c)(3)(B) that an institution of higher 
                education has violated or failed to carry out any 
                provision under this subsection, the Secretary shall 
                impose a civil penalty upon the institution in the same 
                amount and pursuant to the same procedures as a civil 
                penalty is imposed under section 487(c)(3)(B).''.

SEC. 4611. TRANSFER OF CREDIT POLICIES.

    Section 485(h)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1092(h)(1)) is amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A)--
                    (A) by inserting ``on the website of the 
                institution and in at least one other relevant 
                publication (such as a course catalogue)'' after 
                ``publicly disclose''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``, easy to find,'' after 
                ``readable''; and
            (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting the following: ``, including a link to the 
        website of each institution of higher education on such list 
        and a link to or an explanation of the provisions of each such 
        articulation agreement; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) a list of transfer-related resources and 
                information not otherwise provided under subparagraphs 
                (A) and (B) that the institution provides (such as 
                deadlines, financial aid information, and relevant 
                staff contact information).''.

SEC. 4612. AMENDMENTS TO INSTITUTIONAL AND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.

    (a) Notice to Students Concerning Drug Violations.--Subsection (k) 
of section 485 (20 U.S.C. 1092) is repealed.
    (b) Liaison for Homeless Individuals and Foster Care Youth.--
Section 485 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092) is 
amended by inserting after subsection (j) the following:
    ``(k) Each institution of higher education participating in any 
program under this title shall--
            ``(1) have designated an appropriate staff person as a 
        liaison to assist homeless individuals described in section 725 
        of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 
        11434a) and foster care youth in accessing and completing 
        postsecondary education, including by ensuring that such 
        homeless individuals and foster care youth are connected to 
        applicable and available student support services, programs, 
        and community resources in areas such as financial aid, 
        academic advising, housing, food, public benefits, health care, 
        health insurance, mental health, child care, transportation 
        benefits, and mentoring;
            ``(2) post public notice about student financial assistance 
        and other assistance available to such homeless individuals and 
        foster care youth, including their eligibility as independent 
        students under subparagraphs (B) and (H) of sections 480(d)(1);
            ``(3) give priority for any institutionally owned or 
        operated housing facilities, including student housing 
        facilities that remain open for occupation during school breaks 
        or on a year-round basis, to--
                    ``(A) homeless individuals described in section 725 
                of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
                U.S.C. 11434a);
                    ``(B) youth who are unaccompanied, at risk of 
                homelessness, and self-supporting; and
                    ``(C) foster care youth;
            ``(4) have developed a plan for how such homeless 
        individuals, youth who are unaccompanied, at risk of 
        homelessness, and self-supporting, and foster care youth can 
        access housing resources during and between academic terms, 
        through means that may include access to institutionally owned 
        or operated housing during breaks and a list of housing 
        resources in the community that provide short-term housing; and
            ``(5) include, in its application for admission, questions 
        (to be answered voluntarily) regarding the applicant's status 
        as a homeless individual or foster care youth, that--
                    ``(A) can be answered by the applicant voluntarily 
                for the limited purpose of being provided information 
                about financial aid or any other available assistance;
                    ``(B) explain the key terms in the question in a 
                manner children and youth can understand in order to 
                self-identify and declare eligibility as a homeless 
                individual or foster care youth; and
                    ``(C) with consent of the applicant, may be shared 
                with the liaison after admission but prior to the 
                beginning of the next academic term.''.
    (c) Annual Financial Aid Counseling.--Section 485(l) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(l)) is amended to read as 
follows:
    ``(l) Annual Financial Aid Counseling.--
            ``(1) Annual disclosure required.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Each eligible institution shall 
                ensure that each individual who receives a loan made 
                under part D (other than a Federal Direct Consolidation 
                Loan or a loan made under section 460A and 460B) 
                receives comprehensive information on the terms and 
                conditions of such loan and the responsibilities the 
                individual has with respect to such loan. Such 
                information shall be provided, for each award year for 
                which the individual receives such loan, in a simple 
                and understandable manner--
                            ``(i) during a counseling session conducted 
                        in person;
                            ``(ii) online, with the individual 
                        acknowledging receipt of the information; or
                            ``(iii) through the use of the online 
                        counseling tool described in subsection 
                        (n)(1)(B).
                    ``(B) Use of interactive programs.--In the case of 
                institutions not using the online counseling tool 
                described in subsection (n)(1)(B), the Secretary shall 
                require such institutions to carry out the requirements 
                of subparagraph (A) through the use of interactive 
                programs, during an annual counseling session that is 
                in-person or online, that tests the individual's 
                understanding of the terms and conditions of the loan 
                awarded to the individual, using simple and 
                understandable language and clear formatting.
            ``(2) All individuals.--The information to be provided 
        under paragraph (1)(A) to each individual receiving counseling 
        under this subsection shall include the following:
                    ``(A) An explanation of how the individual may 
                budget for typical educational expenses and a sample 
                budget based on the cost of attendance for the 
                institution.
                    ``(B) An explanation that an individual has a right 
                to annually request a disclosure of information 
                collected by a consumer reporting agency pursuant to 
                section 612(a) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 
                U.S.C. 1681j(a)).
                    ``(C) An introduction to the financial management 
                resources provided by the Consumer Financial Protection 
                Bureau.
            ``(3) Borrowers receiving loans made under part d (other 
        than parent plus loans).--The information to be provided under 
        paragraph (1)(A) to a borrower of a loan made under part D 
        (other than a Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on behalf of a 
        dependent student) shall include the following:
                    ``(A) A notification that some students may qualify 
                for other financial aid and an explanation that the 
                borrower should consider accepting any grant, 
                scholarship, or State or Federal work-study jobs for 
                which the borrower is eligible prior to accepting 
                student loans.
                    ``(B) To the extent practicable, the effect of 
                accepting the loan to be disbursed on the eligibility 
                of the borrower for other forms of student financial 
                assistance.
                    ``(C) An explanation of the use of the student loan 
                contract referred to in section 432(m)(1)(D).
                    ``(D) An explanation that the borrower is not 
                required to accept the full amount of the loan offered 
                to the borrower.
                    ``(E) An explanation of the approved educational 
                expenses for which the borrower may use a loan made 
                under part D.
                    ``(F) A recommendation to the borrower to exhaust 
                the borrower's Federal student loan options prior to 
                taking out private education loans, an explanation that 
                Federal student loans typically offer better terms and 
                conditions than private education loans, an explanation 
                that Federal student loans offer consumer protections 
                typically not available in the private education loan 
                market, an explanation of treatment of loans made under 
                part D and private education loans in bankruptcy, and 
                an explanation that if a borrower decides to take out a 
                private education loan--
                            ``(i) the borrower has the ability to 
                        select a private educational lender of the 
                        borrower's choice;
                            ``(ii) the proposed private education loan 
                        may impact the borrower's potential eligibility 
                        for other financial assistance, including 
                        Federal financial assistance under this title; 
                        and
                            ``(iii) the borrower has a right--
                                    ``(I) to accept the terms of the 
                                private education loan within 30 
                                calendar days following the date on 
                                which the application for such loan is 
                                approved and the borrower receives the 
                                required disclosure documents, pursuant 
                                to section 128(e) of the Truth in 
                                Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1638(e)); and
                                    ``(II) to cancel such loan within 3 
                                business days of the date on which the 
                                loan is consummated, pursuant to 
                                section 128(e)(7) of such Act (15 
                                U.S.C. 1638(e)(7)).
                    ``(G) The interest rate for the loan, as of the 
                date of the counseling.
                    ``(H) Information on how interest accrues and is 
                capitalized during periods when the interest is not 
                paid by either the borrower or the Secretary.
                    ``(I) In the case of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan or 
                a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, the option 
                of the borrower to pay the interest while the borrower 
                is in school.
                    ``(J) The definition of half-time enrollment at the 
                institution, during regular terms and summer school, if 
                applicable, and the consequences of not maintaining at 
                least half-time enrollment.
                    ``(K) An explanation of the importance of 
                contacting the appropriate offices at the institution 
                of higher education if the borrower withdraws prior to 
                completing the borrower's program of study so that the 
                institution can provide exit counseling, including 
                information regarding the borrower's repayment options 
                and loan consolidation.
                    ``(L) The obligation of the borrower to repay the 
                full amount of the loan, regardless of whether the 
                borrower completes or does not complete the program in 
                which the borrower is enrolled within the regular time 
                for program completion.
                    ``(M) The likely consequences of default on the 
                loan, including adverse credit reports, delinquent debt 
                collection procedures under Federal law, and 
                litigation.
                    ``(N) Notice of the institution's most recent 
                adjusted cohort default rate (calculated in accordance 
                with section 435(m)(1)(D)), an explanation of the 
                adjusted cohort default rate, the most recent national 
                average adjusted cohort default rate, and the most 
                recent national average adjusted cohort default rate 
                for the category of institution described in section 
                435(m)(4) to which the institution belongs.
                    ``(O) Information on the National Student Loan Data 
                System and how the borrower can access the borrower's 
                records.
                    ``(P) The contact information for the institution's 
                financial aid office or other appropriate office at the 
                institution the borrower may contact if the borrower 
                has any questions about the borrower's rights and 
                responsibilities or the terms and conditions of the 
                loan.
                    ``(Q) For a first-time borrower, in addition to all 
                the information described in subparagraphs (A) through 
                (P)--
                            ``(i) a statement of the anticipated 
                        balance on the loan for which the borrower is 
                        receiving counseling under this subsection;
                            ``(ii) based on such anticipated balance, 
                        the anticipated monthly payment amount under, 
                        at minimum--
                                    ``(I) the fixed repayment plan 
                                described in section 493E; and
                                    ``(II) the income-based repayment 
                                plan under section 493C(f), as 
                                determined using regionally available 
                                data from the Bureau of Labor 
                                Statistics of the average starting 
                                salary for the occupation in which the 
                                borrower has an interest in or intends 
                                to be employed;
                            ``(iii) an estimate of the projected 
                        monthly payment amount under each repayment 
                        plan described in clause (ii), based on the 
                        average cumulative indebtedness at graduation 
                        for borrowers of loans made under part D who 
                        are in the same program of study as the 
                        borrower and the expected increase in the cost 
                        of attendance of such program; and
                            ``(iv) information on the annual and 
                        aggregate loan limits for Federal Direct 
                        Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
                        Stafford Loans as it pertains to the loan for 
                        which the borrower is receiving counseling, and 
                        a statement that such aggregate borrowing limit 
                        may change based on the borrower's student 
                        status (whether undergraduate or graduate) or 
                        if there is a change in the borrower's 
                        dependency status.
                    ``(R) For a borrower with an outstanding balance of 
                principal or interest due on a loan made under this 
                title, in addition to all the information described in 
                subparagraphs (A) through (P)--
                            ``(i) information on each student loan that 
                        the institution is aware that the student has 
                        borrowed, including Federal loans, private 
                        loans, and loans from the institution;
                            ``(ii) the total amount of the outstanding 
                        balance and interest accrued from the Federal 
                        student loans described in clause (i);
                            ``(iii) for each Federal loan described in 
                        clause (i), the interest rate for the loan, as 
                        of the date of the counseling, and a statement 
                        that the interest rate on student loans may 
                        vary based on when the loan was borrowed and 
                        other factors;
                            ``(iv) based on such outstanding balance 
                        for the Federal student loans, the anticipated 
                        monthly payment amount under the fixed 
                        repayment plan described in section 493E, the 
                        income-based repayment plan under section 
                        493C(f), and any other repayment plan for which 
                        each loan may be eligible, calculated using 
                        regionally available data from the Bureau of 
                        Labor Statistics of the average starting salary 
                        for the occupation the borrower intends to be 
                        employed;
                            ``(v) an estimate of the projected monthly 
                        payment amount under each repayment plan 
                        described in clause (iv), based on--
                                    ``(I) the outstanding balance 
                                described in clause (ii);
                                    ``(II) the anticipated outstanding 
                                balance on the loan for which the 
                                student is receiving counseling under 
                                this subsection; and
                                    ``(III) a projection for any other 
                                loans made under part D that the 
                                borrower is reasonably expected to 
                                accept during the borrower's program of 
                                study based on at least the average 
                                cumulative indebtedness at graduation 
                                for borrowers of loans made under part 
                                D who are in the same program of study 
                                as the borrower and the expected 
                                increase in the cost of attendance of 
                                such program;
                            ``(vi) a statement that the outstanding 
                        balance described in clause (ii), the interest 
                        rate described in clause (iii), and the monthly 
                        amount described in clause (iv) and clause (v) 
                        does not include any amounts that the student 
                        may be required to repay for private or 
                        institutional loans; and
                            ``(vii) the percentage of the total 
                        aggregate borrowing limit that the student has 
                        reached, as of the date of the counseling, for 
                        Federal Direct Stafford Loans and Federal 
                        Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, and a 
                        statement that such aggregate borrowing limit 
                        may change based on the borrower's student 
                        status (whether undergraduate or graduate) or 
                        if there is a change in the borrower's 
                        dependency status.
            ``(4) Borrowers receiving parent plus loans for dependent 
        students.--The information to be provided under paragraph 
        (1)(A) to a borrower of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on 
        behalf of a dependent student shall include the following:
                    ``(A) A notification that some students may qualify 
                for other financial aid and an explanation that the 
                student for whom the borrower is taking out the loan 
                should consider accepting any grant, scholarship, or 
                State or Federal work-study jobs for which the borrower 
                is eligible prior to borrowing Parent PLUS Loans.
                    ``(B) The information described in subparagraphs 
                (B) through (D) and (L) through (O) of paragraph (3).
                    ``(C) The interest rate for the loan, as of the 
                date of the counseling.
                    ``(D) The option of the borrower to pay the 
                interest on the loan while the loan is in deferment.
                    ``(E) Debt management strategies that are designed 
                to facilitate the repayment of such indebtedness.
                    ``(F) An explanation that the borrower has the 
                options to prepay each loan, pay each loan on a shorter 
                schedule, and change repayment plans.
                    ``(G) For each Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on 
                behalf of a dependent student for which the borrower is 
                receiving counseling under this subsection, the contact 
                information for the loan servicer of the loan and a 
                link to such servicer's Website.
                    ``(H) For a first-time borrower of such loan--
                            ``(i) a statement of the anticipated 
                        balance on the loan for which the borrower is 
                        receiving counseling under this subsection;
                            ``(ii) based on such anticipated balance, 
                        the anticipated monthly payment amount under 
                        the fixed repayment plan described in section 
                        493E, the income-based repayment plan under 
                        section 493C(f), and any other repayment plan 
                        for which each loan may be eligible; and
                            ``(iii) an estimate of the projected 
                        monthly payment amount under the fixed 
                        repayment plan described in section 493E, the 
                        income-based repayment plan under section 
                        493C(f), and any other repayment plan for which 
                        each loan may be eligible, based on the average 
                        cumulative indebtedness of other borrowers of 
                        Federal Direct PLUS Loans made on behalf of 
                        dependent students who are in the same program 
                        of study as the student on whose behalf the 
                        borrower borrowed the loan and the expected 
                        increase in the cost of attendance of such 
                        program.
                    ``(I) For a borrower with an outstanding balance of 
                principal or interest due on such loan--
                            ``(i) a statement of the amount of such 
                        outstanding balance;
                            ``(ii) based on such outstanding balance, 
                        the anticipated monthly payment amount under 
                        the fixed repayment plan described in section 
                        493E, the income-based repayment plan under 
                        section 493C(f), and any other repayment plan 
                        for which each loan may be eligible; and
                            ``(iii) an estimate of the projected 
                        monthly payment amount under the fixed and 
                        income-based repayment plans, based on--
                                    ``(I) the anticipated outstanding 
                                balance on the loan for which the 
                                borrower is receiving counseling under 
                                this subsection; and
                                    ``(II) a projection for any other 
                                Federal Direct PLUS Loan made on behalf 
                                of the dependent student that the 
                                borrower is reasonably expected to 
                                accept during the program of study of 
                                such student based on at least the 
                                average cumulative indebtedness of 
                                other borrowers of Federal Direct PLUS 
                                Loans made on behalf of dependent 
                                students who are in the same program of 
                                study as the student on whose behalf 
                                the borrower borrowed the loan and the 
                                expected increase in the cost of 
                                attendance of such program.
            ``(5) Annual loan acceptance.--Prior to making the first 
        disbursement of a loan made under part D (other than a Federal 
        Direct Consolidation Loan or a loan made under section 460A and 
        460B) to a borrower for an award year, an eligible institution, 
        shall, as part of carrying out the counseling requirements of 
        this subsection for the loan, ensure that after receiving the 
        applicable counseling under paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) for 
        the loan the borrower accepts the loan for such award year by--
                    ``(A) signing and returning to the institution the 
                student loan contract for the loan referred to in 
                section 432(m)(1)(D) that affirmatively states that the 
                borrower accepts the loan; or
                    ``(B) electronically signing an electronic version 
                of the student loan contract described in subparagraph 
                (A).''.
    (d) Online Counseling Tools.--Section 485 of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092), as amended by this section, is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(n) Online Counseling Tools.--
            ``(1) In general.--Beginning not later than 18 months after 
        the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
        Secretary shall maintain--
                    ``(A) an online counseling tool that provides the 
                exit counseling required under subsection (b) and meets 
                the applicable requirements of this subsection; and
                    ``(B) an online counseling tool that provides the 
                annual counseling required under subsection (l) and 
                meets the applicable requirements of this subsection.
            ``(2) Requirements of tools.--In developing and maintaining 
        the online counseling tools described in paragraph (1), the 
        Secretary shall ensure that each such tool is--
                    ``(A) consumer tested, in consultation with other 
                relevant Federal agencies and including students (low-
                income students and student veterans, and students' 
                families) and borrowers, institutions of higher 
                education, secondary school and postsecondary 
                counselors, and nonprofit consumer groups, to ensure 
                that the tool is effective in helping individuals 
                understand their options, rights, and obligations with 
                respect to borrowing a loan made under part D; and
                    ``(B) freely available to all eligible 
                institutions.
            ``(3) Record of counseling completion.--The Secretary 
        shall--
                    ``(A) use each online counseling tool described in 
                paragraph (1) to keep a record of which individuals 
                have received counseling using the tool, and notify the 
                applicable institutions of the individual's completion 
                of such counseling;
                    ``(B) in the case of a borrower who receives annual 
                counseling for a loan made under part D using the tool 
                described in paragraph (1)(B), notify the borrower by 
                when the borrower should accept, in a manner described 
                in subsection (l)(5), the loan for which the borrower 
                has received such counseling; and
                    ``(C) in the case of a borrower described in 
                subsection (b)(1)(B) at an institution that uses the 
                online counseling tool described in paragraph (1)(A) of 
                this subsection, the Secretary shall attempt to provide 
                the information described in subsection (b)(1)(A) to 
                the borrower through such tool.''.
    (e) Disclosure of Religious Exemptions to Title IX of the Education 
Amendments of 1972.--Section 485 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1092), as amended by this section, is further amended by 
adding at the end the following:
    ``(o) Disclosure of Religious Exemptions to Title IX of the 
Education Amendments of 1972.--Each institution of higher education 
participating in any program under this title that requests, receives, 
or exercises or intends to exercise a religious exemption to the 
requirements of title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C. 
1681 et seq.) shall submit in writing to the Assistant Secretary for 
Civil Rights a statement by the highest ranking official of the 
institution, identifying the provisions of part 106 of title 34 of the 
Code of Federal Regulations that conflict with a specific tenet of the 
religious organization and shall publish on its website, in a prominent 
location, the following:
            ``(1) Request letter.--Each letter submitted by the 
        educational institution to the Department to request such an 
        exemption.
            ``(2) Exemption letter.--Each letter from the Department to 
        the educational institution that grants or denies such an 
        exemption.
            ``(3) Notice of request.--Notice that the educational 
        institution has requested an exemption under section 901(a)(3) 
        of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C. 1681(a)(3)).
            ``(4) Notice of exemption.--If applicable, notice that the 
        educational institution has received an exemption under section 
        901(a)(3) of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20 U.S.C. 
        1681(a)(3)).
            ``(5) Covered personal characteristics or behaviors.--A 
        list of the personal characteristics or behaviors to which each 
        requested or granted exemption applies.
            ``(6) Covered activities or programs.--A list of the 
        activities or programs to which each exemption applies.
            ``(7) Statement of rights.--The statement `Students 
        continue to have rights under title IX of the Education 
        Amendments of 1972. Any student who experiences discrimination 
        may contact the Office for Civil Rights at the United States 
        Department of Education at _____ or _____.', with the first 
        blank space being filled with a link to the website of the 
        Office for Civil Rights and the second blank space being filled 
        with the telephone number of the Office for Civil Rights.''.
    (f) Expectant and Parenting Students Policies.--Section 485 of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092), as amended by this 
section, is further amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(p) Expectant and Parenting Students Policies.--Each institution 
of higher education participating in any program under this title shall 
develop and make available, including on the institution's website, a 
statement of policy concerning expectant and parenting students, which 
shall include, at a minimum--
            ``(1) the institution's policy regarding leaves of absence 
        related to pregnancy (and related medical conditions), and the 
        birth or adoption of a child, which shall include--
                    ``(A) any policies related to the availability of 
                parental leave;
                    ``(B) options, including time requirements, for 
                making up missed work for students who take a leave of 
                absence; and
            ``(2) information regarding lactation accommodations 
        available to students;
            ``(3) a description of the process for requesting 
        accommodations, and the type of accommodations available to 
        expectant and parenting students, including--
                    ``(A) information on accommodations for pregnancy-
                related medical conditions; and
                    ``(B) information on accommodations for students 
                who have parental responsibilities;
            ``(4) information regarding financial aid eligibility for 
        expectant and parenting students, including--
                    ``(A) the availability of dependent care allowances 
                for a parenting student for the purposes of determining 
                the student's cost of attendance;
                    ``(B) the ability to change dependency status, 
                including during an award year, following the birth of 
                a child; and
                    ``(C) an explanation of the effect that a leave of 
                absence may have on a student's demonstration of 
                satisfactory academic progress, including for the 
                purposes of eligibility to participate in financial aid 
                programs under this title;
            ``(5) information on available student support services, 
        programs, and community resources, such as academic advising, 
        child care (including child care subsidy and assistance 
        programs), housing (including housing subsidies and utility 
        assistance programs), food (including food assistance 
        programs), public benefits, health care, health insurance, 
        mental health, transportation benefits, mentoring, and other 
        services available for expectant and parenting students, both 
        on-campus and in the community, and under local, State, and 
        Federal law;
            ``(6) information regarding the availability of on-campus 
        housing that permits students to live with dependents;
            ``(7) information on the rights and protections that are 
        guaranteed to expectant and parenting students under applicable 
        Federal and State laws;
            ``(8) the institution's procedures for addressing 
        complaints under title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 
        (20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq.), including procedures for reporting 
        complaints under such title;
            ``(9) the institution's procedures for addressing 
        complaints alleging discrimination based on a pregnancy-related 
        disability under section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 
        (29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.) or the Americans with Disabilities Act 
        of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), including procedures for 
        reporting complaints under such laws; and
            ``(10) the contact information for the institution's Office 
        of Accessibility, the institution's Title IX coordinator, and 
        any other relevant staff members who serve as a point of 
        contact for, or offer services available to, expectant and 
        parenting students.''.

SEC. 4613. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO CRIME STATISTICS FOR PROGRAMS OF 
              STUDY ABROAD.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended 
by inserting after section 485E (20 U.S.C. 1092f) the following:

``SEC. 485F. INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO CRIME STATISTICS FOR PROGRAMS 
              OF STUDY ABROAD.

    ``(a) In General.--Each institution participating in any program 
under this title, other than a foreign institution of higher education, 
shall develop and distribute a statement of policy with respect to 
students participating in a program of study abroad approved for credit 
by the institution concerning crime and harm that may occur while 
participating in such program of study abroad that, at a minimum, 
includes a biennial review by the institution of the programs of study 
abroad approved for credit by the institution to determine--
            ``(1) the effectiveness of the programs at protecting 
        students from crime and harm, and whether changes to the 
        programs are needed (based on the most recent guidance or other 
        assistance from the Secretary) and will be implemented;
            ``(2) for the 5 years preceding the date of the report, the 
        number (in the aggregate for all programs of study abroad 
        approved for credit by the institution) of--
                    ``(A) deaths of program participants occurring 
                during program participation or during any other 
                activities during the study abroad period;
                    ``(B) sexual assaults against program participants 
                occurring during program participation and reported to 
                the institution;
                    ``(C) accidents and illnesses occurring during 
                program participation that resulted in hospitalization 
                and were reported to the institution; and
                    ``(D) incidents involving program participants 
                during the program participation that resulted in 
                police involvement or a police report and were reported 
                to the institution; and
            ``(3) with respect to the incidents described in 
        subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2), whether the 
        incidents occurred--
                    ``(A) on campus;
                    ``(B) in or on noncampus buildings or property;
                    ``(C) on public property;
                    ``(D) in dormitories or other residential 
                facilities for students on campus; or
                    ``(E) at a location not described in items (A) 
                through (D) of this clause, without regard to whether 
                the institution owns or controls a building or property 
                at the location.
    ``(b) Other Duties.--An institution of higher education described 
in subsection (a) shall--
            ``(1) provide each student who is interested in 
        participating in a program of study abroad approved for credit 
        by the institution, with an orientation session and advising 
        that includes--
                    ``(A) a list of countries in which such programs of 
                study abroad are located;
                    ``(B) all current travel information, including all 
                travel warnings and travel alerts, issued by the Bureau 
                of Consular Affairs of the Department of State for such 
                countries; and
                    ``(C) the information described in paragraph (a), 
                provided specifically for each program of study abroad 
                approved for credit by the institution in which the 
                student is considering participation; and
            ``(2) provide each student who returns from such a program 
        of study abroad with a post-trip debriefing session, including 
        an exit interview that assists the institution in carrying out 
        subsection (a).
    ``(c) Limitations.--An institution of higher education shall not 
disaggregate or otherwise distinguish information for purposes of 
subsection (a) or (b) in a case in which the number of students in a 
category is insufficient to yield statistically reliable information or 
the results would reveal personally identifiable information about an 
individual student.
    ``(d) Review.--The Secretary shall periodically review a 
representative sample of the policies described in subsection (a) that 
have been adopted by institutions of higher education.
    ``(e) Definition.--For the purpose of this section, the definitions 
for `campus', `noncampus building or property', and `public property' 
shall have the same meaning as in section 485(f)(6).''.

SEC. 4614. REMEDIAL EDUCATION GRANTS.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended 
by inserting after section 486A (20 U.S.C. 1093a) the following:

``SEC. 486B. REMEDIAL EDUCATION GRANTS.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the funds appropriated under 
        subsection (k) (and not reserved under subsection (c)(4)), the 
        Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the Institute 
        of Education Sciences, shall award grants, on a competitive 
        basis, to eligible entities to improve remedial education in 
        higher education.
            ``(2) Duration.--A grant under this section shall be 
        awarded for a period of 5 years.
            ``(3) Minimum awards.--The total amount of funds provided 
        under each grant awarded under this section shall not be less 
        than $500,000.
    ``(b) Application.--An eligible entity that desires to receive a 
grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary 
at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as 
the Secretary may require, which shall include the following:
            ``(1) A description of how the eligible entity will use the 
        grant funds to develop or improve a remedial education program 
        that includes evidence-based, effective strategies for 
        providing instruction to ensure that students are prepared for 
        courses at the postsecondary level.
            ``(2) An assurance that the eligible entity will use more 
        than two measures (such as a student's college entrance 
        examination score, grade point average, high school course 
        list, or a placement examination) to identify students in need 
        of remedial education who may be eligible to participate in the 
        remedial education program developed or improved under the 
        grant.
            ``(3) A description of how the eligible entity, in 
        developing or improving such a program, will consult with 
        stakeholders, including individuals with expertise in remedial 
        education, students enrolled in remedial education, and faculty 
        instructors for remedial education.
            ``(4) The eligible entity's plan for sustaining the program 
        after the grant period has ended.
            ``(5) The eligible entity's plan for monitoring and 
        evaluating the program, including how the eligible entity will 
        use the data collected under subsection (h) to continually 
        update and improve the program.
    ``(c) Consultation and Independent Evaluation.--
            ``(1) In general.--Before selecting eligible entities to 
        receive grants under this section for a fiscal year, the 
        Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) ensure that the consultation required under 
                paragraph (3) is carried out; and
                    ``(B) consider the results of the consultation in 
                selecting eligible entities to receive such grants.
            ``(2) Contract authority.--The Secretary, acting through 
        the Director, shall seek to enter into a contract with an 
        independent evaluator under which the evaluator will provide 
        the consultation and evaluation required under paragraph (3).
            ``(3) Consultation and independent evaluation required.--
        The independent evaluator shall carry out the following 
        activities:
                    ``(A) Consultation.--For each fiscal year of the 
                grant program under this section, the independent 
                evaluator shall consult with, and provide advice to, 
                the Secretary regarding which eligible entities should 
                receive grants under this section for such fiscal year.
                    ``(B) Evaluation.--Throughout the duration of the 
                grant program under this section, the independent 
                evaluator shall independently evaluate the impact of 
                the remedial education programs funded with the grants, 
                which shall include evaluation of--
                            ``(i) the effectiveness of the remedial 
                        education programs in increasing course and 
                        degree completion at the postsecondary level; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) the outcomes of the remedial 
                        education programs within and among models of 
                        remedial education described in subsection (d).
            ``(4) Reservation.--The Secretary may reserve not more than 
        15 percent of the funds appropriated under subsection (k) for a 
        fiscal year to carry out this subsection for such fiscal year.
    ``(d) Use of Funds.--An eligible entity that receives a grant under 
this section shall use the grant to develop or improve a remedial 
education program through one or more of the following models:
            ``(1) Aligning course work.--Working with a local 
        educational agency or State educational agency that is part of 
        the eligible entity to develop or improve programs that provide 
        alignment between high school coursework and postsecondary 
        education, and that may include--
                    ``(A) assessments in high school to measure student 
                readiness for courses at the postsecondary level; or
                    ``(B) interventions in high school that improve 
                student competencies for courses at the postsecondary 
                level.
            ``(2) Accelerated course work.--Redesigning or improving 
        remedial education that--
                    ``(A) allows students to enroll in more than one 
                sequential remedial education course or training in a 
                semester, or the equivalent;
                    ``(B) condenses the time of the remedial education; 
                or
                    ``(C) provides shortened, intensive courses or 
                training to improve competencies of students for 
                courses at the postsecondary level.
            ``(3) Modular instructional methods.--Developing or 
        improving remedial education that--
                    ``(A) specifically targets the skills that students 
                need to move forward in courses at the postsecondary 
                level; and
                    ``(B) may be used to develop new assessments, 
                redesign courses to provide targeted skill instruction, 
                or provide faculty professional development.
            ``(4) Co-requisite model.--Developing or improving remedial 
        education programs that allow a student to enroll in remedial 
        education (which may be provided through a modular 
        instructional method) while also enrolled in a course at the 
        postsecondary level.
            ``(5) Systemic reform to implement comprehensive, 
        integrated support programs.--Implementing and improving 
        comprehensive, integrated, evidence-based support programs 
        that--
                    ``(A) enable students enrolled in remedial 
                education to complete a course of study leading to a 
                recognized educational credential within 150 percent of 
                the normal time for completion; and
                    ``(B) may include financial supports, academic 
                tutoring or support, and advising that enable students 
                to find success in remedial education and courses at 
                the postsecondary level.
    ``(e) Considerations.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary, in consultation with the Director, shall--
            ``(1) ensure--
                    ``(A) a minimum of 30 eligible entities are awarded 
                grants for each 5-year grant period;
                    ``(B) an equitable geographic distribution of such 
                grants, including an equitable distribution between 
                urban and rural areas; and
                    ``(C) that grants are used to develop or improve 
                remedial education programs--
                            ``(i) under each model described in 
                        subsection (d) to enable, to the extent 
                        practicable, statistical comparisons of the 
                        relative effectiveness of the models and the 
                        programs within each model; and
                            ``(ii) for a range of types and sizes of 
                        institutions of higher education; and
            ``(2) give preference to eligible entities that primarily 
        serve low-income students.
    ``(f) Fiscal Requirements.--
            ``(1) Supplement not supplant.--A grant awarded under this 
        section shall be used to supplement, not supplant, funds that 
        would otherwise be used to carry out the activities described 
        in this section.
            ``(2) Matching funds.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), an 
                eligible entity that receives a grant under this 
                section shall provide, from non-Federal sources, an 
                amount equal to 10 percent of the amount of the grant 
                for the cost of activities assisted under the grant.
                    ``(B) Exceptions.--The requirements of subparagraph 
                (A) shall not apply to--
                            ``(i) Tribal Colleges or Universities; or
                            ``(ii) institutions of higher education 
                        located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, 
                        Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin 
                        Islands, the Commonwealth of the Northern 
                        Mariana Islands, the Republic of the Marshall 
                        Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, or 
                        the Republic of Palau.
    ``(g) Experimental Authority.--Notwithstanding any other provision 
of this title, a student may be eligible to receive loans or grants 
under this title for up to 2 academic years for enrollment in a 
remedial education program under this section.
    ``(h) Data Collection, Reports, Evaluations, and Dissemination.--
            ``(1) Information.--
                    ``(A) Student-level data.--Each eligible entity 
                that receives a grant under this section shall provide 
                to the Director and the Secretary, on an annual basis 
                for each year of the grant period and for 5 years after 
                such grant period, the student-level data with respect 
                to the students who are or were enrolled in a remedial 
                education program funded with the grant. The Director 
                and the Secretary shall share such data with the 
                independent evaluator to enable the evaluator, for each 
                such year, to determine the information described in 
                subparagraph (B) with respect to each such remedial 
                education program.
                    ``(B) Aggregate student data.--The independent 
                evaluator shall determine, with respect to each 
                remedial education program for which an eligible entity 
                provides student-level data under subparagraph (A), the 
                following information:
                            ``(i) The number of students who are or 
                        were enrolled in such remedial education 
                        program.
                            ``(ii) The cost of such remedial education 
                        program.
                            ``(iii) The amount of grant or loan funds 
                        under this title awarded to students for 
                        enrollment in such remedial education program.
                            ``(iv) The type of remedial education 
                        offered under the program.
                            ``(v) The length of time students spend in 
                        such remedial education program, as measured by 
                        semester, trimester, or clock hours.
                            ``(vi) The number of students who complete 
                        such remedial education program.
                            ``(vii) Of the students who complete such 
                        remedial education program--
                                    ``(I) the number and percentage of 
                                such students who later enroll in 
                                postsecondary-level courses at an 
                                institution of higher education;
                                    ``(II) the number and percentage of 
                                such students who receive a recognized 
                                educational credential from an 
                                institution of higher education;
                                    ``(III) the average length of time 
                                required for a student described in 
                                subclause (II) to complete the course 
                                of study leading to such credential; 
                                and
                                    ``(IV) the number and percentage of 
                                students described in subclause (II) 
                                who complete the course of study 
                                leading to such credential within 150 
                                percent of the normal time for 
                                completion.
                    ``(C) Disaggregation.--The information determined 
                under subparagraph (B) shall be disaggregated by race, 
                gender, socioeconomic status, Federal Pell Grant 
                eligibility status, status as a first generation 
                college student, veteran or active duty status, and 
                disability status.
            ``(2) Evaluation results.--Not later than six years after 
        the first grant is awarded under this section, the Director, in 
        consultation with the Secretary and using the information 
        determined under paragraph (1), shall submit to the authorizing 
        committees and make available on a publicly accessible website, 
        a report on the results of the multiyear, rigorous, and 
        independent evaluation of the impact of the remedial education 
        programs carried out by the independent evaluator. The report 
        shall include the results of such evaluation with respect to--
                    ``(A) the effectiveness of the remedial education 
                programs in increasing course and degree completion at 
                the postsecondary level; and
                    ``(B) the outcomes of the remedial education 
                programs within and among models of remedial education 
                described in subsection (d).
            ``(3) Reports and dissemination.--
                    ``(A) Initial report.--Not later than one year 
                after the first grant is awarded under this section, 
                the Secretary, in consultation with the independent 
                evaluator, shall prepare and submit to the authorizing 
                committees a report on each remedial education program 
                funded under this section.
                    ``(B) Subsequent report.--Not later than five years 
                after the last grant is awarded under this section, the 
                Secretary, in consultation with the independent 
                evaluator, shall prepare and submit to the authorizing 
                committees a report that includes--
                            ``(i) a review of the activities and 
                        program performance of each remedial education 
                        program funded under this section; and
                            ``(ii) guidance and recommendations on how 
                        successful remedial education programs (as 
                        determined, at a minimum, by the number and 
                        percentage of remedial education students who 
                        later complete a course of study at an 
                        institution of higher education within 150 
                        percent of the normal time for completion) can 
                        be replicated.
                    ``(C) Public availability.--The reports submitted 
                under subparagraphs (A) and (B) shall be made available 
                on a publicly accessible website of the Department of 
                Education.
    ``(i) Data Privacy.--
            ``(1) In general.--It shall be unlawful for any person who 
        obtains or has access to personally identifiable information 
        pursuant to this section to knowingly disclose to any person 
        (except as authorized in this section or any Federal law) such 
        personally identifiable information.
            ``(2) Penalty.--Any person who violates paragraph (1) shall 
        be fined under title 18, United States Code.
            ``(3) Officer or employee of the united states.--If any 
        officer or employee of the United States violates paragraph 
        (1), the officer or employee shall be dismissed from office or 
        discharged from employment upon conviction for the violation.
            ``(4) Law enforcement.--Personally identifiable information 
        collected under this section shall not be used for any law 
        enforcement activity or any other activity that would result in 
        adverse action against any student, including debt collection 
        activity or enforcement of the immigration laws.
    ``(j) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Director.--The term `Director' means the Director of 
        the Institute of Education Sciences.
            ``(2) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means--
                    ``(A) an institution of higher education; or
                    ``(B) a partnership between an institution of 
                higher education and at least one of the following:
                            ``(i) A local educational agency.
                            ``(ii) A State educational agency.
            ``(3) First generation college student.--The term `first 
        generation college student' has the meaning given that term in 
        section 402A(h).
            ``(4) Independent evaluator.--The term `independent 
        evaluator' means the independent evaluator with which the 
        Secretary enters into a contract under subsection (c)(2).
            ``(5) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given that 
        term in section 101.
            ``(6) Remedial education.--The term `remedial education'--
                    ``(A) means education (such as courses or training) 
                offered at an institution of higher education that--
                            ``(i) is below the postsecondary level; and
                            ``(ii) is determined by the institution to 
                        be necessary to help students be prepared for 
                        the pursuit of a first undergraduate 
                        baccalaureate degree, associate's degree, or 
                        certificate or, in the case of courses in 
                        English language instruction, to be necessary 
                        to enable the student to utilize already 
                        existing knowledge, training, or skills; and
                    ``(B) includes developmental education that meets 
                the requirements of subparagraph (A).
            ``(7) Tribal college or university.--The term `Tribal 
        College or University' has the meaning given that term in 
        section 316(b).
    ``(k) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $162,500,000 for fiscal year 
2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 4615. COMPETENCY-BASED EDUCATION.

    (a) In General.--Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is 
further amended by inserting after section 486B (as added by section 
4613 of this Act) the following:

``SEC. 486C. COMPETENCY-BASED EDUCATION DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS.

    ``(a) Demonstration Projects Authorized.--The Secretary shall 
select, in accordance with subsection (d), eligible entities to 
voluntarily carry out competency-based education demonstration projects 
for a duration of 5 years and receive waivers or other flexibility 
described in subsection (e) to carry out such projects.
    ``(b) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each eligible entity desiring to carry 
        out a demonstration project under this section shall submit an 
        application to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner 
        as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Outreach.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall, prior to 
                any deadline to submit applications under paragraph 
                (1), conduct outreach to institutions, including those 
                described in subparagraph (B), to provide those 
                institutions with information on the opportunity to 
                apply to carry out a demonstration project under this 
                section.
                    ``(B) Institutions.--The institutions described in 
                this subparagraph are the following:
                            ``(i) Part B institutions (as defined in 
                        section 322).
                            ``(ii) Hispanic-serving institutions (as 
                        defined in section 502).
                            ``(iii) Tribal Colleges or Universities (as 
                        defined in section 316).
                            ``(iv) Alaska Native-serving institutions 
                        (as defined in section 317(b)).
                            ``(v) Native Hawaiian-serving institutions 
                        (as defined in section 317(b)).
                            ``(vi) Predominantly Black Institutions (as 
                        defined in section 318).
                            ``(vii) Asian American and Native American 
                        Pacific Islander-serving institutions (as 
                        defined in section 320(b)).
                            ``(viii) Native American-serving, nontribal 
                        institutions (as defined in section 319).
                            ``(ix) Institutions predominately serving 
                        adult learners.
                            ``(x) Institutions serving students with 
                        special needs.
                            ``(xi) Institutions located in rural areas.
            ``(3) Amendments.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible entity that has been 
                selected to carry out a demonstration project under 
                this section may submit to the Secretary amendments to 
                the eligible entity's approved application under 
                paragraph (1), at such time and in such manner as the 
                Secretary may require, which the Secretary shall 
                approve or deny within 30 days of receipt.
                    ``(B) Expanding enrollment.--Notwithstanding the 
                assurance required with respect to maximum enrollment 
                under paragraph (4)(N)--
                            ``(i) an eligible entity whose 
                        demonstration project has been evaluated under 
                        subsection (g)(2) not less than twice, may 
                        submit to the Secretary an amendment to the 
                        eligible entity's application under paragraph 
                        (1) to increase enrollment in the project to 
                        more than 3,000 students, but not more than 
                        5,000 students, and which shall specify--
                                    ``(I) the proposed maximum 
                                enrollment and annual enrollment growth 
                                for the project;
                                    ``(II) how the eligible entity will 
                                successfully carry out the project with 
                                such maximum enrollment and enrollment 
                                growth; and
                                    ``(III) any other amendments to the 
                                eligible entity's application under 
                                paragraph (1) that are related to such 
                                maximum enrollment or enrollment 
                                growth; and
                            ``(ii) the Secretary shall determine 
                        whether to approve or deny an amendment 
                        submitted under clause (i) for a demonstration 
                        project based on the project's evaluations 
                        under subsection (g)(2).
            ``(4) Contents.--Each application under paragraph (1) shall 
        include--
                    ``(A) a description of each competency-based 
                education program to be offered by the eligible entity 
                under the demonstration project;
                    ``(B) a description of the alignment of the 
                proposed competency-based education program to the 
                institution's mission, and evidence of institutional 
                commitment to such program;
                    ``(C) a description of how each program will work 
                with employers and local industry to assess and 
                incorporate competencies that are relevant in the labor 
                market and how the program aligns with employer needs;
                    ``(D) a description of the proposed academic 
                design, academic and support services, delivery, 
                business, and financial models for the demonstration 
                project, including explanations and supporting 
                documents, including financial statements, and, any 
                revenue-sharing agreements with third-party servicers 
                or online program managers, of how each competency-
                based education program offered under the demonstration 
                project will--
                            ``(i) result in the achievement of 
                        competencies;
                            ``(ii) differ from standard credit hour 
                        approaches, in whole or in part;
                            ``(iii) result in lower costs of a 
                        certificate or degree; and
                            ``(iv) result in shortened time to 
                        completion of a certificate or degree;
                    ``(E) a description of how each competency-based 
                education program offered under the demonstration 
                project will award academic credit to advance the 
                progress of a student toward completion of a 
                certificate or degree that is portable and used by in-
                demand employers for making employment decisions;
                    ``(F) a description of how each credit-bearing 
                competency-based education program offered under the 
                demonstration project is aligned with a career pathway;
                    ``(G) a description of the meaningful role of the 
                appropriate instructors of the eligible entity in the 
                development, design, implementation, delivery, and 
                evaluation of each such competency-based education 
                program;
                    ``(H) a description of how each such competency-
                based education program will provide strong post-
                enrollment job placement, earnings, and loan repayment 
                outcomes;
                    ``(I) a description of how the eligible entity will 
                facilitate transfer, postsecondary study, and employer 
                understanding by articulating a competency-based 
                transcript from a competency-based education program 
                offered under the demonstration project to a credit 
                hour transcript at another program at the eligible 
                entity and to other institutions of higher education;
                    ``(J) a description of the statutory and regulatory 
                requirements described in subsection (e) for which the 
                eligible entity is seeking a waiver or other 
                flexibility, and why such waiver or flexibility is 
                necessary to carry out the demonstration project;
                    ``(K) a description of indicators of a program's 
                effectiveness to inform how a third party will reliably 
                assess student learning for each competency-based 
                education program offered under the demonstration 
                project;
                    ``(L) a description of how the eligible entity will 
                develop and evaluate the competencies and assessments 
                of student knowledge administered as part of the 
                demonstration project, including whether there is a 
                relationship between the competency unit and a 
                traditional credit or clock hour, the average time it 
                takes to earn a competency, how such competencies and 
                assessments are aligned with workforce needs and any 
                other considerations the institution made when it 
                developed its unit of competency;
                    ``(M) a description of the proposal for determining 
                a student's Federal student aid eligibility under this 
                title for participating in the demonstration project, 
                the award and distribution of such aid, and the 
                safeguards to ensure that students are making 
                satisfactory progress that warrants the disbursement of 
                such aid;
                    ``(N) an assurance that the demonstration project 
                at each eligible entity--
                            ``(i) will enroll a minimum of 25 students 
                        and a maximum of 3,000 students or, in the case 
                        of an eligible entity with an application 
                        amendment approved under paragraph (3)(B), the 
                        maximum enrollment approved under such 
                        paragraph;
                            ``(ii) will identify and disseminate best 
                        practices with respect to the demonstration 
                        project to the Secretary and to other eligible 
                        entities carrying out a demonstration project 
                        under this section;
                            ``(iii) operates under an agreement with 
                        the accrediting agency or association of the 
                        eligible entity to establish the standards 
                        described in subsection (c); and
                            ``(iv) uses available funds solely for 
                        purposes of awarding academic credit to 
                        eligible students based on the achievement of 
                        competencies and for the related costs or fees 
                        of demonstrating the achievement of 
                        competencies;
                    ``(O) a description of the population of students 
                to whom competency-based education under the 
                demonstration project will be offered, including 
                demographic information and prior educational 
                experience, disaggregated (as practicable) by students 
                who are Federal Pell Grant recipients, students of 
                color, Native students, students with disabilities, 
                students who are veterans or members of the Armed 
                Forces, adult learners, and first generation college 
                students, and how such eligible entity will, when 
                appropriate, address the specific needs of each such 
                population of students when carrying out the 
                demonstration project;
                    ``(P) a description of outreach and communication 
                activities to students who may benefit under the 
                demonstration project, including those described in 
                subparagraph (O);
                    ``(Q) a description of how the institution is 
                ensuring that students participating in the 
                demonstration project will not, on average, be eligible 
                for more or less Federal assistance under this title 
                than such students would have been eligible for under a 
                program measured in credit or clock hours;
                    ``(R) the cost of attendance for each competency-
                based education program offered under the demonstration 
                project, disaggregated by each of the applicable costs 
                or allowances described in paragraphs (1) through (13) 
                of section 472, and the estimated amount of the cost of 
                attendance of each such program to be covered by need-
                based grant aid and merit-based grant aid from Federal, 
                State, institutional, and private sources;
                    ``(S) a description of other competency-based 
                education programs the eligible entity offers or plans 
                to offer outside of the demonstration project;
                    ``(T) a description of how the eligible entity will 
                use data to--
                            ``(i) ensure that each competency-based 
                        education program under the demonstration 
                        project meets the benchmarks established in 
                        accordance with subsection (c)(2)(E);
                            ``(ii) confirm relevancy of competencies in 
                        the labor market; and
                            ``(iii) improve each such program; and
                    ``(U) other such elements as the Secretary may 
                require.
    ``(c) Recognition by Accrediting Agency or Association.--Unless a 
program has already been recognized as a direct assessment program by 
the accrediting agency or association of the eligible entity, in order 
to carry out a competency-based education program under a demonstration 
project under this section, an eligible entity shall include in its 
application under subsection (b), a letter from the accrediting agency 
or association of the eligible entity that describes how it will 
establish and enforce the following standards with respect to such 
competency-based education program:
            ``(1) Standards for determining whether the eligible entity 
        or the program requires students to demonstrate competencies 
        that are--
                    ``(A) capable of being validly and reliably 
                assessed; and
                    ``(B) appropriate in scope and rigor for the award 
                of the relevant certificate or degree.
            ``(2) Standards for determining whether the eligible entity 
        or the program demonstrate--
                    ``(A) the administrative capacity and expertise 
                that will ensure--
                            ``(i) the validity and reliability of 
                        assessments of competencies; and
                            ``(ii) good practices in assessment and 
                        measurement;
                    ``(B) sufficient educational content, activities, 
                and resources (including faculty support)--
                            ``(i) to enable students to learn or 
                        develop what is required to demonstrate or 
                        attain mastery of competencies; and
                            ``(ii) that are consistent with the 
                        qualifications of graduates of traditional 
                        programs;
                    ``(C) that the quality of demonstration of 
                competence is judged at mastery for each competency 
                that is assessed for the award of a certificate or 
                degree;
                    ``(D) a standard for the amount of learning that is 
                included in a unit of competency;
                    ``(E) reasonable, clear, and actionable benchmarks 
                for graduation rates and the employment and earnings of 
                graduates, including job placements in a field for 
                which the program prepares students, debt-to-earnings 
                ratios, loan repayment rates, and student satisfaction;
                    ``(F) regular evaluation of whether the program 
                meets the benchmarks under subparagraph (E), and 
                address what may be the cause with identified 
                interventions; and
                    ``(G) that students may not receive a subsequent 
                disbursement until they have completed the anticipated 
                number of credits for the payment period.
            ``(3) Standards for determining when to deny, withdraw, 
        suspend, or terminate the accreditation of the program if the 
        benchmarks under paragraph (2)(E) are not achieved after 4 
        consecutive title IV payment periods, including standards for 
        providing sufficient opportunity--
                    ``(A) for the eligible entity or program to provide 
                a written response regarding the failure to achieve 
                such benchmarks be considered by the agency or 
                association in the manner described in section 
                496(a)(6)(B); and
                    ``(B) for the eligible entity or program to appeal 
                any adverse action under this subparagraph before an 
                appeals panel that meets the requirements of section 
                496(a)(6)(C).
    ``(d) Selection.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not later than 12 months after the date 
        of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary 
        shall select not more than 100 eligible entities to carry out a 
        demonstration project under this section under which at least 1 
        competency-based education program is offered at each eligible 
        entity.
            ``(2) Considerations.--In selecting eligible entities under 
        paragraph (1), the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) consider the number and quality of 
                applications received;
                    ``(B) consider an eligible entity's--
                            ``(i) ability to successfully execute the 
                        demonstration project as described in the 
                        eligible entity's application under subsection 
                        (b);
                            ``(ii) commitment and ability to 
                        effectively finance the demonstration project;
                            ``(iii) ability to provide administrative 
                        capability and the expertise to evaluate 
                        student progress based on measures other than 
                        credit hours or clock hours;
                            ``(iv) history of compliance with the 
                        requirements of this Act;
                            ``(v) commitment to work with the Director 
                        and the Secretary to evaluate the demonstration 
                        project and the impact of the demonstration 
                        project under subsection (g)(2);
                            ``(vi) commitment and ability to assess 
                        student learning through a third party;
                            ``(vii) commitment of the accrediting 
                        agency or association of the eligible entity to 
                        establish and enforce the standards described 
                        in subsection (c); and
                            ``(viii) commitment to collaboration with 
                        an employer advisory group or specific 
                        employers to determine how the demonstration 
                        project will meet employer needs;
                    ``(C) ensure the selection of a diverse group of 
                eligible entities with respect to size, mission, 
                student population, and geographic distribution;
                    ``(D) not limit the types of programs of study or 
                courses of study approved for participation in a 
                demonstration project; and
                    ``(E) not select an eligible entity--
                            ``(i) that, for one of the preceding 2 
                        fiscal years--
                                    ``(I) had an adjusted cohort 
                                default rate (defined in section 
                                435(m)) that is 20 percent or greater;
                                    ``(II) failed to meet the 
                                requirement under section 487(a)(24); 
                                or
                                    ``(III) was--
                                            ``(aa) under probation or 
                                        an equivalent status from the 
                                        accrediting agency or 
                                        association of the eligible 
                                        entity;
                                            ``(bb) under sanction from 
                                        the authorization agency of the 
                                        State in which the eligible 
                                        entity is located; or
                                            ``(cc) under public 
                                        investigation or facing a 
                                        pending lawsuit from a State or 
                                        Federal agency;
                            ``(ii) if the Department has concerns with 
                        the entity's compliance based on program 
                        reviews or audits; or
                            ``(iii) if the eligible entity fails to 
                        meet the financial responsibility standards 
                        prescribed by the Secretary in accordance with 
                        section 498(c) or is placed on a reimbursement 
                        payment method by the Secretary.
    ``(e) Waivers and Other Flexibility.--
            ``(1) In general.--With respect to any eligible entity 
        selected to carry out a demonstration project under this 
        section, the Secretary may--
                    ``(A) waive any requirements of the provisions of 
                law (including any regulations promulgated under such 
                provisions) listed in paragraph (2) for which the 
                eligible entity has provided a reason for waiving under 
                subsection (b)(4)(J); or
                    ``(B) provide other flexibility, but not waive, any 
                requirements of the provisions of law (including any 
                regulations promulgated under such provisions) listed 
                in paragraph (3) for which the eligible entity has 
                provided a reason with which the Secretary agrees for 
                such flexibility under subsection (b)(4)(J).
            ``(2) Provisions eligible for waivers.--The Secretary may 
        waive the following under paragraph (1)(A):
                    ``(A) Subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 
                102(a)(3).
                    ``(B) Section 484(l)(1).
            ``(3) Provisions eligible for flexibility.--The Secretary 
        may provide the flexibility described in paragraph (1)(B) with 
        respect to the requirements under provisions in title I, part F 
        of this title, or this part, that inhibit the operation of a 
        competency-based education program, relating to the following:
                    ``(A) Documenting attendance.
                    ``(B) Weekly academic activity.
                    ``(C) Minimum weeks of instructional time.
                    ``(D) Requirements for credit hour or clock hour 
                equivalencies if an institution proposes a measure 
                clearly defined in its application that accounts for 
                the academic intensity of study.
                    ``(E) Requirements for regular and substantive 
                interaction with the instructor.
                    ``(F) Definitions of the terms `academic year', 
                `full-time student', `part-time student', `term' 
                (including `standard term', `non-term', and `non-
                standard term'), `satisfactory academic progress', 
                `educational activity', `program of study', and 
                `payment period'.
                    ``(G) Methods of disbursing student financial aid 
                by institutions of higher education selected, as of the 
                date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, as 
                experimental sites under section 487A to carry out 
                competency-based education programs.
                    ``(H) Restrictions regarding concurrent student 
                enrollment in Direct Assessment and non-Direct 
                Assessment programs.
            ``(4) Measurement of activity or academic work.--An 
        institution granted flexibility under paragraph (3) related to 
        requirements for credit hour or clock hour equivalencies shall 
        include a measurement of activity or academic `work' by 
        students as considered comparable to the standard practice for 
        measuring credit or clock hours for these areas.
    ``(f) Notification.--Not later than 9 months after the date of 
enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall make 
available to the authorizing committees and the public a list of 
eligible entities selected to carry out a demonstration project under 
this section, which shall include for each such eligible entity--
            ``(1) the specific waiver or other flexibility from 
        statutory or regulatory requirements offered under subsection 
        (e); and
            ``(2) a description of the competency-based education 
        programs, and its associated accreditation standards, to be 
        offered under the project.
    ``(g) Information and Evaluation.--
            ``(1) Information.--
                    ``(A) Student-level data.--Each eligible entity 
                that carries out a demonstration project under this 
                section shall provide to the Director the student-level 
                data for the students enrolled in a program described 
                in subparagraph (C)(i)(I), the student-level data for 
                the students enrolled in a program described in 
                subparagraph (C)(i)(II), and the student-level data for 
                students enrolled in a program described in 
                subparagraph (C)(i)(III) to enable the Director--
                            ``(i) to determine the aggregate 
                        information described in subparagraph (B) with 
                        respect to each such program; and
                            ``(ii) to the extent practicable, to 
                        compare the programs using a rigorous 
                        evaluation, such as propensity score matching.
                    ``(B) Aggregate information.--For purposes of the 
                evaluation under paragraph (2), the Director shall use 
                the student-level data provided under subparagraph (A) 
                by an eligible entity to determine the following 
                information with respect to each program described in 
                subparagraph (C)(i) offered at such eligible entity:
                            ``(i) The average number of credit hours 
                        students earned prior to enrollment in the 
                        program, if applicable.
                            ``(ii) The number and percentage of 
                        students enrolled in a competency-based 
                        education program that are also enrolled in 
                        programs of study or courses of study offered 
                        in credit hours or clock hours, disaggregated 
                        by student status as a first-year, second-year, 
                        third-year, fourth-year, or other student.
                            ``(iii) The average period of time between 
                        the enrollment of a student in the program and 
                        the first assessment of student knowledge of 
                        such student.
                            ``(iv) The average time to 25 percent, 50 
                        percent, 75 percent, 100 percent, 150 percent, 
                        and 200 percent completion of a certificate or 
                        degree.
                            ``(v) The number and percentage of students 
                        who begin in a certain cohort and complete a 
                        certificate or degree.
                            ``(vi) The number and percentage of 
                        students who begin in a certain cohort and 
                        withdraw without completing a certificate or 
                        degree.
                            ``(vii) The number and percentage of 
                        students who begin in a certain cohort who 
                        reach 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent, and 
                        100 percent completion of a certificate or 
                        degree.
                            ``(viii) The number and percentage of 
                        students who begin in a certain cohort who re-
                        enroll in a second period.
                            ``(ix) The median number of competencies 
                        completed per period.
                            ``(x) The average number of attempts it 
                        takes students to pass all assessments of 
                        student knowledge during the period of 
                        enrollment in the program.
                            ``(xi) The percentage of summative 
                        assessments of student competence that students 
                        passed on the first attempt during the period 
                        of enrollment in the program.
                            ``(xii) The percentage of summative 
                        assessments of student competence that students 
                        passed on the second attempt and the average 
                        period of time between the first and second 
                        attempts during the period of enrollment in the 
                        program.
                            ``(xiii) The average number of competencies 
                        a student acquired and demonstrated while 
                        enrolled in a program and the period of time 
                        during which the student acquired such 
                        competencies.
                            ``(xiv) The number and percentage of 
                        students completing the program who find 
                        employment that lasts not less than 6 months 
                        within 6 months of graduation, disaggregated by 
                        number and percentage of such students finding 
                        employment in a field related to the program.
                            ``(xv) Student job placement rates 1, 2, 
                        and 3 years after graduating from the program, 
                        if available.
                            ``(xvi) The median student earnings 1, 2, 
                        and 3 years after graduating from the program, 
                        if available.
                            ``(xvii) The number and percentage of 
                        students completing the program who continue 
                        their education.
                            ``(xviii) Such other information as the 
                        Director may reasonably require.
                    ``(C) Disaggregation.--The information determined 
                under subparagraph (B) shall be disaggregated as 
                follows, provided that the disaggregation of the 
                information does not identify any individual student:
                            ``(i) For each eligible entity that carries 
                        out a demonstration project under this section, 
                        disaggregation by--
                                    ``(I) the students enrolled in each 
                                competency-based education program 
                                under the project;
                                    ``(II) the students enrolled in 
                                each competency-based education program 
                                not being carried out under the 
                                project, if the eligible entity has a 
                                competency-based education program not 
                                being carried out under the project; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) the students enrolled in a 
                                program not described in subclause (I) 
                                or (II).
                            ``(ii) For each group of students described 
                        in clause (i), disaggregation by prior 
                        postsecondary experience, age group, race, 
                        gender, disability status, students who are 
                        Veterans or servicemembers, first generation 
                        college students, full-time and part-time 
                        enrollment, and status as a recipient of a 
                        Federal Pell Grant.
                    ``(D) Council.--The Director shall provide to the 
                Competency-Based Education Council any information 
                described in subparagraph (A) or (B) (other than 
                personally identifiable information) that may be 
                necessary for the Council to carry out its duties under 
                section 4615(e) of the College Affordability Act.
            ``(2) Evaluation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Director, in consultation 
                with the Secretary and using the information determined 
                under paragraph (1), shall annually evaluate each 
                eligible entity carrying out a demonstration project 
                under this section. Each evaluation shall be 
                disaggregated in accordance with subparagraph (B) and 
                include--
                            ``(i) the extent to which the eligible 
                        entity has met the elements of its application 
                        under subsection (b)(4);
                            ``(ii) whether the demonstration project 
                        led to reduced cost, including as reflected by 
                        median debt levels, or time to completion of a 
                        certificate or degree, and the amount of cost 
                        or time reduced for such completion;
                            ``(iii) obstacles related to student 
                        financial assistance for competency-based 
                        education;
                            ``(iv) the extent to which statutory or 
                        regulatory requirements not waived or for which 
                        flexibility is not provided under subsection 
                        (e) presented difficulties or unintended 
                        consequences for students or eligible entities;
                            ``(v) a description of the waivers or 
                        flexibility provided under subsection (e) that 
                        were most beneficial to students or eligible 
                        entities, and an explanation of such benefits;
                            ``(vi) the percentage of students who 
                        received each of the following--
                                    ``(I) a grant under this title;
                                    ``(II) a loan under this title;
                                    ``(III) a State grant;
                                    ``(IV) a State loan;
                                    ``(V) an institutional grant;
                                    ``(VI) an institutional loan;
                                    ``(VII) a private loan; and
                                    ``(VIII) an employer grant or 
                                subsidy;
                            ``(vii) median annual total cost and net 
                        cost to the student of the program;
                            ``(viii) median total cost and net cost of 
                        the credential and associated examination or 
                        licensure calculated upon completion;
                            ``(ix) median outstanding balance of 
                        principal and interest on loans made under this 
                        title that students have upon graduation;
                            ``(x) the median 3-year adjusted cohort 
                        default rate as defined under section 435(m);
                            ``(xi) the median 1-year and 3-year 
                        repayment rate of loans made under this title;
                            ``(xii) the median student earnings 1, 3, 
                        and 4 years after graduation;
                            ``(xiii) a description of the curricular 
                        infrastructure, including assessments of 
                        student knowledge and the corresponding 
                        competencies;
                            ``(xiv) a description of the role of 
                        faculty and faculty involvement; and
                            ``(xv) outcomes of the assessments of 
                        student competency.
                    ``(B) Disaggregation.--The data collected under 
                clauses (vi) through (xii) shall be disaggregated by 
                each group of students described in paragraph (1)(C).
            ``(3) Annual report.--The Director, in consultation with 
        the Secretary, shall annually provide to the authorizing 
        committees a report on--
                    ``(A) the evaluations required under paragraph (2);
                    ``(B) the number and types of students receiving 
                assistance under this title for competency-based 
                education programs offered under projects under this 
                section;
                    ``(C) any proposed statutory or regulatory changes 
                designed to support and enhance the expansion of 
                competency-based education programs, which may be 
                independent of or combined with traditional credit hour 
                or clock hour projects;
                    ``(D) the most effective means of delivering 
                competency-based education programs through projects 
                under this section; and
                    ``(E) the appropriate level and distribution 
                methodology of Federal assistance under this title for 
                students enrolled in a competency-based education 
                program.
    ``(h) Coordination.--An eligible entity or the Director shall 
consult with the Secretary of Education or the Secretary of the 
Treasury to obtain the employment, earnings, and loan information that 
may be necessary for purposes of subsection (c)(2)(F) or subsection 
(g), respectively.
    ``(i) Oversight.--In carrying out this section, the Secretary 
shall, at least twice annually--
            ``(1) assure compliance of eligible entities with the 
        requirements of this title (other than the provisions of law 
        and regulations that are waived under subsection (e));
            ``(2) provide technical assistance;
            ``(3) monitor fluctuations in the student population 
        enrolled in the eligible entities carrying out the 
        demonstration projects under this section;
            ``(4) consult with appropriate accrediting agencies or 
        associations and appropriate State regulatory authorities for 
        additional ways of improving the delivery of competency-based 
        education programs; and
            ``(5) collect and disseminate to eligible entities carrying 
        out a demonstration project under this section, best practices 
        with respect to such projects.
    ``(j) Data Privacy.--
            ``(1) In general.--It shall be unlawful for any person who 
        obtains or has access to personally identifiable information 
        pursuant to this section to knowingly disclose to any person 
        (except as authorized in this section or any Federal law) such 
        personally identifiable information.
            ``(2) Penalty.--Any person who violates paragraph (1) shall 
        be fined under title 18, United States Code.
            ``(3) Officer or employee of the united states.--If any 
        officer or employee of the United States violates paragraph 
        (1), the officer or employee shall be dismissed from office or 
        discharged from employment upon conviction for the violation.
            ``(4) Law enforcement.--Personally identifiable information 
        collected under this section shall not be used for any law 
        enforcement activity or any other activity that would result in 
        adverse action against any student, including debt collection 
        activity or enforcement of the immigration laws.
    ``(k) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated $5,000,000 to the Department to carry out the project 
under this section.
    ``(l) Definitions.--For the purpose of this section:
            ``(1) Career pathway.--The term `career pathway' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation 
        and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
            ``(2) Competency.--The term `competency' means the 
        knowledge, skill, and abilities demonstrated for a particular 
        program of study.
            ``(3) Competency-based education program.--The term 
        `competency-based education program' means a postsecondary 
        program that provides competency-based education for which the 
        accrediting agency or association of the institution of higher 
        education offering such program has established or will 
        establish the standards described in subsection (c) and, in 
        accordance with such standards--
                    ``(A) measures academic progress and credential 
                attainment by the assessment of student learning in 
                lieu of, or in addition to, credit or clock hours;
                    ``(B) measures and assesses such academic progress 
                and attainment in terms of a student's mastery of 
                competencies by identifying what students know and the 
                skills mastered through rigorous assessment;
                    ``(C) determines and reports to the Secretary the 
                number of credit or clock hours that would be needed 
                for the attainment of a similar level of knowledge, 
                skills, and characteristics in a standard credit or 
                clock hour program;
                    ``(D) provides the educational content, activities, 
                support, and resources necessary to enable students to 
                develop and attain the competencies that are required 
                to demonstrate mastery of such competencies, including 
                a system for monitoring a student's engagement and 
                progress in each competency, in which faculty are 
                responsible for providing proactive academic 
                assistance, when needed, on the basis of such 
                monitoring;
                    ``(E) upon a student's demonstration or mastery of 
                a set of competencies identified and required by the 
                institution, leads to or results in the awarding of a 
                certificate or degree;
                    ``(F) ensures that funds received under this title 
                may be used only for learning that results from 
                instruction provided or overseen by the institution and 
                not for the portion of the program of which the student 
                has demonstrated mastery prior to enrollment in the 
                program or tests of learning that are not associated 
                with educational activities overseen by the 
                institution;
                    ``(G) is organized in a manner that an institution 
                can determine, based on the method of measurement 
                selected by the institution, and approved by the 
                accreditor as described in subsection (c), what 
                constitutes a full-time, three-quarter time, half-time, 
                and less than half-time workload for the purposes of 
                awarding and administering assistance under this title, 
                or assistance provided under another provision of 
                Federal law to attend an institution of higher 
                education; and
                    ``(H) may use a disaggregated faculty model in 
                which the educational responsibilities for an academic 
                course are divided among a number of individuals, each 
                performing specific tasks essential to instruction, 
                including curriculum design, content delivery, and 
                student assessment.
            ``(4) Director.--The term `Director' means the Director of 
        the Institute of Education Sciences.
            ``(5) Dual or concurrent enrollment program.--The term 
        `dual or concurrent enrollment program' has the meaning given 
        the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(6) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an 
        institution of higher education, which may be an institution of 
        higher education that offers a dual or concurrent enrollment 
        program.
            ``(7) First generation college student.--The term `first 
        generation college student' has the meaning given the term in 
        section 402A(h)(3).
            ``(8) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 102, except that such term does not include 
        institutions described in section 102(a)(1)(C).''.
    (b) Rule of Construction.--Nothing in this section or the 
amendments made by this section shall be construed to alter the 
authority of the Secretary of Education to establish experimental sites 
under any other provision of law.

SEC. 4616. COMPETENCY-BASED EDUCATION COUNCIL.

    (a) Establishment of a Committee on Competency-Based Education.--
Not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, there 
shall be established the Competency-Based Education Council (referred 
to in this section as the ``Council'').
    (b) Membership.--
            (1) Composition.--The Council shall be composed of--
                    (A) 3 individuals appointed by the Secretary of 
                Education;
                    (B) 2 individuals appointed by the Director of the 
                Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection;
                    (C) not less than 8 and not more than 13 
                individuals appointed by the Comptroller General of the 
                United States, representing--
                            (i) experts in competency-based education;
                            (ii) faculty members in competency-based 
                        education programs;
                            (iii) faculty members in non-competency 
                        based education programs;
                            (iv) administrators at institutions that 
                        offer competency-based education programs;
                            (v) individuals currently enrolled in or 
                        graduated from a competency-based education 
                        program;
                            (vi) accrediting agencies or associations 
                        that recognize competency-based education 
                        programs;
                            (vii) experts from State educational 
                        agencies; and
                            (viii) business and industry 
                        representatives; and
                    (D) 4 members appointed by--
                            (i) the majority leader of the Senate;
                            (ii) the minority leader of the Senate;
                            (iii) the Speaker of the House of 
                        Representatives; and
                            (iv) the minority leader of the House of 
                        Representatives.
            (2) Chairperson.--The Council shall select a Chairperson 
        from among its members.
            (3) Vacancies.--Any vacancy in the Council shall not affect 
        the powers of the Council and shall be filled in the same 
        manner as an initial appointment.
    (c) Meetings.--The Council shall hold, at the call of the 
Chairperson, not less than 6 meetings before completing the study 
required under subsection (e) and the report required under subsection 
(f).
    (d) Personnel Matters.--
            (1) Compensation of members.--Each member of the Council 
        shall serve without compensation in addition to any such 
        compensation received for the member's service as an officer or 
        employee of the United States, if applicable.
            (2) Travel expenses.--The members of the Council shall be 
        allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of 
        subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies 
        under subchapter 1 of chapter 57 of title 5, United States 
        Code, while away from their homes or regular places of business 
        in the performance of services for the Council.
    (e) Duties of the Council.--
            (1) Study.--The Council shall conduct a study on the 
        ongoing innovation and development of competency-based 
        education programs.
            (2) Recommendations.--Based on the findings of the study 
        under paragraph (1), and the annual evaluations of the 
        demonstration projects under section 486C of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965, as added by section 4613 of this Act, 
        the Council shall develop recommendations for the authorization 
        of competency-based education under the Higher Education Act of 
        1965, including recommendations that--
                    (A) provide or update standard definitions, if 
                needed, for relevant terms, including--
                            (i) competency-based education;
                            (ii) competency-based education program 
                        including quality indicators, that include 
                        appropriate student outcome metrics, for such 
                        programs; and
                            (iii) any other relevant definitions agreed 
                        upon; and
                    (B) address--
                            (i) the amount of learning in a competency 
                        unit;
                            (ii) the transfer of competency-based 
                        education credits to other institutions or 
                        programs;
                            (iii) the minimum amount of time in an 
                        academic year for competency-based education 
                        programs, for financial aid purposes;
                            (iv) considerations for accreditation 
                        agencies before recognizing competency-based 
                        education programs;
                            (v) address the role of faculty and faculty 
                        involvement in competency-based education 
                        programs;
                            (vi) additional resources that may be 
                        needed for adequate oversight of competency-
                        based education programs; and
                            (vii) the responsiveness of competencies to 
                        the labor market and employers.
    (f) Reports.--
            (1) Interim reports.--Not later than 2 years after the date 
        of enactment of this Act, and biennially thereafter until the 
        final report is submitted under paragraph (2), the Council 
        shall prepare and submit to the Secretary of Education and 
        Congress, and make available to the public, a report that 
        provides ongoing feedback to the annual evaluations of the 
        demonstration projects under section 486C(g)(2) of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965, as added by section 4613 of this Act, 
        including a discussion of implementation challenges programs 
        face, and the items listed in subsection (e)(2)(B).
            (2) Final report.--Not later than 6 years after the date of 
        enactment of this Act, the Council shall prepare and submit to 
        the Secretary of Education and Congress, and make available to 
        the public, a report containing the findings of the study under 
        subsection (e)(1) and the recommendations developed under 
        subsection (e)(2).

SEC. 4617. WRITTEN ARRANGEMENTS TO PROVIDE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 486C (as added by 
section 4614 of this Act) the following:

``SEC. 486D. WRITTEN ARRANGEMENTS TO PROVIDE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS.

    ``(a) Written Arrangements Between Eligible Institutions.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), if 
        an eligible institution enters into a written arrangement with 
        another eligible institution, or with a consortium of eligible 
        institutions, under which the other eligible institution or 
        consortium provides part of the educational program to students 
        enrolled in the first institution, the Secretary shall consider 
        that educational program to be an eligible program if the 
        educational program offered by the institution that grants the 
        degree or certificate otherwise satisfies the requirements for 
        eligibility under this title.
            ``(2) Common ownership or control.--If the written 
        arrangement described in paragraph (1) is between two or more 
        eligible institutions that are owned or controlled by the same 
        individual, partnership, or corporation, the Secretary shall 
        consider the educational program to be an eligible program if--
                    ``(A) the educational program offered by the 
                institution that grants the degree or certificate 
                otherwise satisfies the requirements for eligibility 
                under this title; and
                    ``(B) the institution that grants the degree or 
                certificate provides more than 50 percent of the 
                educational program.
    ``(b) Written Arrangements for Study-Abroad.--Under a study abroad 
program, if an eligible institution enters into a written arrangement 
under which an institution in another country, or an organization 
acting on behalf of an institution in another country, provides part of 
the educational program of students enrolled in the eligible 
institution, the Secretary considers that educational program to be an 
eligible program if it otherwise satisfies the requirements of 
paragraphs (1) through (3) of subsection (c).
    ``(c) Written Arrangements Between an Eligible Institution and an 
Ineligible Institution or Organization.--If an eligible institution 
enters into a written arrangement with an institution or organization 
that is not an eligible institution under which the ineligible 
institution or organization provides part of the educational program of 
students enrolled in the eligible institution, the Secretary shall 
consider that educational program to be an eligible program if--
            ``(1) the ineligible institution or organization has not--
                    ``(A) had its eligibility to participate in the 
                programs under this title terminated by the Secretary;
                    ``(B) voluntarily withdrawn from participation 
                programs under this title under a termination, show-
                cause, suspension, or similar type proceeding initiated 
                by the institution's State licensing agency, 
                accrediting agency, guarantor, or by the Secretary;
                    ``(C) had its certification to participate in 
                programs under this title revoked by the Secretary;
                    ``(D) had its application for re-certification to 
                participate in programs under this title denied by the 
                Secretary; or
                    ``(E) had its application for certification to 
                participate in programs under this title denied by the 
                Secretary;
            ``(2) the ineligible institution or organization does not 
        have any role in the admission of students into the educational 
        program;
            ``(3) the educational program offered by the institution 
        that grants the degree or certificate otherwise satisfies the 
        requirements for eligibility under this title; and
            ``(4)(A) the ineligible institution or organization 
        provides 25 percent or less of the educational program; or
            ``(B)(i) the ineligible institution or organization 
        provides more than 25 percent but less than 50 percent of the 
        educational program;
            ``(ii) the eligible institution and the ineligible 
        institution or organization are not owned or controlled by the 
        same individual, partnership, or corporation;
            ``(iii) the eligible institution's accrediting agency, or 
        if the institution is a public postsecondary vocational 
        educational institution, the State agency determined by the 
        Secretary to be a reliable authority as to the quality of 
        public postsecondary vocational education pursuant to section 
        487(c)(4), has specifically determined that the institution's 
        arrangement meets the agency's standards for the contracting 
        out of educational services; and
            ``(iv) the eligible institution provides to the Secretary 
        the institution's expenditures on instruction, student 
        services, marketing, recruitment, advertising, and lobbying 
        made available under section 132(i)(1)(AA) with respect to the 
        portion of the educational program covered by the written 
        arrangement.
    ``(d) Administration of Title IV Programs.--
            ``(1) In general.--If an institution enters into a written 
        arrangement as described in subsection (a), subsection (b), or 
        subsection (c), except as provided in paragraph (2), the 
        institution at which the student is enrolled as a regular 
        student shall determine the student's eligibility for funds 
        under this title, and shall calculate and disburse those funds 
        to that student.
            ``(2) Special rule for arrangements between eligible 
        institutions.--In the case of a written arrangement between 
        eligible institutions, the institutions may agree in writing to 
        have any eligible institution in the written arrangement 
        calculate and disburse funds under this title to the student 
        and the Secretary shall not consider that institution to be a 
        third party servicer for that arrangement.
            ``(3) Calculation and disbursement.--The institution that 
        calculates and disburses a student's funds under paragraph (1) 
        or paragraph (2) must--
                    ``(A) take into account all the hours in which the 
                student enrolls at each institution that apply to the 
                student's degree or certificate when determining the 
                student's enrollment status and cost of attendance; and
                    ``(B) maintain all records regarding the student's 
                eligibility for and receipt of funds under this title.
    ``(e) Information Made Available to Students.--If an institution 
enters into a written arrangement described in subsection (a), 
subsection (b), or subsection (c), the institution shall provide 
directly to enrolled and prospective students, and make available on a 
publicly accessible website of the institution, a description of 
written arrangements the institution has entered into in accordance 
with this section, including information on--
            ``(1) the portion of the educational program that the 
        institution that grants the degree or certificate is not 
        providing;
            ``(2) the name and location of the other institutions or 
        organizations that are providing the portion of the educational 
        program that the institution that grants the degree or 
        certificate is not providing;
            ``(3) the method of delivery of the portion of the 
        educational program that the institution that grants the degree 
        or certificate is not providing; and
            ``(4) estimated additional costs students may incur as the 
        result of enrolling in an educational program that is provided, 
        in part, under the written arrangement.''.

SEC. 4618. IMPROVEMENTS TO PROGRAM PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS.

    (a) Alcohol and Substance Misuse Prevention.--Section 487(a)(10) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(10)) is amended by 
striking ``a drug abuse prevention program'' and inserting ``an alcohol 
and substance misuse prevention program in accordance with section 
120''.
    (b) Adjusted Cohort Default Rate.--Section 487(a)(14) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 is amended by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D) Beginning on the date on which the final 
                adjusted cohort default rates are published by the 
                Secretary for fiscal year 2018 under section 435(m), 
                subparagraph (C) shall be applied by substituting 
                `adjusted cohort default rate in excess of 5 percent' 
                for `cohort default rate in excess of 10 percent' each 
                place it appears.''.
    (c) Postsecondary Data.--Paragraph (17) of section 487(a) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)) is amended to read as 
follows:
            ``(17) The institution of higher education (or the assigned 
        agent of such institution) shall collect and submit data to the 
        Commissioner for Education Statistics in a timely manner in 
        accordance with--
                    ``(A) section 132(l);
                    ``(B) nonstudent-related surveys within the 
                Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS); 
                and
                    ``(C) any other Federal postsecondary data 
                collection effort.''.
    (d) Access to Housing for Foster Youth.--Section 487(a)(19) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(19)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``The institution will not'' and inserting 
        the following: ``The institution--
                    ``(A) will not'';
            (2) by inserting ``housing facilities,'' after 
        ``libraries,'';
            (3) by striking ``institution.'' and inserting 
        ``institution; and''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(B) will provide a means for students to access 
                institutionally owned or operated housing if a student 
                is temporarily unable to meet financial obligations 
                related to housing, including deposits, due to delayed 
                disbursement of vouchers for education and training 
                made available under section 477 of part E of title IV 
                of the Social Security Act or delays attributable to 
                the institution.''.
    (e) Distribution of Voter Registration Forms.--
            Section 487(a)(23)(A) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
        (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(23)(A)) is amended by striking ``, if 
        located in a state to which section (4)(b) of the National 
        Voter Registration Act of 1993 (42 U.S.C. 1973gg-2(b)) does not 
        apply,''.
    (f) Proprietary Institutions.--Section 487(a)(24) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(24)) is amended by striking 
``not less than ten percent of such institution's revenues from sources 
other than funds provided under this title'' and inserting ``not less 
than 15 percent of such institution's revenues from sources other than 
Federal education assistance funds''.
    (g) Written Arrangements With Other Institutions.--Section 487(a) 
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)) is amended by 
adding at the end the following:
            ``(30) In the case of an institution that enters into a 
        written arrangement with an organization or another institution 
        to provide part of an educational program, the institution will 
        comply with the applicable requirements of section 486D.''.

SEC. 4619. COMPLIANCE WITH THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964.

    Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1094(a)), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended by 
adding at the end the following:
            ``(31) The institution will--
                    ``(A) designate at least one employee to coordinate 
                compliance with title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 
                1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), including any 
                investigation of any complaint alleging--
                            ``(i) noncompliance with such title; and
                            ``(ii) any actions prohibited by such 
                        title;
                    ``(B) annually submit a report to the Secretary 
                that includes all complaints described in subparagraph 
                (A) with respect to such institution;
                    ``(C) make the report under subparagraph (B) 
                publicly available on the internet website of the 
                institution; and
                    ``(D) notify students and employees of--
                            ``(i) the name, office address, and 
                        telephone number of each employee designated 
                        under subparagraph (A);
                            ``(ii) the report under subparagraph (B);
                            ``(iii) the enforcement policies of the 
                        institution with respect to such title; and
                            ``(iv) the procedure for reporting and 
                        investigating complaints under such title.''.

SEC. 4620. SUBMISSION OF DATA WITH RESPECT TO STUDENTS WITH 
              DISABILITIES.

    Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1094(a)), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended by 
adding at the end the following:
            ``(32) The institution will submit, for inclusion in the 
        postsecondary student data system established under section 
        132(l), the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System of 
        the Department, or any other Federal postsecondary institution 
        data collection effort, key data related to undergraduate and 
        graduate students enrolled at the institution who are formally 
        registered as students with disabilities with the institution's 
        office of accessibility, including the total number of students 
        with disabilities enrolled, the number of students accessing or 
        receiving accommodation, the percentage of students with 
        disabilities of all undergraduate students, and the total 
        number of undergraduate certificates or degrees awarded to 
        students with disabilities. An institution shall not be 
        required to submit the information described in the preceding 
        sentence if the number of such students would reveal personally 
        identifiable information about an individual student.''.

SEC. 4621. EDUCATION PROGRAM ON HAZING.

    (a) Educational Program on Hazing.--Section 487(a) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)), as amended by the preceding 
sections, is further amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(33) The institution will provide students with an 
        educational program on hazing (as that term is defined in 
        section 485(f)(6)(A)(vii)), which shall include information on 
        hazing awareness, hazing prevention, and the institution's 
        policies on hazing.''.

SEC. 4622. CHANGES TO PROGRAM PARTICIPATION AGREEMENTS TO STRENGTHEN 
              CONSUMER PROTECTIONS.

    (a) Prohibition on Loss of Access to Transcripts for Loan 
Default.--Section 487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1094(a)) is further amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(34)(A) The institution will not prohibit a student from 
        accessing the student's transcripts, degree scrolls, or other 
        certifications of coursework or educational attainments at the 
        institution because the student is in default on the repayment 
        of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this title.
            ``(B) For purposes of this paragraph, the term `student' 
        includes former students.''.
    (b) Prohibition on Limitations on Ability of Students To Pursue 
Claims Against Certain Institutions of Higher Education.--Section 
487(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)) is 
further amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(35) No agreement between the institution and any student 
        will contain any limitation or restriction (including a 
        limitation or restriction on any available choice of applicable 
        law, a jury trial, or venue) on the ability of the student to 
        pursue a claim, individually or with others, against an 
        institution in court.''.

SEC. 4623. MISREPRESENTATION AND SUBSTANTIAL MISREPRESENTATION DEFINED.

    Section 487(c)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1094(c)(3)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (B)(i)(II), by striking ``$25,000'' and 
        inserting ``$60,000''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(C) In this paragraph:
                    ``(i) The term `misleading' means having the 
                likelihood or tendency to mislead under the 
                circumstances.
                    ``(ii) The term `misrepresentation'--
                            ``(I) means any false, erroneous, or 
                        misleading statement an institution, one of its 
                        representatives, or a third-party servicer (as 
                        defined in section 481(c)) makes directly or 
                        indirectly to a student, prospective student or 
                        any member of the public, or an accrediting 
                        agency, a State agency, or to the Secretary; 
                        and
                            ``(II) includes any statement that omits 
                        information in such a way as to make the 
                        statement false, erroneous, or misleading.
                    ``(iii) The term `statement' means any 
                communication made in writing, visually, orally, or 
                through other means.
                    ``(iv) The term `substantial misrepresentation' 
                means any misrepresentation on which the person to whom 
                such misrepresentation was made could reasonably be 
                expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that 
                person's detriment.''.

SEC. 4624. TEACH-OUT PLANS.

    Section 487(f)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1094(f)(2)) is amended to read as follows:
            ``(2) Teach-out plan defined.--In this subsection, the term 
        `teach-out plan' means a written plan that provides for the 
        equitable treatment of students if an institution of higher 
        education ceases to operate before all students have completed 
        their program of study that--
                    ``(A) shall include--
                            ``(i) a process to maintain a complete list 
                        of such students and the estimated date of 
                        completion of each such student's program of 
                        study; and
                            ``(ii) a record retention plan that 
                        includes--
                                    ``(I) a plan to provide each 
                                student with the transcript of such 
                                student, at no cost to such student; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) the policies and procedures 
                                required under subparagraphs (B) and 
                                (C) of section 495(a)(6).
                    ``(B) may include--
                            ``(i) if required by the institution's 
                        accrediting agency or association, an agreement 
                        between institutions for such a teach-out plan; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) such other information as the 
                        Secretary may require.''.

SEC. 4625. EXPERIMENTAL PROGRAMS.

    Section 487A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094a) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 487A. EXPERIMENTATION WITH STATUTORY AND REGULATORY FLEXIBILITY.

    ``(a) Experimental Sites.--The Secretary is authorized to 
periodically select a limited number of institutions for voluntary 
participation as experimental sites to test the effectiveness of 
approaches to statutory and regulatory flexibility that--
            ``(1) to the extent appropriate, may lead to a reduction of 
        regulatory burden on institutions of higher education or the 
        Department of Education, except that the Secretary shall not 
        waive any requirement of this title for any institution 
        participating as an experimental site that would reduce the 
        protections or the information provided to a student under this 
        Act; and
            ``(2) aim to increase student success, as determined in 
        accordance with subsection (g).
    ``(b) Continuing and Discontinuing Experiments and Experimental 
Sites.--The Secretary may continue any experiment or the voluntary 
participation of any experimental site in existence as of the date of 
enactment of the College Affordability Act, unless the Secretary 
determines that such experiment or site has not been successful in 
increasing student success as determined in accordance with subsection 
(g). Any experiment or experimental site approved by the Secretary 
prior to the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act that 
has not been successful in increasing student success shall be 
discontinued before the first day of the first ward year beginning 
after such date.
    ``(c) Waivers.--The Secretary is authorized to waive, for any 
institution participating as an experimental site under subsection (a), 
any requirements in this title, including requirements related to the 
award process and disbursement of student financial aid (such as 
innovative delivery systems for modular or compressed courses, or other 
innovative systems), verification of student financial aid application 
data, entrance and exit interviews, or other management procedures or 
processes as determined in the negotiated rulemaking process under 
section 492, or regulations prescribed under this title, that will bias 
the results of the experiment, except that the Secretary shall not 
waive any provisions with respect to award rules (other than an award 
rule related to an experiment in modular or compressed schedules), 
grant and loan maximum award amounts, and need analysis requirements 
unless the waiver of such provisions is authorized by another provision 
under this title.
    ``(d) Evaluation Plan Required.--Before notifying institutions of 
the intent of the Secretary to carry out an experiment under this 
section, the Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the 
Institute of Education Sciences, shall develop an evaluation plan for 
the experiment. The evaluation plan shall include the following:
            ``(1) Identification of the methodology to be used for 
        collecting data on the experiment which shall include, to the 
        extent practicable, a methodology that allows for the 
        disaggregation of data by age, race, gender, disability status, 
        status as a veteran or member of the Armed Forces, status as a 
        first generation college student, and status as a recipient of 
        a Federal Pell Grant under section 401.
            ``(2) Identification of the rigorous evaluation methods to 
        be used for determining the impact of the experiment, which 
        shall include, to the extent practicable--
                    ``(A) a randomized controlled design; and
                    ``(B) an assessment of whether the experiment has a 
                differential impact on any group described in paragraph 
                (1).
            ``(3) A schedule for conducting the experiment in 
        accordance with the duration limit specified in subsection (f).
            ``(4) An estimate of the cost of conducting the experiment, 
        to the extent practicable.
            ``(5) An estimate of the size of the study sample (such as 
        the number of participating students or institutions) needed to 
        determine if the experiment has statistically significant 
        effects.
    ``(e) Limitation Pending Notice to Congress.--
            ``(1) Limitation.--The Secretary may not carry out an 
        experiment at an experimental site under this section until a 
        period of 60 days has elapsed following the date on which the 
        Secretary submits to the authorizing committees the notice 
        described in paragraph (2).
            ``(2) Notice to congress.--The notice described in this 
        paragraph is a written notice that includes--
                    ``(A) a description of the experiment proposed to 
                be carried out by the Secretary, including the 
                rationale for the proposed experiment;
                    ``(B) the policy-relevant questions the Secretary 
                intends to evaluate through the experiment and an 
                explanation of how the design of the experiment will 
                allow the Secretary to best answer those questions;
                    ``(C) a list of the specific statutory and 
                regulatory requirements that the Secretary intends to 
                waive with respect to an institution participating as 
                an experimental site and the legal authority for such 
                waivers;
                    ``(D) an explanation of how the statutory and 
                regulatory flexibility provided to an institution 
                participating as an experimental site is expected to 
                increase student success, as required under subsection 
                (a); and
                    ``(E) a copy of the evaluation plan developed under 
                subsection (d).
    ``(f) Duration.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), the 
        duration of an experiment under this section shall not exceed a 
        period of four years beginning with the first award year for 
        which Federal financial aid is disbursed to students 
        participating in the experiment.
            ``(2) Extension.--The Secretary may extend an experiment 
        for up to two years beyond the four-year period specified in 
        paragraph (1) on a case-by-case basis.
    ``(g) Determination of Success.--For the purposes of subsection 
(a), the Secretary shall make a determination of success regarding an 
institution's participation as an experimental site based on--
            ``(1) whether, and to what extent, student outcomes improve 
        as a direct result of the experiment;
            ``(2) whether the experimental site improves the delivery 
        of services to, or otherwise benefitted, students; and
            ``(3) the extent to which the experiment reduces 
        administrative burdens on institutions participating as 
        experimental sites, as documented in the Secretary's annual 
        report under subsection (h)(3), without harming students.
    ``(h) Outcomes Reporting.--
            ``(1) Data submission.--Each institution participating as 
        an experimental site shall submit to the Secretary, on a 
        periodic basis to be determined by the Secretary, data on 
        outcomes relating to the experiment carried out at the site.
            ``(2) Review and evaluation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), the 
                Secretary shall review and rigorously evaluate the 
                activities of each institution participating as an 
                experimental site.
                    ``(B) Evaluation methodology.--To the extent 
                practicable, the evaluation under subparagraph (A) 
                shall be based on data collected in accordance with the 
                data collection methodology specified in the evaluation 
                plan for the experiment under subsection (d)(1).
            ``(3) Annual report.--On an annual basis, the Secretary 
        shall submit to the authorizing committees a report based on 
        the review and evaluation carried out under paragraph (2). Each 
        report shall include, with respect to each experiment carried 
        out by the Secretary during the period covered by the report, 
        the following:
                    ``(A) A summary of the status of the experiment.
                    ``(B) A list identifying each institution 
                participating as an experimental site.
                    ``(C) The specific statutory or regulatory waivers 
                granted to each institution participating as an 
                experimental site.
                    ``(D) In a case in which data on the experiment is 
                not collected in accordance with the methodology 
                specified in the evaluation plan under subsection 
                (d)(1)--
                            ``(i) the reasons that such methodology was 
                        not used to collect data on the experiment; and
                            ``(ii) a description of the alternative 
                        data collection methodology used for the 
                        experiment.
                    ``(E) An evaluation of the quality of data yielded 
                by the experiment.
                    ``(F) A summary and analysis of the findings, to 
                date, of the experiment.
                    ``(G) An assessment of whether the experiment has 
                had a differential impact on any group listed in 
                subsection (d)(1).
                    ``(H) An explanation of any current or foreseen 
                barriers to conducting the experiment.
                    ``(I) In the case of an experiment for which the 
                Secretary determines there is sufficient value in 
                continuing the experiment past the duration limit 
                specified in subsection (f)(1), adequate documentation 
                to justify such continuation.
            ``(4) Final report.--Not later than 180 days after the 
        conclusion of each experiment, the Secretary shall submit to 
        the authorizing committees a report that includes the 
        following:
                    ``(A) A summary of the data yielded by the 
                experiment, including, to the extent practicable, data 
                on the results of the experiment disaggregated by age, 
                race, gender, disability status, status as a veteran or 
                member of the Armed Forces, status as a first 
                generation college student, and status as a recipient 
                of a Federal Pell Grant under section 401.
                    ``(B) The conclusions reached regarding each 
                experiment conducted.
                    ``(C) Recommendations, based on the results of the 
                experiment--
                            ``(i) to improve and streamline relevant 
                        statutes, including this Act; and
                            ``(ii) for improvements to relevant 
                        regulations.
                    ``(D) An explanation of any changes to regulations 
                that the Secretary intends to make as a result of the 
                experiment.
            ``(5) Public availability.--Each report submitted under 
        paragraphs (3) and (4) shall be made available on a publicly 
        accessible website of the Department of Education.
    ``(i) Fast-Track Process To Comply With Information Collection 
Requirements.--The requirements of section 3507 of title 44, United 
States Code, shall not apply to the collection of information by the 
Department of Education on experiments carried out in accordance with 
this section.''.

SEC. 4626. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.

    Section 489(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1096(a)) is amended--
            (1) in the second sentence, by striking ``or under part E 
        of this title''; and
            (2) in the third sentence--
                    (A) by inserting ``and'' after ``subpart 3 of part 
                A,''; and
                    (B) by striking ``compensation of students,'' and 
                all that follows through the period and inserting 
                ``compensation of students.''.

SEC. 4627. REGIONAL MEETINGS AND NEGOTIATED RULEMAKING.

    Section 492 of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1098a) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``students, 
        institutions of higher education, State student grant agencies, 
        guaranty agencies, lenders, secondary markets, loan servicers, 
        guaranty agency servicers, and collection agencies'' and 
        inserting ``students and borrowers, consumer representatives, 
        institutions of higher education, and contractors responsible 
        for carrying out student financial assistance programs under 
        this title''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``both 
                representatives of such groups from Washington, D.C., 
                and industry participants'' and inserting 
                ``representatives that are broadly representative of 
                constituencies in different sectors and geographic 
                locations''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Negotiated rulemaking process.--In carrying out a 
        negotiated rulemaking process required under this section, the 
        Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) to the extent practicable, comply with 
                requests from the participants in such negotiated 
                rulemaking process for data;
                    ``(B) make publicly available issue papers and the 
                proposed regulations described in paragraph (1) in a 
                timely manner that allows for public review;
                    ``(C) make video recordings of each negotiated 
                rulemaking session publicly available through 
                simultaneous transmission;
                    ``(D) archive the video recordings described in 
                subparagraph (C) in a publicly available manner; and
                    ``(E) make publicly available the transcripts of 
                each such negotiated rulemaking session.''.

SEC. 4628. INCOME-BASED REPAYMENT PLAN.

    (a) Options To Enter Into the New Fixed Repayment Plan and Income-
Based Repayment Plan.--Section 493C(b) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1098e) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (7)(B)--
                    (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of clause (iv); 
                and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(vi) has made payments under the income-
                        based repayment plan under section 493C(f); or
                            ``(vii) has made payments under the fixed 
                        repayment plan described in section 493E;'';
            (2) by amending paragraph (8) to read as follows:
            ``(8) a borrower who is repaying a loan made under part B 
        or D pursuant to income-based repayment may elect, at any time, 
        to terminate repayment pursuant to income-based repayment and 
        repay such loan under the income-based repayment plan under 
        section 493C(f) or the fixed repayment plan described in 
        section 493E;'';
            (3) in paragraph (9), by striking the period at the end and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(10) a borrower who is repaying a loan made, insured, or 
        guaranteed under part B or D pursuant to this section may repay 
        such loan in full at any time without penalty.''.
    (b) Automatic Recertification of Income for Income-Driven Repayment 
Plans.--Section 493C(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1098e(c)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``The Secretary shall establish'' and 
        inserting the following:
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall establish'';
            (2) by striking ``The Secretary shall consider'' and 
        inserting the following:
            ``(2) Procedures for eligibility.--The Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) consider''; and
            (3) by striking ``428C(b)(1)(E).'' and inserting the 
        following: ``428C(b)(1)(E); and
                    ``(B) beginning as soon as the Secretary determines 
                practicable after the Secretary finalizes the 
                procedures required under section 9004 of the College 
                Affordability Act, but not later than 2 years after the 
                date of enactment of such Act, carry out, with respect 
                to borrowers of any covered loan (as defined in section 
                455(d)(10)), including such borrowers who select, or 
                for whom the Secretary selects under paragraph (8)(C) 
                or (9)(C) of subsection (d), or section 428(m)(1), the 
                income-based repayment plan under subsection (f), 
                procedures for income-based repayment plans under this 
                section that are equivalent to the procedures carried 
                out under section 455(e)(9) with respect to income 
                contingent repayment plans.''.
    (c) Income-Based Repayment.--Section 493C of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1098e) is amended by adding at the end the 
following:
    ``(f) Income-Based Repayment for New Loans On and After July 1, 
2021, and for Borrowers Who Enter Income-Based Repayment After June 30, 
2021.--
            ``(1) In general.--The income-based repayment plan under 
        this subsection shall be carried out in accordance with this 
        section, except as otherwise specified in this subsection--
                    ``(A) with respect to any loan made under part D on 
                or after July 1, 2021, if such borrower elects such 
                income-based repayment plan for the loan; and
                    ``(B) with respect to any loan made, insured, or 
                guaranteed under part B or D on or before June 30, 
                2021, if such borrower elects to repay the loan under 
                such income-based repayment plan on or after July 1, 
                2021.
            ``(2) Special terms.--Notwithstanding any other provision 
        of this section, with respect to a loan described under 
        paragraph (1), the following terms shall apply to the income-
        based repayment plan under this subsection:
                    ``(A)(i) Notwithstanding subsection (a)(3)(B), the 
                repayment amount under this subsection shall be an 
                amount equal to 10 percent of the result obtained by 
                calculating, on at least an annual basis, the amount by 
                which the adjusted gross income of the borrower 
                (subject to clause (ii)) exceeds the applicable 
                percentage of the poverty line in accordance with 
                clause (iii).
                    ``(ii)(I) Subject to subclause (II), in the case of 
                a married borrower (regardless of tax filing status), 
                clause (i) shall be applied by substituting `the 
                adjusted gross income of the borrower and the 
                borrower's spouse' for `the adjusted gross income of 
                the borrower'.
                    ``(II) Subclause (I) shall not be applicable to any 
                borrower who is married and who certifies to the 
                Secretary through a form approved by the Secretary that 
                the borrower is--
                            ``(aa) separated from the spouse of the 
                        borrower; or
                            ``(bb) unable to reasonably access the 
                        income information the spouse of such borrower.
                    ``(iii) For purposes of clause (i), the term 
                `applicable percentage' means 250 percent of the 
                poverty line applicable to the borrower's family size 
                (as determined under section 673(2) of the Community 
                Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2)))--
                            ``(I) reduced by 10 percentage points for 
                        each $1,000 by which the borrower's adjusted 
                        gross income (in the case of a single borrower) 
                        exceeds $80,000; and
                            ``(II) reduced by 10 percentage points for 
                        each $2,000 by which the borrower's adjusted 
                        gross income (in the case of a married borrower 
                        (regardless of filing status)), exceeds 
                        $160,000.
                    ``(B) Subsection (b)(7)(B) shall apply by 
                substituting `20 years' for `25 years'.
                    ``(C) A borrower of such a loan may elect, and 
                remain enrolled in, the income-based repayment plan 
                under this subsection regardless of--
                            ``(i) whether such borrower has a partial 
                        financial hardship; and
                            ``(ii) the income level of the borrower.
                    ``(D) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A) of 
                subsection (b)(6), a borrower's monthly payment--
                            ``(i) shall be equal to the repayment 
                        amount determined under subparagraph (A) 
                        divided by 12; and
                            ``(ii) may exceed the monthly repayment 
                        amount under a standard 10-year repayment plan 
                        or a fixed repayment plan described in section 
                        493E.
                    ``(E) Subparagraph (B) of subsection (b)(3) shall 
                not apply.
                    ``(F) Subsection (d) shall not apply.
                    ``(G) In the case of a Federal Direct Consolidation 
                Loan made on or after the date of enactment of the 
                College Affordability Act that is being repaid under 
                this subsection, any monthly payment made pursuant to 
                any repayment plan listed in subsection (b)(7)(B) on a 
                loan for which the liability has been discharged by the 
                proceeds of such consolidation loan shall be treated as 
                a monthly payment under this subsection on the portion 
                of such consolidation loan that is attributable to such 
                discharged loan, except that in the case of a 
                subsequent consolidation loan, for purposes of this 
                clause--
                            ``(i) any monthly payment made on the first 
                        consolidation loan or any other loan for which 
                        the liability has been discharged by such 
                        subsequent consolidation loan shall be 
                        applicable; and
                            ``(ii) any monthly payment made on a loan 
                        for which the liability has been discharged by 
                        such first consolidation loan shall not be 
                        applicable.
            ``(3) Additional special terms for certain borrowers.--A 
        borrower described in paragraph (1)(B)--
                    ``(A) may--
                            ``(i) choose to continue repayment pursuant 
                        to the repayment plan in which the borrower is 
                        enrolled on June 30, 2021; or
                            ``(ii) make a one-time election to--
                                    ``(I) terminate repayment pursuant 
                                to the repayment plan described in 
                                clause (i) and enter the income-based 
                                repayment plan under this subsection; 
                                or
                                    ``(II) terminate repayment pursuant 
                                to the repayment plan described in 
                                clause (i) and enter a fixed repayment 
                                plan described in section 493E; and
                    ``(B) who makes an election under subparagraph 
                (A)(ii), shall not repay a loan described in paragraph 
                (1)(B) under a repayment plan that is not an income-
                based repayment plan under this subsection or a fixed 
                repayment plan described in section 493E.
            ``(4) Written, electronic, or verbal enrollment in income-
        based repayment.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall develop and 
                implement a process that is consistent with any 
                procedures (including verification procedures) 
                established under subsection (c), which enables a 
                covered borrower of a loan made under part D who 
                desires to elect to repay such loan under income-based 
                repayment under this subsection to make such election 
                through written, electronic, or verbal notice to the 
                Secretary.
                    ``(B) Covered borrower defined.--In this paragraph, 
                the term `covered borrower' means a borrower of a loan 
                made under part D who--
                            ``(i) is enrolled in the fixed repayment 
                        plan under section 493E; or
                            ``(ii) has not yet selected a repayment 
                        plan.
    ``(g) Special Rule for Refinanced Loans.--
            ``(1) Refinanced federal direct and ffel loans.--In 
        calculating the period of time during which a borrower of a 
        loan that is refinanced under section 460A has made monthly 
        payments for purposes of subsection (b)(7), the Secretary shall 
        include each month in which a monthly payment was made for the 
        original loan or the refinanced loan, if such monthly payment 
        otherwise meet the requirements of this section.
            ``(2) Federal direct refinanced private loans.--In 
        calculating the period of time during which a borrower of a 
        Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan under section 460B has 
        made monthly payments for purposes of subsection (b)(7), the 
        Secretary shall include only payments--
                    ``(A) that are made after the date of the issuance 
                of the Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan; and
                    ``(B) that otherwise meet the requirements of this 
                section.''.

SEC. 4629. FIXED REPAYMENT PLAN.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.) is further amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 493E. FIXED REPAYMENT PLAN.

    ``(a) In General.--A borrower of a loan made under this part on or 
after July 1, 2021, and a borrower who is in repayment on a loan made, 
insured, or guaranteed under part B or part D before July 1, 2021, may 
elect to repay such loan under the fixed repayment plan described in 
this section.
    ``(b) Fixed Repayment Plan.--Under the fixed repayment plan, a 
borrower whose total outstanding amount of principal and interest on 
such a loan (as of the day before entering repayment on such loan)--
            ``(1) is equal to or less than $20,000, shall repay such 
        loan with a fixed monthly repayment amount paid over a period 
        of 10 years;
            ``(2) is more than $20,000 and less than $30,000, shall 
        repay such loan with a fixed monthly repayment amount paid over 
        a period of--
                    ``(A) 15 years; or
                    ``(B) the period described in paragraph (1), if the 
                borrower elects such period;
            ``(3) is equal to or greater than $30,000, and less than 
        $40,000, shall repay such loan with a fixed monthly repayment 
        amount paid over a period of--
                    ``(A) 20 years; or
                    ``(B) the period described in paragraph (1) or (2), 
                if the borrower elects such period; and
            ``(4) is equal to or greater than $40,000, shall repay such 
        loan with a fixed monthly repayment amount paid over a period 
        of--
                    ``(A) 25 years; or
                    ``(B) the period described in any of paragraphs (1) 
                through (3), if the borrower elects such period.
    ``(c) Treatment of Certain Consolidation Loans.--In the case of a 
Federal Direct Consolidation Loan made on or after the date of 
enactment of the College Affordability Act that is being repaid under 
this section, any monthly payment made pursuant to any repayment plan 
listed in section 493C(b)(7)(B) on a loan for which the liability has 
been discharged by the proceeds of such consolidation loan shall be 
treated as a monthly payment under this section on the portion of such 
consolidation loan that is attributable to such discharged loan, except 
that in the case of a subsequent consolidation loan, for purposes of 
this subsection--
            ``(1) any monthly payment made on the first consolidation 
        loan or any other loan for which the liability has been 
        discharged by such subsequent consolidation loan shall be 
        applicable; and
            ``(2) any monthly payment made on a loan for which the 
        liability has been discharged by such first consolidation loan 
        shall not be applicable.''.

SEC. 4630. REQUIRING A COMMON MANUAL FOR LOAN SERVICERS.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at 
the end the following:

``SEC. 493F. REQUIRING A COMMON MANUAL FOR LOAN SERVICERS.

    ``(a) In General.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall develop 
a manual of common procedures and policies for entities with which the 
Secretary enters into contracts for the origination, servicing, and 
collection of covered loans, to standardize procedures to ensure 
consistency of quality and practice across such entities, and a minimum 
standard of quality and practice, to ensure that borrowers, including 
individuals pursuing public service loan forgiveness under section 
455(m) and teachers, are well served.
    ``(b) Updates.--The Secretary shall update the manual under 
subsection (a) as frequently as may be necessary, but not less 
frequently than once every 5 years.
    ``(c) Covered Loans Defined.--The term `covered loans' means--
            ``(1) loans sold or assigned to the Secretary under part B;
            ``(2) loans made or purchased under part D; and
            ``(3) loans referred, transferred, or assigned to the 
        Secretary under part E.''.

SEC. 4631. REMOVAL OF RECORD OF DEFAULT.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended 
by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 493G. REMOVAL OF RECORD OF DEFAULT.

    ``Upon repaying in full the amount due on a defaulted loan made, 
insured, or guaranteed under this title, the Secretary, guaranty 
agency, or other holder of the loan shall request any consumer 
reporting agency to which the Secretary, guaranty agency or holder, as 
applicable, reported the default of the loan, to remove any adverse 
item of information relating to a delinquent or defaulted loan made, 
insured, or guaranteed under this title from the borrower's credit 
history.''.

SEC. 4632. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF BORROWER DEFENSES.

    (a) In General.--Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is 
further amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 493H. BORROWER DEFENSES.

    ``(a) In General.--Notwithstanding any other provision of State or 
Federal law, a defense to repayment of a loan under this title 
includes--
            ``(1) a substantial misrepresentation;
            ``(2) an act or omission that would give rise to a cause of 
        action against an institution of higher education under 
        applicable State law, to the extent that such act or omission 
        relates to--
                    ``(A) a loan received by a borrower under this 
                title; or
                    ``(B) educational services for which such a loan 
                was received; or
            ``(3) such further acts or omissions that the Secretary 
        determines to be appropriate in accordance with subsection (b).
    ``(b) Regulations.--The Secretary shall specify in regulations 
which further acts or omissions of an institution of higher education a 
borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of a loan made under this 
title.
    ``(c) Secretarial Determination.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall determine whether a 
        borrower is entitled to relief under this section based on all 
        evidence available to the Secretary.
            ``(2) Evidentiary standard.--A borrower shall be entitled 
        to relief under this section if a preponderance of the evidence 
        available to the Secretary demonstrates that the borrower is 
        entitled to such relief.
            ``(3) Independent determination.--A determination under 
        paragraph (1) shall be independent of any action that the 
        Secretary may take to recoup funds from the institution of 
        higher education implicated by the borrower defense claim.
    ``(d) Procedures for Review and Resolution of Claims.--
            ``(1) Procedures required.--The Secretary shall establish 
        procedures for the fair and expeditious review and resolution 
        of borrower defense claims brought under this section. In 
        establishing such procedures, the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) provide a fair process for the review and 
                resolution of borrower defense claims, which shall 
                include procedures for the consideration of borrower 
                defense claims on behalf of groups of similarly 
                situated borrowers without requiring each borrower in 
                the group to submit a separate claim;
                    ``(B) review a borrower defense claim at any time 
                without regard to the repayment status of any loan 
                subject to such claim;
                    ``(C) allow a legal representative to bring a 
                borrower defense claim--
                            ``(i) on behalf of an individual borrower; 
                        or
                            ``(ii) on behalf of a group of similarly 
                        situated borrowers; and
                    ``(D) specify a fixed timeframe for the resolution 
                of borrower defense claims.
            ``(2) Deferment during pendency of claims.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Subject to subparagraph (B), a 
                loan made under this title that is subject to a pending 
                borrower defense claim shall be placed in deferment 
                status, during which periodic installments of principal 
                need not be paid and interest shall not accrue (or 
                shall be paid by the Secretary), without regard to 
                whether such loan is in default.
                    ``(B) Opt out.--The borrower of a loan subject to 
                deferment under subparagraph (A) may opt out of such 
                deferment at any time during the pendency of the 
                borrower defense claim.
                    ``(C) Suspension of credit reporting and 
                collection.--The Secretary shall suspend all adverse 
                credit reporting and collection activity, including 
                offsets and garnishments, with respect to any loan in 
                default that is subject to a deferment under 
                subparagraph (A).
    ``(f) Terms of Relief.--
            ``(1) In general.--If the Secretary determines under 
        subsection (c) that a borrower is entitled to relief, the 
        Secretary shall, subject to paragraph (2)--
                    ``(A) cancel or repay all or a portion of the 
                balance of interest and principal due on any loan 
                subject to the claim for relief; and
                    ``(B) return to the borrower an amount not in 
                excess of the total amount of payments made on the loan 
                by the borrower.
            ``(2) Cancellation of debt and return of payments.--
                    ``(A) Substantial misrepresentation claims.--If the 
                Secretary determines that a borrower is entitled to 
                relief based on a claim of substantial 
                misrepresentation, the Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) cancel or repay the full balance of 
                        interest and principal due on any loan subject 
                        to the claim; and
                            ``(ii) return to the borrower an amount 
                        equal to the total amount of payments made on 
                        the loan by the borrower.
                    ``(B) Other claims.--If the Secretary determines 
                that a borrower is entitled to relief based on a claim 
                other than substantial misrepresentation, there shall 
                be a presumption that the Secretary will cancel or 
                repay the full balance of principal and interest due on 
                the loan and return the full amount of payments made by 
                the borrower as described in subparagraph (A). If the 
                Secretary determines that full cancellation or 
                repayment of the debt and return of all funds paid on 
                the loan is not appropriate in a particular case, the 
                Secretary shall provide the borrower with a written 
                explanation as to why partial cancellation or 
                repayment, or the partial return of funds is 
                appropriate.
    ``(g) Appeals.--Upon a determination by the Secretary to deny a 
borrower defense claim under this section, the borrower may file an 
appeal with the Department. The Secretary shall develop and implement a 
standardized process for the treatment of appeals under this 
subsection.
    ``(h) Refiling of Claims.--A borrower whose claim was denied under 
this section may refile the claim for good cause, which may include--
            ``(1) the availability of substantial evidence that was not 
        available to the Secretary at the time the initial claim was 
        denied;
            ``(2) the emergence of facts or circumstances that may have 
        substantially altered the Secretary's original treatment of the 
        initial claim; and
            ``(3) such other factors as may be determined by the 
        Secretary.
    ``(i) Designation of Personnel.--The Secretary shall designate 
qualified personnel within the Department whose principal 
responsibility shall be the processing of borrower defense claims 
submitted under his section.
    ``(j) Availability of Information to Borrowers.--
            ``(1) Borrower requests for information.--At the request of 
        a borrower, the Secretary shall identify and provide to the 
        borrower or the legal representative of the borrower any 
        records the Secretary is considering as part of the borrower's 
        claim.
            ``(2) Status of claim.--The Secretary shall establish a 
        process under which each borrower with a claim pending under 
        this section shall be notified of the status of the pending 
        claim not fewer than once every 90 days.
            ``(3) Information from institutions.--The Secretary may 
        request documents and other information relating to a borrower 
        defense claim from an institution of higher education. An 
        institution that receives a request for information from the 
        Secretary under this subsection shall provide the information 
        to the Secretary at such time, in such form, and in such manner 
        as the Secretary may direct.
    ``(k) Quarterly Reports.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not less than once every fiscal quarter, 
        the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees a 
        report that includes the following:
                    ``(A) The total number of claims submitted to the 
                Secretary pursuant to this subsection in the fiscal 
                quarter covered by the report and in all previous 
                fiscal quarters.
                    ``(B) Of the claims described in subparagraph (A)--
                            ``(i) the number of claims that remain 
                        pending;
                            ``(ii) the number of claims that were 
                        denied by the Secretary, and the total dollar 
                        amount of such claims; and
                            ``(iii) the number of claims that were 
                        approved by the Secretary, and the total dollar 
                        amount of such claims.
            ``(2) Disaggregation.--The information described in 
        subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) shall be 
        disaggregated by State and institution of higher education 
        (except that such disaggregation shall not be required in a 
        case in which the results would reveal personally identifiable 
        information about an individual borrower).
            ``(3) Public availability.--The information included in 
        each report submitted under paragraph (A) shall be made 
        available on a publicly accessible website of the Department.
    ``(l) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) The term `legal representative' means a licensed 
        attorney working on behalf of a borrower or a group of 
        borrowers, including--
                    ``(A) a State attorney general; and
                    ``(B) an attorney employed by a State agency, a 
                Federal agency, or a nonprofit organization that is 
                qualified to provide legal representation to borrowers.
            ``(2) The term `substantial misrepresentation' has the 
        meaning given that term in section 487(c)(3)(C).''.
    (b) Conforming Amendment.--Subsection (h) of section 455 of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e) is repealed.

SEC. 4633. ON-TIME REPAYMENT RATES.

    Part G of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088 et seq.), as amended by the preceding sections, is further amended 
by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 493I. ON-TIME REPAYMENT RATES.

    ``(a) Calculation of On-Time Repayment Rates.--
            ``(1) On-time repayment rate defined.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The term `on-time repayment 
                rate' means for any fiscal year in which 30 or more 
                current and former students at an institution have been 
                in repayment for 3 years on any covered loan received 
                for attendance at the institution, the percentage of 
                such current and former students who have paid at least 
                90 percent of the monthly payments on such loan during 
                such 3-year repayment period.
                    ``(B) Small cohorts.--For any fiscal year in which 
                fewer than 30 of an institution's current and former 
                students have been in repayment for 3 years, the term 
                `on-time repayment rate' means the percentage of such 
                current and former students who entered their 3rd year 
                of repayment on any covered loan received for 
                attendance at the institution in any of the 3 most 
                recent fiscal years and who have paid at least 90 
                percent of the monthly payments on such loan during 
                such 3-year repayment period.
            ``(2) Additional requirements for rate determination.--
                    ``(A) Multiple institutions.--In the case of a 
                student who has attended and borrowed a covered loan 
                for attendance at more than one institution, the 
                student (and such student's subsequent repayment or 
                monthly payment on such loan) is attributed to each 
                institution for attendance at which the student 
                received such loan for which the student entered the 
                3rd year of repayment in the fiscal year for which the 
                on-time repayment rate is being determined.
                    ``(B) Treatment of consolidation loans.--For 
                purposes of determining whether a student is in 
                repayment (or has paid a monthly payment) on a loan 
                under section 428C or a Federal Direct Consolidation 
                Loan, only the portion of such loan that is used to 
                repay a covered loan received for attendance at the 
                institution whose on-time repayment rate is being 
                determined shall be considered for purposes of such 
                rate.
            ``(3) Determination of when monthly payment is paid.--For 
        purposes of determining the on-time repayment rate of an 
        institution, a student shall be considered to have paid a 
        monthly payment on a covered loan if one of the following 
        applies:
                    ``(A) The amount of such monthly payment has been 
                paid not later than 30 days after the date on which 
                such monthly payment is due, except that a monthly 
                payment by the institution, such institution's owner, 
                agent, contractor, employee, or any other entity or 
                individual affiliated with such institution made on 
                behalf of a student who is not employed by the 
                institution shall not be considered a paid monthly 
                payment on such loan.
                    ``(B) The monthly payment amount due on such loan 
                is equal to zero.
                    ``(C) The full amount due on the loan has been 
                repaid or the liability on the loan has been otherwise 
                discharged under this Act.
                    ``(D) The student is in a period of deferment, 
                other than--
                            ``(i) a deferment due to an economic 
                        hardship described section 427(a)(2)(C)(iii), 
                        428(b)(1)(M)(iv), or 455(f)(2)(D); or
                            ``(ii) a deferment due to unemployment 
                        described in section 427(a)(2)(C)(ii), 
                        428(b)(1)(M)(ii), or 455(f)(2)(B).
                    ``(E) The student is in one of the following 
                periods of forbearance (as applicable to loans made, 
                insured, or guaranteed under part B or this title):
                            ``(i) Medical or dental internship or 
                        residency forbearance under subclause (I) of 
                        section 428(c)(3)(A)(i).
                            ``(ii) National service forbearance under 
                        subclause (III) of section 428(c)(3)(A)(i).
                            ``(iii) Forbearance for active duty service 
                        in the Armed Forces under subclause (IV) of 
                        section 428(c)(3)(A)(i).
                            ``(iv) Forbearance for National Guard Duty 
                        under section 428(c)(3)(B).
                            ``(v) Forbearance due to military 
                        mobilization or other local or national 
                        emergency as authorized by the Secretary under 
                        section 685.205(b)(8) of title 34, Code of 
                        Federal Regulations (as in effect on the date 
                        of enactment of the College Affordability Act).
                            ``(vi) Teacher loan forgiveness forbearance 
                        under section 682.213(e) or 685.205(a)(5) of 
                        title 34, Code of Federal Regulations (as in 
                        effect on the date of enactment of the College 
                        Affordability Act).
            ``(4) Participation rate.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An institution that demonstrates 
                to the Secretary that the institution's participation 
                rate is equal to or less than 20 percent for any of the 
                3 most recent fiscal years for which data is available 
                shall not be subject to subsection (b).
                    ``(B) Determination.--For purposes of this 
                paragraph, the term `participation rate' means the 
                percentage of the institution's regular students, 
                enrolled on at least a half-time basis, who received a 
                covered loan for a 12-month period ending during the 6 
                months immediately preceding the fiscal year for which 
                the cohort of borrowers used to calculate the 
                institution's on-time loan repayment rate is 
                determined.
                    ``(C) Data.--An institution shall provide the 
                Secretary with sufficient data to determine the 
                institution's participation rate within 30 days after 
                receiving an initial notification of the institution's 
                draft on-time repayment rate.
                    ``(D) Notification.--Prior to publication of a 
                final on-time repayment rate for an institution that 
                provides the data described in subparagraph (C), the 
                Secretary shall notify the institution of the 
                institution's compliance or noncompliance with 
                subparagraph (A).
    ``(b) Determination of Eligibility Based on Repayment Rates and 
Instructional Spending Amounts.--
            ``(1) Ineligibility.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in 
                subparagraphs (C) and (D), beginning on the date that 
                is one year after the date on which the final on-time 
                repayment rates are published by the Secretary for not 
                less than 3 fiscal years, an institution shall not be 
                eligible to participate in a program under this title 
                for the fiscal year for which the determination under 
                this subparagraph is made and for the two succeeding 
                fiscal years, if the Secretary determines the following 
                with respect to such institution--
                            ``(i) the on-time repayment rate of such 
                        institution is less than any threshold on-time 
                        repayment rate specified under subparagraph (B) 
                        for period determined appropriate by the 
                        Secretary for such threshold rate; and
                            ``(ii) with respect to any of the 3 most 
                        recent institutional fiscal years for which the 
                        institution submits to the Secretary 
                        disclosures on the expenditures of the 
                        institution on instruction for purposes of 
                        section 132(i)(1)(AA), the amount expended by 
                        such institution on instruction for such fiscal 
                        year is less than \1/3\ of the institution's 
                        revenues derived from tuition and fees.
                    ``(B) Threshold rates.--For purposes of 
                determinations under subparagraph (A)(i), the Secretary 
                shall specify 1 or more threshold on-time repayment 
                rates, which rates--
                            ``(i) shall require that a significant 
                        percentage of students who have been in 
                        repayment for 3 years on a covered loan 
                        received for attendance at an institution of 
                        higher education have paid at least 90 percent 
                        of the monthly payments on such covered loan 
                        during such 3-year repayment period; and
                            ``(ii) may be applicable with respect to a 
                        period of 1 or more fiscal years, as determined 
                        appropriate for such a rate.
                    ``(C) Exceptions for certain categories of 
                educational programs.--
                            ``(i) Exceptions for certain categories of 
                        educational programs.--With respect to an 
                        institution that loses eligibility to 
                        participate in a program under this title in 
                        accordance with paragraph (1), such institution 
                        may request and be granted an exception to such 
                        loss of eligibility for a category of 
                        educational programs at such institution by 
                        demonstrating to the Secretary that the on-time 
                        loan repayment rate for such category of 
                        educational programs is greater than the 
                        threshold percentage specified under paragraph 
                        (1)(B) for each fiscal year of the period on 
                        which such loss of eligibility for the 
                        institution is based.
                            ``(ii) Determinations.--In determining the 
                        on-time loan repayment rate for a category of 
                        educational programs, subsection (a)(1) shall 
                        be applied--
                                    ``(I) in subparagraph (A), by 
                                substituting `received for enrollment 
                                in the category of educational programs 
                                for which such rate is being 
                                determined' for `received for 
                                attendance at the institution'; and
                                    ``(II) as if the following were 
                                added at the end of such paragraph:
                    ```(C) Multiple categories of educational 
                programs.--In the case of a student who has received a 
                covered loan for enrollment in more than one category 
                of educational programs, the student (and such 
                student's subsequent repayment or monthly payment on 
                such covered loan) is attributed to the last category 
                of educational programs in which such student was 
                enrolled.'.
                    ``(D) Appeals.--Not later than 60 days of receiving 
                notification from the Secretary of the loss of 
                eligibility under subparagraph (A), the institution may 
                appeal the loss of its eligibility under subsection 
                (c).
            ``(2) Repayment management plan requirement for certain 
        institutions.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Beginning on the date that is 
                one year after the date on which the final on-time 
                repayment rates are published by the Secretary for not 
                less than 3 fiscal years, an institution shall be 
                subject to the requirements of subparagraph (B), if the 
                Secretary determines the following with respect to such 
                institution--
                            ``(i) the on-time repayment rate of such 
                        institution is less than any threshold on-time 
                        repayment rate specified under paragraph (1)(B) 
                        for period determined appropriate by the 
                        Secretary for such threshold rate; and
                            ``(ii) for each of the 3 most recent 
                        institutional fiscal years for which the 
                        institution submits to the Secretary 
                        disclosures on the expenditures of the 
                        institution on instruction for purposes of 
                        section 132(i)(1)(AA), the amount expended by 
                        the institution for instructional spending is 
                        greater than or equal to an amount equal to \1/
                        3\ of the amount of revenue derived from 
                        tuition and fees.
                    ``(B) Repayment management plan.--An institution 
                subject to the requirements of this subparagraph, 
                shall--
                            ``(i) not later than 6 months after the 
                        determination under subparagraph (A), submit to 
                        the Secretary a repayment management plan which 
                        the Secretary, in the Secretary's discretion, 
                        after consideration of the institution's 
                        history, resources, expenditures, and targets 
                        for improving on-time repayment, determines--
                                    ``(I) is acceptable and is in the 
                                best interests of students; and
                                    ``(II) provides reasonable 
                                assurance that the institution will 
                                have an on-time repayment rate that 
                                exceeds the on-time threshold referred 
                                to in subparagraph (A)(i) after a 
                                reasonable period;
                            ``(ii) engage an independent third-party to 
                        provide technical assistance in implementing 
                        such repayment management plan; and
                            ``(iii) provide to the Secretary, on an 
                        annual basis or at such other intervals as the 
                        Secretary may require, evidence of on-time 
                        repayment rate improvement and successful 
                        implementation of such repayment management 
                        plan.
    ``(c) Appeals.--
            ``(1) Secretarial requirements.--The Secretary shall issue 
        a decision on any appeal submitted by an institution under 
        subsection (b)(1)(D) not later than 45 days after its 
        submission. Such decision may permit the institution to 
        continue to participate in a program under this title if--
                    ``(A) the institution demonstrates to the 
                satisfaction of the Secretary that the Secretary's 
                calculation of its on-time repayment rate is not 
                accurate, and that recalculation would increase its on-
                time repayment rate above the applicable threshold 
                percentage specified in subsection (b)(1)(B) for the 
                period on which the determination of the institution's 
                ineligibility under subsection (b)(1)(A) was based;
                    ``(B) the institution demonstrates to the 
                satisfaction of the Secretary that there has been 
                improper loan servicing, which, if remedied, would 
                increase its on-time repayment rate above the 
                applicable threshold percentage specified in subsection 
                (b)(1)(B) for the period on which the determination of 
                the institution's ineligibility under subsection 
                (b)(1)(A) was based;
                    ``(C) there are, in the judgment of the Secretary, 
                exceptional mitigating circumstances that would make 
                the application of this section inequitable;
                    ``(D) for each of the 3 most recent fiscal years 
                for which the institution submits to the Secretary 
                disclosures on expenditures for purposes of section 
                132(i)(1)(AA), the sum of the expenditures on 
                instruction and student services of the institution is 
                equal to an amount greater than or equal to 50 percent 
                of the institution's revenues derived from tuition and 
                fees, and the institution complies with the 
                requirements of subsection (b)(2)(B).
            ``(2) Institutional requirements.--If an institution 
        continues to participate in a program under this title, and the 
        institution's appeal of the loss of eligibility is 
        unsuccessful, the institution shall be required to pay to the 
        Secretary an amount equal to the amount of interest, special 
        allowance, reinsurance, and any related payments made by the 
        Secretary (or which the Secretary is obligated to make) with 
        respect to covered loans to students attending, or planning to 
        attend, that institution during the pendency of such appeal. 
        During such appeal, the Secretary may permit the institution to 
        continue to participate in a program under this title.
    ``(d) Regulations.--The Secretary shall prescribe regulations 
designed to prevent an institution from evading the application to that 
institution of a on-time repayment rate determination under this 
section through the use of such measures as branching, consolidation, 
change of ownership or control, or any similar device.
    ``(e) Publication.--The Secretary shall publish not less often than 
once every fiscal year (by September 30 of each year) a report--
            ``(1) for each category of institution, and for each 
        institution for which an on-time repayment rate is determined 
        under this section--
                    ``(A) with respect to the preceding fiscal year--
                            ``(i) the on-time repayment rate for such 
                        institution;
                            ``(ii) the on-time repayment rate for each 
                        category of educational programs; and
                            ``(iii) the number of students on which the 
                        rates described in clauses (i) and (ii) are 
                        based; and
                    ``(B) for each of the 3 most recent fiscal years 
                for which the institution submits to the Secretary 
                disclosures on expenditures for purposes of section 
                132(i)(1)(AA)--
                            ``(i) the amount of the institution's 
                        expenditures on instruction;
                            ``(ii) the amount of revenue derived from 
                        tuition and fees by the institution; and
                            ``(iii) the quotient of the amount 
                        described in clause (i) divided by the amount 
                        described in clause (ii), expressed as a 
                        percentage; and
            ``(2) each on-time repayment rate used for calculating each 
        of the threshold rates under subsection (b)(1)(B) for the 
        period determined appropriate by the Secretary for such 
        threshold rate under such subsection.
    ``(f) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Category of educational programs.--The term `category 
        of educational programs' has the meaning given the term in 
        section 435(a)(9)(E).
            ``(2) Category of institution.--The term `category of 
        institution' includes--
                    ``(A) four-year public institutions;
                    ``(B) four-year private nonprofit institutions;
                    ``(C) four-year proprietary institutions;
                    ``(D) two-year public institutions;
                    ``(E) two-year private nonprofit institutions;
                    ``(F) two-year proprietary institutions;
                    ``(G) less-than-two year public institutions;
                    ``(H) less-than-two year private nonprofit 
                institutions; and
                    ``(I) less-than-two year proprietary institutions.
            ``(3) Covered loan.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The term `covered loan' means a 
                loan made, insured, or guaranteed under part B or D 
                (other than an excepted PLUS Loan or an excepted 
                consolidation Loan).
                    ``(B) Excepted plus loan; excepted consolidation 
                loan.--The terms `excepted PLUS Loan' and `excepted 
                consolidation Loan' have the meanings given such terms 
                in section 493C(a).
            ``(4) Student services.--The term `student services' has 
        the meaning given the term in section 498E(a)(2).''.

                       PART H--PROGRAM INTEGRITY

                         Subpart 1--State Role

SEC. 4701. STATE RESPONSIBILITIES.

    Section 495(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1099a(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by inserting ``and the accrediting agency or 
                association involved'' after ``Secretary'';
                    (B) by striking ``revokes a license'' and inserting 
                ``takes a negative action, or revokes a license,''; and
                    (C) by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (2) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the end and 
        inserting a semicolon; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) evaluate each institution of higher education located 
        in the State or seeking authorization to operate in the State 
        to determine if such institution of higher education meets the 
        applicable standards of the State relating to--
                    ``(A) facilities, equipment, and supplies; and
                    ``(B) measures of program length and other factors 
                relevant for a student or graduate to receive a 
                professional license from the State;
            ``(5) certify to the Secretary that the State shall--
                    ``(A) accept student complaints from--
                            ``(i) all students attending an institution 
                        of higher education located in the State; and
                            ``(ii) all students who are residents of 
                        the State and attend an institution of higher 
                        education not located in the State through 
                        correspondence or distance education; and
                    ``(B) report to the Secretary and accrediting 
                bodies--
                            ``(i) relevant student complaints received 
                        by the State, including multiple student 
                        complaints that present consistent allegations 
                        with respect to an institution of higher 
                        education in the State; and
                            ``(ii) such other complaints the Secretary 
                        determines necessary; and
            ``(6) establish policies and procedures to anticipate and 
        respond to the closure of an institution of higher education, 
        which shall include--
                    ``(A) the maintenance of sufficient cash reserves 
                (or an equivalent alternative) in accordance with 
                regulations issued pursuant to section 498(c)(6)(A) to 
                ensure repayment of any required refunds;
                    ``(B) a plan to address ensuring custodial record-
                keeping of institutional records and student 
                transcripts in the case of such a closure;
                    ``(C) the maintenance of contact information 
                adequate to ensure communication directly between the 
                State and each student in the case of such a closure; 
                and
                    ``(D) in the case of an institution of higher 
                education located in the State, to develop a process to 
                identify when a campus of such institution of higher 
                education closes in any State.''.

               Subpart A--Accrediting Agency Recognition

SEC. 4711. ACCREDITING AGENCY RECOGNITION OF ELIGIBLE JOB TRAINING 
              PROGRAMS.

    Section 496(a)(4) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1099b(a)(4)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``and'' after the 
        semicolon;
            (2) in subparagraph (B)(ii), by inserting ``and'' after the 
        semicolon; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) if such agency or association has or seeks to 
                include within its scope of recognition the evaluation 
                of the quality of institutions of higher education 
                participating in the job training Federal Pell Grant 
                program under section 401(k), such agency or 
                association shall, in addition to meeting the other 
                requirements of this subpart, demonstrate to the 
                Secretary that, with respect to such eligible job 
                training program--
                            ``(i) the agency or association's standards 
                        include a process for determining if the 
                        institution has the capability to effectively 
                        provide an eligible job training program; and
                            ``(ii) the agency or association requires a 
                        demonstration that the program--
                                    ``(I) has identified each 
                                recognized postsecondary credential 
                                offered and the corresponding industry 
                                or sector partnership that actively 
                                recognizes each credential in the State 
                                or local area in which the job training 
                                program is provided; and
                                    ``(II) provides the academic 
                                content and amount of instructional 
                                time that is sufficient to--
                                            ``(aa) meet the hiring 
                                        requirements of potential 
                                        employers; and
                                            ``(bb) satisfy any 
                                        applicable educational 
                                        prerequisite requirement for 
                                        professional license or 
                                        certification, so that a 
                                        student who completes the 
                                        program and seeks employment is 
                                        qualified to take any licensure 
                                        or certification examination 
                                        needed to practice or find 
                                        employment in such sectors or 
                                        occupations.''.

SEC. 4712. ACCREDITING AGENCY RECOGNITION OF INSTITUTIONS ENROLLING 
              INCARCERATED INDIVIDUALS.

    Section 496(a)(4) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1099b(a)(4)) is further amended by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D) if such agency or association accredits or 
                seeks to accredit institutions of higher education that 
                seek to award Federal Pell Grants under section 401(n) 
                to incarcerated individuals for a course of study at 
                such institution, such agency or association shall, in 
                addition to meeting the other requirements of this 
                subpart, demonstrate to the Secretary that--
                            ``(i) the agency or association's standards 
                        include a process for determining if the 
                        institution has the capability to effectively 
                        offer such a course of study to incarcerated 
                        individuals; and
                            ``(ii) the agency or association requires a 
                        demonstration that--
                                    ``(I) such course of study is 
                                taught by faculty with experience and 
                                credentials comparable to the 
                                experience and credentials of faculty 
                                who teach courses of study available to 
                                non-incarcerated students enrolled at 
                                the institution;
                                    ``(II) academic credits earned by 
                                incarcerated individuals for completion 
                                of a course of study are treated by the 
                                institution as the equivalent to 
                                credits earned by non-incarcerated 
                                students for an equivalent course;
                                    ``(III) the institution provides 
                                sufficient educational content and 
                                resources to students enrolled in such 
                                a course of study that are, to the 
                                extent practicable, consistent with the 
                                educational content and resources 
                                available to non-incarcerated students; 
                                and
                                    ``(IV) the institution has the 
                                capacity, staffing, and expertise to 
                                provide incarcerated individuals with 
                                the support and advising services 
                                necessary to select and successfully 
                                participate in such a course of study 
                                and, to the extent practicable, with 
                                support upon reentry (including career 
                                and academic advising);''.

SEC. 4713. REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCREDITING AGENCY RECOGNITION.

    (a) Technical Review Panel; Rulemaking.--
            (1) Technical review panel.--
                    (A) In general.--Not later than 1 year after the 
                date of enactment of the Act, the Secretary of 
                Education shall establish a technical review panel 
                comprised of individuals specified in subparagraph (B), 
                to establish a list of measures (and a definition for 
                each such measure)--
                            (i) that, for purposes of section 
                        496(a)(5)(A) of the Higher Education Act of 
                        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b(a)(5)(A))--
                                    (I) accrediting agencies or 
                                associations shall use to assess each 
                                of the outcomes described in 
                                subparagraph (C); and
                                    (II) provides accrediting agencies 
                                or associations with enough flexibility 
                                for adequate assessment of such 
                                outcomes;
                            (ii) that may include measures (and 
                        definitions for such measures) set forth under 
                        the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data 
                        Survey, the postsecondary data system 
                        established under section 132(l), or a 
                        successor system;
                            (iii) to which future technical review 
                        panels which meet the requirements of this 
                        paragraph may add additional measures; and
                            (iv) that the Secretary of Education shall 
                        not have the authority to approve.
                    (B) Composition.--The technical review panel 
                established under subparagraph (A) shall be of 
                sufficient size to ensure that a full range of relevant 
                accrediting agencies and institutions are represented 
                on the panel and shall include, at a minimum, the 
                following members:
                            (i) Representatives of national, regional, 
                        and specialized accrediting agencies and 
                        associations that shall be nominated for 
                        inclusion on the panel by such representatives.
                            (ii) Representatives of diverse 
                        postsecondary institutions, which shall include 
                        representation between 2-year and 4-year 
                        institutions of higher education, and from 
                        public, nonprofit, and proprietary institutions 
                        of higher education, including minority-serving 
                        institutions.
                            (iii) The Commissioner of the National 
                        Center for Education Statistics or the 
                        Commissioner's representative.
                            (iv) Student advocate representatives 
                        familiar with the accreditation process.
                    (C) Outcomes.--The outcomes described in this 
                subparagraph are as follows:
                            (i) Completion (which may include measures 
                        such as graduation rates and rates of 
                        transfer).
                            (ii) Progress toward completion (which may 
                        include measures such as retention rates and 
                        credit accumulation).
                            (iii) Workforce participation (which may 
                        include measures such as rates of licensure and 
                        job placement).
            (2) Rulemaking.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
        enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall 
        initiate a negotiated rule-making--
                    (A) to develop procedures for identifying the 
                representative member institutions an accrediting 
                agency or association shall use to demonstrate to the 
                Secretary, for purposes of the Secretary's review and 
                evaluation of the performance of such agency or 
                association under section 496(n)(1) of the Higher 
                Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b(n)(1)), as 
                amended by this section, that such accrediting agency 
                or association--
                            (i) consistently applies and enforces 
                        standards; and
                            (ii) effectively evaluates the quality of 
                        education or training offered by the 
                        institutions of higher education accredited by 
                        such agency or association; and
                    (B) for purposes of section 496 of the Higher 
                Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b), as amended by 
                this section, to--
                            (i) establish definitions for the terms 
                        related to sanctions, adverse actions, and any 
                        other action that an accrediting agency or 
                        association may take with respect to an 
                        institution of higher education under such 
                        section (including monitoring, notice, warning, 
                        probation, show cause, denial, withdrawal, 
                        suspension, revocation, accreditation, and 
                        preaccreditation); and
                            (ii) in a case in which any action defined 
                        in clause (i) is taken by an accrediting agency 
                        or association with respect to an institution 
                        of higher education, establish notice and 
                        disclosure requirements for such agency or 
                        association and institution of higher education 
                        with respect to the public (including 
                        students), as long as such requirements are 
                        consistent with the requirements of subsections 
                        (a)(7) and (c)(7) of section 496 of the Higher 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b).
    (b) Amendments.--Section 496 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1099b) is further amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3)(A), by inserting before the 
                semicolon at the end the following: ``, and any 
                institution described in clauses (i) through (v) of 
                subsection (b)(1)(B)'';
                    (B) in paragraph (5), by striking subparagraphs (A) 
                through (J) and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) success with respect to student achievement 
                in relation to the institution's mission (except that 
                the agencies and associations described in paragraph 
                (2)(A)(ii) shall not be subject to this subparagraph), 
                which--
                            ``(i) shall be assessed using at least 1 
                        measure selected by the agency or association 
                        from the list of measures established and 
                        defined under section 4713(a)(1) of the College 
                        Affordability Act for each of the following 
                        outcomes--
                                    ``(I) completion;
                                    ``(II) progress toward completion; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) workforce participation;
                            ``(ii) may be assessed using different 
                        measures selected under clause (i) for 
                        different institutions;
                            ``(iii) for each measure selected under 
                        clause (i), shall be assessed using a single 
                        performance benchmark established by the agency 
                        or association, except that an accrediting 
                        agency or association may establish a different 
                        performance benchmark for such a measure for 
                        each category of educational programs (as 
                        defined in section 435(a)(9)(E)); and
                            ``(iv) in the case of an institution 
                        defined in section 101(a), may include 
                        consideration of--
                                    ``(I) the historical significance 
                                of the institution; and
                                    ``(II) whether the institution is 
                                one of the only physical locations at 
                                which postsecondary education is 
                                provided in the geographic area;
                    ``(B) student achievement outcomes, disaggregated 
                by the elements required in the postsecondary student 
                data system under subclauses (I) through (XV) of 
                section 132(l)(2)(C)(ii) to facilitate institutional 
                improvement and yield statistically reliable 
                information that does not reveal personally 
                identifiable information about an individual student;
                    ``(C) credentials, including consideration of the 
                non-monetary value accruing to students pursuing such 
                credentials;
                    ``(D) curricula, including--
                            ``(i) other than for the agencies and 
                        associations described in paragraph (2)(A)(ii), 
                        program length;
                            ``(ii) course sequencing; and
                            ``(iii) objectives related to 
                        credentialing;
                    ``(E) faculty;
                    ``(F) student support services;
                    ``(G) recruiting and admissions practices, academic 
                calendars, catalogues, publications, and grading; and
                    ``(H) fiscal and administrative capacity (which 
                shall include the institution's governance) as 
                appropriate to the specified scale of operations;'';
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (6) through (8) as 
                paragraphs (7) through (9), respectively; and
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following:
            ``(6) such agency or association shall make available on a 
        publicly accessible website, up-to-date information on--
                    ``(A) the institutions that are subject to the 
                jurisdiction of such agency or association;
                    ``(B) the performance benchmark established for 
                each measure selected by the agency or association 
                under paragraph (5)(A), the rationale for the 
                establishment of such performance benchmark, and how 
                such benchmarks are factored into the accreditation 
                process;
                    ``(C) the process such agency or association 
                follows when an institution subject to the jurisdiction 
                of such agency or association does not meet an 
                accreditation standard under section 496(a)(5);
                    ``(D) any sanction or adverse action taken with 
                respect to an institution and the reason for such 
                sanction or adverse action; and'';
                    (E) in paragraph (8), as so redesignated, by 
                striking ``30 days'' and inserting ``10 days'';
                    (F) amend paragraph (9), as so redesignated, to 
                read as follows:
            ``(9) such agency or association shall--
                    ``(A) make available on its public website, and to 
                the Secretary, and the State licensing or authorizing 
                agency, a summary (including the decision and rationale 
                for such decision) of any review resulting in a final 
                accrediting decision involving denial, termination, or 
                suspension of accreditation, together with the comments 
                of the affected institution; and
                    ``(B) ensure that each institution that is the 
                subject of a final accrediting decision described in 
                subparagraph (A) makes available on its public website 
                the summary described in subparagraph (A) (including 
                the decision and rationale for such decision) with 
                respect to such institution and the institution's 
                comments; and''.
                    (G) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(10) such agency or association shall--
                    ``(A) ensure that any substantive change to the 
                educational mission or a program of an institution 
                after the agency or association has accredited or 
                preaccredited the institution does not adversely affect 
                the capacity of the institution to continue to meet the 
                standards of such agency or association;
                    ``(B) require such an institution to obtain the 
                approval of such agency or association with respect to 
                such substantive change before the agency or 
                association includes the change in the scope of 
                accreditation or preaccreditation previously granted to 
                the institution by such agency or association; and
                    ``(C) make public and report to the Secretary any 
                decision made under subparagraph (B) and the rationale 
                of such decision.'';
            (2) by striking subsection (b) and inserting the following:
    ``(b) Separate and Independent Defined.--For the purpose of 
subsection (a)(3), the term `separate and independent' means that--
            ``(1) the members of the postsecondary education governing 
        body and any other decision-making body of the accrediting 
        agency or association are not--
                    ``(A) elected or selected by the board or chief 
                executive officer of any related, associated, or 
                affiliated trade association or membership 
                organization; or
                    ``(B) individuals (such as executives and owners of 
                an institution) who exercise substantial control over 
                an institution--
                            ``(i) that is required to provide the 
                        Secretary with satisfactory evidence of its 
                        financial responsibility in accordance with 
                        paragraph (3)(A) of section 498(c) because the 
                        institution fails to meet criteria under 
                        paragraphs (1) and (2) of such section, except 
                        that this clause shall not be applicable to an 
                        institution until the Secretary has completed 
                        the rulemaking required under section 4721(b) 
                        of the College Affordability Act;
                            ``(ii) that is on a reimbursement payment 
                        method pursuant to section 487(c)(1)(B);
                            ``(iii) against which the Secretary is 
                        initiating or carrying out an emergency action 
                        in accordance with section 487(c)(1)(G);
                            ``(iv) against which the Secretary is 
                        limiting, suspending, or terminating the 
                        institution's participation in any program 
                        under this title in accordance with section 
                        487(c)(1)(F); or
                            ``(v) that is on probation or show cause, 
                        or that is not accredited by an accrediting 
                        agency or association;
            ``(2) among the membership of the board of the accrediting 
        agency or association there shall be 1 public member for each 4 
        members of the board, with a minimum of 1 such public member, 
        and guidelines are established for such members to avoid 
        conflicts of interest, including guidelines ensuring that each 
        such public member--
                    ``(A) is selected to serve on such board in the 
                same manner that other board members are selected for 
                such service;
                    ``(B) has not served on such board as a non-public 
                member in the preceding 10 years;
                    ``(C) is not (or has not been in the preceding 5-
                year period) a full-time employee of, or a member of 
                the governing board, an owner, or shareholder of, or 
                consultant to, an institution or program that--
                            ``(i) is accredited or preaccredited by the 
                        agency or association; or
                            ``(ii) has applied for accreditation or 
                        preaccreditation from such agency or 
                        association;
                    ``(D) is not a member of any trade association or 
                membership organization related to, affiliated with, or 
                associated with the agency or association or an 
                institution that is accredited by such agency or 
                association; and
                    ``(E) is not a spouse, parent, child, or sibling of 
                an individual identified in subparagraph (C) or (D);
            ``(3) dues to the accrediting agency or association are 
        paid separately from any dues paid to any related, associated, 
        or affiliated trade association or membership organization; and
            ``(4) the budget of the accrediting agency or association 
        is developed and determined by the accrediting agency or 
        association without review or resort to consultation with any 
        other entity or organization.'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), strike ``those regarding 
                distance education'' and inserting ``regarding distance 
                education and the history and mission of the 
                institutions reviewed'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) by inserting ``and decline'' after 
                        ``the growth''; and
                            (ii) by inserting before the semicolon at 
                        the end the following: ``or decline''; and
                    (C) by amending paragraph (3) to read as follows:
            ``(3) requires an institution to submit for approval to the 
        accrediting agency or association a teach-out plan (as defined 
        in section 487(f)(2)) and which shall meet the requirements of 
        such agency or association) upon the occurrence of any of the 
        following events:
                    ``(A) the Secretary notifies the agency or 
                association that the Secretary has determined under 
                section 498(c) that the institution does not have the 
                financial responsibility required by this title, except 
                that this subparagraph shall not be applicable to an 
                institution until the Secretary has completed the 
                rulemaking required under section 4721(b) of the 
                College Affordability Act;
                    ``(B) the Secretary notifies the agency of a 
                determination by the institution's independent auditor 
                expressing doubt with the institution's ability to 
                operate as a going concern or indicating an adverse 
                opinion or finding of material weakness related to 
                financial stability, except that this subparagraph 
                shall not apply with respect to a public institution;
                    ``(C) the agency or association acts to place an 
                institution on probation, show cause, or equivalent 
                status; or
                    ``(D) the Secretary notifies the agency that the 
                institution is participating in title IV under a 
                provisional program participation agreement;'';
                    (D) by amending paragraph (6) to read as follows:
            ``(6) requires that teach-out agreements among institutions 
        are subject to approval by the accrediting agency or 
        association consistent with standards promulgated by such 
        agency or association, and that such an agreement shall be 
        required and subject to such approval upon the occurrence of 
        any of the following events:
                    ``(A) the Secretary notifies the agency or 
                association that--
                            ``(i) the Secretary has placed the 
                        institution on the reimbursement payment method 
                        pursuant to section 487(c)(1)(B); and
                            ``(ii) the institution fails to meet 
                        criteria prescribed by the Secretary regarding 
                        ratios that demonstrate financial 
                        responsibility as described in section 
                        498(c)(2);
                    ``(B) the Secretary notifies the accrediting agency 
                or association that the Secretary has initiated--
                            ``(i) an emergency action against the 
                        institution pursuant to section 487(c)(1)(G); 
                        or
                            ``(ii) an action under section 487(c)(1)(F) 
                        to limit, suspend, or terminate the 
                        participation of the institution in any program 
                        under this title;
                    ``(C) the accrediting agency or association acts to 
                withdraw, terminate, or suspend the accreditation of 
                the institution;
                    ``(D) the institution notifies the accrediting 
                agency or association that the institution intends to 
                cease operations;
                    ``(E) the institution notifies the accrediting 
                agency or association that the institution intends to 
                close a location that provides one hundred percent of 
                at least one program; or
                    ``(F) pursuant to section 495, the State notifies 
                the accrediting agency or association that an 
                institution's license or legal authorization to operate 
                within the State has been or will be revoked;'';
                    (E) in paragraph (7), by inserting ``not later than 
                10 days after taking an action described in this 
                paragraph,'' before ``makes available'';
                    (F) in paragraph (9), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (G) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(10) responds to complaints received with respect to an 
        institution during the period which the accrediting agency or 
        association accredits such institution not later than 30 days 
        after receiving the complaint (including complaints shared with 
        the agency or association by the Secretary or a State agency 
        under section 495), monitors and assesses an institution's 
        record of student complaints during such period, and submits 
        the complaints relevant to the Secretary and to the State 
        agency involved.'';
            (4) in subsection (m), by adding at the end the following: 
        ``Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Secretary from 
        implementing a process of recognition under this section which 
        differs for the accrediting agencies or associations described 
        in subsection (a)(2)(A)(ii) for the purposes of participation 
        in programs (other than the programs under this Act) 
        administered by the Department or other Federal agencies if 
        such differentiation would be beneficial to taxpayers and the 
        performance of such agencies or associations.''; and
            (5) in subsection (n)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in the second sentence of the matter 
                        preceding subparagraph (A), by inserting before 
                        the period the following: ``, which shall 
                        include information on at least one institution 
                        of higher education representing each of the 
                        sectors (including public, nonprofit, and 
                        proprietary) of the representative member 
                        institutions''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A), by inserting 
                        before the semicolon the following: ``, and for 
                        purposes of facilitating such third-party 
                        information, the Secretary shall make publicly 
                        available the application of the accrediting 
                        agency or association seeking recognition by 
                        the Secretary upon publishing in the Federal 
                        Register the solicitation for such third-party 
                        information''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) In the case in which an official of the Department 
        (other than the Secretary) makes a decision on the recognition 
        of an accrediting agency or association that differs from the 
        recommendation made by the National Advisory Committee on 
        Institutional Quality and Integrity on such recognition, 
        without regard to whether any appeals process with respect to 
        such decision has been concluded, the official shall submit to 
        the authorizing committees the rationale and evidence for such 
        decision.
            ``(6) During the first 90-day period of each fiscal year, 
        the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees the 
        following information with respect to the preceding fiscal 
        year--
                    ``(A) information about each accrediting agency 
                that the Secretary reviews and evaluates under this 
                subsection;
                    ``(B) the recommendation of the National Advisory 
                Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity about 
                whether to recognize such accrediting agency or 
                association and the rationale for such recommendation;
                    ``(C) in the case in which an official of the 
                Department (other than the Secretary) makes a decision 
                on the recognition of such accrediting agency or 
                association (without regard to whether any appeals 
                process with respect to such decision has been 
                concluded), such decision and the rationale for such 
                decision; and
                    ``(D) the final decision of the Secretary on the 
                recognition of such accrediting agency or association 
                and the rationale for such final decision.''; and
            (6) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(r) Evaluation of Quality and Achievement Measures.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall direct the National 
        Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and Integrity to--
                    ``(A) regularly evaluate the effectiveness of the 
                measures selected and the performance benchmarks 
                established by accrediting agencies and associations 
                under subsection (a)(5)(A); and
                    ``(B) compare similarly situated accrediting 
                agencies or associations, whose similarity may not be 
                determined solely by the educational sector to which 
                the institutions being evaluated belong, based on the 
                measures and performance benchmarks used in subsection 
                (a)(5)(A) by such agencies and associations.
            ``(2) Revising performance benchmarks.--The Secretary may 
        require an accrediting agency or association to review and 
        revise a performance benchmark established by such agency or 
        association if the Secretary determines that such performance 
        benchmark is too low for the measure for which such benchmark 
        is established.
    ``(s) Report on Recognized Institutional Accreditors Required.--Not 
later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of the College 
Affordability Act, and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall publish 
a report that includes with respect to each accrediting agency or 
association recognized under this section by the Secretary, the 
following:
            ``(1) The number of institutions of higher education 
        evaluated by such accrediting agency or association in each 
        educational sector.
            ``(2) The number of locations of such institutions of 
        higher education.
            ``(3) The number of students enrolled at such institutions 
        of higher education.
            ``(4) The number of students receiving a Federal Pell Grant 
        at such institutions of higher education in the preceding year.
            ``(5) The total amount of Federal student aid received by 
        students enrolled at such institutions of higher education in 
        the preceding year.
            ``(6) The graduation rates of such institutions of higher 
        education.
            ``(7) The median earnings of students 10 years after 
        enrollment.
            ``(8) The number of institutions placed on a reimbursement 
        payment method pursuant to section 487(c)(1)(B).''.

                   Subpart B--Program Review and Data

SEC. 4721. ELIGIBILITY AND CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES.

    (a) Financial Responsibility Standards.--Section 498 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099c) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ``and'' at the 
                end;
                    (B) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(6) includes an addendum under which an institution of 
        higher education shall report a change in circumstances 
        described in subparagraph (A)(ii) or clauses (ii) or (iii) of 
        subparagraph (B) of subsection (c)(8), not later than 30 days 
        after the date on which such change in circumstance occurs.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``and'' at the end;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (C), by striking the 
                        period at the end and inserting ``; and'' ; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D) the institution is not an institution 
                described in paragraph (7)(B).''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(7) Prohibited Financial Responsibility Determinations.--
            ``(A) In general.--The Secretary may not determine that an 
        institution has the financial responsibility required by this 
        title if such institution is an institution described in 
        subparagraph (B).
            ``(B) Specified institution.--An institution described in 
        this subparagraph is--
                    ``(i) a private non-profit institution of higher 
                education or a proprietary institution of higher 
                education (as defined in section 102(b)) that--
                            ``(I) is required by the accrediting agency 
                        of such institution to submit a teach-out plan 
                        under section 487(f);
                            ``(II) with respect to the preceding 2 
                        fiscal years, has an adjusted cohort default 
                        rate (as determined under section 435(m)) of 20 
                        percent or greater, unless the institution 
                        files a challenge, request for adjustment, or 
                        appeal under section 435(a) with respect to 
                        such rates for one or both of such fiscal 
                        years;
                            ``(III) is subject to a number of pending 
                        or approved borrower relief claims under 
                        section 493H from borrowers that equals or 
                        exceeds, with respect to the prior academic 
                        year, half of the enrollment of full-time 
                        equivalent students at such institution;
                    ``(ii) a proprietary institution of higher 
                education (as defined in section 102(b)) that--
                            ``(I) is publicly traded; and
                            ``(II)(aa) is sanctioned by the Securities 
                        and Exchange Commission;
                                    ``(bb) fails to file a required 
                                annual or quarterly report with the 
                                Securities and Exchange Commission; or
                                    ``(cc) the stock of which is 
                                delisted; or
                    ``(iii) a proprietary institution of higher 
                education (as defined in section 102(b))--
                            ``(I) that derived, in the most recent 
                        award year, more than 85 percent of the revenue 
                        of the institution from Federal education 
                        assistance funds; or
                            ``(II) from which shareholder equity is 
                        reduced by over 10 percent of the value of the 
                        title IV revenues received by such proprietary 
                        institution of higher education in the prior 
                        academic year.
    ``(8) Change in Circumstances.--
            ``(A) Required redetermination.--
                    ``(i) In general.--In the case of a private non-
                profit institution of higher education or a proprietary 
                institution of higher education (as defined in section 
                102(b)) that submits an addendum described in clause 
                (ii) or (iii) to the Secretary, the Secretary shall, 
                not later than 30 days after such addendum is 
                submitted, redetermine whether such institution meets 
                the requirements of this subsection.
                    ``(ii) Specified circumstances.--An institution of 
                higher education shall submit an addendum under 
                subsection (b)(6) if, with respect to such institution 
                of higher education, one of the following occurs:
                            ``(I) The institution is required to pay 
                        any material debt, as determined by the 
                        Secretary, or incur any material liability, as 
                        determined by the Secretary, arising from a 
                        final judgment in a judicial proceeding, an 
                        administrative proceeding or determination, or 
                        settlement.
                            ``(II) The institution is involved in a 
                        lawsuit that is brought on or after the date of 
                        the enactment of College Affordability Act by a 
                        Federal or State authority for financial relief 
                        on claims related to the making of loans under 
                        part D of title IV.
                            ``(III) Such other circumstance the 
                        Secretary determines necessary.
                    ``(iii) Gainful employment determination by 
                secretary.--An institution of higher education shall 
                submit an addendum under subsection (b)(6) if the 
                Secretary makes a determination that such institution 
                has programs that could become ineligible under gainful 
                employment (as defined in section 104) in the next 
                award year.
            ``(B) Permissible redetermination.--
                    ``(i) Redetermination.--In the case of an 
                institution that submits an addendum under clause (ii), 
                the Secretary may, not later than 30 days after such 
                addendum is submitted, redetermine whether such 
                institution meets the requirements of this subsection.
                    ``(ii) Specified circumstances.--The Secretary 
                shall require an institution to submit an addendum 
                under subsection (b)(6) if the Secretary makes a 
                determination--
                            ``(I) that the Secretary will likely 
                        receive a significant number of borrower relief 
                        claims under section 493H as the result of a 
                        lawsuit, settlement, or judgement against the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(II) that the institution experienced one 
                        of the following:
                                    ``(aa) A significant fluctuation in 
                                enrollments between consecutive award 
                                years or a period of award years.
                                    ``(bb) A citation by a State 
                                licensing or authorizing agency for 
                                failing State or agency requirements.
                                    ``(cc) High annual drop out rates.
                                    ``(dd) Pending borrower relief 
                                claims under section 493H.
            ``(C) Financial circumstances materials.--If the 
        institution's financial circumstances materially change after 
        the institution submits an addendum under subsection (b)(6), 
        such institution shall submit to the Secretary such certified 
        financial statements and other information as the Secretary may 
        require.
    ``(9) Transparency.--Beginning not later than 90 days after the 
date of the enactment of this paragraph, and not less than once every 
120 days thereafter, the Secretary shall make publicly available on the 
website of the Department the following:
            ``(A) The ratios used to demonstrate financial 
        responsibility under this section.
            ``(B) Each reports made to the Secretary under this 
        section.
            ``(C) Each audited financial statement submitted to the 
        Secretary by an institution of higher education under this 
        section.
            ``(D) Each certified financial statement submitted to the 
        Secretary under paragraph (8)(C).''; and
            (3) in subsection (i)(2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (E), by striking ``or'' at the 
                end;
                    (B) in subparagraph (F), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting ``; or''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(G) the transfer of ownership as a result of a court-
        ordered receivership.''.
    (b) Rulemaking.--Not 1 year after the date of the enactment of this 
Act, the Secretary of Education shall carry out a negotiated rulemaking 
to update the criteria used under section 498(c)(2) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099c) to make a determination of the 
ability of an institution of higher education to meet the standards 
under such section in accordance with the amendments made by this 
section.

SEC. 4722. PROGRAM REVIEW AND DATA.

    Section 498A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099c-
1) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(2), by striking subparagraph (A) and 
        inserting the following:
                    ``(A) institutions with an adjusted cohort default 
                rate for loans under part D in excess of 18 percent or 
                which places such institutions in the highest 25 
                percent of such institutions;'';
            (2) by redesignating subsections (c) through (e) as 
        subsections (d) through (f), respectively; and
            (3) by inserting after subsection (b) the following:
    ``(c) Undercover Operations.--In carrying out paragraphs (1) and 
(2) of subsection (a) and any other relevant provisions of this 
subpart, the Secretary--
            ``(1) shall conduct undercover and secret shopper 
        operations for the purpose of encouraging the ethical treatment 
        of students and prospective students and detecting fraud and 
        abuse in the Federal student aid programs, including--
                    ``(A) violations described in section 487(c)(3);
                    ``(B) violations of section 487(a)(20); and
                    ``(C) violations by any entity with which the 
                institution has contracted for student recruitment or 
                admission activity;
            ``(2) shall develop written guidelines for the conduct of 
        activities under paragraph (1) in accordance with commonly-
        accepted Federal practices for undercover operations and in 
        consultation with other relevant agencies, including the 
        Department of Justice, Federal Trade Commission, Consumer 
        Financial Protection Bureau, and the Department of Education's 
        Office of Inspector General; and
            ``(3) shall provide an annual report on the results of 
        activities under paragraph (1) to the authorizing committees, 
        and thereafter shall make the report available to the 
        public.''.

             Subpart C--Strengthening Institutional Quality

SEC. 4731. STRENGTHENING INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY.

    Part H of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1099a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

            ``Subpart 4--Strengthening Institutional Quality

``SEC. 498C. ASSISTANCE TO PROGRESS PERIOD INSTITUTIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall provide grants and technical 
assistance to covered progress period institutions in accordance with 
this section.
    ``(b) Authorized Activities.--Grants and assistance provided under 
this section shall be used to improve student achievement (as described 
in section 496(a)(5)(A)) at covered progress period institutions.
    ``(c) Duration.--Grants and assistance may be provided under this 
section for a period of not less than one year and not more than three 
years.
    ``(d) Conditions.--
            ``(1) Benchmarks.--
                    ``(A) In general.--To continue to receive support 
                under this section after the first year in which such 
                support is provided, an institution must show progress, 
                as determined by the Secretary, toward meeting the 
                standards for student achievement established by the 
                relevant accrediting agency or association pursuant to 
                section 496(a)(5)(A).
                    ``(B) Considerations.--In determining the progress 
                of an institution under subparagraph (A), the Secretary 
                may take into consideration extenuating circumstances 
                that may have contributed to the poor performance of 
                the institution in the first year of the review period.
            ``(2) Deadline for compliance.--An institution that does 
        not achieve an adjusted cohort default rate of less than 10 
        percent after receiving support under this section for three 
        consecutive years shall be ineligible to receive further 
        support under this section.
            ``(3) Prohibition.--An institution shall be ineligible to 
        receive further support under this section if, while the 
        institution was receiving such support, the total enrollment of 
        low-income students (as such term is defined in section 
        419N(b)(7)) at the institution decreased by 10 percent or more.
    ``(e) Covered Progress Period Institution.--In this section, the 
term `covered progress period institution' means--
            ``(1) a public institution of higher education that is 
        determined to be in progress period status;
            ``(2) a part B institution (as defined in section 322) that 
        is determined to be in progress period status; or
            ``(3) a private, nonprofit institution of higher 
        education--
                    ``(A) that is determined to be in progress period 
                status; and
                    ``(B) at which not less than 45 percent of the 
                total student enrollment consists of low-income 
                students (as such term is defined in section 
                419N(b)(7)).
    ``(f) Funding.--
            ``(1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated, 
        and there are appropriated, such funds as the Secretary, using 
        the formula described in paragraph (2), determines necessary to 
        meet the needs of all eligible institutions under this 
        subsection, except that such funds shall not exceed 
        $100,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal 
        year. Such funds shall be available until expended.
            ``(2) Formula.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
        enactment of this section, the Secretary shall establish 
        through negotiated rulemaking a formula to determine the--
                    ``(A) proportional amount of institutional need 
                under this section; and
                    ``(B) total amount of institutional need under this 
                section.
            ``(3) Special rule.--Such formula must at minimum take into 
        consideration the severity of the problem, size of the 
        institution, institutional resources, historical underfunding, 
        and the number of low-income students (as such term is defined 
        in section 419N(b)(7)) being served.

``SEC. 498D. RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN EXPENDITURES.

    ``(a) Establishing Definitions.--
            ``(1) In general.--For purposes of each survey conducted 
        under the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System after 
        the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act and this 
        Act, the Secretary shall define the following terms:
                    ``(A) Marketing.
                    ``(B) Recruitment.
                    ``(C) Advertising.
                    ``(D) Lobbying.
                    ``(E) Student services.
            ``(2) Exclusion of certain activities.--In defining the 
        term `student services' under paragraph (1)(E), the Secretary 
        shall ensure that such term does not include marketing, 
        recruitment, advertising, or lobbying.
    ``(b) Limitation on Expenditures.--In a case in which the Secretary 
determines with respect to an institution of higher education 
participating in any program under this title that, for any of the 3 
most recent institutional fiscal years after the promulgation of 
regulations by the Secretary defining the terms in subsection (a)(1) 
for which the institution submits to the Secretary disclosures on the 
expenditures of the institution on instruction for purposes of section 
132(i)(1)(AA), the amount expended by such institution on instruction 
for such fiscal year is less than an amount equal to \1/3\ of 
institution's revenues derived from tuition and fees--
            ``(1) for any institutional fiscal year after such 
        determination is made, the sum of the amount expended by the 
        institution on marketing, recruitment, advertising, and 
        lobbying may not exceed the amount of the institution's 
        revenues derived from sources other than Federal education 
        assistance funds; and
            ``(2) in a case in which the institution fails to meet the 
        requirements of paragraph (1) for 2 consecutive institutional 
        fiscal years, the institution shall be ineligible to 
        participate in the programs authorized by this title for a 
        period of not less than two institutional fiscal years.
    ``(c) Publication on Website.--The Secretary shall, on an annual 
basis, publicly disclose on the Department's website, information with 
respect to any institution of higher education that is subject to the 
requirements of subsection (b)(1), including--
            ``(1) the quotient of the amount that the institution 
        expends on instruction divided by the institution's revenues 
        derived from tuition and fees, expressed as a percentage;
            ``(2) the sum of such institution's expenditures on 
        advertising, recruiting, marketing, and lobbying;
            ``(3) the amount of such institution's revenues received 
        from sources outside of Federal education assistance funds; and
            ``(4) the difference between paragraphs (2) and (3).

``SEC. 498E. INSTITUTIONAL DISCLOSURE SYSTEM.

    ``(a) Departmental Disclosure.--The Secretary shall make available, 
on a publicly accessible website of the Department of Education, a list 
of institutions of higher education that--
            ``(1) have failed to meet the requirements for 
        accreditation by an agency or association recognized by the 
        Secretary pursuant to section 496(a); or
            ``(2) have failed to meet the requirements for 
        participation in programs under this title.
    ``(b) Institutional Disclosure.--
            ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to participate in 
        programs under this title, an institution of higher education 
        shall, using the template developed by the Secretary under 
        subsection (c), disclose the accreditation status of the 
        institution on a publicly accessible website of the 
        institution. Any failure of the institution to meet an 
        accreditation standard shall be specifically identified by the 
        institution as part of the disclosure under this paragraph.
            ``(2) Updates.--Any change in the accreditation status of 
        an institution of higher education shall be disclosed in 
        accordance with paragraph (1) not later than 30 days after such 
        change occurs.
    ``(c) Template.--The Secretary shall develop a template that shall 
be used by institutions of higher education to make the disclosures 
required under subsection (b). The Secretary shall ensure that the 
template--
            ``(1) clearly identifies the information to be disclosed; 
        and
            ``(2) is in a format that is easily understood by 
        consumers.''.

      PART I--AMERICA'S COLLEGE PROMISE FEDERAL-STATE PARTNERSHIP

SEC. 4801. PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.

    Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et 
seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

     ``PART I--AMERICA'S COLLEGE PROMISE FEDERAL-STATE PARTNERSHIP

   ``Subpart 1--State and Indian Tribe Grants for Community Colleges

``SEC. 499A. IN GENERAL.

    ``From amounts appropriated under section 499G for any fiscal year, 
the Secretary shall award grants to eligible States and Indian tribes 
to pay the Federal share of expenditures needed to carry out the 
activities and services described in section 499E.

``SEC. 499B. FEDERAL SHARE; NON-FEDERAL SHARE.

    ``(a) Federal Share.--
            ``(1) Formula.--Subject to paragraph (2), the Federal share 
        of a grant under this subpart shall be based on a formula, 
        determined by the Secretary, that--
                    ``(A) accounts for the State or Indian tribe's 
                share of eligible students;
                    ``(B) accounts for the ratio between a State or 
                Indian tribe's funding per full-time equivalent (FTE) 
                student at public colleges and universities and the 
                average net price at State public four-year colleges 
                and universities, in such a way as to reward States 
                that keep net prices for students low while maintaining 
                their investment in higher education; and
                    ``(C) provides, for each eligible student in the 
                State or Indian tribe, a per-student amount that is at 
                least 75 percent of--
                            ``(i) for the 2021-2022 award year, the 
                        average resident community college tuition and 
                        fees per student in all States for the most 
                        recent year for which data are available; and
                            ``(ii) for each subsequent award year, the 
                        amount determined under this subparagraph for 
                        the preceding award year, increased by the 
                        lesser of--
                                    ``(I) a percentage equal to the 
                                estimated percentage increase in the 
                                Consumer Price Index (as determined by 
                                the Secretary) since the date of such 
                                determination; or
                                    ``(II) 3 percent.
            ``(2) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In any case in 
        which not less than 75 percent of the students at the community 
        colleges operated or controlled by an Indian tribe are low-
        income students, the amount of the Federal share for such 
        Indian tribe shall be not less than 95 percent of the total 
        amount needed to waive tuition and fees for all eligible 
        students enrolled in such community colleges.
    ``(b) State or Tribal Share.--
            ``(1) Formula.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The State or tribal share of a 
                grant under this subpart for each fiscal year shall be 
                the amount needed to pay 25 percent of the average 
                community college resident tuition and fees per student 
                in all States in the 2021-2022 award year for all 
                eligible students in the State or Indian tribe, 
                respectively, for such fiscal year, except as provided 
                in subparagraph (B).
                    ``(B) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In the 
                case of an Indian tribe described in subsection (a)(2), 
                the amount of such Indian tribe's tribal share shall 
                not exceed 5 percent of the total amount needed to 
                waive tuition and fees for all eligible students 
                enrolled in such community colleges.
            ``(2) Need-based aid.--A State or Indian tribe may include, 
        as part of the State or tribal share, any need-based financial 
        aid that--
                    ``(A) is provided from State or tribal funds to an 
                eligible student; and
                    ``(B) may be used by such student to pay costs of 
                attendance other than tuition and fees.
            ``(3) No in-kind contributions.--A State or Indian tribe 
        shall not include in-kind contributions for purposes of the 
        State or tribal share described in paragraph (1).
    ``(c) Determining Number of Eligible Students.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary of Education shall develop 
        and implement a process for accurately estimating the number of 
        eligible students in a State or Indian tribe for purposes of 
        subsection (a) and (b).
            ``(2) Initial determination.--For the first year for which 
        grants are awarded under this subpart, the number of eligible 
        students in a State or Indian tribe shall be considered to be 
        equal to the number of eligible students that were in the State 
        or tribe for the preceding school year.
    ``(d) Adjustment of Grant Amount.--Not later than 180 days after 
the date on which a State or Indian tribe receives a grant under this 
subpart, the Secretary shall--
            ``(1) in consultation with the State or tribe concerned, 
        determine whether the actual number of eligible students in the 
        State or Tribe for the year covered by the grant is greater 
        than the estimated number of such students that was used to 
        determine the amount of the grant; and
            ``(2) if it is determined under paragraph (1) that the 
        actual number of eligible students in the State or Tribe is 
        higher than such estimate, issue a supplementary grant payment 
        to the State or tribe in an amount that ensures that the total 
        amount of the grant funds received by the State or tribe under 
        this subpart for the year covered by the grant accurately 
        reflects the higher number of eligible students.

``SEC. 499C. APPLICATIONS.

    ``(a) Submission.--In order to receive a grant under this subpart, 
a State or tribe shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may require.
    ``(b) Contents.--Each application under subsection (a) shall 
include, at a minimum--
            ``(1) an estimate of the number of eligible students in the 
        State or Indian tribe and the cost of waiving community college 
        resident tuition and fees for all eligible students for each 
        fiscal year covered by the grant;
            ``(2) an assurance that all community colleges in the State 
        or under the jurisdiction of the Indian tribe, respectively, 
        will waive resident tuition and fees for eligible students in 
        accordance with section 499D(a);
            ``(3) a description of the promising and evidence-based 
        institutional reforms and innovative practices to improve 
        student outcomes, including transfer and completion rates, that 
        have been or will be adopted by the participating community 
        colleges, such as--
                    ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student 
                support services, including mentoring and advising, 
                especially for low-income, first-generation, and adult 
                students, and other students belonging to racial and 
                other groups that are underrepresented in higher 
                education;
                    ``(B) the provision of direct support services such 
                as--
                            ``(i) childcare, transportation, emergency 
                        financial assistance, and mental health and 
                        substance use disorder treatment;
                            ``(ii) assistance in obtaining health 
                        insurance coverage;
                            ``(iii) assistance securing affordable 
                        housing;
                            ``(iv) efforts to address food insecurity 
                        and campus hunger; and
                            ``(v) efforts to facilitate student 
                        participation in means-tested Federal benefit 
                        programs (as defined in section 479(d));
                    ``(C) providing accelerated learning opportunities, 
                such as dual or concurrent enrollment programs, 
                including early college high school programs;
                    ``(D) strengthening and reforming remedial and 
                developmental education, especially for low-income, 
                first-generation, and adult students, and other 
                students belonging to racial and other groups that are 
                underrepresented in higher education, including through 
                the use of multiple measures (such as a student's 
                college entrance examination score, grade point 
                average, high school course list, or a placement 
                examination) to identify students in need of remedial 
                education; or
                    ``(E) utilizing career pathways or degree pathways;
            ``(4) a description of how the State or Indian tribe will 
        ensure that programs leading to a recognized postsecondary 
        credential meet the quality criteria established by the State 
        under section 123(a) of the Workforce Innovation and 
        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3153(a)) or other quality criteria 
        determined appropriate by the State or Indian tribe;
            ``(5) an assurance that all participating community 
        colleges in the State or under the authority of the Indian 
        tribe have entered into program participation agreements under 
        section 487;
            ``(6) an assurance that the State or Indian tribe will, to 
        the extent practicable, assist eligible students in obtaining 
        information about and accessing means-tested Federal benefit 
        programs (as defined in section 479(d)) for which such students 
        may be eligible;
            ``(7) an assurance that, for each year of the grant, the 
        State or Indian tribe will notify each eligible student of the 
        student's remaining eligibility for assistance under this 
        subpart; and
            ``(8) if the application is submitted by a State--
                    ``(A) an assurance that the State will, to the 
                extent practicable, consider changes to State law that 
                will enable more community college students to be 
                eligible for means-tested Federal benefit programs (as 
                defined in section 479(d));
                    ``(B) an assurance that the State will meet the 
                requirements of section 499D(b)(1) relating to the 
                alignment of secondary and postsecondary education; and
                    ``(C) an assurance that the State will meet the 
                requirements of section 499D(b)(2) relating to the 
                improvement of transfer pathways between institutions 
                of higher education.

``SEC. 499D. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.

    ``(a) General Requirements for States and Indian Tribes.--As a 
condition of receiving a grant under this subpart a State or Indian 
tribe shall meet the following requirements:
            ``(1) For each year of the grant the total amount of 
        community college resident tuition and fees charged to an 
        eligible student in the State or Indian tribe shall be $0.
            ``(2) For each year of the grant no amount of financial 
        assistance for which an eligible student qualifies may be 
        applied to such tuition or fees.
    ``(b) State Requirements.--As a condition of receiving a grant 
under this subpart a State shall meet the following requirements:
            ``(1) Alignment of k-12 and higher education.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The State shall--
                            ``(i) submit a plan to align the 
                        requirements for receiving a regular high 
                        school diploma from a public high school with 
                        the requirements for entering credit-bearing 
                        coursework at a participating community 
                        college; and
                            ``(ii) not later than three years after the 
                        date on which the State first receives a grant 
                        under this subpart, certify to the Secretary 
                        that such alignment has been achieved.
                    ``(B) Failure to certify.--If a State does not 
                provide the certification required under subparagraph 
                (A) by the date specified in such subparagraph, the 
                State shall submit to the Secretary, at such time and 
                in such manner as the Secretary may require--
                            ``(i) a written explanation for the delay 
                        in making the certification; and
                            ``(ii) a plan that will enable the State to 
                        make the certification by not later than 5 
                        years after the date on which the State first 
                        received a grant under this subpart.
            ``(2) Transfer pathways.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The State shall--
                            ``(i) submit a plan, developed in 
                        collaboration with faculty from institutions of 
                        higher education in the State, to improve 
                        transfer pathways between institutions of 
                        higher education in the State, including by 
                        ensuring that associate degrees awarded by 
                        public institutions in the State are fully 
                        transferable to, and credited as, the first 2 
                        years of related baccalaureate programs at 
                        public institutions of higher education in such 
                        State; and
                            ``(ii) not later than 3 years after the 
                        date on which the State first receives a grant 
                        under this subpart, certify to the Secretary 
                        that an associate degree in an academic major 
                        in the arts or sciences that is awarded by a 
                        public institution of higher education in the 
                        State on or after the date that is not later 
                        than 3 years after the date on which the State 
                        first receives a grant under this subpart shall 
                        be fully transferrable to, and credited as, the 
                        first 2 years of a related baccalaureate 
                        program at a public institution of higher 
                        education in such State.
                    ``(B) Failure to certify.--If a State does not 
                provide the certification required under subparagraph 
                (A) by the date specified in such subparagraph, the 
                State shall submit to the Secretary, at such time and 
                in such manner as the Secretary may require--
                            ``(i) a written explanation for the delay 
                        in making the certification; and
                            ``(ii) a plan that will enable the State to 
                        make the certification by not later than 5 
                        years after the date on which the State first 
                        received a grant under this subpart.
            ``(3) Applicability.--The Secretary may not apply the 
        requirements under this subsection to an Indian tribe.

``SEC. 499E. ALLOWABLE USES OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) In General.--Except as provided in subsection (b), a State or 
Indian tribe shall use a grant under this subpart only to provide funds 
to participating community colleges to enable such community colleges 
to waive resident tuition and fees for eligible students as required 
under section 499D(a).
    ``(b) Additional Uses.--If a State or Indian tribe demonstrates to 
the Secretary that it has grant funds remaining after meeting the 
demand for activities described in subsection (a), the State or Indian 
tribe may use those funds to carry out one or more of the following:
            ``(1) Enhancing the quality of public higher education to 
        improve student outcomes, including transfer and completion 
        rates.
            ``(2) Expanding the scope and capacity of high-quality 
        academic and occupational skills training programs at community 
        colleges.
            ``(3) Improving postsecondary education readiness in the 
        State or Indian tribe, including through outreach and early 
        intervention.
            ``(4) Expanding access to dual or concurrent enrollment 
        programs, including early college high school programs.
            ``(5) Improving affordability at 4-year public institutions 
        of higher education.
    ``(c) Use of Funds for Administrative Purposes.--A State or Indian 
tribe that receives a grant under this subpart may not use any funds 
provided under this subpart for administrative purposes relating to the 
grant under this subpart.
    ``(d) Maintenance of Effort.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a 
grant under this subpart is entitled to receive its full allotment of 
funds under this subpart for a fiscal year only if, for each year of 
the grant, the State or Indian tribe provides--
            ``(1) financial support for public higher education at a 
        level equal to or exceeding the average amount provided per 
        full-time equivalent student for public institutions of higher 
        education for the three consecutive preceding fiscal years. In 
        making the calculation under this subsection, the State or 
        Indian tribe shall--
                    ``(A) exclude capital expenses and research and 
                development costs; and
                    ``(B) include need-based financial aid for students 
                who attend public institutions of higher education;
            ``(2) financial support for operational expenses for 
        public, four-year colleges and universities at a level equal to 
        or exceeding the average amount provided for the three 
        consecutive preceding State or Indian tribe fiscal years; and
            ``(3) financial support for need-based financial aid at a 
        level equal to or exceeding the average amount provided for the 
        three consecutive preceding State or Indian tribe fiscal years.
    ``(e) Annual Report.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a grant 
under this subpart shall submit an annual report to the Secretary 
describing the uses of grant funds under this subpart, the progress 
made in fulfilling the requirements of the grant, and rates of 
transfer, graduation, and attainment of recognized postsecondary 
credentials at participating community colleges, including such rates 
disaggregated by race, income, and age, and including any other 
information as the Secretary may require.
    ``(f) Reporting by Secretary.--The Secretary annually shall--
            ``(1) compile and analyze the information described in 
        subsection (e); and
            ``(2) prepare and submit a report to the Committee on 
        Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the 
        Committee on Education and Labor of the House of 
        Representatives containing the analysis described in paragraph 
        (1) and an identification of State and Indian tribe best 
        practices for achieving the purpose of this subpart.
    ``(g) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical 
assistance to eligible States and Indian tribes concerning best 
practices regarding the promising and evidence-based institutional 
reforms and innovative practices to improve student outcomes and shall 
disseminate such best practices among the States and Indian tribes.
    ``(h) Continuation of Funding.--
            ``(1) In general.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a 
        grant under this subpart for a fiscal year may continue to 
        receive funding under this subpart for future fiscal years 
        conditioned on the availability of budget authority and on 
        meeting the requirements of the grant, as determined by the 
        Secretary.
            ``(2) Discontinuation.--The Secretary may discontinue 
        funding of the Federal share of a grant under this subpart if 
        the State or Indian tribe has violated the terms of the grant 
        or is not making adequate progress in implementing the reforms 
        described in the application submitted under section 499C.
    ``(i) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds made available under this 
subpart shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, other Federal, 
State, and local funds that would otherwise be expended to carry out 
activities under this section.

``SEC. 499F. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Career pathway.--The term `career pathway' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation 
        and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
            ``(2) Community college.--The term `community college' 
        means a public institution of higher education at which the 
        highest degree that is predominantly awarded to students is an 
        associate's degree, including 2-year tribally controlled 
        colleges under section 316 and public 2-year State institutions 
        of higher education.
            ``(3) Dual or concurrent enrollment program.--The term 
        `dual or concurrent enrollment program' has the meaning given 
        the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(4) Early college high school.--The term `early college 
        high school' has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of 
        the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
        7801).
            ``(5) Eligible student.--
                    ``(A) Definition.--The term `eligible student' 
                means a student who--
                            ``(i) attends the community college on not 
                        less than a half-time basis;
                            ``(ii) is maintaining satisfactory progress 
                        (as defined in section 484(c)) in the student's 
                        course of study;
                            ``(iii) is enrolled in an eligible program 
                        (as defined in section 481(b)); and
                            ``(iv) either--
                                    ``(I) qualifies for in-State 
                                resident community college tuition, as 
                                determined by the State or Indian 
                                tribe; or
                                    ``(II) would qualify for such in-
                                State resident community college 
                                tuition, but for the immigration status 
                                of such student.
                    ``(B) Special rule.--An otherwise eligible student 
                shall lose eligibility 3 calendar years after first 
                receiving benefits under this subpart.
            ``(6) Indian tribe.--The term `Indian tribe' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 102 of the Federally 
        Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 479a).
            ``(7) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(8) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term 
        `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning as 
        described in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and 
        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
            ``(9) State.--The term `State' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 103.

``SEC. 499G. APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) Authorization and Appropriations.--For the purpose of making 
grants under this subpart there are authorized to be appropriated, and 
there are appropriated--
            ``(1) $1,569,700,000 for fiscal year 2021;
            ``(2) $3,472,880,000 for fiscal year 2022;
            ``(3) $4,431,950,000 for fiscal year 2023;
            ``(4) $6,204,030,000 for fiscal year 2024;
            ``(5) $8,119,870,000 for fiscal year 2025;
            ``(6) $9,297,430,000 for fiscal year 2026;
            ``(7) $11,708,890,000 for fiscal year 2027;
            ``(8) $14,971,330,000 for fiscal year 2028;
            ``(9) $15,619,910,000 for fiscal year 2029; and
            ``(10) $16,296,080,000 for fiscal year 2030 and each 
        succeeding fiscal year.
    ``(b) Availability.--Funds appropriated under subsection (a) shall 
remain available to the Secretary until expended.
    ``(c) Insufficient Funds.--If the amount appropriated under 
subsection (a) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each 
participating State and Indian tribe a grant under this subpart that is 
equal to the minimum amount of the Federal share described in section 
499B, the Secretary may ratably reduce the amount of each such grant or 
take other actions necessary to ensure an equitable distribution of 
such amount.''.

SEC. 4802. STUDENT SUCCESS FUND.

    Part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070 et seq.), as added by section 4801, is further amended by adding 
at the end the following:

                   ``Subpart 2--Student Success Fund

``SEC. 499H. IN GENERAL.

    ``From amounts appropriated under section 499N for any fiscal year, 
the Secretary shall carry out a grant program (to be known as the 
Student Success Fund) to make grants to eligible entities to carry out 
the activities and services described in section 499L.

``SEC. 499I. ALLOCATION.

    ``(a) Federal Share Allocation.--The Federal share of a grant under 
this subpart shall be determined using the formula determined under 
section 499B(1).
    ``(b) Matching Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), an 
        eligible entity participating in the program under this subpart 
        shall provide, from non-Federal sources, in cash or in-kind--
                    ``(A) in each of the first, second, third, and 
                fourth year of participation in the program, an amount 
                equal to 25 percent of the amount such entity received 
                under subsection (a) with respect to such year;
                    ``(B) in each of the fifth and sixth year of 
                participation in the program, an amount equal to 50 
                percent of the amount such entity received under 
                subsection (a) with respect to such year;
                    ``(C) in each of the seventh and eighth year of 
                participation in the program, an amount equal to 75 
                percent of the amount such entity received under 
                subsection (a) with respect to such year; and
                    ``(D) in each ninth year and each subsequent year 
                thereafter of participation in the program, an amount 
                equal to 100 percent of the amount such entity received 
                under subsection (a) with respect to such year.
            ``(2) Exception for certain indian tribes.--The Secretary 
        may waive the matching fund requirements under paragraph (1) in 
        the case of an eligible entity that is an Indian tribe if at 
        least 75 percent of the students at the institutions of higher 
        education operated or controlled by such Indian tribe are low-
        income students.
            ``(3) Reallotment.--If an eligible entity returns to the 
        Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such eligible 
        entity under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary 
        shall reallot such excess as part of the available appropriated 
        amount for the succeeding fiscal year.
    ``(c) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Grant funds awarded under this 
subpart shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, other Federal, 
State, and local funds that would otherwise be expended to carry out 
activities assisted under this subpart.
    ``(d) Limitation.--An eligible entity may only participate in the 
program under this subpart in a year in which such entity receives a 
grant under subpart 1.

``SEC. 499J. APPLICATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--To be eligible to participate in the program 
under this subpart, an eligible entity shall submit an application to 
the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
information as the Secretary may require, including--
            ``(1) a plan that includes--
                    ``(A) the amount of funds requested by the eligible 
                entity under this subpart and the intended use of such 
                funds;
                    ``(B) how the eligibility entity will use the 
                requested funds to implement the promising and 
                evidence-based institutional reforms and innovative 
                practices to improve student outcomes identified by 
                such entity under section 499C(b)(3), including annual 
                implementation benchmarks that the entity will use to 
                track progress in implementing such reforms and 
                practices;
                    ``(C) how the eligible entity will meet its 
                matching fund requirements under section 499I(b);
                    ``(D) if the eligible entity is a State, how such 
                eligible entity will prioritize spending on the public 
                institutions of higher education specified in paragraph 
                (2)(B); and
                    ``(E) the improvements the eligible entity 
                anticipates in student outcomes, including improvements 
                in transfer rates or completion rates, or both.
            ``(2) if the eligible entity is a State, an analysis that 
        includes--
                    ``(A) with respect to each public institution of 
                higher education of the eligible entity--
                            ``(i) the total per-student funding;
                            ``(ii) the amount of per-student funding 
                        from State-appropriated funds;
                            ``(iii) the student demographics 
                        (including, data on race, income, disability 
                        status, and remediation); and
                            ``(iv) transfer and completion rates, 
                        including such rates among low-income students, 
                        students of color, students with disabilities, 
                        and students in need of remediation; and
                    ``(B) an analysis of whether, of the public 
                institutions of higher education of the eligible 
                entity, the public institutions of higher education 
                that received less funding on a per-student basis 
                described in clause (i) or (ii), or both, of 
                subparagraph (A), are serving disproportionately high 
                shares of low-income students, students of color, 
                students with disabilities, or students in need of 
                remediation.
    ``(b) Approval.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not later than 180 days after receiving 
        a plan under subsection (a), the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) approve the plan; or
                    ``(B) require revisions to such plan.
            ``(2) Revisions required.--An eligible entity shall make 
        such revisions as required by the Secretary under paragraph 
        (1)(B).
    ``(c) Publication.--The Secretary shall make each plan approved 
under subsection (b)(1)(A) and each plan revised under subsection 
(b)(2) available to the public on the website of the Department.

``SEC. 499K. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.

    ``(a) General Requirements.--
            ``(1) Report on demonstrated progress.--For the third year 
        in which an eligible entity participates in the program under 
        this subpart, and every 2 years thereafter, the eligible entity 
        shall submit a report to the Secretary, in such manner and 
        containing such information as the Secretary may require, that 
        includes--
                    ``(A) the progress in meeting the annual 
                implementation benchmarks included in the application 
                of such eligible entity under section 499J(a)(1)(B);
                    ``(B) the progress in improving the student 
                outcomes identified by the entity under section 
                499(J)(a)(1)(E); and
                    ``(C) with respect to the 2 years after such report 
                is submitted--
                            ``(i) a plan for the use of funds under 
                        this subpart; and
                            ``(ii) the amount of funds requested by the 
                        eligible entity under this subpart .
            ``(2) Approval.--Not later than 180 days after receiving a 
        plan under paragraph (1)(C)(i), the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) approve the plan; or
                    ``(B) require revisions to such plan.
            ``(3) Revisions required.--An eligible entity shall make 
        such revisions as required by the Secretary under paragraph 
        (2)(B).
    ``(b) Failure To Meet Requirements.--If an eligible entity does not 
meet the annual implementation benchmarks included in the application 
of such eligible entity under section 499J(a)(1)(B), as required to be 
reported under subsection (a)(1)(A), such eligible entity shall submit 
to the Secretary, at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may 
require--
            ``(1) a written explanation for the delay in meeting such 
        requirements; and
            ``(2) a plan that will enable such eligible entity to meet 
        such requirements not later than 1 year after the date on which 
        the eligible entity submitted the written explanation under 
        paragraph (1).
    ``(c) Publication.--The Secretary shall make each plan approved 
under subsection (a)(2)(A), each plan revised under subsection (a)(3), 
and each plan submitted under subsection (b)(2) available to the public 
on the website of the Department.

``SEC. 499L. ALLOWABLE USES OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) In General.--Except as provided in subsection (b), an 
eligible entity shall use a grant under this subpart only to allocate 
funds in accordance with the plan submitted for such year under section 
499J(a)(1).
    ``(b) Use of Funds for Administrative Purposes.--An eligible entity 
that receives a grant under this subpart may use not more than 10 
percent of such grant for administrative purposes relating to the grant 
under this subpart.

``SEC. 499M. ELIGIBLE ENTITY DEFINED.

    ``In this subpart, the term `eligible entity' means a State or 
Indian tribe that received a grant under subpart 1 for the fiscal year 
in which such State or Indian tribe receives a grant under this 
subpart.

``SEC. 499N. APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) Authorization and Appropriations.--For the purpose of making 
grants under this subpart there are authorized to be appropriated and 
there are appropriated $500,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each 
succeeding fiscal year.
    ``(b) Availability.--Funds appropriated under subsection (a) shall 
remain available to the Secretary until expended.''.

SEC. 4803. PATHWAYS TO STUDENT SUCCESS FOR HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES 
              AND UNIVERSITIES, TRIBAL COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES, AND 
              MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

    Part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070 et seq.), as added by section 4801, is further amended by adding 
at the end the following:

 ``Subpart 3--Grants to Historically Black Colleges and Universities, 
  Tribal Colleges and Universities, and Minority-Serving Institutions

``SEC. 499O. PATHWAYS TO STUDENT SUCCESS FOR HISTORICALLY BLACK 
              COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES.

    ``(a) In General.--From amounts appropriated under section 499S(a) 
for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall award grants to participating 
4-year historically black colleges or universities that meet the 
requirements of subsection (b) to--
            ``(1) encourage students to enroll and successfully 
        complete a bachelor's degree at participating institutions;
            ``(2) provide incentives to community college students to 
        transfer to participating institutions through strong transfer 
        pathways to complete a bachelor's degree program; and
            ``(3) support participating institutions to better serve 
        new and existing students by engaging in reforms and 
        innovations designed to improve completion rates and other 
        student outcomes.
    ``(b) Eligibility.--To be eligible to receive a grant under the 
program under this section, an institution shall be a historically 
black college or university that--
            ``(1) has a student body of which not less than 35 percent 
        are low-income students;
            ``(2) commits to maintaining or adopting and implementing 
        promising and evidence-based institutional reforms and 
        innovative practices to improve the completion rates and other 
        student outcomes, such as--
                    ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student 
                support services, including mentoring and advising, 
                especially for low-income, first-generation, and adult 
                students, and other students belonging to racial and 
                other groups that are underrepresented in higher 
                education;
                    ``(B) providing direct support services such as--
                            ``(i) childcare, transportation, emergency 
                        financial assistance, and mental health and 
                        substance use disorder treatment;
                            ``(ii) assistance in obtaining health 
                        insurance coverage;
                            ``(iii) assistance securing affordable 
                        housing;
                            ``(iv) efforts to address food insecurity 
                        and campus hunger; and
                            ``(v) efforts to facilitate student 
                        participation in means-tested Federal benefit 
                        programs (as defined in section 479(d));
                    ``(C) providing accelerated learning opportunities 
                and degree pathways, such as dual enrollment and 
                pathways to graduate and professional degree programs;
                    ``(D) partnering with employers, industry, not-for-
                profit associations, and other groups to provide 
                opportunities to advance learning outside the 
                classroom, including work-based learning opportunities 
                such as internships or apprenticeships or programs 
                designed to improve inter-cultural development and 
                personal growth, such as foreign exchange and study 
                abroad programs; or
                    ``(E) strengthening remedial education, especially 
                for low-income, first-generation, and adult students, 
                and other students belonging to racial and other groups 
                that are underrepresented in higher education, 
                including through the use of multiple measures (such as 
                a student's college entrance examination score, grade 
                point average, high school course list, or a placement 
                examination) to identify students in need of remedial 
                education;
            ``(3) sets performance goals for improving student outcomes 
        for the duration of the grant; and
            ``(4) if receiving a grant for transfer students, has 
        articulation agreements with community colleges at the 
        national, State, or local level to ensure that community 
        college credits can fully transfer to the participating 
        institution.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--
            ``(1) Initial amount.--For the first year that an eligible 
        institution participates in the grant program under this 
        section and subject to paragraph (3), such eligible institution 
        shall receive a grant in an amount based on the product of--
                    ``(A) the actual cost of tuition and fees at the 
                eligible institution in such year (referred to in this 
                section as the per-student rebate); and
                    ``(B) the number of eligible students enrolled in 
                the eligible institution for the preceding year.
            ``(2) Subsequent increases.--For each succeeding year after 
        the first year of the grant program under this section, each 
        participating eligible institution shall receive a grant in the 
        amount determined under paragraph (1) for such year, except 
        that in no case shall the amount of the per-student rebate for 
        an eligible institution increase by more than 3 percent as 
        compared to the amount of such rebate for the preceding year.
            ``(3) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) Maximum per-student rebate.--No eligible 
                institution participating in the grant program under 
                this section shall receive a per-student rebate amount 
                for any year that is greater than the national average 
                of annual tuition and fees at public 4-year 
                institutions of higher education for such year, as 
                determined by the Secretary.
                    ``(B) First-year tuition and fees.--During the 
                first year of participation in the grant program under 
                this section, no eligible institution may increase 
                tuition and fees at a rate greater than any annual 
                increase at the eligible institution in the previous 5 
                years.
    ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution that desires a grant 
under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may require.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--Funds awarded under this section to a 
participating eligible institution shall be used to waive or 
significantly reduce tuition and fees for eligible students in an 
amount of not more than up to the annual per-student rebate amount for 
each student, for not more than the first 60 credits an eligible 
student enrolls in the participating eligible institution.
    ``(f) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds made available under section 
499S to carry out this section shall be used to supplement, and not 
supplant, other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be 
expended to carry out activities under this section.

``SEC. 499P. PATHWAYS TO STUDENT SUCCESS FOR TRIBAL COLLEGES AND 
              UNIVERSITIES.

    ``(a) In General.--From amounts appropriated under section 499S(a) 
for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall award grants to participating 
4-year Tribal Colleges or Universities that meet the requirements of 
subsection (b) to--
            ``(1) encourage students to enroll and successfully 
        complete a bachelor's degree at participating institutions;
            ``(2) provide incentives to community college students to 
        transfer to participating institutions through strong transfer 
        pathways to complete a bachelor's degree program; and
            ``(3) support participating institutions to better serve 
        new and existing students by engaging in reforms and 
        innovations designed to improve completion rates and other 
        student outcomes.
    ``(b) Eligibility.--To be eligible to receive a grant under the 
program under this section, an institution shall be a Tribal College or 
University that--
            ``(1) has a student body of which not less than 35 percent 
        are low-income students;
            ``(2) commits to maintaining or adopting and implementing 
        promising and evidence-based institutional reforms and 
        innovative practices to improve the completion rates and other 
        student outcomes, such as--
                    ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student 
                support services, including mentoring and advising, 
                especially for low-income, first-generation, and adult 
                students, and other students belonging to racial and 
                other groups that are underrepresented in higher 
                education;
                    ``(B) providing direct support services such as--
                            ``(i) childcare, transportation, emergency 
                        financial assistance, and mental health and 
                        substance use disorder treatment;
                            ``(ii) assistance in obtaining health 
                        insurance coverage;
                            ``(iii) assistance securing affordable 
                        housing;
                            ``(iv) efforts to address food insecurity 
                        and campus hunger; and
                            ``(v) efforts to facilitate student 
                        participation in means-tested Federal benefit 
                        programs (as defined in section 479(d));
                    ``(C) providing accelerated learning opportunities 
                and degree pathways, such as dual enrollment and 
                pathways to graduate and professional degree programs;
                    ``(D) partnering with employers, industry, not-for-
                profit associations, and other groups to provide 
                opportunities to advance learning outside the 
                classroom, including work-based learning opportunities 
                such as internships or apprenticeships or programs 
                designed to improve inter-cultural development and 
                personal growth, such as foreign exchange and study 
                abroad programs; or
                    ``(E) strengthening remedial education, especially 
                for low-income, first-generation, and adult students, 
                and other students belonging to racial and other groups 
                that are underrepresented in higher education, 
                including through the use of multiple measures (such as 
                a student's college entrance examination score, grade 
                point average, high school course list, or a placement 
                examination) to identify students in need of remedial 
                education;
            ``(3) sets performance goals for improving student outcomes 
        for the duration of the grant; and
            ``(4) if receiving a grant for transfer students, has 
        articulation agreements with community colleges at the 
        national, State, or local level to ensure that community 
        college credits can fully transfer to the participating 
        institution.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--
            ``(1) Initial amount.--For the first year that an eligible 
        institution participates in the grant program under this 
        section and subject to paragraph (3), such eligible institution 
        shall receive a grant in an amount based on the product of--
                    ``(A) the actual cost of tuition and fees at the 
                eligible institution in such year (referred to in this 
                section as the per-student rebate); and
                    ``(B) the number of eligible students enrolled in 
                the eligible institution for the preceding year.
            ``(2) Subsequent increases.--For each succeeding year after 
        the first year of the grant program under this section, each 
        participating eligible institution shall receive a grant in the 
        amount determined under paragraph (1) for such year, except 
        that in no case shall the amount of the per-student rebate for 
        an eligible institution increase by more than 3 percent as 
        compared to the amount of such rebate for the preceding year.
            ``(3) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) Maximum per-student rebate.--No eligible 
                institution participating in the grant program under 
                this section shall receive a per-student rebate amount 
                for any year that is greater than the national average 
                of annual tuition and fees at public 4-year 
                institutions of higher education for such year, as 
                determined by the Secretary.
                    ``(B) First-year tuition and fees.--During the 
                first year of participation in the grant program under 
                this section, no eligible institution may increase 
                tuition and fees at a rate greater than any annual 
                increase at the eligible institution in the previous 5 
                years.
    ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution that desires a grant 
under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may require.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--Funds awarded under this section to a 
participating eligible institution shall be used to waive or 
significantly reduce tuition and fees for eligible students in an 
amount of not more than up to the annual per-student rebate amount for 
each student, for not more than the first 60 credits an eligible 
student enrolls in the participating eligible institution.
    ``(f) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds made available under section 
499S to carry out this section shall be used to supplement, and not 
supplant, other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be 
expended to carry out activities under this section.

``SEC. 499Q. PATHWAYS TO STUDENT SUCCESS FOR HISPANIC-SERVING 
              INSTITUTIONS, ASIAN AMERICAN AND NATIVE AMERICAN PACIFIC 
              ISLANDER-SERVING INSTITUTIONS, ALASKA NATIVE-SERVING 
              INSTITUTIONS, NATIVE HAWAIIAN-SERVING INSTITUTIONS, 
              PREDOMINANTLY BLACK INSTITUTIONS, AND NATIVE AMERICAN-
              SERVING NONTRIBAL INSTITUTIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--From amounts appropriated under section 499S(a) 
for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall award grants to participating 
4-year minority-serving institutions to--
            ``(1) encourage students to enroll and successfully 
        complete a bachelor's degree at participating institutions;
            ``(2) provide incentives to community college students to 
        transfer to participating institutions through strong transfer 
        pathways to complete a bachelor's degree program; and
            ``(3) support participating institutions to better serve 
        new and existing students by engaging in reforms and 
        innovations designed to improve completion rates and other 
        student outcomes.
    ``(b) Institutional Eligibility.--To be eligible to participate and 
receive a grant under this section, an institution shall be a minority-
serving institution that--
            ``(1) has a student body of which not less than 35 percent 
        are low-income students;
            ``(2) commits to maintaining or adopting and implementing 
        promising and evidence-based institutional reforms and 
        innovative practices to improve the completion rates and other 
        student outcomes, such as--
                    ``(A) providing comprehensive academic and student 
                support services, including mentoring and advising, 
                especially for low-income, first-generation, and adult 
                students, and other students belonging to racial and 
                other groups that are historically underrepresented in 
                higher education;
                    ``(B) providing direct support services such as--
                            ``(i) childcare, transportation, emergency 
                        financial assistance, and mental health and 
                        substance use disorder treatment;
                            ``(ii) assistance in obtaining health 
                        insurance coverage;
                            ``(iii) assistance securing affordable 
                        housing;
                            ``(iv) efforts to address food insecurity 
                        and campus hunger; and
                            ``(v) efforts to facilitate student 
                        participation in means-tested Federal benefit 
                        programs (as defined in section 479(d));
                    ``(C) providing accelerated learning opportunities 
                and degree pathways, such as dual enrollment and 
                pathways to graduate and professional degree programs;
                    ``(D) partnering with employers, industry, not-for-
                profit associations, and other groups to provide 
                opportunities to advance learning outside the 
                classroom, including work-based learning opportunities 
                such as internships or apprenticeships or programs 
                designed to improve inter-cultural development and 
                personal growth, such as foreign exchange and study 
                abroad programs; or
                    ``(E) strengthening remedial education, especially 
                for low-income, first-generation, and adult students, 
                and other students belonging to racial and other groups 
                that are underrepresented in higher education, 
                including through the use of multiple measures (such as 
                a student's college entrance examination score, grade 
                point average, high school course list, or a placement 
                examination) to identify students in need of remedial 
                education;
            ``(3) sets performance goals for improving student outcomes 
        for the duration of the grant; and
            ``(4) if receiving a grant for transfer students, has 
        articulation agreements with community colleges at the 
        national, State, or local levels to ensure that community 
        college credits can fully transfer to the participating 
        institution.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--
            ``(1) Initial amount.--For the first year that an eligible 
        institution participates in the grant program under this 
        section and subject to paragraph (3), such participating 
        eligible institution shall receive a grant in an amount based 
        on the product of--
                    ``(A) the actual cost of tuition and fees at the 
                eligible institution in such year (referred to in this 
                section as the per-student rebate); and
                    ``(B) the number of eligible students enrolled in 
                the eligible institution for the preceding year.
            ``(2) Subsequent increases.--For each succeeding year after 
        the first year of the grant program under this section, each 
        participating eligible institution shall receive a grant in the 
        amount determined under paragraph (1) for such year, except 
        that in no case shall the amount of the per-student rebate 
        increase by more than 3 percent as compared to the amount of 
        such rebate for the preceding year.
            ``(3) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) Maximum per-student rebate.--No eligible 
                institution participating in the grant program under 
                this section shall receive a per-student rebate amount 
                for a grant year greater than the national average of 
                public four-year institutional tuition and fees, as 
                determined by the Secretary.
                    ``(B) First-year tuition and fees.--During the 
                first year of participation in the grant program under 
                this section, no eligible institution may increase 
                tuition and fees at a rate greater than any annual 
                increase made by the institution in the previous 5 
                years.
    ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution shall submit an 
application to the Secretary at such time, in such a manner, and 
containing such information as determined by the Secretary.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--Funds awarded under this section to a 
participating eligible institution shall be used to waive or 
significantly reduce tuition and fees for eligible students in an 
amount of not more than up to the annual per-student rebate amount for 
each student, for not more than the first 60 credits an eligible 
student enrolls in the participating eligible institution.
    ``(f) Supplement, Not Supplant.--Funds made available under section 
499S to carry out this section shall be used to supplement, and not 
supplant, other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be 
expended to carry out activities under this section.

``SEC. 499R. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Eligible student.--
                    ``(A) Definition.--The term `eligible student' 
                means a student, regardless of age, who--
                            ``(i)(I) enrolls in a historically black 
                        college or university, Tribal College or 
                        University, or minority-serving institution; or
                            ``(II) transfers from a community college 
                        into a historically black college or 
                        university, Tribal College or University, or 
                        minority-serving institution;
                            ``(ii) attends the historically black 
                        college or university, Tribal College or 
                        University, or minority-serving institution, on 
                        at least a half-time basis;
                            ``(iii) maintains satisfactory academic 
                        progress; and
                            ``(iv) is a low-income student.
                    ``(B) Special rules.--
                            ``(i) First 3 years.--An otherwise eligible 
                        student shall lose eligibility 3 calendar years 
                        after first receiving benefits under this 
                        title.
                            ``(ii) Special rule for certain students.--
                        Notwithstanding subparagraph (A)(i), an 
                        otherwise eligible student whose parent or 
                        guardian was denied a Federal Direct PLUS loan 
                        under part D after November 1, 2011, and before 
                        March 29, 2015, and who subsequently withdrew 
                        from a historically black college or 
                        university, Tribal College or University, or 
                        minority-serving institution, and has not yet 
                        completed a program of study at such 
                        historically black college or university or 
                        minority-serving institution, shall be eligible 
                        to participate under sections 499O, 499P, or 
                        499Q in order to complete such program of 
                        study, subject to all other requirements of 
                        sections 499O, 499P, or 499Q (as the case may 
                        be).
            ``(2) Historically black college or university.--The term 
        `historically black college or university' means a part B 
        institution described in section 322(2).
            ``(3) Low-income student.--The term `low-income student'--
                    ``(A) shall include any student eligible for a 
                Federal Pell Grant under section 401; and
                    ``(B) may include a student ineligible for a 
                Federal Pell Grant under section 401 who is determined 
                by the institution to be a low-income student based on 
                an analysis of the student's ability to afford the cost 
                of attendance at the institution.
            ``(4) Minority-serving institution.--The term `minority-
        serving institution' means any public or not-for-profit 
        institution of higher education--
                    ``(A) described in paragraph (2) and paragraphs (4) 
                through (7) of section 371(a); and
                    ``(B) designated as a minority-serving institution 
                by the Secretary.
            ``(5) Tribal college or university.--The term `Tribal 
        College or University' has the meaning given the term in 
        section 316.

``SEC. 499S. APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) Authorization and Appropriations for HBCU, TCU, and MSI 
Grants.--For the purpose of carrying out sections 499O, 499P, and 499Q 
there are authorized to be appropriated, and there are appropriated--
            ``(1) $63,250,000 for fiscal year 2021;
            ``(2) $206,990,000 for fiscal year 2022;
            ``(3) $1,232,760,000 for fiscal year 2023;
            ``(4) $1,282,210,000 for fiscal year 2024;
            ``(5) $1,333,950,000 for fiscal year 2025;
            ``(6) $1,386,850,000 for fiscal year 2026;
            ``(7) $1,408,700,000 for fiscal year 2027;
            ``(8) $1,501,850,000 for fiscal year 2028;
            ``(9) $1,562,800,000 for fiscal year 2029; and
            ``(10) $1,626,040,000 for fiscal year 2030 and each 
        succeeding fiscal year.
    ``(b) Availability.--Funds appropriated under subsection (a) are to 
remain available to the Secretary until expended.
    ``(c) Insufficient Funds.--If the amount appropriated under 
subsection (a) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each 
participating institution in the grant programs under sections 499O, 
499P, and 499Q a grant under this part equal to 100 percent of the 
grant amount determined under section 499O(c), 499P(c), or 499Q(c), as 
appropriate, the Secretary may ratably reduce the amount of each such 
grant or take other actions necessary to ensure an equitable 
distribution of such amount.''.

SEC. 4804. UNMET NEED FOR FEDERAL PELL GRANT RECIPIENTS.

    Part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070 et seq.), as added by section 4801, is further amended by adding 
at the end the following:

          ``Subpart 4--Additional College Affordability Grants

``SEC. 499T. UNMET NEED FOR FEDERAL PELL GRANT RECIPIENTS.

    ``(a) In General.--
            ``(1) Grant program.--Subject to paragraph (2), from 
        amounts appropriated under subsection (f) for any fiscal year, 
        the Secretary may award grants to eligible States and Indian 
        tribes described in paragraph (3) to pay the Federal share of 
        expenditures needed to carry out the activities and services 
        described in subsection (d).
            ``(2) Limitation.--The Secretary may not make grants under 
        paragraph (1) in fiscal year unless all grants eligible to be 
        made under subpart 1 have been made for such fiscal year.
            ``(3) Eligibility.--A State or Indian tribe may only be 
        eligible for a grant under this section in a fiscal year if 
        such State or Indian tribe received a grant under subpart 1 for 
        such fiscal year.
    ``(b) Federal Share; Non-Federal Share.--
            ``(1) Federal share.--
                    ``(A) Formula.--Subject to paragraph (2), the 
                Federal share of a grant under this section shall be 
                based on a formula, determined by the Secretary, that--
                            ``(i) accounts for the State or Indian 
                        tribe's share of Pell Grant recipients;
                            ``(ii) provides, for each Pell Grant 
                        recipient in the State or Indian tribe, a per-
                        student amount that is at least 75 percent of--
                                    ``(I) for the first award year for 
                                which grants are made under this 
                                section, the average unmet need of Pell 
                                Grant recipients in all States for the 
                                most recent year for which data are 
                                available; and
                                    ``(II) for each subsequent award 
                                year, the amount determined under this 
                                subparagraph for the preceding award 
                                year, increased by the lesser of--
                                            ``(aa) a percentage equal 
                                        to the estimated percentage 
                                        increase in the Consumer Price 
                                        Index (as determined by the 
                                        Secretary) since the date of 
                                        such determination; or
                                            ``(bb) 3 percent.
                    ``(B) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In any 
                case in which not less than 75 percent of the students 
                at the institutions of higher education operated or 
                controlled by an Indian tribe are low-income students, 
                the amount of the Federal share for such Indian tribe 
                shall be not less than 95 percent of the total amount 
                needed to waive tuition and fees for all Pell Grant 
                recipients enrolled in such institutions of higher 
                education.
            ``(2) State or tribal share.--
                    ``(A) Formula.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The State or tribal 
                        share of a grant under this section for each 
                        fiscal year shall be the amount needed to pay 
                        25 percent of the average unmet need of Pell 
                        Grant recipients in all States in the first 
                        award year for which grants are made under this 
                        section for all Pell Grant recipients in the 
                        State or Indian tribe, respectively, for such 
                        fiscal year, except as provided in clause (ii).
                            ``(ii) Exception for certain indian 
                        tribes.--In the case of an Indian tribe 
                        described in paragraph (1)(B), the amount of 
                        such Indian tribe's tribal share shall not 
                        exceed 5 percent of the total amount needed to 
                        pay the average unmet need for all Pell Grant 
                        recipients enrolled in the institutions of 
                        higher education described in such paragraph.
                    ``(B) Need-based aid.--A State or Indian tribe may 
                include, as part of the State or tribal share, any 
                need-based financial aid that--
                            ``(i) is provided from State or tribal 
                        funds to a Pell Grant recipient; and
                            ``(ii) may be used by such student to pay 
                        costs of attendance other than tuition and 
                        fees.
            ``(3) Determining number of pell grant recipients.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall develop and 
                implement a process for accurately estimating the 
                number of Pell Grant recipients in a State or Indian 
                tribe for purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2).
                    ``(B) Initial determination.--For the first year 
                for which grants are awarded under this section, the 
                number of Pell Grant recipients in a State or Indian 
                tribe shall be considered to be equal to the number of 
                Pell Grant recipients that were in the State or tribe 
                for the preceding school year.
            ``(4) Adjustment of grant amount.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the date on which a State or Indian tribe receives a 
        grant under this section, the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) in consultation with the State or tribe 
                concerned, determine whether the actual number of Pell 
                Grant recipients in the State or Tribe for the year 
                covered by the grant is greater than the estimated 
                number of such students that was used to determine the 
                amount of the grant; and
                    ``(B) if it is determined under paragraph (1) that 
                the actual number of Pell Grant recipients in the State 
                or Tribe is higher than such estimate, issue a 
                supplementary grant payment to the State or tribe in an 
                amount that ensures that the total amount of the grant 
                funds received by the State or tribe under this section 
                for the year covered by the grant accurately reflects 
                the higher number of Pell Grant recipients.
    ``(c) Applications.--In order to receive a grant under this 
section, a State or tribe shall submit an application to the Secretary 
at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the 
Secretary may require.
    ``(d) Allowable Uses of Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--A State or Indian tribe shall use a 
        grant under this section only to provide to each Pell Grant 
        recipient a grant that equals the unmet need of such recipient.
            ``(2) Annual report.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a 
        grant under this section shall submit an annual report to the 
        Secretary describing the uses of grant funds under this 
        section, the progress made in fulfilling the requirements of 
        the grant, and rates of transfer, graduation, and attainment of 
        recognized postsecondary credentials at institutions of higher 
        education in the State or Indian tribe, including such rates 
        disaggregated by race, income, and age, and including any other 
        information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(3) Reporting by the secretary.--The Secretary annually 
        shall--
                    ``(A) compile and analyze the information described 
                in paragraph (2); and
                    ``(B) prepare and submit a report to the Committee 
                on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate 
                and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House 
                of Representatives containing the analysis described in 
                subparagraph (A) and an identification of State and 
                Indian tribe best practices for achieving the purpose 
                of this section.
            ``(4) Technical assistance.--The Secretary shall provide 
        technical assistance to eligible States and Indian tribes 
        concerning best practices regarding the promising and evidence-
        based institutional reforms and innovative practices to improve 
        student outcomes and shall disseminate such best practices 
        among the States and Indian tribes.
            ``(5) Continuation of funding.--
                    ``(A) In general.--A State or Indian tribe 
                receiving a grant under this section for a fiscal year 
                may continue to receive funding under this section for 
                future fiscal years conditioned on the availability of 
                budget authority and on meeting the requirements of the 
                grant, as determined by the Secretary.
                    ``(B) Discontinuation.--The Secretary may 
                discontinue funding of the Federal share of a grant 
                under this section if the State or Indian tribe has 
                violated the terms of the grant.
            ``(6) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds made available under 
        this section shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, 
        other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be 
        expended to carry out activities under this section.
    ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Indian tribe.--The term `Indian tribe' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 102 of the Federally 
        Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 479a).
            ``(2) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(3) Pell grant recipient.--
                    ``(A) Definition.--The term `Pell Grant recipient' 
                means a student who--
                            ``(i) attends a public institution of 
                        higher education on not less than a half-time 
                        basis;
                            ``(ii) is a recipient of a Federal Pell 
                        Grant under subpart 1 of part A of title IV of 
                        this Act;
                            ``(iii) is maintaining satisfactory 
                        progress (as defined in section 484(c)) in the 
                        student's course of study;
                            ``(iv) is enrolled in an eligible program 
                        (as defined in section 481(b)); and
                            ``(v) either--
                                    ``(I) qualifies for in-State 
                                resident institution of higher 
                                education tuition, as determined by the 
                                State or Indian tribe; or
                                    ``(II) would qualify for such in-
                                State tuition, but for the immigration 
                                status of such student.
                    ``(B) Special rule.--An otherwise Pell Grant 
                recipient shall lose eligibility under this section--
                            ``(i) after 3 years of receiving benefits 
                        under this section for enrollment at a 
                        community college (as defined in section 499F); 
                        and
                            ``(ii) after 6 years of receiving benefits 
                        under this section for enrollment in a 4-year 
                        institution of higher education.
            ``(4) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term 
        `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning as 
        described in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and 
        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
            ``(5) State.--The term `State' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 103.
            ``(6) Unmet need.--The term `unmet need' means, with 
        respect to a Pell Grant recipient, the amount determined by 
        calculating the difference between--
                    ``(A) the institution's cost of attendance (as 
                defined in section 472) for the year for which the 
                determination is made; and
                    ``(B) the sum of--
                            ``(i) the total amount of need-based grant 
                        aid and merit-based grant aid, from Federal, 
                        State, and institutional sources, provided to 
                        such Pell Grant recipient for the year for 
                        which the determination is made; and
                            ``(ii) the expected family contribution for 
                        such Pell Grant recipient for the year for 
                        which the determination is made.
    ``(f) Appropriations.--
            ``(1) Authorization and appropriations.--For the purpose of 
        making grants under this section there are authorized to be 
        appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this 
        section for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year.
            ``(2) Availability.--Funds appropriated under paragraph (1) 
        shall remain available to the Secretary until expended.
            ``(3) Insufficient funds.--If the amount appropriated under 
        paragraph (1) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each 
        participating State and Indian tribe a grant under this section 
        that is equal to the minimum amount of the Federal share 
        described in subsection (b), the Secretary may ratably reduce 
        the amount of each such grant or take other actions necessary 
        to ensure an equitable distribution of such amount.
            ``(4) Transfer availability.--The Secretary is authorized, 
        subject to the availability of appropriations, to transfer 
        amounts authorized to be appropriated to carry out subpart 1 
        for a fiscal year to make grants under this section if all 
        grants eligible to be made under such subpart have been made 
        for such fiscal year.''.

SEC. 4805. UNMET NEED FOR STUDENTS.

    Subpart 4 of part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), as added by section 4804, is further amended 
by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 499U. UNMET NEED FOR STUDENTS.

    ``(a) In General.--
            ``(1) Grant program.--Subject to paragraph (2), from 
        amounts appropriated under subsection (f) for any fiscal year, 
        the Secretary may award grants to eligible States and Indian 
        tribes described in paragraph (3) to pay the Federal share of 
        expenditures needed to carry out the activities and services 
        described in subsection (d).
            ``(2) Limitation.--The Secretary may not make grants under 
        paragraph (1) in fiscal year unless--
                    ``(A) all grants eligible to be made under subpart 
                1 have been made for such fiscal year; and
                    ``(B) all grants eligible to be made under section 
                499T have been made for such fiscal year.
            ``(3) Eligibility.--A State or Indian tribe may only be 
        eligible for a grant under this section in a fiscal year if 
        such State or Indian tribe received--
                    ``(A) a grant under subpart 1 for such fiscal year; 
                and
                    ``(B) a grant under 499T for such fiscal year.
    ``(b) Federal Share; Non-Federal Share.--
            ``(1) Federal share.--
                    ``(A) Formula.--Subject to paragraph (2), the 
                Federal share of a grant under this section shall be 
                based on a formula, determined by the Secretary, that--
                            ``(i) accounts for the State or Indian 
                        tribe's share of eligible students;
                            ``(ii) provides, for each eligible student 
                        in the State or Indian tribe, a per-student 
                        amount that is at least 75 percent of--
                                    ``(I) for the first award year for 
                                which grants are made under this 
                                section, the average unmet need of 
                                eligible students in all States for the 
                                most recent year for which data are 
                                available; and
                                    ``(II) for each subsequent award 
                                year, the amount determined under this 
                                subparagraph for the preceding award 
                                year, increased by the lesser of--
                                            ``(aa) a percentage equal 
                                        to the estimated percentage 
                                        increase in the Consumer Price 
                                        Index (as determined by the 
                                        Secretary) since the date of 
                                        such determination; or
                                            ``(bb) 3 percent.
                    ``(B) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In any 
                case in which not less than 75 percent of the students 
                at the institutions of higher education operated or 
                controlled by an Indian tribe are low-income students, 
                the amount of the Federal share for such Indian tribe 
                shall be not less than 95 percent of the total amount 
                needed to waive tuition and fees for all eligible 
                students enrolled in such institutions of higher 
                education.
            ``(2) State or tribal share.--
                    ``(A) Formula.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The State or tribal 
                        share of a grant under this section for each 
                        fiscal year shall be the amount needed to pay 
                        25 percent of the average unmet need of 
                        eligible students in all States in the first 
                        award year for which grants are made under this 
                        section for all eligible students in the State 
                        or Indian tribe, respectively, for such fiscal 
                        year, except as provided in clause (ii).
                            ``(ii) Exception for certain indian 
                        tribes.--In the case of an Indian tribe 
                        described in paragraph (1)(B), the amount of 
                        such Indian tribe's tribal share shall not 
                        exceed 5 percent of the total amount needed to 
                        pay the average unmet need for all eligible 
                        students enrolled in the institutions of higher 
                        education described in such subparagraph.
                    ``(B) Need-based aid.--A State or Indian tribe may 
                include, as part of the State or tribal share, any 
                need-based financial aid that--
                            ``(i) is provided from State or tribal 
                        funds to an eligible student; and
                            ``(ii) may be used by such student to pay 
                        costs of attendance other than tuition and 
                        fees.
            ``(3) Determining number of eligible students.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall develop and 
                implement a process for accurately estimating the 
                number of eligible students in a State or Indian tribe 
                for purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2).
                    ``(B) Initial determination.--For the first year 
                for which grants are awarded under this section, the 
                number of eligible students in a State or Indian tribe 
                shall be considered to be equal to the number of 
                eligible students that were in the State or tribe for 
                the preceding school year.
            ``(4) Adjustment of grant amount.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the date on which a State or Indian tribe receives a 
        grant under this section, the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) in consultation with the State or tribe 
                concerned, determine whether the actual number of 
                eligible students in the State or Tribe for the year 
                covered by the grant is greater than the estimated 
                number of such students that was used to determine the 
                amount of the grant; and
                    ``(B) if it is determined under paragraph (1) that 
                the actual number of eligible students in the State or 
                Tribe is higher than such estimate, issue a 
                supplementary grant payment to the State or tribe in an 
                amount that ensures that the total amount of the grant 
                funds received by the State or tribe under this section 
                for the year covered by the grant accurately reflects 
                the higher number of eligible students.
    ``(c) Applications.--In order to receive a grant under this 
section, a State or tribe shall submit an application to the Secretary 
at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the 
Secretary may require.
    ``(d) Allowable Uses of Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--A State or Indian tribe shall use a 
        grant under this section only to provide to each eligible 
        student a grant that equals the unmet need of such recipient.
            ``(2) Annual report.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a 
        grant under this section shall submit an annual report to the 
        Secretary describing the uses of grant funds under this 
        section, the progress made in fulfilling the requirements of 
        the grant, and rates of transfer, graduation, and attainment of 
        recognized postsecondary credentials at institutions of higher 
        education in the State or Indian tribe, including such rates 
        disaggregated by race, income, and age, and including any other 
        information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(3) Reporting by the secretary.--The Secretary annually 
        shall--
                    ``(A) compile and analyze the information described 
                in paragraph (2); and
                    ``(B) prepare and submit a report to the Committee 
                on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate 
                and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House 
                of Representatives containing the analysis described in 
                subparagraph (A) and an identification of State and 
                Indian tribe best practices for achieving the purpose 
                of this section.
            ``(4) Technical assistance.--The Secretary shall provide 
        technical assistance to eligible States and Indian tribes 
        concerning best practices regarding the promising and evidence-
        based institutional reforms and innovative practices to improve 
        student outcomes and shall disseminate such best practices 
        among the States and Indian tribes.
            ``(5) Continuation of funding.--
                    ``(A) In general.--A State or Indian tribe 
                receiving a grant under this section for a fiscal year 
                may continue to receive funding under this section for 
                future fiscal years conditioned on the availability of 
                budget authority and on meeting the requirements of the 
                grant, as determined by the Secretary.
                    ``(B) Discontinuation.--The Secretary may 
                discontinue funding of the Federal share of a grant 
                under this section if the State or Indian tribe has 
                violated the terms of the grant.
            ``(6) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds made available under 
        this section shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, 
        other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be 
        expended to carry out activities under this section.
    ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible student.--
                    ``(A) Definition.--The term `eligible student' 
                means a student who--
                            ``(i) attends a public institution of 
                        higher education on not less than a half-time 
                        basis;
                            ``(ii) is not a recipient of a Federal Pell 
                        Grant under subpart 1 of part A of title IV of 
                        this Act;
                            ``(iii) is maintaining satisfactory 
                        progress (as defined in section 484(c)) in the 
                        student's course of study;
                            ``(iv) is enrolled in an eligible program 
                        (as defined in section 481(b)); and
                            ``(v) either--
                                    ``(I) qualifies for in-State 
                                resident institution of higher 
                                education tuition, as determined by the 
                                State or Indian tribe; or
                                    ``(II) would qualify for such in-
                                State tuition, but for the immigration 
                                status of such student.
                    ``(B) Special rule.--An otherwise eligible student 
                shall lose eligibility under this section--
                            ``(i) after 3 years of receiving benefits 
                        under this section for enrollment at a 
                        community college (as defined in section 499F); 
                        and
                            ``(ii) after 6 years of receiving benefits 
                        under this section for enrollment in a 4-year 
                        institution of higher education.
            ``(2) Indian tribe.--The term `Indian tribe' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 102 of the Federally 
        Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 479a).
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(4) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term 
        `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning as 
        described in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and 
        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
            ``(5) State.--The term `State' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 103.
            ``(6) Unmet need.--The term `unmet need' means, with 
        respect to an eligible student, the amount determined by 
        calculating the difference between--
                    ``(A) the institution's cost of attendance (as 
                defined in section 472) for the year for which the 
                determination is made; and
                    ``(B) the sum of--
                            ``(i) the total amount of need-based grant 
                        aid and merit-based grant aid, from Federal, 
                        State, and institutional sources, provided to 
                        such eligible student for the year for which 
                        the determination is made; and
                            ``(ii) the expected family contribution for 
                        such eligible student for the year for which 
                        the determination is made.
    ``(f) Appropriations.--
            ``(1) Authorization and appropriations.--For the purpose of 
        making grants under this section there are authorized to be 
        appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this 
        section for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year.
            ``(2) Availability.--Funds appropriated under paragraph (1) 
        shall remain available to the Secretary until expended.
            ``(3) Insufficient funds.--If the amount appropriated under 
        paragraph (1) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each 
        participating State and Indian tribe a grant under this section 
        that is equal to the minimum amount of the Federal share 
        described in subsection (b), the Secretary may ratably reduce 
        the amount of each such grant or take other actions necessary 
        to ensure an equitable distribution of such amount.
            ``(4) Transfer availability.--The Secretary is authorized, 
        subject to the availability of appropriations, to transfer 
        amounts authorized to be appropriated to carry out subpart 1 or 
        to carry out section 499T for a fiscal year to make grants 
        under this section if--
                    ``(A) all grants eligible to be made under such 
                subpart have been made for such fiscal year; and
                    ``(B) all grants eligible to be made under such 
                section have been made for such fiscal year.''.

SEC. 4806. TUITION WAIVERS.

    Subpart 4 of part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), as added by section 4804, is further amended 
by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 499V. TUITION WAIVERS.

    ``(a) In General.--
            ``(1) Grant program.--Subject to paragraph (2), from 
        amounts appropriated under subsection (g) for any fiscal year, 
        the Secretary may award grants to eligible States and Indian 
        tribes to pay the Federal share of expenditures needed to carry 
        out the activities and services described in subsection (d).
            ``(2) Limitation.--The Secretary may not make grants under 
        paragraph (1) in fiscal year unless--
                    ``(A) all grants eligible to be made under subpart 
                1 have been made for such fiscal year;
                    ``(B) all grants eligible to be made under 499T 
                have been made for such fiscal year; and
                    ``(C) all grants eligible to be made under 499U 
                have been made for such fiscal year.
            ``(3) Eligibility.--A State or Indian tribe may only be 
        eligible for a grant under this section in a fiscal year if 
        such State or Indian tribe received--
                    ``(A) a grant under subpart 1 for such fiscal year;
                    ``(B) a grant under section 499T for such fiscal 
                year; and
                    ``(C) a grant under 499U for such fiscal year.
    ``(b) Federal Share; Non-Federal Share.--
            ``(1) Federal share.--
                    ``(A) Formula.--Subject to paragraph (2), the 
                Federal share of a grant under this section shall be 
                based on a formula, determined by the Secretary, that--
                            ``(i) accounts for the State or Indian 
                        tribe's share of eligible students;
                            ``(ii) provides, for each eligible student 
                        in the State or Indian tribe, a per-student 
                        amount that is at least 75 percent of--
                                    ``(I) for the first award year for 
                                which grants are made under this 
                                section, the average resident public 4-
                                year institutions of higher education 
                                tuition and fees per student in all 
                                States for the most recent year for 
                                which data are available; and
                                    ``(II) for each subsequent award 
                                year, the amount determined under this 
                                subparagraph for the preceding award 
                                year, increased by the lesser of--
                                            ``(aa) a percentage equal 
                                        to the estimated percentage 
                                        increase in the Consumer Price 
                                        Index (as determined by the 
                                        Secretary) since the date of 
                                        such determination; or
                                            ``(bb) 3 percent.
                    ``(B) Exception for certain indian tribes.--In any 
                case in which not less than 75 percent of the students 
                at the institutions of higher education operated or 
                controlled by an Indian tribe are low-income students, 
                the amount of the Federal share for such Indian tribe 
                shall be not less than 95 percent of the total amount 
                needed to waive tuition and fees for all eligible 
                students enrolled in such institutions of higher 
                education.
            ``(2) State or tribal share.--
                    ``(A) Formula.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The State or tribal 
                        share of a grant under this section for each 
                        fiscal year shall be the amount needed to pay 
                        25 percent of the average resident public 4-
                        year institutions of higher education tuition 
                        and fees for eligible students in all States in 
                        first award year for which grants are made 
                        under this section for all eligible students in 
                        the State or Indian tribe, respectively, for 
                        such fiscal year, except as provided in clause 
                        (ii).
                            ``(ii) Exception for certain indian 
                        tribes.--In the case of an Indian tribe 
                        described in paragraph (1)(B), the amount of 
                        such Indian tribe's tribal share shall not 
                        exceed 5 percent of the total amount needed to 
                        waive tuition and fees for all eligible 
                        students enrolled in the institutions of higher 
                        education described in such paragraph.
                    ``(B) Need-based aid.--A State or Indian tribe may 
                include, as part of the State or tribal share, any 
                need-based financial aid that--
                            ``(i) is provided from State or tribal 
                        funds to an eligible student; and
                            ``(ii) may be used by such student to pay 
                        costs of attendance other than tuition and 
                        fees.
            ``(3) Determining number of eligible students.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall develop and 
                implement a process for accurately estimating the 
                number of eligible students in a State or Indian tribe 
                for purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2).
                    ``(B) Initial determination.--For the first year 
                for which grants are awarded under this section, the 
                number of eligible students in a State or Indian tribe 
                shall be considered to be equal to the number of 
                eligible students that were in the State or tribe for 
                the preceding school year.
            ``(4) Adjustment of grant amount.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the date on which a State or Indian tribe receives a 
        grant under this section, the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) in consultation with the State or tribe 
                concerned, determine whether the actual number of 
                eligible students in the State or Tribe for the year 
                covered by the grant is greater than the estimated 
                number of such students that was used to determine the 
                amount of the grant; and
                    ``(B) if it is determined under paragraph (1) that 
                the actual number of eligible students in the State or 
                Tribe is higher than such estimate, issue a 
                supplementary grant payment to the State or tribe in an 
                amount that ensures that the total amount of the grant 
                funds received by the State or tribe under this section 
                for the year covered by the grant accurately reflects 
                the higher number of eligible students.
    ``(c) Applications.--In order to receive a grant under this 
section, a State or tribe shall submit an application to the Secretary 
at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the 
Secretary may require.
    ``(d) General Requirements.--As a condition of receiving a grant 
under this subpart a State or Indian tribe shall meet the following 
requirements:
            ``(1) For each year of the grant the total amount of public 
        4-year institution of higher education resident tuition and 
        fees charged to an eligible student in the State or Indian 
        tribe shall be $0.
            ``(2) For each year of the grant no amount of financial 
        assistance for which an eligible student qualifies may be 
        applied to such tuition or fees.
    ``(e) Allowable Uses of Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--A State or Indian tribe shall use a 
        grant under this section only to provide funds to participating 
        public 4-year institutions to enable such public 4-year 
        institutions to waive resident tuition and fees for eligible 
        students as required under subsection (d).
            ``(2) Annual report.--A State or Indian tribe receiving a 
        grant under this section shall submit an annual report to the 
        Secretary describing the uses of grant funds under this 
        section, the progress made in fulfilling the requirements of 
        the grant, and rates of transfer, graduation, and attainment of 
        recognized postsecondary credentials at institutions of higher 
        education in the State or Indian tribe, including such rates 
        disaggregated by race, income, and age, and including any other 
        information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(3) Reporting by the secretary.--The Secretary annually 
        shall--
                    ``(A) compile and analyze the information described 
                in paragraph (2); and
                    ``(B) prepare and submit a report to the Committee 
                on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate 
                and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House 
                of Representatives containing the analysis described in 
                subparagraph (A) and an identification of State and 
                Indian tribe best practices for achieving the purpose 
                of this section.
            ``(4) Technical assistance.--The Secretary shall provide 
        technical assistance to eligible States and Indian tribes 
        concerning best practices regarding the promising and evidence-
        based institutional reforms and innovative practices to improve 
        student outcomes and shall disseminate such best practices 
        among the States and Indian tribes.
            ``(5) Continuation of funding.--
                    ``(A) In general.--A State or Indian tribe 
                receiving a grant under this section for a fiscal year 
                may continue to receive funding under this section for 
                future fiscal years conditioned on the availability of 
                budget authority and on meeting the requirements of the 
                grant, as determined by the Secretary.
                    ``(B) Discontinuation.--The Secretary may 
                discontinue funding of the Federal share of a grant 
                under this section if the State or Indian tribe has 
                violated the terms of the grant.
            ``(6) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds made available under 
        this section shall be used to supplement, and not supplant, 
        other Federal, State, and local funds that would otherwise be 
        expended to carry out activities under this section.
    ``(f) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible student.--
                    ``(A) Definition.--The term `eligible student' 
                means a student who--
                            ``(i) attends a public institution of 
                        higher education on not less than a half-time 
                        basis;
                            ``(ii) is maintaining satisfactory progress 
                        (as defined in section 484(c)) in the student's 
                        course of study;
                            ``(iii) is enrolled in an eligible program 
                        (as defined in section 481(b)); and
                            ``(iv) either--
                                    ``(I) qualifies for in-State 
                                resident institution of higher 
                                education tuition, as determined by the 
                                State or Indian tribe; or
                                    ``(II) would qualify for such in-
                                State tuition, but for the immigration 
                                status of such student.
                    ``(B) Special rule.--An otherwise eligible student 
                shall lose eligibility under this section after 6 years 
                of receiving benefits under this section.
            ``(2) Indian tribe.--The term `Indian tribe' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 102 of the Federally 
        Recognized Indian Tribe List Act of 1994 (25 U.S.C. 479a).
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(4) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term 
        `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning as 
        described in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and 
        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).
            ``(5) State.--The term `State' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 103.
    ``(g) Appropriations.--
            ``(1) Authorization and appropriations.--For the purpose of 
        making grants under this section there are authorized to be 
        appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this 
        section for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year.
            ``(2) Availability.--Funds appropriated under paragraph (1) 
        shall remain available to the Secretary until expended.
            ``(3) Insufficient funds.--If the amount appropriated under 
        paragraph (1) for a fiscal year is not sufficient to award each 
        participating State and Indian tribe a grant under this section 
        that is equal to the minimum amount of the Federal share 
        described in subsection (b), the Secretary may ratably reduce 
        the amount of each such grant or take other actions necessary 
        to ensure an equitable distribution of such amount.
            ``(4) Transfer availability.--The Secretary is authorized, 
        subject to the availability of appropriations, to transfer 
        amounts authorized to be appropriated to carry out subpart 1, 
        to carry out 499T, and to carry out 499U for a fiscal year to 
        make grants under this section if--
                    ``(A) all grants eligible to be made under such 
                subpart have been made for such fiscal year;
                    ``(B) all grants eligible to be made under 499T 
                have been made for such year; and
                    ``(C) all grants eligible to be made under 499U 
                have been made for such fiscal year.''.

SEC. 4807. EXPANSION FOR PRIVATE INSTITUTIONS.

    Subpart 4 of part I of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), as added by section 4804, is further amended 
by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 499W. EXPANSION FOR PRIVATE INSTITUTIONS.

    ``(a) Authority.--The Secretary may establish a program under 
which--
            ``(1) a State that participates in section 499T may elect 
        to carry out the grant programs under such section to students 
        who--
                    ``(A) meet the requirements under clauses (i) 
                through (iv) of subparagraph (A) and subparagraph (B) 
                of subsection (e)(3) of such section; and
                    ``(B) are enrolled in nonprofit private institution 
                of higher education in such State; and
            ``(2) a State that participates in section 499U may elect 
        to carry out the grant programs under such section to students 
        who--
                    ``(A) meet the requirements under clauses (i) 
                through (iv) of subparagraph (A) and subparagraph (B) 
                of subsection (e)(1) of such section; and
                    ``(B) and are enrolled in nonprofit private 
                institution of higher education in such States.
    ``(b) Program Requirements.--The Secretary shall set eligibility 
standards for nonprofit private institutions of higher education which 
shall, at a minimum, include--
            ``(1) benchmarks for the enrollment of low-income students;
            ``(2) a requirement that any nonprofit private institution 
        of higher education that participates in a grant program 
        pursuant to this section may not reduce the funding for 
        institutional need-based aid; or
            ``(3) a requirement that grant amounts for students at such 
        institutions of higher education shall not exceed grants for 
        students with similar levels of financial need (as measured by 
        expected family contribution) at public institutions of higher 
        education.
    ``(c) Authorization of Appropriations.--For the purpose of making 
grants under this section there are authorized to be appropriated such 
sums as may be necessary to carry out this section for fiscal year 2021 
and each succeeding fiscal year.''.

                    TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

SEC. 5001. HISPANIC-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

    (a) Authorized Activities.--Section 503(b) of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1101b(b)) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraph (16) as paragraph (17); and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (15) the following:
            ``(16) Promoting opportunities for international education, 
        including through the development of partnerships with 
        institutions of higher education outside the United States.''.
    (b) Endowment Funding Limitations.--Section 503(c) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1101b(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal funds'' and inserting 
                ``non-Federal funds (which may include gifts to the 
                endowment fund restricted for a specific purpose)''; 
                and
                    (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than'' and 
                inserting ``equal to 50 percent of''; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
            ``(4) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that uses 
        grant funds provided under this title to establish or increase 
        an endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from such 
        endowment to provide scholarships to students for the purposes 
        of attending such institution.''.

SEC. 5002. PROMOTING POSTBACCALAUREATE OPPORTUNITIES FOR HISPANIC 
              AMERICANS.

    (a) Program Authority.--Section 512 of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1102a) is amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(c) Minimum Grants Awarded.--Of the funds appropriated to carry 
out this part for a fiscal year, the Secretary--
            ``(1) shall--
                    ``(A) use not less than one-third of such funds to 
                award grants to carry out the activities described in 
                section 513(b); and
                    ``(B) use not less than one-third of such funds to 
                award grants to carry out the activities described in 
                section 513(c); and
            ``(2) may use any funds remaining (after using the funds in 
        accordance with paragraph (1)) to award grants to carry out 
        activities described in subsection (b) or (c) of section 
        513.''.
    (b) Authorized Activities.--Section 513 of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1102b) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 513. AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Requirements.--
            ``(1) In general.--Grants awarded under this part shall be 
        used for--
                    ``(A) one or more of the activities described in 
                subsection (b); or
                    ``(B) one or more of the activities described in 
                subsection (c).
            ``(2) Prohibition.--A grant awarded under this part may not 
        be used for activities under both subsections (b) and (c).
    ``(b) Promoting Postbaccalaureate Opportunities for Hispanic 
Americans Activities.--Grants awarded under this part may be used for 
one or more of the following activities promoting postbaccalaureate 
opportunities for Hispanic Americans:
            ``(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or 
        laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including 
        instructional and research purposes.
            ``(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and 
        improvement of classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other 
        instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of 
        telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(3) Purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and 
        other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other 
        educational materials, including telecommunications program 
        materials.
            ``(4) Support for low-income postbaccalaureate students 
        including outreach, academic support services, mentoring, 
        scholarships, fellowships, and other financial assistance to 
        permit the enrollment of such students in postbaccalaureate 
        certificate and postbaccalaureate degree granting programs.
            ``(5) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or 
        other distance education technologies, including purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(6) Collaboration with other institutions of higher 
        education to expand postbaccalaureate certificate and 
        postbaccalaureate degree offerings.
            ``(7) Other activities proposed in the application 
        submitted pursuant to section 514 that--
                    ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of 
                this part; and
                    ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the 
                review and acceptance of such application.
    ``(c) Faculty Development Activities.--Grants awarded under this 
part may be used for one or more of the following activities for 
faculty development:
            ``(1) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, 
        faculty research, curriculum development, and academic 
        instruction.
            ``(2) Financial support to graduate students planning to 
        pursue academic careers who desire to become faculty at 
        Hispanic-serving institutions.
            ``(3) Career services in preparing for an academic career 
        and identifying opportunities.
            ``(4) Developing partnerships between Hispanic-serving 
        institutions to help graduate students and hiring institutions 
        connect with each other.
            ``(5) Faculty recruitment efforts with an emphasis on 
        graduates from Hispanic-serving institutions and other 
        minority-serving institutions.
            ``(6) Recruitment and retention incentives to allow 
        Hispanic-serving institutions to make competitive offers to 
        potential faculty, including use of funds for student loan 
        repayment.
            ``(7) Research support specifically for early career 
        faculty.''.

SEC. 5003. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    Section 528(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1103g(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$175,000,000'' and 
        inserting ``$350,000,000'';
            (2) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$100,000,000'' and 
        inserting ``$115,000,000'';
            (3) by striking ``2009'' each place it appears and 
        inserting ``2021''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Reservation for technical assistance.--From the 
        amounts appropriated under paragraph (1) to carry out part A 
        for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve 0.75 percent to 
        carry out technical assistance and administrative training for 
        staff and faculty at Hispanic-serving institutions under such 
        part.''.

               TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

SEC. 6001. INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION.

    (a) Graduate and Undergraduate Language and Area Centers and 
Programs.--Section 602(b)(2)(B)(ii) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1122(b)(2)(B)(ii)) is amended--
            (1) in subclause (III), by striking ``or'';
            (2) in subclause (IV), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting ``; or''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(V) the beginning, intermediate, or 
                        advanced study of a foreign language related to 
                        the area of specialization.''.
    (b) International Research and Innovation.--Section 605 of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1125) is amended to read as 
follows:

``SEC. 605. INTERNATIONAL RESEARCH AND INNOVATION.

    ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this section to support 
essential international and foreign language education research and 
innovation projects with the goal of assessing and strengthening 
international education capacity, coordination, delivery, and outcomes 
to meet national needs.
    ``(b) Authority.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount provided to carry out 
        this section, the Secretary shall carry out the following 
        activities:
                    ``(A) Conduct research and studies that contribute 
                to the purpose described in subsection (a), which shall 
                include research to provide a systematic understanding 
                of the United States' international and foreign 
                language education capacity, structures, and 
                effectiveness in meeting growing demands by education, 
                government, and the private sector (including business 
                and other professions).
                    ``(B) Create innovative paradigms or enhance or 
                scale up proven strategies and practices that address 
                systemic challenges to developing and delivering 
                international and foreign language education resources 
                and expertise across educational disciplines, 
                institutions, employers, and other stakeholders.
                    ``(C) Develop and manage a national standardized 
                database that--
                            ``(i) includes the strengths, gaps, and 
                        trends in the United States' international and 
                        foreign language education capacity; and
                            ``(ii) documents the outcomes of programs 
                        funded under this title for every grant cycle.
            ``(2) Grants or contracts.--The Secretary shall carry out 
        activities to achieve the outcomes described in paragraph (1)--
                    ``(A) directly; or
                    ``(B) through grants awarded under subsection (d) 
                or (e).
    ``(c) Eligible Entity Defined.--In this section, the term `eligible 
entity' means--
            ``(1) an institution of higher education;
            ``(2) a public or private nonprofit library;
            ``(3) a nonprofit educational organization;
            ``(4) an entity that--
                    ``(A) received a grant under this title for a 
                preceding fiscal year; or
                    ``(B) is receiving a grant under this title as of 
                the date of application for a grant under this section; 
                or
            ``(5) a partnership of two or more entities described in 
        paragraphs (1) through (4).
    ``(d)  Research Grants.--
            ``(1) Program authorized.--For any fiscal year for which 
        the Secretary carries out activities under subsection (b)(1) 
        through research grants under this subsection, the Secretary 
        shall award such grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible 
        entities.
            ``(2) Required activities.--An eligible entity that 
        receives a grant under this subsection shall use the grant 
        funds for the systematic development, collection, analysis, 
        publication, and dissemination of data, and other information 
        resources in a manner that is easily understandable, made 
        publicly available, and that contributes to achieving the 
        purposes of subsection (a) and carries out at least one 
        activity under subsection (b)(1).
            ``(3) Discretionary activities.--An eligible entity that 
        receives a grant under this subsection may use the grant to 
        carry out the following activities:
                    ``(A) Assess and document international and foreign 
                language education capacity and supply through studies 
                or surveys that--
                            ``(i) determine the number of foreign 
                        language courses, programs, and enrollments at 
                        all levels of education and in all languages, 
                        including a determination of gaps in those 
                        deemed critical to the national interest;
                            ``(ii) measure the number and types of 
                        degrees or certificates awarded in area 
                        studies, global studies, foreign language 
                        studies, and international business and 
                        professional studies, including identification 
                        of gaps in those deemed critical to the 
                        national interest;
                            ``(iii) measure the number of foreign 
                        language, area or international studies 
                        faculty, including international business 
                        faculty, and elementary school and secondary 
                        school foreign language teachers by language, 
                        degree, and world area; or
                            ``(iv) measure the number of undergraduate 
                        and graduate students engaging in long- or 
                        short-term education or internship abroad 
                        programs as part of their curriculum, including 
                        countries of destination.
                    ``(B) Assess the demands for, and outcomes of, 
                international and foreign language education and their 
                alignment, through studies, surveys, and conferences 
                to--
                            ``(i) determine demands for increased or 
                        improved instruction in foreign language, area 
                        or global studies, or other international 
                        fields, and the demand for employees with such 
                        skills and knowledge in the education, 
                        government, and private sectors (including 
                        business and other professions);
                            ``(ii) assess the employment or utilization 
                        of graduates of programs supported under this 
                        title by educational, governmental, and private 
                        sector organizations (including business and 
                        other professions); or
                            ``(iii) assess standardized outcomes and 
                        effectiveness and benchmarking of programs 
                        supported under this title.
                    ``(C) Develop and publish specialized materials for 
                use in foreign language, area, global, or other 
                international studies, including in international 
                business or other professional education or technical 
                training, as appropriate.
                    ``(D) Conduct studies or surveys that identify and 
                document systemic challenges and changes needed in 
                higher education and elementary school and secondary 
                school systems to make international and foreign 
                language education available to all students as part of 
                the basic curriculum, including challenges in current 
                evaluation standards, entrance and graduation 
                requirements, program accreditation, student degree 
                requirements, or teacher and faculty legal workplace 
                barriers to education and research abroad.
                    ``(E) With respect to underrepresented institutions 
                of higher education (including minority-serving 
                institutions or community colleges), carry out studies 
                or surveys that identify and document--
                            ``(i) current systemic challenges and 
                        changes incentives, and partnerships needed to 
                        comprehensively and sustainably 
                        internationalize educational programming; or
                            ``(ii) short- and long-term outcomes of 
                        successful internationalization strategies and 
                        funding models.
                    ``(F) Evaluate the extent to which programs 
                assisted under this title--
                            ``(i) reflect diverse perspectives and a 
                        wide range of views; and
                            ``(ii) generate debate on world regions and 
                        international affairs
    ``(e)  Innovation Grants.--
            ``(1) Program authorized.--For any fiscal year for which 
        the Secretary carries out activities to achieve the outcomes 
        described in subsection (b)(1) through innovation grants under 
        this subsection, the Secretary shall award such grants, on a 
        competitive basis, to eligible entities.
            ``(2) Uses of funds.--An eligible entity that receives an 
        innovation grant under this subsection shall use the grant 
        funds to fund projects consistent with this section, which may 
        include one or more of the following:
                    ``(A) Innovative paradigms to improve 
                communication, sharing, and delivery of resources that 
                further the purposes described in subsection (a) 
                including the following:
                            ``(i) Networking structures and systems to 
                        more effectively match graduates possessing 
                        international and foreign language education 
                        skills with employment needs.
                            ``(ii) Sharing international specialist 
                        expertise across institutions of higher 
                        education or in the workforce to pursue 
                        specialization or learning opportunities not 
                        available at any single institution of higher 
                        education, such as shared courses for studying 
                        less commonly taught languages, world areas or 
                        regions, international business or other 
                        professional areas, or specialized research 
                        topics of national strategic interest.
                            ``(iii) Producing, collecting, organizing, 
                        preserving, and widely disseminating 
                        international and foreign language education 
                        expertise, resources, courses, and other 
                        information through the use of electronic 
                        technologies and other techniques.
                            ``(iv) Collaborative initiatives to 
                        identify, capture, and provide consistent 
                        access to, and creation of, digital global 
                        library resources that are beyond the capacity 
                        of any single eligible entity receiving a grant 
                        under this section or any single institution of 
                        higher education, including the professional 
                        development of library staff.
                            ``(v) Utilization of technology to create 
                        open-source resources in international, area, 
                        global, and foreign language studies that are 
                        adaptable to multiple educational settings and 
                        promote interdisciplinary partnerships between 
                        technologists, curriculum designers, 
                        international and foreign language education 
                        experts, language teachers, and librarians.
                    ``(B) Innovative curriculum, teaching, and learning 
                strategies, including the following:
                            ``(i) New initiatives for collaborations of 
                        disciplinary programs with foreign language, 
                        area, global, and international studies, and 
                        education abroad programs that address the 
                        internationalization of such disciplinary 
                        studies with the purpose of producing globally 
                        competent graduates.
                            ``(ii) Innovative collaborations between 
                        established centers of international and 
                        foreign language education excellence and 
                        underrepresented institutions and populations 
                        seeking to further their goals for 
                        strengthening international, area, global, and 
                        foreign language studies, including at 
                        minority-serving institutions or community 
                        colleges.
                            ``(iii) Teaching and learning 
                        collaborations among foreign language, area, 
                        global, or other international studies with 
                        diaspora communities, including heritage 
                        students.
                            ``(iv) New approaches and methods to 
                        teaching emerging global issues, cross-regional 
                        interactions, and underrepresented regions or 
                        countries, such as project- and team-based 
                        learning.
                    ``(C) Innovative assessment and outcome tools and 
                techniques that further the purposes described in 
                subsection (a), including the following:
                            ``(i) International and foreign language 
                        education assessment techniques that are 
                        coupled with outcome-focused training modules, 
                        such as certificates or badges, immersion 
                        learning, or e-portfolio systems.
                            ``(ii) Effective and easily accessible 
                        methods of assessing professionally useful 
                        levels of proficiency in foreign languages or 
                        competencies in area, culture, and global 
                        knowledge or other international fields in 
                        programs under this title, which may include 
                        use of open access online and other cost-
                        effective tools for students and educators at 
                        all educational levels and in the workplace.
    ``(f) Application.--Each eligible entity desiring a grant under 
this section shall submit to the Secretary an application at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary shall 
require, including--
            ``(1) a description of each proposed project the eligible 
        entity plans to carry out under this section and how such 
        project meets the purposes described in subsection (a);
            ``(2) if applicable, a demonstration of why the entity 
        needs a waiver or reduction of the matching requirement under 
        subsection (g); and
            ``(3) an assurance that each such proposed project will be 
        self-sustainable after the grant term is completed.
    ``(g) Matching Requirement.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Federal share of the total cost for 
        carrying out a project supported by a grant under this section 
        shall be no more than 66.66 percent of the cost of the project.
            ``(2) Non-federal share contributions.--The non-Federal 
        share of such cost may be provided either in-kind or in cash, 
        from institutional and non-institutional funds, including 
        contributions from State or private sector corporations, 
        nonprofits, or foundations.
            ``(3) Special rule.--The Secretary may waive or reduce the 
        share required under paragraph (1) for eligible entities that--
                    ``(A) are minority-serving institutions or are 
                community colleges; or
                    ``(B) demonstrate need in an application for such a 
                waiver or reduction under subsection (f)(2).
    ``(h) Database and Reporting.--The Secretary shall directly, or 
through grants or contracts with an eligible grant recipient--
            ``(1) establish, curate, maintain, and update at least 
        every grant cycle, a publically available website which shall 
        showcase the results of this section and serve as a user-
        friendly repository of the information, resources, and best 
        practices generated through activities conducted under this 
        section; and
            ``(2) prepare, publish, and disseminate to Congress and the 
        public at least once every 5 years, a report that summarizes 
        key findings and policy issues from the activities conducted 
        under this section, including as such activities relate to 
        international and foreign language education and outcomes.''.
    (c) Discontinuation of Foreign Information Access Program.--Part A 
of title VI of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1121 et 
seq.) is further amended by striking sections 606 and 610, and 
redesignating sections 607, 608, and 609 as sections 606, 607, and 608, 
respectively.

SEC. 6002. GLOBAL BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS.

    (a) Findings; Purpose.--Section 611 of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1130) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) the future welfare of the United States will depend 
        substantially on increasing international and global skills in 
        business, educational, and other professional communities and 
        creating an awareness among the American public of the 
        internationalization of our economy and numerous other 
        professional areas important to the national interest;'';
                    (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) concerted efforts are necessary to engage business 
        and other professional education and technical training 
        programs, language, area, and global study programs, 
        professional international affairs education programs, public 
        and private sector organizations, and United States' business 
        community in a mutually productive relationship which benefits 
        the Nation's future economic and security interests;'';
                    (C) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and the 
                international'' and inserting ``and other professional 
                fields and the international and global''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) by inserting ``, as well as other 
                        professional organizations'' after 
                        ``departments of commerce''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``or other professions'' 
                        after ``business''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``and economic enterprise'' 
                        and inserting ``, economic enterprise, and 
                        security''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``and other 
                        professional'' before ``personnel''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``to prosper in 
                an international'' and inserting ``and other 
                professional fields to prosper in a global''.
    (b) Professional and Technical Education for Global 
Competitiveness.--Section 613 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1130a) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 613. PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION FOR GLOBAL 
              COMPETITIVENESS.

    ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of this section is to support 
innovative strategies that provide undergraduate and graduate students 
with the global professional competencies, perspectives, and skills 
needed to strengthen and enrich global engagement and competitiveness 
in a wide variety of professional and technical fields important to the 
national interest.
    ``(b) Program Authorized.--The Secretary shall make grants to, or 
enter into contracts with eligible entities to pay the Federal share of 
the cost of programs designed to--
            ``(1) establish an interdisciplinary global focus in the 
        undergraduate and graduate curricula of business, science, 
        technology, engineering, and other professional education and 
        technical training programs to be determined by the Secretary 
        based on national needs;
            ``(2) produce graduates with proficiencies in both the 
        global aspects of their professional education or technical 
        training fields and international, cross-cultural, and foreign 
        language skills; and
            ``(3) provide appropriate services to or partnerships with 
        the corporate, government, and nonprofit communities in order 
        to expand knowledge and capacity for global engagement and 
        competitiveness and provide internship or employment 
        opportunities for students and graduates with international 
        skills.
    ``(c) Mandatory Activities.--An eligible entity that receives a 
grant under this section shall use the grant to carry out the 
following:
            ``(1) With respect to undergraduate or graduate 
        professional education and technical training curricula, 
        incorporating--
                    ``(A) foreign language programs that lead to 
                proficiency, including immersion opportunities;
                    ``(B) international, area, or global studies 
                programs;
                    ``(C) education, internships, or other innovative 
                or technological linkages abroad; and
                    ``(D) global business, economic, and trade studies, 
                where appropriate.
            ``(2) Innovating and improving international, global, and 
        foreign language education curricula to serve the needs of 
        business and other professional and nonprofit communities, 
        including development of new programs for nontraditional, mid-
        career, or part-time students.
            ``(3) Establishing education or internship abroad programs, 
        domestic globally focused internships, or other innovative 
        approaches to enable undergraduate or graduate students in 
        professional education or technical training to develop foreign 
        language skills and knowledge of foreign cultures, societies, 
        and global dimensions of their professional fields.
            ``(4) Developing collaborations between institutions of 
        higher education and corporations or nonprofit organizations in 
        order to strengthen engagement and competitiveness in global 
        business, trade, or other global professional activities.
    ``(d) Discretionary Activities.--An eligible entity that receives a 
grant under this section may use the grant to carry out the following:
            ``(1) Developing specialized teaching materials and 
        courses, including foreign language and area or global studies 
        materials, and innovative technological delivery systems 
        appropriate for professionally oriented students.
            ``(2) Establishing student fellowships or other innovative 
        support opportunities, including for underrepresented 
        populations, first generation college students (defined in 
        section 402A(h)), and heritage learners, for education and 
        training in global professional development activities.
            ``(3) Developing opportunities or fellowships for faculty 
        or junior faculty of professional education or technical 
        training (including the faculty of minority-serving 
        institutions or community colleges) to acquire or strengthen 
        international and global skills and perspectives.
            ``(4) Creating institutes that take place over academic 
        breaks, like the summer, including through technological means, 
        and cover foreign language, world area, global, or other 
        international studies in learning areas of global business, 
        science, technology, engineering, or other professional 
        education and training fields.
            ``(5) Internationalizing curricula at minority-serving 
        institutions or community colleges to further the purposes of 
        this section.
            ``(6) Establishing international linkages or partnerships 
        with institutions of higher education, corporations, or 
        organizations that contribute to the objectives of this 
        section.
            ``(7) Developing programs to inform the public of 
        increasing global interdependence in professional education and 
        technical training fields.
            ``(8) Establishing trade education programs through 
        agreements with regional, national, global, bilateral, or 
        multilateral trade centers, councils, or associations.
    ``(e) Application.--Each eligible entity desiring a grant under 
this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and including such information as the Secretary may 
reasonably require, including assurances that--
            ``(1) each proposed project will be self-sustainable after 
        the grant term is completed;
            ``(2) the institution of higher education will use the 
        assistance provided under this section to supplement and not 
        supplant activities conducted by institutions of higher 
        education described in (c);
            ``(3) in the case of eligible entities that are consortia 
        of institutions of higher education, or partnership described 
        in subsection (g)(1)(C), a copy of their partnership agreement 
        that demonstrates compliance with subsection (c) will be 
        provided to the Secretary;
            ``(4) the activities funded by the grant will reflect 
        diverse perspectives and a wide range of views of world regions 
        and international affairs where applicable; and
            ``(5) if applicable, a demonstration of why the eligible 
        entity needs a waiver or reduction of the matching requirement 
        under subsection (f).
    ``(f) Matching Requirement.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Federal share of the total cost for 
        carrying out a program supported by a grant under this section 
        shall be not more than 50 percent of the total cost of the 
        project.
            ``(2) Non-federal share contributions.--The non-Federal 
        share of such cost may be provided either in-kind or in cash, 
        from institutional and non-institutional funds, including 
        contributions from State and private sector corporations, 
        nonprofits, or foundations.
            ``(3) Special rule.--The Secretary may waive or reduce the 
        share required under paragraph (1) for eligible entities that--
                    ``(A) are minority-serving institutions or are 
                community colleges; or
                    ``(B) have submitted a grant application as 
                required by subsection (e) that demonstrates a need for 
                such a waiver or reduction.
    ``(g) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means--
                    ``(A) an institution of higher education;
                    ``(B) a consortia of such institutions; or
                    ``(C) a partnership between--
                            ``(i) an institution of higher education or 
                        a consortia of such institutions; and
                            ``(ii) at least one corporate or nonprofit 
                        entity.
            ``(2) Professional education and technical training.--The 
        term `professional education and technical training' means a 
        program at an institution of higher education that offers 
        undergraduate, graduate, or postgraduate level education in a 
        professional or technical field that is determined by the 
        Secretary as meeting a national need for global or 
        international competency (which may include business, science, 
        technology, engineering, law, health, energy, environment, 
        agriculture, transportation, or education).
    ``(h) Funding Rule.--Notwithstanding any other provision of this 
title, funds made available to the Secretary for a fiscal year may not 
be obligated or expended to carry out this section unless the funds 
appropriated for such fiscal year to carry out this title exceeds 
$65,103,000.''.
    (c) Discontinuation of Certain Authorizations of Appropriations.--
Part B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1130 et seq.) is 
further amended by striking section 614.

SEC. 6003. REPEAL OF ASSISTANCE PROGRAM FOR INSTITUTE FOR INTERNATIONAL 
              PUBLIC POLICY.

    Part C of title VI of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1131 et seq.) is repealed.

SEC. 6004. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    (a) Definitions.--Section 631(a) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1132(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (9), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (2) in paragraph (10), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting a semicolon; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(11) the term `community college' has the meaning given 
        the term `junior or community college' in section 312(f);
            ``(12) the term `heritage student' means a postsecondary 
        student who--
                    ``(A) was born in the United States to immigrant 
                parents or immigrated to the United States at an early 
                age;
                    ``(B) is proficient in English, but raised in a 
                family primarily speaking 1 or more languages of the 
                country of origin; and
                    ``(C) maintains a close affinity with the family's 
                culture and language of origin; and
            ``(13) the term `minority-serving institution' means an 
        institution of higher education that is eligible to receive a 
        grant under part A or B of title III or title V.''.
    (b) Minority-Serving Institutions.--Part D of title VI of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1132 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) by striking section 637;
            (2) by redesignating section 638 as section 637; and
            (3) by inserting after section 637, as so redesignated, the 
        following:

``SEC. 638. PRIORITY TO MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

    ``(a) Priority.--In seeking applications and awarding grants under 
this title, the Secretary, may give priority to--
            ``(1) minority-serving institutions; or
            ``(2) institutions of higher education that apply for such 
        grants that propose significant and sustained collaborative 
        activities with one or more minority-serving institutions.
    ``(b) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical 
assistance to minority-serving institutions to ensure maximum 
distribution of grants to eligible minority-serving institutions and 
among each category of such institutions.''.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--Part D of title VI of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1132 et seq.) is further 
amended by adding at the end the following new section:

``SEC. 639. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--Subject to subsection (b), there are authorized 
to be appropriated to carry out this title $125,000,000 for fiscal year 
2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(b) Adjustment for Inflation.--
            ``(1) In general.--The amount authorized to be appropriated 
        under subsection (a) for fiscal year 2022 and each of the 4 
        succeeding fiscal years shall be deemed increased by a 
        percentage equal to the annual adjustment percentage.
            ``(2) Definition.--In this subsection, the term `annual 
        adjustment percentage' as applied to a fiscal year, means the 
        estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (as 
        determined by the Secretary, using the definition in section 
        478(f)) for the most recent calendar year ending prior to the 
        beginning of that fiscal year.''.

       TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

SEC. 7001. GRADUATE EDUCATION PROGRAMS.

    (a) HBCU.--Section 723 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1136a) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(1), by adding at the end the 
        following:
                    ``(S) Each institution not listed under 
                subparagraphs (A) through (R) that is eligible to 
                receive funds under part B of title III and that offers 
                a qualified masters degree program.'';
            (2) in subsection (e), by striking ``or 724'' and inserting 
        ``or 724, or subpart 5 or 6 of this part''; and
            (3) in subsection (f)(3)--
                    (A) by striking ``any amount in excess of 
                $9,000,000'' and inserting ``after the application of 
                paragraph (2), the remaining amount''; and
                    (B) by striking ``(R)'' and inserting ``(S)''.
    (b) Predominantly Black Institutions.--Section 724 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1136b) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(1), by adding at the end the 
        following:
                    ``(F) Each institution not listed in subparagraph 
                (A) through (E) that is eligible to receive funds under 
                section 318 and that offers a qualified masters degree 
                program.'';
            (2) in subsection (e), by striking ``or 723'' and inserting 
        ``or 723, or subpart 5 or 6''; and
            (3) in subsection (f)(3)--
                    (A) by striking ``any amount in excess of 
                $2,500,000'' and inserting ``after the application of 
                paragraph (2), any remaining amount''; and
                    (B) by striking ``(E)'' and inserting ``(F)''.
    (c) Enhancing Support for Asian American and Native American 
Pacific Islander-Serving Institutions and Tribal Colleges and 
Universities.--Part A of title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1134 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) in section 731--
                    (A) by striking ``1 through 4'' each place it 
                appears and inserting ``1 through 6''; and
                    (B) by striking ``subpart 1, 2, 3, or 4'' and 
                inserting ``subparts 1 through 6'';
            (2) by redesignating subpart 5 as subpart 7;
            (3) by redesignating section 731 as section 735; and
            (4) by inserting after subpart 4 the following:

   ``Subpart 5--Graduate Opportunities at Asian American and Native 
             American Pacific Islander-Serving Institutions

``SEC. 726. GRANT PROGRAM ESTABLISHED.

    ``(a) In General.--Subject to the availability of funds 
appropriated to carry out this subpart, the Secretary shall award 
grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to enable the 
eligible institutions to carry out the activities described in section 
727.
    ``(b) Award of Grant Funds.--Of the funds appropriated to carry out 
this subpart for a fiscal year, the Secretary--
            ``(1) shall reserve--
                    ``(A) not less than one-third of such funds to 
                award grants to carry out the activities described in 
                section 727(b); and
                    ``(B) not less than one-third of such funds to 
                award grants to carry out the activities described in 
                section 727(c); and
            ``(2) may use the amount of funds remaining after the 
        reservation required under paragraph (1) to award grants to 
        carry out the activities described in subsections (b) and (c) 
        of section 727.
    ``(c) Duration.--Grants under this subpart shall be awarded for a 
period not to exceed five years.
    ``(d) Limitation on Number of Awards.--The Secretary may not award 
more than one grant under this subpart in any fiscal year to any Asian 
American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions.
    ``(e) Application.--Any eligible institution may apply for a grant 
under this subpart by submitting an application to the Secretary at 
such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such 
application shall demonstrate how the grant funds will be used to 
improve postbaccalaureate education opportunities for Asian American 
and Native American Pacific Islander and low-income students.
    ``(f) Interaction With Other Grant Programs.--No institution that 
is eligible for and receives an award under section 326, 512, 723, or 
724, or subpart 6 of this part for a fiscal year shall be eligible to 
apply for a grant, or receive grant funds, under this subpart for the 
same fiscal year.
    ``(g) Eligible Institution Defined.--For the purposes of this 
subpart, an `eligible institution' means an institution of higher 
education that--
            ``(1) is an Asian-American and Native American Pacific 
        Islander-serving institution (as defined in section 320); and
            ``(2) offers a postbaccalaureate certificate or 
        postbaccalaureate degree granting program.

``SEC. 727. USE OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) In General.--
            ``(1) Activities.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subpart shall use such funds to carry out--
                    ``(A) one or more of the activities described in 
                subsection (b); or
                    ``(B) one or more of the activities described in 
                subsection (c).
            ``(2) Requirement.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subpart may not use such funds for activities 
        under both subsections (b) and (c).
    ``(b) Graduate Program Activities.--Grants awarded under this 
subpart may be used for one or more of the following activities 
promoting postbaccaulaureate opportunities for Asian American and 
Native American Pacific Islander students:
            ``(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or 
        laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including 
        instructional and research purposes.
            ``(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and 
        improvement of classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other 
        instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of 
        telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(3) Purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and 
        other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other 
        educational materials, including telecommunications program 
        materials.
            ``(4) Support for low-income postbaccalaureate students 
        including outreach, academic support services and mentoring, 
        scholarships, fellowships, and other financial assistance to 
        permit the enrollment of such students in postbaccalaureate 
        certificate and postbaccalaureate degree granting programs.
            ``(5) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or 
        other distance education technologies, including purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(6) Collaboration with other institutions of higher 
        education to expand postbaccalaureate certificate and 
        postbaccalaureate degree offerings.
            ``(7) Other activities proposed in the application 
        submitted pursuant to section 726 that--
                    ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of 
                this subpart; and
                    ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the 
                review and acceptance of such application.
    ``(c) Faculty Development Activities.--Grants awarded under this 
subpart may be used for one or more of the following activities for 
faculty development:
            ``(1) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, 
        faculty research, curriculum development, and academic 
        instruction.
            ``(2) Financial support to graduate students planning to 
        pursue academic careers who desire to become faculty at Asian 
        American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving 
        institutions.
            ``(3) Career services in preparing for an academic career 
        and identifying opportunities.
            ``(4) Developing partnerships between Asian American and 
        Native American Pacific Islander-serving institutions to 
        facilitate connections between graduate students and hiring 
        institutions.
            ``(5) Faculty recruitment efforts with an emphasis on 
        graduates from Asian American and Native American Pacific 
        Islander-serving institutions and other minority-serving 
        institutions.
            ``(6) Recruitment and retention incentives to allow Asian 
        American and Native American Pacific Islander-serving 
        institutions to make competitive offers to potential faculty, 
        including use of funds for student loan repayment.
            ``(7) Research support for early career faculty.
            ``(8) Other activities proposed in the application 
        submitted pursuant to section 726 that--
                    ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of 
                this subpart; and
                    ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the 
                review and acceptance of such application.

``SEC. 728. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart 
$30,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal 
years.

``Subpart 6--Graduate Opportunities at Tribal Colleges and Universities

``SEC. 729. GRANT PROGRAM ESTABLISHED.

    ``(a) In General.--Subject to the availability of funds 
appropriated to carry out this subpart, the Secretary shall award 
grants, on a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to enable the 
eligible institutions to carry out the activities described in section 
730.
    ``(b) Award of Grant Funds.--Of the funds appropriated to carry out 
this subpart for a fiscal year, the Secretary--
            ``(1) shall reserve--
                    ``(A) not less than one-third of such funds to 
                award grants to carry out the activities described in 
                section 730(b); and
                    ``(B) not less than one-third of such funds to 
                award grants to carry out the activities described in 
                section 730(c); and
            ``(2) may use the amount of funds remaining after the 
        reservation required under paragraph (1) to award grants to 
        carry out the activities described in subsections (b) and (c) 
        of section 730.
    ``(c) Duration.--Grants under this part shall be awarded for a 
period not to exceed five years.
    ``(d) Limitation on Number of Awards.--The Secretary may not award 
more than one grant under this subpart in any fiscal year to any Tribal 
College and University.
    ``(e) Application.--Any eligible institution may apply for a grant 
under this subpart by submitting an application to the Secretary at 
such time and in such manner as the Secretary may require. Such 
application shall demonstrate how the grant funds will be used to 
improve postbaccalaureate education opportunities for American Indian 
and Alaska Native students.
    ``(f) Interaction With Other Grant Programs.--No institution that 
is eligible for and receives an award under section 326, 512, 723, or 
724, or subpart 5 of this part for a fiscal year shall be eligible to 
apply for a grant, or receive grant funds, under this section for the 
same fiscal year.
    ``(g) Eligible Institution Defined.--For the purposes of this 
subpart, an `eligible institution' means an institution of higher 
education that--
            ``(1) is a Tribal College or University (as defined in 
        section 316); and
            ``(2) offers a postbaccalaureate certificate or 
        postbaccalaureate degree granting program.

``SEC. 730. USE OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) In General.--
            ``(1) Activities.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subpart shall use such funds to carry out--
                    ``(A) one or more of the activities described in 
                subsection (b); or
                    ``(B) one or more of the activities described in 
                subsection (c).
            ``(2) Requirement.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subpart may not use such funds for activities 
        under both subsections (b) and (c).
    ``(b) Graduate Program Activities.--Grants awarded under this 
subpart may be used for one or more of the following activities 
promoting postbaccalaureate opportunities for American Indian and 
Alaska Native students:
            ``(1) Purchase, rental, or lease of scientific or 
        laboratory equipment for educational purposes, including 
        instructional and research purposes.
            ``(2) Construction, maintenance, renovation, and 
        improvement of classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other 
        instructional facilities, including purchase or rental of 
        telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(3) Purchase of library books, periodicals, technical and 
        other scientific journals, microfilm, microfiche, and other 
        educational materials, including telecommunications program 
        materials.
            ``(4) Support for American Indian and Alaska Native 
        postbaccalaureate students including outreach, academic support 
        services and mentoring, scholarships, fellowships, and other 
        financial assistance to permit the enrollment of such students 
        in postbaccalaureate certificate and postbaccalaureate degree 
        granting programs.
            ``(5) Creating or improving facilities for Internet or 
        other distance education technologies, including purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(6) Collaboration with other institutions of higher 
        education to expand postbaccalaureate certificate and 
        postbaccalaureate degree offerings.
            ``(7) Other activities proposed in the application 
        submitted pursuant to section 729 that--
                    ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of 
                this subpart; and
                    ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the 
                review and acceptance of such application.
    ``(c) Faculty Development Activities.--Grants awarded under this 
subpart may be used for one or more of the following activities for 
faculty development:
            ``(1) Support of faculty exchanges, faculty development, 
        faculty research, curriculum development, and academic 
        instruction.
            ``(2) Financial support to graduate students planning to 
        pursue academic careers who desire to become faculty at Tribal 
        Colleges and Universities.
            ``(3) Career services in preparing for an academic career 
        and identifying opportunities.
            ``(4) Developing partnerships between Tribal Colleges and 
        Universities to facilitate connections between graduate 
        students and hiring institutions.
            ``(5) Faculty recruitment efforts with an emphasis on 
        graduates from Tribal Colleges and Universities and other 
        minority-serving institutions.
            ``(6) Recruitment and retention incentives to allow Tribal 
        Colleges and Universities to make competitive offers to 
        potential faculty, including use of funds for student loan 
        repayment.
            ``(7) Research support for early career faculty.
            ``(8) Other activities proposed in the application 
        submitted pursuant to section 729 that--
                    ``(A) contribute to carrying out the purposes of 
                this subpart; and
                    ``(B) are approved by the Secretary as part of the 
                review and acceptance of such application.

``SEC. 731. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart 
$5,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal 
years.''.

SEC. 7002. FUND FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION.

    Section 745 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1138d) 
is amended by striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2021''.

SEC. 7003. MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS INNOVATION FUND.

    Title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1133 et 
seq.) is amended by inserting after part B the following:

     ``PART C--FUNDING INNOVATIONS AT MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS

``SEC. 751. PURPOSE.

    ``It is the purpose of this part to assist minority-serving 
institutions in planning, developing, implementing, validating, and 
replicating innovations that provide solutions to persistent challenges 
in enabling economically and educationally disadvantaged students to 
enroll in, persist through, and graduate from college, including 
innovations designed to--
            ``(1) increase the successful recruitment at minority-
        serving institutions of--
                    ``(A) students from low-income families of all 
                races;
                    ``(B) students who begin college when over 21 years 
                of age; and
                    ``(C) military-affiliated students;
            ``(2) increase the rate at which students enrolled in 
        minority-serving institutions make adequate or accelerated 
        progress toward graduation, and successfully graduate from such 
        institutions;
            ``(3) increase the number of students pursuing and 
        completing degrees in science, technology, engineering, and 
        mathematics at minority-serving institutions and pursuing 
        graduate work in such fields, including through the 
        establishment of innovation ecosystems on the campuses of such 
        institutions;
            ``(4) redesign course offerings and other instructional 
        strategies at minority-serving institutions to improve student 
        outcomes and reduce postsecondary education costs;
            ``(5) enhance the quality and number of traditional and 
        alternative route teacher preparation programs offered by 
        minority-serving institutions;
            ``(6) expand the effective use of technology at minority-
        serving institutions; and
            ``(7) strengthen postgraduate employment outcomes for 
        students enrolled in minority-serving institutions.

``SEC. 752. DEFINITION.

    ``In this part:
            ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means--
                    ``(A) a minority-serving institution; or
                    ``(B) a consortium of a minority-serving 
                institution and--
                            ``(i) one or more other institutions of 
                        higher education;
                            ``(ii) a private nonprofit organization;
                            ``(iii) a local educational agency;
                            ``(iv) a high school that--
                                    ``(I) receives funding under part A 
                                of title I of the Elementary and 
                                Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                                U.S.C. 6311 et seq.); and
                                    ``(II) has been identified for 
                                comprehensive support and improvement 
                                under section 1111(c)(4)(D)(i) of such 
                                Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)(4)(D)(i)); or
                            ``(v) any combination of the entities 
                        described in clauses (i) through (iv).
            ``(2) Minority serving institution.--The term `minority 
        serving institution' means an institution of higher education 
        described in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (7) of 
        section 371(a).

``SEC. 753. GRANTS AUTHORIZED.

    ``(a) In General.--Except as provided in subsection (b)(2), with 
the funds made available for this part under section 757, the Secretary 
shall make planning and implementation grants, as described in 
subsections (b) and (c), to eligible entities to enable such entities 
to plan for the implementation of, in the case of a planning grant, and 
implement, in the case of an implementation grant, innovations 
described in section 751 and to support the planning, development, 
implementation, validation, scaling up, and replication of such 
innovations.
    ``(b) Planning Grants.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), 
        with the funds made available under section 757 for a fiscal 
        year, the Secretary shall use not more than 5 percent or 
        $42,500,000 (whichever is greater) to award planning grants to 
        enable eligible entities to plan, design, and develop 
        innovations described in section 751.
            ``(2) Type of institution.--Planning grants shall be 
        awarded to minority-serving institutions in proportion to the 
        allocations made in subparagraphs (A) through (G) of section 
        757(1).
            ``(3) Order of consideration.--Subject to paragraph (2) and 
        the priority described in section 755(a), planning grants shall 
        be awarded to eligible entities satisfying the application 
        requirements under section 754 in the order in which received 
        by the Secretary.
            ``(4) Duration.--A planning grant authorized under this 
        subsection shall be for the duration of 1 year.
            ``(5) Grant amounts.--Each planning grant authorized under 
        this subsection shall be in an amount that is not more than 
        $150,000.
    ``(c) Implementation Grants.--
            ``(1) In general.--With funds made available for this part 
        under section 757, the Secretary shall award implementation 
        grants on a competitive basis to enable eligible entities to 
        further develop, pilot, field-test, implement, document, 
        validate, and, as applicable, scale up and replicate, 
        innovations described in section 751.
            ``(2) Duration.--An implementation grant authorized under 
        this subsection shall be for a duration of 5 years, except that 
        the Secretary may not continue providing funds under the grant 
        after year 3 of the grant period unless the eligible entity 
        demonstrates that the entity has achieved satisfactory progress 
        toward carrying out the educational innovations, activities, 
        and projects described in their application pursuant to section 
        754(d), as determined by the Secretary.
            ``(3) Grant amount.--Each implementation grant authorized 
        under this subsection shall be in an amount sufficient to 
        enable the eligible entity to achieve the purposes of its 
        proposed activities and projects, but shall not exceed 
        $10,000,000.
    ``(d) Special Rules for Consortiums.--
            ``(1) Fiscal agent.--
                    ``(A) In general.--In the case of an eligible 
                entity applying for a grant under this part as a 
                consortium, each member of the consortium shall agree 
                on 1 such member of such eligibility entity to serve as 
                a fiscal agent of such entity.
                    ``(B) Responsibilities.--The fiscal agent of an 
                eligible entity, as described in subparagraph (A), 
                shall act on behalf of such entity in performing the 
                financial duties of such entity under this part.
                    ``(C) Written agreement.--The agreement described 
                in subparagraph (A) shall be in writing and signed by 
                each member of the consortium.
            ``(2) Subgrants.--In the case of an eligible entity 
        applying for a grant under this part as a consortium, the 
        fiscal agent for such entity (as described in paragraph (1)) 
        may use the funds provided by the grant to make subgrants to 
        members of the consortium.

``SEC. 754. APPLICATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--An eligible entity desiring to receive a grant 
under this part shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may reasonably require.
    ``(b) Consortium Entities.--An application under this section which 
is submitted by an eligible entity applying as a consortium shall 
include the written agreement described in section 753(d)(1)(C).
    ``(c) Planning Grants.--The Secretary shall ensure that the 
application requirements under this section for a planning grant 
authorized under section 753(b) include, in addition to the requirement 
in subsection (b) (if applicable), only those minimal requirements that 
are necessary to review the proposed process of an eligible entity for 
the planning, design, and development of one or more of the innovations 
described in section 751.
    ``(d) Implementation Grants.--An application under this section for 
an innovation grant authorized under section 753(c) shall include, in 
addition to the requirement under subsection (b) (if applicable), 
descriptions of--
            ``(1) each innovation described in section 751 that the 
        eligible entity would implement using the funds made available 
        by such grant, including, as applicable, a description of the 
        evidence base supporting such innovation;
            ``(2) how each such innovation will address the purpose of 
        this part, as described in section 751, and how each such 
        innovation will further the institutional or organizational 
        mission of the minority-serving institution that is part of the 
        eligible entity;
            ``(3) the specific activities that the eligible entity will 
        carry out with funds made available by such grant, including, 
        in the case of an eligible entity applying as a consortium, a 
        description of the activities that each member of the 
        consortium will carry out and a description of the capacity of 
        each such member to carry out those activities;
            ``(4) the performance measures that the eligible entity 
        will use to track its progress in implementing each such 
        innovation, including a description of how the entity will 
        implement those performance measures and use information on 
        performance to make adjustments and improvements to its 
        implementation activities, as needed, over the course of the 
        grant period;
            ``(5) how the eligible entity will provide for an 
        independent evaluation of the implementation and impact of the 
        projects funded by such grant, including--
                    ``(A) an interim report (evaluating the progress 
                made in the first 3 years of the grant); and
                    ``(B) a final report (completed at the end of the 
                grant period); and
            ``(6) the plan of the eligible entity for continuing each 
        proposed innovation after the grant has ended.

``SEC. 755. PRIORITY.

    ``(a) Planning Grants.--In awarding planning grants under this 
part, the Secretary shall give priority to applications that were 
submitted with respect to the prior award year, but did not receive a 
planning grant due to insufficient funds.
    ``(b) Implementation Grants.--In awarding implementation grants 
under this part, the Secretary shall give--
            ``(1) first priority to applications for programs at 
        minority-serving institutions that have not previously received 
        an implementation grant under this part; and
            ``(2) second priority to applications that address issues 
        of major national need, including--
                    ``(A) innovative partnerships between minority-
                serving institutions and local educational agencies 
                that are designed to increase the enrollment of 
                historically underrepresented populations in higher 
                education;
                    ``(B) educational innovations designed to increase 
                the rate of postsecondary degree attainment for 
                populations within minority groups that have low 
                relative rates of postsecondary degree attainment;
                    ``(C) educational innovations that support programs 
                and initiatives at minority-serving institutions to 
                enhance undergraduate and graduate programs in science, 
                technology, engineering, and mathematics;
                    ``(D) innovative partnerships between minority-
                serving institutions and other organizations to 
                establish innovation ecosystems in support of economic 
                development, entrepreneurship, and the 
                commercialization of technology supported by research 
                funded through this grant;
                    ``(E) educational innovations that enhance the 
                quality and number of traditional and alternative route 
                teacher preparation programs at minority-serving 
                institutions to enable teachers to be highly effective 
                in the classroom and to enable such programs to meet 
                the demands for diversity and accountability in teacher 
                education; and
                    ``(F) educational innovations that strengthen 
                postgraduate employment outcomes of minority-serving 
                institutions through the implementation of 
                comprehensive and strategic career pathways for 
                students.

``SEC. 756. USES OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) Planning Grants.--An eligible entity receiving a planning 
grant under section 753(b) shall use funds made available by such grant 
to conduct an institutional planning process that includes--
            ``(1) an assessment of the needs of the minority-serving 
        institution;
            ``(2) research on educational innovations described in 
        section 751 that will meet the needs described in paragraph 
        (1);
            ``(3) the selection of one or more such educational 
        innovations for implementation;
            ``(4) an assessment of the capacity of the minority-serving 
        institution to implement such educational innovation; and
            ``(5) activities to further develop such capacity.
    ``(b) Implementation Grants.--An eligible entity receiving an 
implementation grant under section 753(c) shall use the funds made 
available by such grant to further develop, pilot, field-test, 
implement, document, validate, and, as applicable, scale up, and 
replicate innovations described in section 751, such as innovations 
designed to--
            ``(1) create a college-bound culture at secondary schools 
        (including efforts targeting high-achieving students from low-
        income families) through activities undertaken in partnership 
        with local educational agencies and nonprofit organizations, 
        such as--
                    ``(A) activities that promote postsecondary school 
                awareness, including recruitment, organizing campus 
                visits, and providing assistance with entrance and 
                financial aid application completion; and
                    ``(B) postsecondary school preparation efforts such 
                as--
                            ``(i) aligning high school coursework and 
                        high school graduation requirements with the 
                        requirements for entrance into credit-bearing 
                        coursework at 4-year institutions of higher 
                        education;
                            ``(ii) early identification and support for 
                        students at risk of not graduating from high 
                        school, or at risk of requiring remediation 
                        upon enrolling in postsecondary education; and
                            ``(iii) dual-enrollment programs;
            ``(2) improve student achievement, such as through 
        activities designed to increase the number or percentage of 
        students who successfully complete developmental or remedial 
        coursework (which may be accomplished through the evidence-
        based redesign of such coursework) and pursue and succeed in 
        postsecondary studies;
            ``(3) increase the number of minority males who attain a 
        postsecondary degree, such as through evidence-based 
        interventions that integrate academic advising with social and 
        cultural supports and assistance with job placement;
            ``(4) increase the number or percentage of students who 
        make satisfactory or accelerated progress toward graduation 
        from postsecondary school and the number or percentage who 
        graduate from postsecondary school on time, such as through the 
        provision of comprehensive academic and nonacademic student 
        support services.
            ``(5) activities to promote a positive climate on campuses 
        of institutions of higher education and to increase the sense 
        of belonging among eligible students, including through first 
        year support programs such as mentoring and peer networks and 
        advisories;
            ``(6) increase the number or percentage of students, 
        particularly students who are members of historically 
        underrepresented populations, who enroll in science, 
        technology, engineering, and mathematics courses, graduate with 
        degrees in such fields, and pursue advanced studies in such 
        fields;
            ``(7) develop partnerships between minority-serving 
        institutions and other organizations to establish innovation 
        ecosystems in support of economic development, 
        entrepreneurship, and the commercialization of technology 
        supported by funded research;
            ``(8) implement evidence-based improvements to courses, 
        particularly high-enrollment courses, to improve student 
        outcomes and reduce education costs for students, including 
        costs of remedial courses;
            ``(9) enhance the quality and number of traditional and 
        alternative route teacher and school leader preparation 
        programs at minority-serving institutions that enable graduates 
        to be profession-ready and highly effective in the classroom 
        and to enable such programs to meet the demands for diversity 
        and accountability in educator preparation;
            ``(10) expand the effective use of technology in higher 
        education, such as through collaboration between institutions 
        on implementing technology-enabled delivery models (including 
        hybrid models) or through the use of open educational resources 
        and digital content;
            ``(11) strengthen postgraduate employment outcomes through 
        the implementation of comprehensive and strategic career 
        pathways for students, which may include aligning curricula 
        with workforce needs, experiential learning, integration of 
        career services, and developing partnerships with employers and 
        business organizations; and
            ``(12) provide a continuum of solutions by incorporating 
        activities that address multiple objectives described in 
        paragraphs (1) through (11).

``SEC. 757. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out activities 
under this part $850,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years, to be allocated as follows:
            ``(1) for institutions described in paragraph (1) of 
        section 371(a), $224,987,083;
            ``(2) for institutions described in paragraph (2) of 
        section 371(a), $214,446,428;
            ``(3) for institutions described in paragraph (3) of 
        section 371(a), $78,056,743;
            ``(4) for institutions described in paragraph (4) of 
        section 371(a), $20,662,079;
            ``(5) for institutions described in paragraph (5) of 
        section 371(a), $130,859,834;
            ``(6) for institutions described in paragraph (6) of 
        section 371(a), $122,305,533; and
            ``(7) for institutions described in paragraph (7) of 
        section 371(a), $58,682,300.''.

SEC. 7004. DEFINITIONS.

    Section 760 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140) is 
amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 760. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this part:
            ``(1) Comprehensive transition and postsecondary program 
        for students with intellectual disabilities.--The term 
        `comprehensive transition and postsecondary program for 
        students with intellectual disabilities' means a program that 
        leads to a degree, certificate, or recognized postsecondary 
        credential issued by an institution of higher education that 
        meets each of the following requirements:
                    ``(A) Is offered by an institution of higher 
                education.
                    ``(B) Is designed to support students with 
                intellectual disabilities who are seeking to continue 
                academic, career and technical, and independent living 
                instruction at an institution of higher education in 
                order to prepare for gainful employment and competitive 
                integrated employment.
                    ``(C) Includes student advising and a program of 
                study.
                    ``(D) Requires students with intellectual 
                disabilities to participate on not less than a half-
                time basis as determined by the institution, with such 
                participation focusing on academic and career 
                development components and occurring through one or 
                more of the following activities:
                            ``(i) Regular enrollment in credit-bearing 
                        courses with students without disabilities that 
                        are offered by the institution.
                            ``(ii) Auditing or participating in courses 
                        with students without disabilities that are 
                        offered by the institution and for which the 
                        student does not receive regular academic 
                        credit.
                            ``(iii) Enrollment in noncredit-bearing, 
                        nondegree courses with students without 
                        disabilities.
                            ``(iv) Participation in internships, 
                        registered apprenticeships, or work-based 
                        experiences in competitive integrated settings 
                        for a semester, or multiple semesters.
                    ``(E) Requires students with intellectual 
                disabilities to be socially and academically integrated 
                with students without disabilities to the maximum 
                extent practicable.
                    ``(F) Does not require the work components (ii) to 
                occur each semester.
            ``(2) Disability.--The term `disability' has the meaning 
        given such term in section 3 of the Americans with Disabilities 
        Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12102).
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given such 
        term in section 101.
            ``(4) Office of accessibility.--The term `Office of 
        Accessibility' has the meaning given to the office of 
        disability services of the institution or equivalent office.
            ``(5) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term 
        `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity 
        Act.
            ``(6) Student with an intellectual disability.--The term 
        `student with an intellectual disability' means a student--
                    ``(A) with a cognitive impairment, characterized by 
                significant limitations in--
                            ``(i) intellectual and cognitive 
                        functioning; and
                            ``(ii) adaptive behavior as expressed in 
                        conceptual, social, and practical adaptive 
                        skills;
                    ``(B) who is currently, or was formerly, eligible 
                for a free appropriate public education under the 
                Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 
                1400 et seq.); and
                    ``(C) or, in the case of a student who has not 
                currently or formerly been found eligible for a free 
                appropriate education under the Individuals with 
                Disabilities Education Act, or a student who has not 
                previously been found eligible as a student with an 
                intellectual disability under IDEA, documentation 
                establishing that the student has an intellectual 
                disability, such as--
                            ``(i) a documented comprehensive and 
                        individualized psycho-educational evaluation 
                        and diagnosis of an intellectual disability by 
                        a psychologist or other qualified professional; 
                        or
                            ``(ii) a record of the disability from a 
                        local or State educational agency, or 
                        government agency, such as the Social Security 
                        Administration or a vocational rehabilitation 
                        agency, that identifies the intellectual 
                        disability.''.

SEC. 7005. SUPPORTING POSTSECONDARY FACULTY, STAFF, AND ADMINISTRATORS 
              IN PROVIDING ACCESSIBLE EDUCATION.

    (a) Grants.--Section 762 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1140b) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 762. GRANTS AUTHORIZED.

    ``(a) Competitive Grants Authorized To Support Postsecondary 
Faculty, Staff, and Administrators in Providing an Accessible 
Education.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under section 
        765C, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, 
        to institutions of higher education to enable the institutions 
        to carry out the activities under subsection (b).
            ``(2) Awards for professional development and technical 
        assistance.--Not less than 5 grants shall be awarded to 
        institutions of higher education that provide professional 
        development and technical assistance in order to improve access 
        to, and completion of, postsecondary education for students, 
        including students with disabilities.
    ``(b) Duration; Activities.--
            ``(1) Duration.--A grant under this section shall be 
        awarded for a period of 5 years.
            ``(2) Authorized activities.--A grant awarded under this 
        section shall be used to carry out one or more of the following 
        activities:
                    ``(A) Teaching methods and strategies.--The 
                development and implementation of training to provide 
                innovative, effective, and evidence-based teaching 
                methods and strategies, consistent with the principles 
                of universal design for learning, to provide 
                postsecondary faculty, staff, and administrators with 
                the skills and supports necessary to teach and meet the 
                academic and programmatic needs of students (including 
                students with disabilities) in order to improve the 
                retention of such students in, and the completion by 
                such students of, postsecondary education. Such methods 
                and strategies may include in-service training, 
                professional development, customized and general 
                technical assistance, workshops, summer institutes, 
                distance learning, and training in the use of assistive 
                and educational technology.
                    ``(B) Implementing accommodations.--The development 
                and implementation of training to provide postsecondary 
                faculty, staff, and administrators methods and 
                strategies of providing appropriate accommodations 
                consistent with the principles of universal design for 
                learning for students with disabilities, including 
                descriptions of legal obligations of the institution of 
                higher education to provide such accommodations.
                    ``(C) Effective transition practices.--The 
                development and implementation of innovative, 
                effective, and evidence-based teaching methods and 
                strategies to provide postsecondary faculty, staff, and 
                administrators with the skills and supports necessary 
                to ensure the successful and smooth transition of 
                students with disabilities from secondary school to 
                postsecondary education. The teaching methods and 
                strategies may include supporting students in the 
                development of self-advocacy skills to improve 
                transition to, and completion of, postsecondary 
                education.
                    ``(D) Distance learning.--The development and 
                implementation of training to provide innovative, 
                effective, and evidence-based teaching methods and 
                strategies to enable postsecondary faculty, staff, and 
                administrators to provide accessible distance education 
                programs or classes that would enhance the access of 
                students (including students with disabilities) to 
                postsecondary education, including the use of 
                accessible curricula and electronic communication for 
                instruction and advising that meet the requirements of 
                section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 
                U.S.C. 794d).
                    ``(E) Career pathway guidance.--The development and 
                implementation of effective and evidence-based teaching 
                methods and strategies to provide postsecondary 
                faculty, staff, and administrators with the ability to 
                advise students with disabilities with respect to their 
                chosen career pathway, which shall include at least one 
                of the following:
                            ``(i) Supporting internships, 
                        apprenticeships, or work-based learning 
                        opportunities.
                            ``(ii) Counseling on coursework to meet the 
                        recognized educational credential or recognized 
                        postsecondary credential appropriate for the 
                        field chosen.
                            ``(iii) Developing self-advocacy skills to 
                        advocate for appropriate accommodations once in 
                        the workplace.
                            ``(iv) Support with selecting a career 
                        pathway that leads to competitive, integrated 
                        employment.
            ``(3) Mandatory evaluation and dissemination.--An 
        institution of higher education awarded a grant under this 
        section shall evaluate and disseminate to other institutions of 
        higher education the information obtained through the 
        activities described in subparagraphs (A) through (E) of 
        paragraph (2).
    ``(c) Considerations in Making Awards.--In awarding grants, 
contracts, or cooperative agreements under this section, the Secretary 
shall consider the following:
            ``(1) Geographic distribution.--Providing an equitable 
        geographic distribution of such awards.
            ``(2) Rural and urban areas.--Distributing such awards to 
        urban and rural areas.
            ``(3) Range and type of institution.--Ensuring that the 
        activities to be assisted are developed for a range of types 
        and sizes of institutions of higher education.
    ``(d) Reports.--
            ``(1) Initial report.--Not later than one year after the 
        date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
        Secretary shall prepare and submit to the authorizing 
        committees, and make available to the public, a report on all 
        projects awarded grants under this part, including a review of 
        the activities and program performance of such projects based 
        on existing information as of the date of the report.
            ``(2) Subsequent report.--Not later than five years after 
        the date of the first award of a grant under this section after 
        the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
        Secretary shall prepare and submit to the authorizing 
        committees, and make available to the public, a report that--
                    ``(A) reviews the activities and program 
                performance of the projects authorized under subsection 
                (b); and
                    ``(B) provides guidance and recommendations on how 
                effective projects can be replicated.''.
    (b) Applications.--Section 763 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1140c) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 763. APPLICATIONS.

    ``Each institution of higher education desiring to receive a grant 
under section 762 shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the 
Secretary may require. Each application shall include--
            ``(1) a description of the activities authorized under 
        section 762(b) that the institution proposes to carry out, and 
        how such institution plans to conduct such activities in order 
        to further the purposes of this subpart;
            ``(2) a description of how the institution consulted with a 
        broad range of people including students with disabilities and 
        individuals with expertise in disability supports or special 
        education within the institution to develop activities for 
        which assistance is sought;
            ``(3) a description of how the institution will coordinate 
        and collaborate with the office of accessibility; and
            ``(4) a description of the extent to which the institution 
        will work to replicate the research-based and best practices of 
        institutions of higher education with demonstrated 
        effectiveness in serving students with disabilities.''.

SEC. 7006. OFFICE OF ACCESSIBILITY.

    Subpart 1 of part D of title VII of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140a et seq.) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating section 765 as section 765C;
            (2) by inserting after section 764 the following:

``SEC. 765A. OFFICE OF ACCESSIBILITY.

    ``(a) Establishment.--Each institution of higher education shall 
establish an office of accessibility to develop and implement policies 
to support students who enter postsecondary education with disabilities 
and students who acquire a disability while enrolled in an institution 
of higher education.
    ``(b) Duties.--Each office of accessibility shall--
            ``(1) inform students, during student orientation, about 
        services provided at the institution of higher education, and 
        continually update such information through the accessibility 
        office's website and other communications to improve 
        accessibility of such services;
            ``(2) provide information to students regarding 
        accommodations and modifications provided by the institution of 
        higher education with respect to internships, practicums, work-
        based learning, apprenticeships, or other work-related 
        environments that--
                    ``(A) the student may engage in through courses; or
                    ``(B) are necessary for completion of a recognized 
                educational credential or recognized postsecondary 
                credential;
            ``(3) provide information to students regarding their legal 
        rights under the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 
        12101 et seq.) and section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act (29 
        U.S.C. 794); and
            ``(4) in order to provide appropriate accommodations to 
        students with disabilities, carry out the following:
                    ``(A) Adopt policies that, at a minimum, make any 
                of the following documentation submitted by an 
                individual sufficient to establish that such individual 
                is an individual with a disability:
                            ``(i) Documentation that the individual has 
                        had an individualized education program (in 
                        this clause referred to as an `IEP') in 
                        accordance with section 614(d) of the 
                        Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 
                        U.S.C. 1414(d)), including an IEP that may not 
                        be current on the date of the determination 
                        that the individual has a disability. The 
                        office of accessibility may ask for additional 
                        documentation from an individual who had an IEP 
                        but who was subsequently evaluated and 
                        determined to be ineligible for services under 
                        the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act 
                        (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.), including an 
                        individual determined to be ineligible during 
                        elementary school.
                            ``(ii) Documentation describing services or 
                        accommodations provided to the individual 
                        pursuant to section 504 of the Rehabilitation 
                        Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794) (commonly referred 
                        to as a `Section 504 plan').
                            ``(iii) A plan or record of service for the 
                        individual from a private school, a local 
                        educational agency, a State educational agency, 
                        or an institution of higher education provided 
                        in accordance with the Americans with 
                        Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et 
                        seq.).
                            ``(iv) A record or evaluation from a 
                        relevant licensed professional finding that the 
                        individual has a disability.
                            ``(v) A plan or record of disability from 
                        another institution of higher education.
                            ``(vi) Documentation of a disability due to 
                        service in the uniformed services, as defined 
                        in section 484C(a).
                    ``(B) Adopt policies that are transparent and 
                explicit regarding the process by which the institution 
                determines eligibility for accommodations.
                    ``(C) Disseminate the information described in 
                subparagraph (B) to students, parents, and faculty--
                            ``(i) in an accessible format;
                            ``(ii) during student orientation; and
                            ``(iii) by making such information readily 
                        available on a public website of the 
                        institution.
                    ``(D) Provide accommodations to students with 
                mental health disabilities, and students with 
                disabilities associated with pregnancy.
                    ``(E) Provide outreach and consult with students in 
                inclusive higher education.

``SEC. 765B. COMPETITIVE GRANT FOR INNOVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under section 
        765C, the Secretary may award grants on a competitive basis to 
        institutions of higher education to enable the institutions to 
        carry out the activities described under subsection (c).
            ``(2) Duration.--A grant under this section shall be 
        awarded for a period of 5 years.
            ``(3) Consideration in making awards.--In awarding grants 
        under this section, the Secretary shall consider the following:
                    ``(A) Providing an equitable geographic 
                distribution of such awards.
                    ``(B) Ensuring that the activities to be assisted 
                are developed for a range of types and sizes of 
                institutions of higher education.
    ``(b) Application.--Each institution of higher education desiring 
to receive a grant under this section shall submit an application to 
the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such 
information as the Secretary may require. Each application shall 
include--
            ``(1) a description of how the institution will carry out 
        the activities under subsection (c);
            ``(2) a description of the consultation the institution has 
        had with a broad range of people within the institution, 
        including students with disabilities and individuals with 
        expertise in disability supports or special education, in 
        developing the information under paragraph (1);
            ``(3) a plan for the sustainability of the program after 
        the end of the grant period; and
            ``(4) a written business plan for revenue and expenditures 
        to be provided to the Department under subsection (d).
    ``(c) Activities.--A grant awarded under this section shall be used 
to--
            ``(1) develop and implement across the institution of 
        higher education, a universal design for learning framework for 
        course design and instructional materials to improve campus-
        wide accessibility to instruction, materials, and the learning 
        environment; or
            ``(2) develop or improve distance education courses 
        consistent with the principles of universal design for learning 
        to improve accessibility of instruction and materials.
    ``(d) Reports.--
            ``(1) Grant recipient reports.--An institution of higher 
        education awarded a grant under this section shall evaluate and 
        disseminate to other institutions of higher education, the 
        information obtained through the activities described in 
        subsection (c).
            ``(2) Initial report by secretary.--Not later than one year 
        after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary 
        shall prepare and submit to the authorizing committees, and 
        make available to the public, a report on all projects awarded 
        grants under this section, including a review of the activities 
        and program performance of such projects based on existing 
        information as of the date of the report.
            ``(3) Final report by secretary.--Not later than 6 years 
        after the date of the first award of a grant under this 
        section, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the 
        authorizing committees, and make available to the public, a 
        report that--
                    ``(A) reviews the activities and program 
                performance of the projects authorized under this 
                section; and
                    ``(B) provides guidance and recommendations on how 
                effective projects can be replicated.''; and
            (3) by amending section 765C, as so redesignated, by 
        striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2021''.

SEC. 7007. POSTSECONDARY PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WITH INTELLECTUAL 
              DISABILITIES.

    (a) Purpose.--Section 766 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1140f) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 766. PURPOSE.

    ``It is the purpose of this subpart to support inclusive programs 
that promote the successful transition of students with intellectual 
disabilities into higher education and the earning of a recognized 
educational credential or recognized postsecondary credential issued by 
the institution of higher education.''.
    (b) Programs for Students With Intellectual Disabilities.--Section 
767 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140g) is amended to 
read as follows:

``SEC. 767. INCLUSIVE HIGHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WITH 
              INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under section 
        769(a), the Secretary shall annually award grants, on a 
        competitive basis, to institutions of higher education (or 
        consortia of three or more institutions of higher education), 
        to enable such institutions or consortia to create or expand a 
        comprehensive transition and postsecondary education program 
        for students with intellectual disabilities.
            ``(2) Eligibility and appropriations limits.--
                    ``(A) Relation to other grants.--An institution of 
                higher education that received a grant under this 
                section before the date of the enactment of the College 
                Affordability Act may not receive an additional grant 
                under this section unless--
                            ``(i) the institution receives a grant as 
                        part of a consortium of three or more 
                        institutions of higher education; or
                            ``(ii) the grant term of such preceding 
                        grant has ended.
                    ``(B) Limitation on amounts.--
                            ``(i) Institution of higher education.--A 
                        grant under this section made to an institution 
                        of higher education may not be in an amount 
                        greater than $300,000.
                            ``(ii) Consortium.--A grant under this 
                        section made to a consortia of institutions of 
                        higher education may not be in an amount 
                        greater than $500,000.
            ``(3) Administration.--The program under this section shall 
        be administered by the office in the Department that 
        administers other postsecondary education programs in 
        collaboration with the Office of Postsecondary Education and 
        the Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services of 
        the Department of Education.
            ``(4) Duration of grants.--A grant under this section shall 
        be awarded for a period of 5 years.
    ``(b) Application.--An institution of higher education or a 
consortium desiring a grant under this section shall submit an 
application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and 
containing such information as the Secretary may require.
    ``(c) Award Basis.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary shall--
            ``(1) provide for an equitable geographic distribution of 
        such grants;
            ``(2) to the extent possible, provide for an equitable 
        distribution of such grants between 4-year institutions of 
        higher education and 2-year institutions of higher education, 
        including community colleges;
            ``(3) provide grant funds for high-quality, inclusive 
        higher education programs for students with intellectual 
        disabilities, herein after referred to as inclusive higher 
        education programs, that will serve areas that are underserved 
        by programs of this type;
            ``(4) in the case of an institution of higher education 
        that provides institutionally owned or operated housing for 
        students attending the institution, award grants only to such 
        institutions that integrate students with intellectual 
        disabilities into the housing offered to students without 
        disabilities or to institutions that provide such integrated 
        housing through providing supports to students directly or 
        through partnerships with other organizations;
            ``(5) provide grant funds to encourage involvement of 
        students attending institutions of higher education in the 
        fields of special education, general education, vocational 
        rehabilitation, assistive technology, or related fields in the 
        program;
            ``(6) select applications that--
                    ``(A) demonstrate an existing comprehensive 
                transition and postsecondary education program for 
                students with intellectual disabilities that is title 
                IV eligible; or
                    ``(B) agree to establish such a program; and
            ``(7) give preference to applications submitted under 
        subsection (b) that agree to incorporate into the inclusive 
        higher education program for students with intellectual 
        disabilities carried out under the grant one or more of the 
        following elements:
                    ``(A) The formation of a partnership with any 
                relevant agency serving students with intellectual 
                disabilities, such as a vocational rehabilitation 
                agency.
                    ``(B) Applications that represent geographically 
                underserved States.
    ``(d) Use of Funds; Requirements.--An institution of higher 
education or consortium receiving a grant under this section shall--
            ``(1) use the grant funds to establish an inclusive higher 
        education program for students with intellectual disabilities 
        that--
                    ``(A) serves students with intellectual 
                disabilities;
                    ``(B) provides individual supports and services for 
                the academic and social inclusion of students with 
                intellectual disabilities in academic courses, 
                extracurricular activities, and other aspects of the 
                regular postsecondary program, including access to 
                health and mental health services, offices of 
                accessibility, and graduation ceremonies;
                    ``(C) with respect to the students with 
                intellectual disabilities participating in the program, 
                provides a focus on--
                            ``(i) academic and career development;
                            ``(ii) socialization and inclusion with the 
                        general student population;
                            ``(iii) independent living skills, 
                        including self-advocacy skills; and
                            ``(iv) integrated work experiences and 
                        career skills that lead to competitive 
                        integrated employment;
                    ``(D) integrates person-centered planning in the 
                development of the course of study for each student 
                with an intellectual disability participating in the 
                program;
                    ``(E) plans for the sustainability of the program 
                after the end of the grant period, with a written 
                business plan for revenue and expenditures to be 
                provided to the Department by the end of year 3; and
                    ``(F) awards a degree, certificate, or recognized 
                postsecondary credential for students with intellectual 
                disabilities upon the completion of the program;
            ``(2) in the case of an institution of higher education 
        that provides institutionally owned or operated housing for 
        students attending the institution or integrated housing 
        through providing supports to students directly or through 
        partnerships with other organizations, provide for the 
        integration of students with intellectual disabilities into 
        housing offered to students without disabilities;
            ``(3) participate with the coordinating center established 
        under section 777(b) in the evaluation of the program, 
        including by regularly submitting data on experiences and 
        outcomes of individual students participating in the program; 
        and
            ``(4) partner with one or more local educational agencies 
        to support students with intellectual disabilities 
        participating in the program who are eligible for special 
        education and related services under the Individuals with 
        Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.), including 
        the use of funds available under part B of such Act (20 U.S.C. 
        1411 et seq.) to support the participation of such students in 
        the program.
    ``(e) Matching Requirement.--An institution of higher education (or 
consortium) that receives a grant under this section shall provide 
matching funds toward the cost of the inclusive higher education 
program for students with intellectual disabilities carried out under 
the grant. Such matching funds may be provided in cash or in-kind, and 
shall be in an amount of not less than 25 percent of the amount of such 
costs.
    ``(f) Data Collection and Transmission.--
            ``(1) In general.--An institution or consortium receiving a 
        grant under this section shall collect and transmit to the 
        coordinating center established under section 777(b) on an 
        annual basis for each student who is enrolled in the program, 
        student-level information related to the experiences and 
        outcomes of students who participate in the inclusive higher 
        education program for students with intellectual disabilities.
            ``(2) Longitudinal data.--Each grantee shall collect 
        longitudinal outcome data from each student participating in 
        the program and transmit such data to the coordinating center 
        established under section 777(b). Such longitudinal data shall 
        be collected for every student each year for 5 years after the 
        student graduates from, or otherwise exits, the program.
            ``(3) Data to be collected.--The program-level information 
        and data and student-level information and data to be collected 
        under this subsection shall include--
                    ``(A) the number and type of postsecondary 
                education courses taken and completed by the student;
                    ``(B) academic outcomes;
                    ``(C) competitive, integrated employment outcomes;
                    ``(D) independent living outcomes; and
                    ``(E) social outcomes, including community 
                integration.
            ``(4) Disaggregation.--The information determined under 
        paragraph (3) shall be disaggregated by race, gender, 
        socioeconomic status, Federal Pell Grant eligibility status, 
        status as a first generation college student, and veteran or 
        active duty status.
    ``(g) Report.--Not later than 5 years after the date of the first 
grant awarded under this section, the Secretary shall prepare and 
disseminate a report to the authorizing committees and to the public 
that--
            ``(1) reviews the activities of the inclusive higher 
        education programs for students with intellectual disabilities 
        funded under this section; and
            ``(2) provides guidance and recommendations on how 
        effective programs can be replicated.''.
    (c) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 769(a) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140i) is amended by striking ``2009'' 
and inserting ``2021''.

SEC. 7008. NATIONAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CENTER AND NATIONAL 
              COORDINATING CENTER FOR INCLUSION OF STUDENTS WITH 
              INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES.

    (a) In General.--Section 777 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1140q) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 777. NATIONAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE CENTER AND NATIONAL 
              COORDINATING CENTER FOR INCLUSION OF STUDENTS WITH 
              INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES.

    ``(a) National Technical Assistance Center.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under 
        paragraph (5), the Secretary shall award a grant to, or enter 
        into a contract or cooperative agreement with, an eligible 
        entity to provide for the establishment and support of a 
        National Technical Assistance Center. The National Technical 
        Assistance Center shall carry out the duties set forth in 
        paragraph (4).
            ``(2) Administration.--The program under this section shall 
        be administered by the office in the Department that 
        administers other postsecondary education programs in 
        consultation with the Office of Special Education and 
        Rehabilitative Services.
            ``(3) Eligible entity.--In this subpart, the term `eligible 
        entity' means an institution of higher education, a nonprofit 
        organization, or partnership of two or more such institutions 
        or organizations, with demonstrated expertise in--
                    ``(A) transitioning students with disabilities from 
                secondary school to postsecondary education;
                    ``(B) supporting students with disabilities in 
                postsecondary education;
                    ``(C) technical knowledge necessary for the 
                dissemination of information in accessible formats; and
                    ``(D) working with diverse types of institutions of 
                higher education, including community colleges.
            ``(4) Duties.--The duties of the National Technical 
        Assistance Center shall include the following:
                    ``(A) Assistance to students and families.--The 
                National Technical Assistance Center shall provide 
                information and technical assistance to students with 
                disabilities and the families of students with 
                disabilities to support students across the broad 
                spectrum of disabilities, including--
                            ``(i) information to assist individuals 
                        with disabilities who are prospective students 
                        of an institution of higher education in 
                        planning for postsecondary education while the 
                        students are in secondary school;
                            ``(ii) information and technical assistance 
                        provided to individualized education program 
                        teams (as defined in section 614(d)(1) of the 
                        Individuals with Disabilities Education Act) 
                        for secondary school students with 
                        disabilities, and to early outreach and student 
                        services programs, including programs 
                        authorized under subparts 2, 4, and 5 of part A 
                        of title IV, to support students across a broad 
                        spectrum of disabilities with the successful 
                        transition to postsecondary education;
                            ``(iii) research-based supports, services, 
                        and accommodations which are available in 
                        postsecondary settings, including services 
                        provided by other agencies such as vocational 
                        rehabilitation;
                            ``(iv) information on student mentoring and 
                        networking opportunities for students with 
                        disabilities; and
                            ``(v) effective recruitment and transition 
                        programs at postsecondary educational 
                        institutions.
                    ``(B) Assistance to institutions of higher 
                education.--The National Technical Assistance Center 
                shall provide information and technical assistance to 
                faculty, staff, and administrators of institutions of 
                higher education to improve the services provided to, 
                the accommodations for, the retention rates of, and the 
                completion rates of, students with disabilities in 
                higher education settings, which may include--
                            ``(i) collection and dissemination of best 
                        and promising practices and materials for 
                        accommodating and supporting students with 
                        disabilities, including practices and materials 
                        supported by the grants, contracts, or 
                        cooperative agreements authorized under 
                        subparts 1, 2, and 3;
                            ``(ii) development and provision of 
                        training modules for higher education faculty 
                        on exemplary practices for accommodating and 
                        supporting postsecondary students with 
                        disabilities across a range of academic fields, 
                        which may include universal design for learning 
                        and practices supported by the grants, 
                        contracts, or cooperative agreements authorized 
                        under subparts 1, 2, and 3; and
                            ``(iii) development of technology-based 
                        tutorials for higher education faculty and 
                        staff, including new faculty and graduate 
                        students, on best and promising practices 
                        related to support and retention of students 
                        with disabilities in postsecondary education.
                    ``(C) Information collection and dissemination.--
                The National Technical Assistance Center shall be 
                responsible for building, maintaining, and updating a 
                database of disability support services information 
                with respect to institutions of higher education, or 
                for expanding and updating an existing database of 
                disabilities support services information with respect 
                to institutions of higher education. Such database 
                shall be available to the general public through a 
                website built to high technical standards of 
                accessibility practicable for the broad spectrum of 
                individuals with disabilities. Such database and 
                website shall include available information on--
                            ``(i) disability documentation 
                        requirements;
                            ``(ii) support services available;
                            ``(iii) links to financial aid;
                            ``(iv) accommodations policies;
                            ``(v) accessible instructional materials;
                            ``(vi) other topics relevant to students 
                        with disabilities; and
                            ``(vii) the information in the report 
                        described in subparagraph (E).
                    ``(D) Disability support services.--The National 
                Technical Assistance Center shall work with 
                organizations and individuals with proven expertise 
                related to disability support services for 
                postsecondary students with disabilities to evaluate, 
                improve, and disseminate information related to the 
                delivery of high quality disability support services at 
                institutions of higher education.
                    ``(E) Review and report.--Not later than three 
                years after the establishment of the National Technical 
                Assistance Center, and every two years thereafter, the 
                National Technical Assistance Center shall prepare and 
                disseminate a report to the Secretary and the 
                authorizing committees analyzing the condition of 
                postsecondary success for students with disabilities. 
                Such report shall include--
                            ``(i) a review of the activities and the 
                        effectiveness of the programs authorized under 
                        this part;
                            ``(ii) annual enrollment and graduation 
                        rates of students with disabilities in 
                        institutions of higher education from publicly 
                        reported data;
                            ``(iii) recommendations for effective 
                        postsecondary supports and services for 
                        students with disabilities, and how such 
                        supports and services may be widely implemented 
                        at institutions of higher education;
                            ``(iv) recommendations on reducing barriers 
                        to full participation for students with 
                        disabilities in higher education; and
                            ``(v) a description of strategies with a 
                        demonstrated record of effectiveness in 
                        improving the success of such students in 
                        postsecondary education.
                    ``(F) Staffing of the center.--In hiring employees 
                of the National Technical Assistance Center, the 
                National Technical Assistance Center shall consider the 
                expertise and experience of prospective employees in 
                providing training and technical assistance to 
                practitioners.
            ``(5) Authorization of appropriations.--There is authorized 
        to be appropriated to carry out this subsection $10,000,000.
    ``(b) The National Coordinating Center for Inclusion of Students 
With Intellectual Disabilities.--
            ``(1) Definition of eligible entity.--In this subsection, 
        the term `eligible entity' means an entity, or a partnership of 
        entities, that has demonstrated expertise in the fields of--
                    ``(A) higher education;
                    ``(B) the education of students with intellectual 
                disabilities;
                    ``(C) the development of inclusive higher education 
                programs for students with intellectual disabilities; 
                and
                    ``(D) evaluation and technical assistance.
            ``(2) In general.--From amounts appropriated under 
        paragraph (7), the Secretary shall enter into a cooperative 
        agreement, on a competitive basis, with an eligible entity for 
        the purpose of establishing a coordinating center for 
        institutions of higher education that offer inclusive higher 
        education programs for students with intellectual disabilities, 
        including institutions participating in grants authorized under 
        subpart 2 to provide--
                    ``(A) recommendations related to the development of 
                standards for such programs;
                    ``(B) technical assistance for such programs; and
                    ``(C) evaluations for such programs, including 
                systematic collection of data on the experiences and 
                outcomes of individuals with intellectual disabilities.
            ``(3) Administration.--The program under this subsection 
        shall be administered by the Office of Postsecondary Education, 
        in collaboration with the Office of Special Education and 
        Rehabilitative Services.
            ``(4) Duration.--The Secretary shall enter into a 
        cooperative agreement under this subsection for a period of 
        five years.
            ``(5) Requirements of cooperative agreement.--The eligible 
        entity entering into a cooperative agreement under this 
        subsection shall establish and maintain a coordinating center 
        that shall--
                    ``(A) serve as the technical assistance entity for 
                all inclusive higher education programs and 
                comprehensive transition and postsecondary programs for 
                students with intellectual disabilities;
                    ``(B) provide technical assistance regarding the 
                development, evaluation, and continuous improvement of 
                such programs;
                    ``(C) evaluate such programs using qualitative and 
                quantitative methodologies for measuring program 
                strengths in the areas of academic access, academic 
                enrichment, socialization, competitive integrated 
                employment, attainment of a degree, certificate, or 
                recognized postsecondary credential, and independent 
                living;
                    ``(D) evaluate participant progress by creating and 
                maintaining a database of student-level information and 
                data related to the experiences and outcomes of youth 
                who participate in each inclusive higher education 
                program that receives a grant under this subpart;
                    ``(E) create and maintain a mechanism for 
                continuing to collect outcome information from students 
                who participated in inclusive higher education programs 
                that were developed in previous grant award cycles;
                    ``(F) assist recipients of a grant under this 
                subpart in efforts to award a degree, certificate, or 
                recognized postsecondary credential;
                    ``(G) create and maintain a database of student and 
                program level data reflecting implementation of the 
                inclusive higher education program that receives a 
                grant under this subpart;
                    ``(H) create and maintain a mechanism to 
                consolidate follow up data on student outcomes 
                collected by inclusive higher education programs funded 
                through previous grant cycles;
                    ``(I) assist recipients of grants under subpart 2 
                in efforts to award a degree, certificate, or 
                recognized postsecondary credential to students with 
                intellectual disabilities upon the completion of such 
                programs;
                    ``(J) identify model memoranda of agreement for use 
                between or among institutions of higher education and 
                State and local agencies providing funding for such 
                programs;
                    ``(K) develop recommendations for the necessary 
                components of such programs, such as--
                            ``(i) academic, career and technical, 
                        social, and independent living skills;
                            ``(ii) evaluation of student progress;
                            ``(iii) program administration and 
                        evaluation;
                            ``(iv) student eligibility;
                            ``(v) issues regarding the equivalency of a 
                        student's participation in such programs to 
                        semester, trimester, quarter, credit, or clock 
                        hours at an institution of higher education, as 
                        the case may be; and
                            ``(vi) access to student housing for 
                        students participating in the inclusive higher 
                        education programs, including accommodations 
                        and services that support independent living;
                    ``(L) review and analyze--
                            ``(i) the impact of State and Federal 
                        policy on inclusive higher education 
                        legislation; and
                            ``(ii) funding streams for such programs;
                    ``(M) provide recommendations regarding the funding 
                streams described in paragraph (H)(ii);
                    ``(N) develop mechanisms for regular communication, 
                outreach and dissemination of information about 
                inclusive higher education programs for students with 
                intellectual disabilities under subpart 2 between or 
                among such programs and to families and prospective 
                students;
                    ``(O) host a meeting of all recipients of grants 
                under subpart 2 not less often than once each year; and
                    ``(P) convene a work group to continue the 
                development of and recommendations for model criteria, 
                standards, and components of inclusive higher education 
                programs and comprehensive transition and postsecondary 
                programs for students with intellectual disabilities, 
                that are appropriate for the development of 
                accreditation standards--
                            ``(i) which work group shall include--
                                    ``(I) an expert in community 
                                college education;
                                    ``(II) an expert in career 
                                technical education;
                                    ``(III) an expert in 4-year 
                                institutions of higher education;
                                    ``(IV) an expert in special 
                                education;
                                    ``(V) a disability organization 
                                that represents students with 
                                intellectual disabilities;
                                    ``(VI) a representative from the 
                                National Advisory Committee on 
                                Institutional Quality and Integrity; 
                                and
                                    ``(VII) a representative of a 
                                regional or national accreditation 
                                agency or association; and
                            ``(ii) the work group will carry out the 
                        following activities--
                                    ``(I) conduct outreach to 
                                accrediting agencies;
                                    ``(II) develop a technical guidance 
                                document to support implementation of 
                                the model standards;
                                    ``(III) develop and conduct a 
                                protocol for implementing the model 
                                standards; and
                                    ``(IV) update recommendations for 
                                the model standards, criteria, and 
                                components of such programs, as 
                                applicable.
            ``(6) Report.--Not later than 5 years after the date of the 
        establishment of the coordinating center under this subsection, 
        the coordinating center shall report to the Secretary, the 
        authorizing committees, and the National Advisory Committee on 
        Institutional Quality and Integrity on the activities described 
        in paragraph (5).
            ``(7) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subsection such 
        sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 
        five succeeding fiscal years.''.
    (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--Section 778 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1140r) is repealed.

SEC. 7009. FORMULA GRANTS TO STATES TO IMPROVE HIGHER EDUCATION 
              OPPORTUNITIES FOR FOSTER YOUTH AND HOMELESS YOUTH.

    Title VII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1133 et 
seq.) is further amended by adding at the end the following new part:

    ``PART F--GRANTS FOR IMPROVING ACCESS TO AND SUCCESS IN HIGHER 
             EDUCATION FOR FOSTER YOUTH AND HOMELESS YOUTH

``SEC. 791. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this part:
            ``(1) Foster youth.--The term `foster youth'--
                    ``(A) means an individual whose care and placement 
                is the responsibility of the State or tribal agency 
                that administers a State or tribal plan under part B or 
                E of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 621 
                et seq.; 670 et seq.), without regard to whether foster 
                care maintenance payments are made under section 472 of 
                such Act (42 U.S.C. 672) on behalf of the individual; 
                and
                    ``(B) includes any individual--
                            ``(i) whose care and placement was the 
                        responsibility of such a State or tribal agency 
                        when, or at any time after, the individual 
                        attained 13 years of age, without regard to 
                        whether foster care maintenance payments were 
                        made under section 472 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 
                        672) on behalf of the individual; and
                            ``(ii) who is no longer under the care and 
                        responsibility of such a State or tribal 
                        agency, without regard to any subsequent 
                        adoption, guardianship arrangement, or other 
                        form of permanency option.
            ``(2) Homeless youth.--The term `homeless youth' has the 
        meaning given the term `homeless children and youths' in 
        section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
        U.S.C. 11434a).
            ``(3) Indian tribe; tribal organization.--The terms `Indian 
        Tribe' and `tribal organization' have the meanings given the 
        terms in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and 
        Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 5304).
            ``(4) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(5) State.--The term `State' means each of the several 
        States and the District of Columbia.
            ``(6) Territory.--The term `territory' means Puerto Rico, 
        United States Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the 
        Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic of 
        the Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, and 
        the Republic of Palau.

``SEC. 792. FORMULA GRANTS TO STATES TO IMPROVE ACCESS TO AND SUCCESS 
              IN HIGHER EDUCATION FOR FOSTER YOUTH AND HOMELESS YOUTH.

    ``(a) Grant Program Established.--From the amount appropriated 
under subsection (h), the Secretary shall make allotments under 
subsection (b), to States having applications approved under subsection 
(c), to enable each State to--
            ``(1) carry out the Statewide transition initiative 
        described in subsection (d); and
            ``(2) make subgrants described in subsection (e).
    ``(b) Allocations.--
            ``(1) Formula.--
                    ``(A) Reservation for indian tribes and 
                territories.--
                            ``(i) In general.--From the amount 
                        appropriated under subsection (h) for a fiscal 
                        year and subject to clause (ii), the Secretary 
                        shall reserve--
                                    ``(I) not more than 3 percent for 
                                grants to Indian Tribes, consortia of 
                                Indian Tribes, or Tribal organizations; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) not more than 2 percent for 
                                grants to territories.
                            ``(ii) Requirements.--In awarding grants 
                        under this subparagraph, the Secretary--
                                    ``(I) shall not award a grant under 
                                subclause (I) or (II) of clause (i) for 
                                a fiscal year for which no Indian Tribe 
                                (or consortium of Indian Tribes) or 
                                Tribal organization, or territory, 
                                respectively, submits a satisfactory 
                                application for a grant under such 
                                subclause;
                                    ``(II) shall require that any 
                                Indian Tribe, consortium, Tribal 
                                organization, or territory that 
                                receives a grant under this 
                                subparagraph provide an assurance of a 
                                partnership among relevant education, 
                                child welfare, and homeless agencies or 
                                organizations; and
                                    ``(III) may determine any other 
                                requirements with respect to such 
                                grants (including the allocation, 
                                application, and use of fund 
                                requirements), which to the extent 
                                possible, shall be consistent with the 
                                requirements for States under this 
                                part, except that appropriate 
                                adjustments shall be made based on the 
                                needs and size of populations served by 
                                the Indian Tribe, consortium, Tribal 
                                organization, or territory applying for 
                                the grant.
                    ``(B) Reservation for department activities.--From 
                the amount appropriated under subsection (h) for a 
                fiscal year, the Secretary may reserve--
                            ``(i) not more than 7 percent to--
                                    ``(I) provide technical assistance, 
                                in consultation with Secretary of 
                                Health and Human Services, to States 
                                carrying out activities under this 
                                section; and
                                    ``(II) complete the evaluations 
                                required by subsection (g)(1); and
                            ``(ii) not more than 3 percent for 
                        administrative expenses.
                    ``(C) Allocations.--From the amount appropriated 
                under subsection (h) for a fiscal year and remaining 
                after the Secretary reserves funds under subparagraphs 
                (A) and (B), the Secretary shall allocate to each State 
                the greater of--
                            ``(i) $500,000; or
                            ``(ii) the amount that bears the same 
                        proportion to the remaining appropriated amount 
                        for such fiscal year as the number of foster 
                        youth and homeless youth in the State bears to 
                        the number of foster youth and homeless youth 
                        in all States.
                    ``(D) Ratable reduction.--If the amount 
                appropriated under subsection (h) for a fiscal year and 
                remaining after the Secretary reserves funds under 
                subparagraphs (A) and (B) is less than the amount 
                required to be allocated to States under subparagraph 
                (C), then the amount of the allocation to each State 
                shall be ratably reduced.
            ``(2) State reservation.--From the amounts awarded a State 
        under paragraph (1)(C) for a fiscal year, the State may reserve 
        not more than 5 percent for administrative expenses.
            ``(3) Temporary ineligibility for subsequent payments.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall determine a 
                State to be temporarily ineligible to receive a grant 
                payment under this subsection for a fiscal year if--
                            ``(i) the State fails to submit an annual 
                        report under subsection (f) for the preceding 
                        fiscal year; or
                            ``(ii) the Secretary determines, based on 
                        information in such annual report, that the 
                        State is not effectively--
                                    ``(I) meeting the outcomes 
                                described in the application of such 
                                State under subsection (c)(2)(C), and 
                                does not have a plan to improve the 
                                outcomes;
                                    ``(II) monitoring and evaluating 
                                the activities under subsections (d) 
                                and (e); or
                                    ``(III) using funds as required 
                                under subsections (d) and (e).
                    ``(B) Reinstatement.--If the Secretary determines 
                that a State is ineligible under subparagraph (A), the 
                Secretary may enter into an agreement with the State 
                setting forth the terms and conditions under which the 
                State may regain eligibility to receive payments under 
                this section.
    ``(c) Applications.--
            ``(1) In general.--For each fiscal year for which a State 
        desires an allotment under subsection (b), the State shall 
        submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such 
        manner, and containing the information described in paragraph 
        (2).
            ``(2) Information required.--An application submitted under 
        paragraph (1) shall include the following:
                    ``(A) A plan for how the State will carry out the 
                activities under subsections (d) and (e).
                    ``(B) A description of the State's capacity to 
                carry out such activities.
                    ``(C) A description of intended outcomes for such 
                activities.
                    ``(D) A plan for how the State will monitor and 
                evaluate such activities, including how the State will 
                use data to continually update and improve such 
                activities.
                    ``(E) A description of how students will be 
                identified and recruited for participation in the 
                Statewide transition initiative under subsection (d).
                    ``(F) An estimate of the number and characteristics 
                of the populations targeted for participation in the 
                Statewide transition initiative under subsection (d) 
                with attention to the diverse needs of homeless youth 
                and foster youth in the State.
                    ``(G) A description of how the State will 
                coordinate services provided under the grant with 
                services provided to foster youth and homeless youth 
                under the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
                U.S.C. 11301 et seq.), the Elementary and Secondary 
                Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.), the 
                Runaway and Homeless Youth Act (42 U.S.C. 5701 et 
                seq.), and other services provided to foster youth and 
                homeless youth by the State.
                    ``(H) An assurance that the State will comply with 
                subtitle B of title VII of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
                Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11431 et seq.).
                    ``(I) An assurance that the State will partner with 
                State educational agencies, local educational agencies, 
                institutions of higher education, State and local child 
                welfare authorities, and other relevant organizations 
                that serve foster youth or homeless youth.
                    ``(J) An assurance that the State will submit the 
                annual report required under subsection (f).
                    ``(K) A budgetary analysis of the use of funds 
                awarded under this section.
                    ``(L) Such other information as the Secretary may 
                require.
    ``(d) Statewide Transition Initiative.--
            ``(1) Use of funds.--Subject to subsection (b)(2), and in 
        consultation and coordination with the entities described in 
        paragraph (2) of this subsection, a State receiving a grant 
        award under this section shall use not less than 25 percent of 
        the funds to--
                    ``(A) provide intensive outreach and support to 
                foster youth and homeless youth to--
                            ``(i) improve the understanding and 
                        preparation of such youth for enrollment in 
                        institutions of higher education;
                            ``(ii) increase the number of applications 
                        to institutions of higher education submitted 
                        by such youth; and
                            ``(iii) increase the number of enrollments 
                        at institutions of higher education;
                    ``(B) provide education to foster youth and 
                homeless youth with respect to--
                            ``(i) the benefits and opportunities of 
                        postsecondary education;
                            ``(ii) planning for postsecondary 
                        education;
                            ``(iii) financial aid opportunities that 
                        assist youth with covering the cost of 
                        attendance of an institution of higher 
                        education;
                            ``(iv) the Federal and State services and 
                        benefits available to foster youth and homeless 
                        youth while enrolled at an institution of 
                        higher education, including health and mental 
                        health services;
                            ``(v) career exploration; and
                            ``(vi) financial literacy training, 
                        including security from identity theft;
                    ``(C) assist foster youth and homeless youth with 
                submitting applications for--
                            ``(i) enrollment at an institution of 
                        higher education;
                            ``(ii) financial aid for such enrollment; 
                        and
                            ``(iii) scholarships available for such 
                        students, including under a State educational 
                        and training voucher program referred to in 
                        section 477(i) of the Social Security Act; and
                    ``(D) provide free programming, which may include 
                free transportation to and from such programming, for 
                foster youth and homeless youth to prepare such 
                individuals socially and academically for the rigors of 
                postsecondary education during the summer before such 
                individuals first attend an institution of higher 
                education.
            ``(2) Required consultation and coordination.--In carrying 
        out the activities described in paragraph (1), a State shall 
        consult and coordinate with State educational agencies, local 
        educational agencies, institutions of higher education, State 
        and local child welfare authorities, and other relevant 
        organizations that serve foster youth or homeless youth.
    ``(e) Subgrants To Create Institutions of Excellence.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to the subsection (b)(2), a 
        State receiving a grant under this section shall, acting 
        through the administering State agency, use not less than 70 
        percent of the funds to award, on a competitive basis, 
        subgrants to eligible institutions to enable such institutions 
        to become institutions of excellence by improving college 
        access, retention, and completion rates for foster and homeless 
        youth as described in paragraph (3).
            ``(2) Application.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible institution desiring 
                a subgrant under this subsection shall submit an 
                application to the State in which such eligible 
                institution is located, at such time, in such manner, 
                and containing such information as the State may 
                require.
                    ``(B) Technical assistance.--States shall provide 
                outreach and technical assistance to eligible 
                institutions with respect to applications for subgrants 
                under this subsection.
            ``(3) Activities.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subsection shall use the grant funds to carry 
        out the following activities with respect to homeless youth and 
        foster youth:
                    ``(A) Provide flexibility and assistance in 
                completing the application process to enroll at such 
                institution.
                    ``(B) Coordinate programs with relevant on- and 
                off-campus stakeholders to increase the enrollment of 
                such youth at the institution and align services at the 
                institution for such youth.
                    ``(C) Adjust the cost of attendance for such youth 
                at such eligible institution to include the cost of 
                housing during periods of non-enrollment.
                    ``(D) Provide institutional aid to such students to 
                meet the cost of attendance that is not covered by 
                other Federal or State educational grants.
                    ``(E) Provide outreach to such students to ensure 
                that such youth are aware of housing resources 
                available during periods of non-enrollment.
                    ``(F) Subsidize any fees for such students 
                associated with orientation and offer free 
                transportation to college orientation or move-in week.
                    ``(G) Hire and provide training for at least one 
                full-time staff at the eligible institution to serve as 
                a point of contact to provide case management services 
                and monthly face-to-face meetings with students who are 
                foster youth or homeless youth. Such individual shall 
                have an advanced degree and at least two years of 
                relevant experience.
                    ``(H) Establish or enhance campus support programs 
                to provide such students with a wide-range of on-campus 
                services including--
                            ``(i) assistance with financial aid;
                            ``(ii) career advice; and
                            ``(iii) leadership development.
                    ``(I) Ensure the availability of robust student 
                health services (physical and mental) that meet the 
                specific needs of foster youth and homeless youth.
                    ``(J) Establish or expand early alert systems to 
                identify and support such students who may be 
                struggling academically.
                    ``(K) For each such student with reasonable, 
                unanticipated expenses that would not be covered by the 
                institutional aid provided under subparagraph (D) and 
                that would be necessary for the student to persist in 
                college during an academic year, provide the student 
                with access to an emergency grant to help cover such 
                expenses.
                    ``(L) Collect, review, and monitor data for program 
                improvement.
            ``(4) Reliance on institutional aid.--Any institutional aid 
        provided to a student under paragraph (3)(D) by an eligible 
        institution during the grant period of the institution's grant 
        under this section shall continue to be provided during the 
        student's continuous enrollment at the institution, without 
        regard to whether the grant period ends during such enrollment.
            ``(5) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Administering state agency.--The term 
                `administering State agency' means a State agency--
                            ``(i) designated by the Governor or 
                        executive of the State to administer the 
                        subgrants under this subsection; and
                            ``(ii) that, with respect to such State, 
                        has jurisdiction over--
                                    ``(I) foster youth;
                                    ``(II) homeless youth;
                                    ``(III) elementary and secondary 
                                education; or
                                    ``(IV) higher education.
                    ``(B) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
                institution' means an institution of higher education--
                            ``(i) that is in partnership with--
                                    ``(I) the State child welfare 
                                agency that is responsible for the 
                                administration of the State plan under 
                                part B or E of title IV of the Social 
                                Security Act (42 U.S.C. 621 et seq.; 
                                670 et seq.); and
                                    ``(II) an organization that serves 
                                homeless youth (such as a youth shelter 
                                or outreach program); and
                            ``(ii) that may partner with any other 
                        provider, agency, official, or entity that 
                        serves foster youth and homeless youth, or 
                        former foster youth and homeless youth.
    ``(f) State Reports.--For each year in which a State receives an 
allotment under subsection (b), the State shall prepare and submit a 
report to the Secretary that includes--
            ``(1) each activity or service that was carried out under 
        this section;
            ``(2) the cost of providing each such activity or service;
            ``(3) the number of students who received each activity or 
        service disaggregated by each subgroup of students described in 
        subclauses (I) through (VI) of section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the 
        Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
        6311(b)(2)(B)(xi));
            ``(4) using qualitative and quantitative analysis, how the 
        State--
                    ``(A) improved access to higher education for 
                foster youth and homeless youth; and
                    ``(B) measured youth satisfaction with activities 
                carried out under this part;
            ``(5) an analysis of the implementation and progress of the 
        Statewide transition initiative under subsection (d), including 
        challenges and changes made to the initiative throughout the 
        preceding year;
            ``(6) if, based on the analysis under paragraph (5), the 
        State determines that the program is not on track to meet the 
        intended outcomes described in the application of the State 
        under subsection (c)(2)(C), a description of how the State 
        plans to meet such intended outcomes; and
            ``(7) information on the eligible institutions receiving 
        subgrants, including how such institutions used subgrant funds 
        to carry out the activities described in subsection (e)(3).
    ``(g) Department Activities.--
            ``(1) Evaluations.--Beginning on the date on which funds 
        are first allotted under subsection (b), and annually 
        thereafter, the Secretary shall evaluate recipients of 
        allotments and subgrants under this section. The results of 
        such evaluations shall be made publicly available on the 
        website of the Department.
            ``(2) Report to congress.--Not later than 1 year after the 
        date on which funds are first allocated under subsection (b), 
        and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall submit a report to 
        Congress that includes--
                    ``(A) the amount of each allotment under subsection 
                (b);
                    ``(B) the amount of each subgrant under subsection 
                (e); and
                    ``(C) with respect to the year for which such 
                report is made, the results of the evaluations under 
                paragraph (1).
    ``(h) Authorization of Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), there are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part 
        $150,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.
            ``(2) Adjustment for inflation.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The amount authorized to be 
                appropriated under paragraph (1) for fiscal year 2022 
                and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years shall be 
                deemed increased by the annual adjustment percentage.
                    ``(B) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term 
                `annual adjustment percentage', as applied to a fiscal 
                year, means the estimated percentage change in the 
                Consumer Price Index (as determined by the Secretary, 
                using the definition in section 478(f)) for the most 
                recent calendar year ending before the beginning of 
                that fiscal year.''.

                    TITLE VIII--ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS

SEC. 8001. RONALD V. DELLUMS MEMORIAL STEAM SCHOLARS PROGRAM.

    Part B of title VIII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1161b) is amended to read as follows:

          ``Part B--Ronald V. Dellums Memorial STEAM Scholars

``SEC. 802. RONALD V. DELLUMS MEMORIAL STEAM SCHOLARS PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--
            ``(1) Grants for scholarships.--The Secretary shall award 
        grants under this section to institutions of higher education 
        (as defined in section 101) to provide scholarships to eligible 
        students for the purpose of enabling such students to enter 
        into the STEAM workforce and increasing the number of 
        underrepresented students in STEAM fields.
            ``(2) Eligible students.--A student is eligible for a 
        scholarship under this section if the student--
                    ``(A) meets the requirements of section 484(a);
                    ``(B) is an at least half-time student who has 
                completed at least the first year of undergraduate 
                study;
                    ``(C) is enrolled in a program of undergraduate 
                instruction leading to a bachelor's degree at the 
                institution with a major in a STEAM field; and
                    ``(D) has obtained a cumulative grade point average 
                of at least a 3.0 (or the equivalent as determined 
                under regulations prescribed by the Secretary) at the 
                end of the most recently completed term.
            ``(3) Priority for scholarships.--The Secretary shall set a 
        priority for awarding scholarships under this section for 
        students agreeing to work after graduation in a STEAM field.
            ``(4) Students from minority-serving institutions and 
        historically black colleges and universities.--The Secretary 
        shall ensure that not fewer than 50 percent of the scholarships 
        awarded under this section are awarded to eligible students who 
        attend historically Black colleges and universities and other 
        minority-serving institutions, including Hispanic-serving 
        institutions, Asian American and Native American Pacific 
        Islander-serving institutions, American Indian Tribally 
        controlled colleges and universities, Alaska Native and Native 
        Hawaiian-serving institutions, Predominantly Black 
        Institutions, and Native American-serving, Nontribal 
        institutions.
            ``(5) Amount and duration of scholarship.--Scholarship 
        amounts awarded under this section shall not exceed--
                    ``(A) $10,000 per student for an academic year; and
                    ``(B) $40,000 per student in the aggregate.
    ``(b) Matching Requirement.--In order to receive a grant under this 
section, an institution of higher education shall provide matching 
funds for the scholarships awarded under this section in an amount 
equal to 25 percent of the Federal funds received.
    ``(c) Application.--An institution that desires a grant under this 
section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in 
such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require. Each application shall include a description of how the 
institution will meet the matching requirement of subsection (b).
    ``(d) Reports.--Not later than 2 years after the date on which the 
first scholarship is awarded under this section, and each academic year 
thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Congress a report 
containing--
            ``(1) a description and analysis of the demographic 
        information of students who receive scholarships under this 
        section, including information with respect to such students 
        regarding--
                    ``(A) race;
                    ``(B) ethnicity;
                    ``(C) gender; and
                    ``(D) eligibility to receive a Pell Grant;
            ``(2) the total number of underrepresented students in 
        STEAM fields who obtain a degree with scholarship funds each 
        year; and
            ``(3) an analysis of the effects of the program on the 
        goals of increasing the number of underrepresented students in 
        STEAM fields and the number of such students who enter into the 
        STEAM workforce.
    ``(e) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 
and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(f) Definitions.--For purposes of this section:
            ``(1) The term `minority-serving institution' means an 
        institution eligible to receive assistance under title III or 
        V.
            ``(2) The term `STEAM' means science, technology, 
        engineering, arts, and mathematics.
            ``(3) The term `underrepresented student in STEAM fields' 
        means a student who is a member of a minority group for which 
        the number of individuals in such group who annually receive 
        bachelor's degrees in the STEAM fields per 10,000 individuals 
        in such group is substantially less than the number of white, 
        non-Hispanic individuals who annually receive bachelor's 
        degrees in the STEAM fields per 10,000 such individuals.''.

SEC. 8002. TEACH FOR AMERICA.

    Subparagraph (C) of section 806(f)(1) (20 U.S.C. 1161f(f)(1)) is 
amended to read as follows:
                    ``(C) $30,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of 
                the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 8003. PATSY T. MINK FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM.

    Subsection (f) of section 807 (20 U.S.C. 1161g) is amended to read 
as follows:
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $10,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 
and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 8004. IMPROVING SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND MATHEMATICS 
              EDUCATION WITH A FOCUS ON AMERICAN INDIAN, ALASKA NATIVE, 
              AND NATIVE HAWAIIAN STUDENTS.

    Section 819 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1161j) 
is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by striking ``alaska native and 
        native hawaiian'' and inserting ``native american'';
            (2) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ``Alaska Natives and 
        Native Hawaiians'' and inserting ``American Indians, Alaska 
        Natives, Native Hawaiians and other Native American Pacific 
        Islanders to enable them to succeed in these fields'';
            (3) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by redesignating paragraphs (1), (2), (3), and 
                (4), as paragraphs (2), (4), (5), and (6), 
                respectively;
                    (B) by inserting before paragraph (2), as 
                redesignated by subparagraph (A), the following:
            ``(1) Native american.--The term `Native American' includes 
        Alaska Natives, American Indians, Native Hawaiians and Native 
        American Pacific Islanders.''; and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (2), as 
                redesignated by subparagraph (A), the following:
            ``(3) American indian.--The term `American Indian' has the 
        meaning given the term `Indian' in section 202 of the Indian 
        Land Consolidation Act (25 U.S.C. 2201).'';
            (4) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by inserting ``create or'' after ``to enable 
                the eligible partnership to'';
                    (B) by inserting ``Native American'' after ``the 
                development of''; and
                    (C) by striking ``, including existing programs for 
                Alaska Native and Native Hawaiian students'';
            (5) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``Alaska Native 
                or Native Hawaiian students'' and inserting ``programs 
                that serve Native American students'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``Alaska Native 
                and Native Hawaiian students'' and inserting ``programs 
                that serve Native American students''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (3), by striking ``Alaska Native 
                or Native Hawaiian students'' and inserting ``Native 
                American students'';
            (6) in subsection (f), by striking ``30 percent or more of 
        the program participants are Alaska Native or Native Hawaiian'' 
        and inserting ``30 percent or more of the program participants 
        are Native American''; and
            (7) in subsection (i), by striking ``to carry out this 
        section such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and 
        each of the five succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting 
        ``$5,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years''.

SEC. 8005. GRANTS FOR RURAL-SERVING INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

    Subsection (g) of section 861 (20 U.S.C. 1161q) is amended to read 
as follows:
    ``(g) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $20,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 
and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 8006. TRAINING FOR REALTIME WRITERS TO PROVIDE CLOSED CAPTIONING 
              AND COURT REPORTING SERVICES.

    Section 872(e) (20 U.S.C. 1161s(e)) is amended by striking ``2009'' 
and inserting ``2021''.

SEC. 8007. GRANT PROGRAM TO ESTABLISH, MAINTAIN, AND IMPROVE VETERAN 
              STUDENT CENTERS.

    (a) In General.--Title VIII (20 U.S.C. 1161a et seq.) is amended by 
striking part T (20 U.S.C. 1161t) and inserting the following:

              ``PART T--GRANTS FOR VETERAN STUDENT CENTERS

``SEC. 873. GRANTS FOR VETERAN STUDENT CENTERS.

    ``(a) Grants Authorized.--Subject to the availability of 
appropriations under subsection (i), the Secretary shall award grants 
to institutions of higher education or consortia of institutions of 
higher education to assist in the establishment, maintenance, 
improvement, and operation of Veteran Student Centers. The Secretary 
shall award not more than 30 grants in a fiscal year under this 
section.
    ``(b) Eligibility.--
            ``(1) Application.--An institution or consortium seeking a 
        grant under subsection (a) shall submit to the Secretary an 
        application at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
        information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Criteria.--The Secretary may award a grant under 
        subsection (a) to an institution or a consortium if the 
        institution or consortium meets each of the following criteria:
                    ``(A) The institution or consortium enrolls in 
                undergraduate or graduate courses--
                            ``(i) a significant number of veteran 
                        students, members of the Armed Forces serving 
                        on active duty, and members of a reserve 
                        component of the Armed Forces; or
                            ``(ii) a significant percentage of veteran 
                        students, as measured by comparing the overall 
                        enrollment of the institution or consortium to 
                        the number, for the most recent academic year 
                        for which data are available, of veteran 
                        students, members of the Armed Forces serving 
                        on active duty, and members of a reserve 
                        component of the Armed Forces who are enrolled 
                        in undergraduate or graduate courses at the 
                        institution or consortium.
                    ``(B) The institution or consortium presents a 
                sustainability plan to demonstrate that the Veteran 
                Student Center of such institution or consortium will 
                be maintained and will continue operations upon 
                conclusion of the grant period under subsection (a).
            ``(3) Additional criteria.--
                    ``(A) Mandatory considerations.--In awarding grants 
                under subsection (a), the Secretary shall consider 
                institutions or consortia representing a broad spectrum 
                of sectors and sizes, including institutions or 
                consortia from urban, suburban, and rural regions of 
                the United States.
                    ``(B) Discretionary criteria.--In awarding grants 
                under subsection (a), the Secretary may provide 
                consideration to institutions or consortia that meet 
                one or more of the following criteria:
                            ``(i) The institution or consortium is 
                        located in a region or community that has a 
                        significant population of veterans.
                            ``(ii) The institution or consortium 
                        carries out programs or activities that assist 
                        veterans in the local community and the spouses 
                        of veteran students.
                            ``(iii) The institution or consortium 
                        partners in its veteran-specific programming 
                        with nonprofit veteran service organizations, 
                        local workforce development organizations, or 
                        institutions of higher education.
                            ``(iv) The institution or consortium 
                        commits to hiring staff at the Veteran Student 
                        Center that includes veterans (including 
                        veteran student volunteers and veteran students 
                        participating in a Federal work-study program 
                        under part C of title IV, a work-study program 
                        administered by the Secretary of Veteran 
                        Affairs, or a State work-study program).
                            ``(v) The institution or consortium commits 
                        to using a portion of the grant received under 
                        this section to develop and implement an early-
                        warning veteran student retention program 
                        designed to alert staff at the Veteran Student 
                        Center that a veteran student may be facing 
                        difficulties that could lead to the non-
                        completion of the course of study of such 
                        veteran.
                            ``(vi) The institution or consortium 
                        commits to providing mental health counseling 
                        to its veteran students and their spouses.
                            ``(vii) The institution or consortium 
                        carries out programs or activities that assist 
                        individuals pursuing a course of education 
                        using educational assistance under chapter 31 
                        of title 38, United States Code.
    ``(c) Use of Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--An institution or consortium that is 
        awarded a grant under subsection (a) shall use such grant to 
        establish, maintain, improve, or operate a Veteran Student 
        Center.
            ``(2) Other allowable uses.--An institution or consortium 
        receiving a grant under subsection (a) may use a portion of 
        such funds to carry out supportive instruction services for 
        student veterans, including--
                    ``(A) assistance with special admissions and 
                transfer of credit from previous postsecondary 
                education or experience; and
                    ``(B) any other support services the institution or 
                consortium determines to be necessary to ensure the 
                success of veterans on campus in achieving education 
                and career goals.
    ``(d) Amounts Awarded.--
            ``(1) Duration.--Each grant awarded under subsection (a) 
        shall be for a 4-year period.
            ``(2) Total amount of grant and schedule.--Each grant 
        awarded under subsection (a) may not exceed a total of 
        $500,000. The Secretary shall disburse to an institution or 
        consortium the amounts awarded under the grant in such amounts 
        and at such times during the grant period as the Secretary 
        determines appropriate.
    ``(e) Report.--From the amounts appropriated to carry out this 
section, and not later than 3 years after the date on which the first 
grant is awarded under subsection (a), the Secretary shall submit to 
Congress a report on the grant program established under subsection 
(a), including--
            ``(1) the number of grants awarded;
            ``(2) the institutions of higher education and consortia 
        that have received grants;
            ``(3) with respect to each such institution of higher 
        education and consortium--
                    ``(A) the amounts awarded;
                    ``(B) how such institution or consortium used such 
                amounts;
                    ``(C) a description of the students to whom 
                services were offered as a result of the award; and
                    ``(D) data enumerating whether the use of the 
                amounts awarded helped veteran students at the 
                institution or consortium toward completion of a 
                degree, certificate, or credential;
            ``(4) best practices for veteran student success, 
        identified by reviewing data provided by institutions and 
        consortia that received a grant under this section; and
            ``(5) a determination by the Secretary with respect to 
        whether the grant program under this section should be extended 
        or expanded.
    ``(f) Termination.--The authority of the Secretary to carry out the 
grant program established under subsection (a) shall terminate on the 
date that is 4 years after the date on which the first grant is awarded 
under subsection (a).
    ``(g) Department of Education Best Practices Website.--Subject to 
the availability of appropriations under subsection (i) and not later 
than 3 years after the date on which the first grant is awarded under 
subsection (a), the Secretary shall develop and implement a website for 
veteran student services at institutions of higher education, which 
details best practices for serving veteran students at institutions of 
higher education.
    ``(h) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(2) Veteran student center.--The term `Veteran Student 
        Center' means a dedicated space on a campus of an institution 
        of higher education that provides students who are veterans or 
        members of the Armed Forces with the following:
                    ``(A) A lounge or meeting space for such veteran 
                students, their spouses or partners, and veterans in 
                the community.
                    ``(B) A centralized office for veteran services 
                that--
                            ``(i) is a single point of contact to 
                        coordinate comprehensive support services for 
                        veteran students;
                            ``(ii) is staffed by trained employees and 
                        volunteers, which includes veterans and at 
                        least one full-time employee or volunteer who 
                        is trained as a veterans' benefits counselor;
                            ``(iii) provides veteran students with 
                        assistance relating to--
                                    ``(I) transitioning from the 
                                military to student life;
                                    ``(II) transitioning from the 
                                military to the civilian workforce;
                                    ``(III) networking with other 
                                veteran students and veterans in the 
                                community;
                                    ``(IV) understanding and obtaining 
                                benefits provided by the institution of 
                                higher education, Federal Government, 
                                and State for which such students may 
                                be eligible;
                                    ``(V) understanding how to succeed 
                                in the institution of higher education, 
                                including by understanding academic 
                                policies, the course selection process, 
                                and institutional policies and 
                                practices related to the transfer of 
                                academic credits; and
                                    ``(VI) understanding their 
                                disability-related rights and 
                                protections under the Americans with 
                                Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 
                                12101 et seq.) and section 504 of the 
                                Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 
                                794); and
                            ``(iv) provides comprehensive academic and 
                        tutoring services for veteran students, 
                        including peer-to-peer tutoring and academic 
                        mentorship.
    ``(i) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this part $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 
and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.
    (b) Continuation of Awards.--An institution of higher education 
that received a grant under section 873 of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1161t) before the date of enactment of this Act, as 
such section 873 (20 U.S.C. 1161t) was in effect on the day before the 
date of enactment of this Act, shall continue to receive funds in 
accordance with the terms and conditions of such grant.

SEC. 8008. UNIVERSITY SUSTAINABILITY PROGRAM AMENDMENTS.

    Section 881 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1161u) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting:
            ``(1) In general.--From the amounts appropriated to carry 
        out this section, the Secretary, in consultation with the 
        Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, shall 
        make grants to eligible entities to establish sustainability 
        programs to design and implement the teaching and practice of 
        sustainability, including in the areas of staff and faculty 
        professional development, energy management, greenhouse gas 
        emissions reductions, green building, waste management, 
        transportation, resilience, green workforce, and other aspects 
        of sustainability that integrate the local community with 
        multidisciplinary academic programs and are applicable to the 
        private and Government sectors.''; and
                    (B) by striking paragraph (3)(B) and inserting:
                    ``(B) a nonprofit consortium, association, 
                alliance, or collaboration operating in partnership 
                with more than one institution of higher education.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by inserting ``in alignment with local 
                        community needs'' after ``following purposes'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (D)--
                                    (I) by striking ``establish'' and 
                                inserting ``scale established'';
                                    (II) by striking ``purchasing, 
                                toxics management,''; and
                                    (III) by inserting ``resilience, 
                                green workforce,'' after 
                                ``transportation,''; and
                            (iii) in subparagraph (G), by inserting 
                        ``economics, law, political science,'' after 
                        ``business,''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``of'' 
                        and inserting ``relating to''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting 
                        ``city and State governments,'' after 
                        ``business,'';
            (3) in subsection (e), by striking ``$250,000 or more than 
        $2,000,000'' and inserting ``$200,000 or more than $500,000''; 
        and
            (4) in subsection (f), by striking ``2009'' and inserting 
        ``2021''.

SEC. 8009. MODELING AND SIMULATION.

    Subsection (e) of section 891 (20 U.S.C. 1161v) is amended, in the 
matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking the first sentence and 
inserting the following: ``There is authorized to be appropriated to 
carry out this section $75,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 
5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 8010. MANDATORY FUNDING FOR MASTERS AND POSTBACCALAUREATE 
              PROGRAMS.

    (a) Masters Degree Programs.--Section 897 (20 U.S.C. 1161aa) is 
amended by striking ``$11,500,000 for fiscal year 2009 and for each of 
the five succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting ``$13,500,000 for 
fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year''.
    (b) Postbaccalaureate Programs.--Section 898 (20 U.S.C. 1161aa-1) 
is amended--
            (1) by striking ``In addition'' and inserting ``(a) 
        Additional Appropriations for Part B of Title V.--In 
        addition'';
            (2) by striking ``$11,500,000 for fiscal year 2009 and for 
        each of the five succeeding fiscal years'' and inserting 
        ``$21,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal 
        year''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(b) Additional Appropriations for Part A of Title VII.--In 
addition to any amounts appropriated under subpart 5 of part A of title 
VII, there are authorized to be appropriated, and there are 
appropriated, out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise 
appropriated, $13,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years to carry out subpart 5 of part A of title 
VII.''.

SEC. 8011. FUNDS FOR ACCESS TO OPEN EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES.

    Title VIII (20 U.S.C. 1161a et seq.) is amended by adding at the 
end the following:

            ``PART BB--ACCESS TO OPEN EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES

``SEC. 899. AFFORDABLE COLLEGE TEXTBOOKS.

    ``(a) Grant Program.--
            ``(1) Grants authorized.--From the amounts appropriated 
        under paragraph (8), the Secretary shall make grants, on a 
        competitive basis, to eligible entities to support projects 
        that expand the use of high-quality open textbooks in order to 
        achieve savings for students while improving instruction and 
        student learning outcomes.
            ``(2) Applications.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Each eligible entity desiring a 
                grant under this subsection, after consultation with 
                relevant faculty, shall submit an application to the 
                Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing 
                such information as the Secretary may reasonably 
                require.
                    ``(B) Contents.--Each application submitted under 
                subparagraph (A) shall include--
                            ``(i) a description of the proposed project 
                        to be completed with grant funds;
                            ``(ii) a plan for promoting and tracking 
                        the use of open textbooks in postsecondary 
                        courses offered by the eligible entity, 
                        including an estimate of the projected savings 
                        that will be achieved for students through the 
                        use of such textbooks;
                            ``(iii) a description of how the eligible 
                        entity will evaluate whether existing open 
                        educational resources could be used or adapted 
                        into open educational resources before creating 
                        new open educational resources;
                            ``(iv) a plan for quality review (including 
                        peer review), review of accuracy, and review of 
                        accessibility of any open educational resources 
                        created or adapted through the grant;
                            ``(v) a plan for assessing the impact of 
                        open textbooks on instruction and student 
                        learning outcomes at the eligible entity;
                            ``(vi) a plan for disseminating information 
                        about the results of the project to 
                        institutions of higher education outside of the 
                        eligible entity, including promoting the 
                        adoption of any open textbooks created or 
                        adapted through the grant;
                            ``(vii) a statement on consultation with 
                        relevant faculty, including those engaged in 
                        the creation of open educational resources, in 
                        the development of the application; and
                            ``(viii) an assurance that open educational 
                        resources utilized, developed, or researched 
                        will be available in accessible formats, which 
                        may include braille, audio books, closed 
                        captioning, and audio descriptions.
            ``(3) Special consideration.--In awarding grants under this 
        section, the Secretary shall give special consideration to 
        applications that demonstrate the greatest potential to--
                    ``(A) achieve the highest level of savings for 
                students through sustainable expanded use of high-
                quality open textbooks in postsecondary courses offered 
                by the eligible entity;
                    ``(B) achieve improvements in student learning and 
                student outcomes;
                    ``(C) expand the use of open textbooks at 
                institutions of higher education outside of the 
                eligible entity; and
                    ``(D) produce--
                            ``(i) the highest quality and most 
                        accessible open textbooks;
                            ``(ii) open textbooks that can be most 
                        easily utilized and adapted by faculty members 
                        at institutions of higher education;
                            ``(iii) open textbooks that correspond to 
                        the highest enrollment courses at institutions 
                        of higher education;
                            ``(iv) open textbooks created or adapted in 
                        partnership with entities, including campus 
                        bookstores, that will assist in marketing and 
                        distribution of the open textbook; and
                            ``(v) open textbooks that conform to 
                        accessibility standards under section 508 of 
                        the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 
                        794d).
            ``(4) Use of funds.--
                    ``(A) Mandatory uses of funds.--An eligible entity 
                that receives a grant under this section shall use the 
                grant funds to carry out the following activities to 
                expand the use of open textbooks:
                            ``(i) Professional development for any 
                        faculty and staff members at institutions of 
                        higher education, including the search for and 
                        review of open textbooks.
                            ``(ii) Creation or adaptation of high-
                        quality open educational resources that conform 
                        to accessibility standards under section 508 of 
                        the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 
                        794d), especially open textbooks, and the 
                        quality assurance of such open educational 
                        resources.
                            ``(iii) Development or improvement of tools 
                        and informational resources that support the 
                        use of open textbooks, including improving 
                        accessible instructional materials for students 
                        with disabilities that conform to accessibility 
                        standards under section 508 of the 
                        Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794d).
                            ``(iv) Research evaluating the efficacy of 
                        the use of open textbooks for achieving savings 
                        for students and the impact on instruction and 
                        student learning outcomes.
                    ``(B) Discretionary use of funds.--An eligible 
                entity that receives a grant under this section may use 
                grant funds to purchase or maintain electronic 
                equipment necessary for the operation or use of digital 
                open educational resources, including mobile computer 
                devices and accompanying hardware, software 
                applications, computer systems and platforms, and other 
                digital and online services and support.
            ``(5) Open licensing requirement.--
                    ``(A) Copyright.--An eligible entity receiving a 
                grant under this section may, with prior approval from 
                the Secretary, assert a copyright in a copyrightable 
                work first produced under the grant.
                    ``(B) Open license requirement.--
                            ``(i) Requirement.--With respect to each 
                        copyrightable work first produced under the 
                        grant, except as provided in clause (ii), an 
                        eligible entity that asserts a copyright under 
                        subparagraph (A) shall provide to the public a 
                        non-exclusive, royalty-free, perpetual, 
                        irrevocable, worldwide license to carry out 
                        each exclusive right provided to that eligible 
                        entity under section 106 of title 17, United 
                        States Code.
                            ``(ii) Exception.--With respect to a 
                        copyrightable work first produced under the 
                        grant that employs preexisting material, the 
                        requirement described under such subparagraph 
                        shall apply to such work to the extent that--
                                    ``(I) no copyright subsists in such 
                                preexisting material; or
                                    ``(II) the eligible entity is 
                                authorized to license such material in 
                                the manner described under such 
                                subparagraph.
                    ``(C) Rule of construction.--Nothing in this 
                subsection may be construed as affecting the 
                application of the requirements of chapter 18 of title 
                35, United States Code (commonly known as the `Bayh-
                Dole Act').
                    ``(D) Copyrightable work defined.--In this 
                subsection, the term `copyrightable work' means a work 
                subject to protection under title 17, United States 
                Code, but does not include a work that may be 
                patentable or otherwise protectable under title 35, 
                United States Code.
            ``(6) Access and distribution.--The full and complete 
        digital content of each educational resource created or adapted 
        under paragraph (5) shall be made available free of charge to 
        the public--
                    ``(A) on an easily accessible and interoperable 
                website, which shall be identified to the Secretary by 
                the eligible entity;
                    ``(B) in a machine readable, digital format that 
                anyone can directly download, edit with attribution, 
                and redistribute; and
                    ``(C) in a fully accessible format in compliance 
                with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 
                U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) and section 508 of the 
                Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794d).
            ``(7) Report.--Upon an eligible entity's completion of a 
        project for which the eligible entity received a grant under 
        this section, the eligible entity shall prepare and submit a 
        report to the Secretary regarding--
                    ``(A) the effectiveness of the project in expanding 
                the use of high-quality open textbooks and in achieving 
                savings for students;
                    ``(B) the impact of the project on expanding the 
                use of open textbooks at institutions of higher 
                education outside of the eligible entity;
                    ``(C) educational resources created or adapted 
                under the grant, including instructions on where the 
                public can access each educational resource under the 
                terms of paragraphs (5) and (6);
                    ``(D) information about the quality review process 
                that was used to ensure quality and accuracy;
                    ``(E) the impact of the project on instruction and 
                student learning outcomes; and
                    ``(F) all project costs, including the value of any 
                volunteer labor and institutional capital used for the 
                project.
            ``(8) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section 
        $5,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.
    ``(b) Report to Congress.--Not later than 2 years after the date of 
enactment of College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall prepare and 
submit a report to authorizing committees detailing--
            ``(1) the high-quality open textbooks created or adapted 
        under this section;
            ``(2) the adoption of such open textbooks;
            ``(3) the savings generated for students, States, 
        territories, and the Federal Government through the use of open 
        textbooks; and
            ``(4) the impact of open textbooks on instruction and 
        student learning outcomes.
    ``(c) GAO Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of 
enactment of College Affordability Act, the Comptroller General of the 
United States shall prepare and submit a report to the authorizing 
committees on the cost of textbooks to students at institutions of 
higher education. The report shall include--
            ``(1) the change of the cost of textbooks between the date 
        of the enactment of the College Affordability Act and the date 
        of such report;
            ``(2) the factors that have contributed to such change in 
        the cost of textbooks, including the impact of open textbooks 
        on the cost;
            ``(3) the extent to which open textbooks are used at 
        institutions of higher education compared to the use of open 
        textbooks before the date of the enactment of this subsection;
            ``(4) how institutions are tracking the impact of open 
        textbooks on instruction and student learning outcomes;
            ``(5) the availability of accessible forms of open 
        textbooks and the barriers faced by students with disabilities 
        in accessing accessible forms of open educational resources 
        compared to the barriers faced in accessing traditional 
        educational materials; and
            ``(6) the barriers faced by other student populations, 
        including low-income students, in accessing high-quality open 
        educational resources compared to the barriers faced in 
        accessing traditional educational materials.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Educational resource.--The term `educational 
        resource' means a print or digital educational material that 
        can be used in postsecondary instruction, including textbooks 
        and other written or audiovisual works.
            ``(2) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an 
        institution of higher education or a consortia of such 
        institutions of higher education.
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(4) Open educational resource.--The term `open 
        educational resource' means a print or digital educational 
        resource that either resides in the public domain or has been 
        released under an intellectual property license that permits 
        its free use, reuse, modification, and sharing with others.
            ``(5) Open textbook.--The term `open textbook' means an 
        open educational resource or set of open educational resources 
        that either is a textbook or can be used in place of a textbook 
        for a postsecondary course at an institution of higher 
        education.
            ``(6) Relevant faculty.--The term `relevant faculty' means 
        both tenure track and contingent faculty members who may be 
        involved in the creation of open educational resources or the 
        use of open educational resources created as part of the grant 
        application.''.

SEC. 8012. REPEALS.

    Title VIII of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1161a et 
seq.), as amended by this title, is further amended by repealing the 
following:
            (1) Section 801 (20 U.S.C. 1161a).
            (2) Section 803 (20 U.S.C. 1161c).
            (3) Section 804 (20 U.S.C. 1161d).
            (4) Section 805 (20 U.S.C. 1161e).
            (5) Section 808 (20 U.S.C. 1161h).
            (6) Section 818 (20 U.S.C. 1161i-7).
            (7) Section 820 (20 U.S.C. 1161k).
            (8) Section 824 (20 U.S.C. 1161l-3)
            (9) Section 830 (20 U.S.C. 1161m).
            (10) Section 835 (20 U.S.C. 1161n-4).
            (11) Section 841 (20 U.S.C. 1161o).
            (12) Section 851 (20 U.S.C. 1161p).
            (13) Section 871 (20 U.S.C. 1161r).
            (14) Section 893 (20 U.S.C. 1161x).
            (15) Section 894 (20 U.S.C. 1161y).
            (16) Section 895 (20 U.S.C. 1161z).

           TITLE IX--DIRECTIVES TO THE SECRETARY OF EDUCATION

SEC. 9001. PROVIDING THAT THE SECRETARY OF EDUCATION MAY NOT ISSUE OR 
              ENFORCE CERTAIN RULES THAT WEAKEN THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE 
              PROHIBITION OF SEX DISCRIMINATION APPLICABLE UNDER TITLE 
              IX OF THE EDUCATION AMENDMENTS OF 1972.

    The Secretary of Education may not--
            (1) take any action to implement, enforce, or otherwise 
        give effect to the proposed amendments to regulations relating 
        to the enforcement of title IX of the Education Amendments of 
        1972, published on November 29, 2018, under the heading 
        ``Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Sex in Education Programs 
        or Activities Receiving Federal Financial Assistance'' (83 Fed. 
        Reg. 61462); or
            (2) propose or issue any rule or guidance that is similar 
        in substance or effect to any of such proposed amendments.

SEC. 9002. STUDY AND REPORT ON SINGLE CERTIFICATION FORM.

    (a) Study.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment 
of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall conduct a study on the 
feasibility of developing a single certification form that borrowers 
may use to electronically submit information with respect to--
            (1) TEACH Grants under subpart 9 of part A of title IV of 
        the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g et seq.);
            (2) loan forgiveness under section 428J of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078-10);
            (3) loan cancellation under section 460 of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087j); and
            (4) public service loan forgiveness under section 455(m) of 
        the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(m)).
    (b) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment 
of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall submit a report to 
Congress that includes--
            (1) the results of the study required under subsection (a); 
        and
            (2) recommendations with respect to using a single 
        certification form that borrowers may use to electronically 
        submit information with respect to the programs specified in 
        paragraphs (1) through (4) of such subsection.

SEC. 9003. LONGITUDINAL STUDY ON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF STUDENT LOAN 
              COUNSELING.

    (a) In General.--Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment 
of this Act, the Secretary of Education, acting through the Director of 
the Institute of Education Sciences, shall begin conducting a rigorous, 
longitudinal study of the impact and effectiveness of the student loan 
counseling--
            (1) provided under subsections (b), (l), and (n) of section 
        485 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092), as 
        amended by this Act; and
            (2) provided through such other means as the Secretary of 
        Education may determine.
    (b) Contents.--
            (1) Borrower information.--The longitudinal study carried 
        out under subsection (a) shall include borrower information, in 
        the aggregate and disaggregated by race, ethnicity, gender, 
        income, status as an individual with a disability, and status 
        as a first generation college student (defined in section 
        402A(h)(3)), on--
                    (A) student persistence;
                    (B) degree attainment;
                    (C) program completion;
                    (D) successful entry into student loan repayment;
                    (E) cumulative borrowing levels; and
                    (F) such other factors as the Secretary of 
                Education may determine.
            (2) Exception.--The disaggregation under paragraph (1) 
        shall not be required in a case in which the number of 
        borrowers in a category is insufficient to yield statistically 
        reliable information or the results would reveal personally 
        identifiable information about an individual borrower.
    (c) Interim Reports.--Not later than 18 months after the 
commencement of the study under subsection (a), and annually 
thereafter, the Secretary of Education shall evaluate the progress of 
the study and report any short-term findings to the appropriate 
committees of Congress.

SEC. 9004. STUDY AND PROCEDURES ON DETERMINING FAMILY SIZE.

    (a) In General.--Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment 
of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall--
            (1) conduct, in consultation with the Secretary of the 
        Treasury, a study which meets the specifications described in 
        subsection (b), on the effect of using data from the Internal 
        Revenue Service on the deduction for personal exemptions 
        provided by section 151 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 
        for a proxy for family size in an income-driven repayment plan, 
        and publish such study in the Federal Register;
            (2) use the results of the study conducted under paragraph 
        (1) to develop procedures for determining family size for the 
        automatic recertification of income for an income-driven 
        repayment plan in a manner that minimizes burdens and 
        unintended harm to borrowers;
            (3) publish the procedures developed under paragraph (2) in 
        the Federal Register; and
            (4) after a notice and comment period on such procedures, 
        use such comments to finalize the procedures.
    (b) Specifications.--The study conducted under subsection (a)(1) 
shall--
            (1) determine how closely such personal exemptions match 
        the family size that borrowers report on their income-driven 
        repayment plan request form;
            (2) compare the borrower's actual monthly payment amount 
        with the monthly payment amount borrowers would have using 
        family size information derived from tax returns; and
            (3) use data from more than one year, where possible, to 
        analyze how much family size changes over time.
    (c) Definition.--The term ``the income-driven repayment plan'' 
means a plan described in subparagraph (D) or (E) of section 455(d)(1) 
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(d)(1)) and the 
income-based repayment plan under section 493C(f) of such Act (20 
U.S.C. 1098e(f)), as added by section 4627 of this Act.

SEC. 9005. UNIVERSAL UNIQUE NUMERIC DATA IDENTIFIER.

    (a) Assignment of Unique Numeric Identifier Required.--Not later 
than 18 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the 
Secretary of Education shall assign a unique numeric identifier to at 
least each campus of each institution of higher education that 
participates in a program under title IV of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) to be used for reporting and 
disaggregating data for the purposes of the following:
            (1) Surveys conducted as a part of the Integrated 
        Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS) or any other 
        Federal postsecondary institution data collection effort, as 
        completed in accordance with section 487(a)(17) of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1094(a)(17)).
            (2) Reports required to be filed under section 485(f) of 
        the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092(f)).
            (3) The electronic exchange of data under section 485B of 
        the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1092b).
            (4) Determinations under section 496 of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1099b).
            (5) Reports filed on the College Scorecard website of the 
        Department of Education (or any successor website).
            (6) Reports filed on the College Navigator website (as 
        defined in section 132 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
        U.S.C. 1015a)).
            (7) Data submitted to the postsecondary student data system 
        established under section 132(l) of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015a(l)), as added by this Act.
            (8) To the extent determined to be appropriate by the 
        Secretary, any other data systems of the Department of 
        Education that include information on institutions of higher 
        education.
    (b) Considerations.--In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary 
of Education shall--
            (1) consider the ability to use the unique numeric 
        identifier assigned under such subsection to--
                    (A) disaggregate institutions of higher education 
                by corporate ownership;
                    (B) identify an institution of higher education 
                with more than one campus; and
                    (C) in the case of institutions of higher education 
                described in subparagraph (B), distinguish between a 
                campus with a specific location and a distance 
                education program;
            (2) account for interactions of the unique numeric 
        identifier with requirements under title IV of the Higher 
        Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), including by preventing 
        institutional attempts to evade such requirements by changing 
        the unique numeric identifiers associated with the campuses of 
        the institution;
            (3) to the extent practicable, minimize the paperwork 
        burden on institutions of higher education;
            (4) create and make public a crosswalk indicating changes 
        in the unique numeric identifiers assigned by the Secretary to 
        each campus under subsection (a) and the numeric identifiers 
        used by the Department of Education prior to the date on which 
        the Secretary assigns each campus a unique numeric identifier; 
        and
            (5) annually create and make public an updated crosswalk 
        indicating changes in unique numeric identifiers assigned to 
        campuses, including changes that result from the establishment 
        of new locations, the closing of campuses, and changes in 
        ownership and affiliation.

SEC. 9006. QUESTIONS ON FOOD AND HOUSING INSECURITY IN NATIONAL 
              POSTSECONDARY STUDENT AID STUDY.

    For purposes of each National Postsecondary Student Aid Study 
conducted after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of 
Education shall include questions that measure rates of food and 
housing insecurity in the National Postsecondary Student Aid Study.

SEC. 9007. DISAGGREGATION OF DATA USING RACIAL GROUPS.

    (a) Study Required.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall carry out a 
study on the feasability of disaggregating data reported under the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.) to the Secretary 
using the racial groups identified by the American Community Survey of 
the Bureau of the Census.
    (b) Elements.--The study required by subsection (a) shall, with 
respect to the data described such subsection--
            (1) survey each method by which such data reported to the 
        Secretary is disaggregated by race;
            (2) survey each method by which the Secretary disaggregates 
        such data by race; and
            (3) in the case of such data that are reported to the 
        Secretary and are not disaggregated by race using the racial 
        groups identified by the American Community Survey of the 
        Bureau of the Census, the feasibility of dissagregating such 
        data using such racial groups.
    (c) Best Practices.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall issue best 
practices with respect to dissagregating data reported to the Secretary 
using the racial groups identified by the American Community Survey of 
the Bureau of the Census.

SEC. 9008. ACCESSIBLE INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS AND TECHNOLOGY.

    (a) Establishment of Commission.--The Speaker of the House of 
Representatives, the President pro tempore of the Senate, and the 
Secretary of Education shall establish an independent commission, 
comprised of key stakeholders, to develop guidelines for accessible 
postsecondary electronic instructional materials and related 
technologies in order--
            (1) to ensure students with disabilities are afforded the 
        same educational benefits provided to students without 
        disabilities through the use of electronic instructional 
        materials and related technologies;
            (2) to improve the selection and use of such materials and 
        technologies at institutions of higher education; and
            (3) to encourage entities that produce such materials and 
        technologies to make accessible versions more readily available 
        in the market.
    (b) Review.--In carrying out subsection (a), the commission shall--
            (1) review applicable information technology accessibility 
        standards; and
            (2) compile and annotate such accessibility standards as an 
        additional information resource for institutions of higher 
        education and companies that service the higher education 
        market.
    (c) Membership.--
            (1) Stakeholder groups.--The commission shall be composed 
        of representatives from the following categories:
                    (A) Communities of persons with disabilities for 
                whom the accessibility of postsecondary electronic 
                instructional materials and related technologies is a 
                significant factor in ensuring equal participation in 
                higher education, and nonprofit organizations that 
                provide accessible electronic materials to these 
                communities.
                    (B) Higher education leadership, including 
                institution of higher education presidents, provosts, 
                deans, vice presidents or deans of libraries, chief 
                information officers, and other senior institutional 
                executives.
                    (C) Developers of postsecondary electronic 
                instructional materials and manufacturers of related 
                technologies.
            (2) Appointment of members.--The commission members shall 
        be appointed as follows:
                    (A) Six members, two from each category described 
                in paragraph (1), shall be appointed by the Speaker of 
                the House of Representatives, three of whom shall be 
                appointed on the recommendation of the majority leader 
                of the House of Representatives and three of whom shall 
                be appointed on the recommendation of the minority 
                leader of the House of Representatives, with the 
                Speaker ensuring that 1 developer of postsecondary 
                electronic instructional materials and 1 manufacturer 
                of related technologies are appointed. The Speaker 
                shall also appoint 2 additional members, 1 student with 
                a disability and 1 faculty member from an institution 
                of higher education.
                    (B) Six members, two from each category described 
                in paragraph (1), shall be appointed by the President 
                pro tempore of the Senate, three of whom shall be 
                appointed on the recommendation of the majority leader 
                of the Senate and three of whom shall be appointed on 
                the recommendation of the minority leader of the 
                Senate, with the President pro tempore ensuring that 1 
                developer of postsecondary electronic instructional 
                materials and 1 manufacturer of related technologies 
                are appointed. The President pro tempore shall also 
                appoint 2 additional members, 1 student with a 
                disability and 1 faculty member from an institution of 
                higher education.
                    (C) 3 members, each of whom must possess extensive, 
                demonstrated technical expertise in the development and 
                implementation of accessible postsecondary electronic 
                instructional materials, shall be appointed by the 
                Secretary of Education. One of these members shall 
                represent postsecondary students with disabilities, one 
                shall represent higher education leadership, and one 
                shall represent developers of postsecondary electronic 
                instructional materials.
            (3) Eligibility to serve as a member.--Federal employees 
        are ineligible for appointment to the commission. An appointee 
        to a volunteer or advisory position with a Federal agency or 
        related advisory body may be appointed to the commission so 
        long as his or her primary employment is with a non-Federal 
        entity and he or she is not otherwise engaged in financially 
        compensated work on behalf of the Federal Government, exclusive 
        of any standard expense reimbursement or grant-funded 
        activities.
    (d) Authority and Administration.--
            (1) Authority.--The commission's execution of its duties 
        shall be independent of the Secretary of Education, the 
        Attorney General, and the head of any other agency or 
        department of the Federal Government with regulatory or 
        standard setting authority in the areas addressed by the 
        commission.
            (2) Administration.--
                    (A) Staffing.--There shall be no permanent staffing 
                for the commission.
                    (B) Leadership.--Commission members shall elect a 
                chairperson from among the appointees to the 
                commission.
                    (C) Administrative support.--The Commission shall 
                be provided administrative support, as needed, by the 
                Secretary of Education through the Office of 
                Postsecondary Education of the Department of Education.
    (e) Duties.--
            (1) Guidelines.--Not later than 18 months after the date of 
        enactment of this Act, subject to a 6-month extension that it 
        may exercise at its discretion, the commission shall--
                    (A) develop and issue guidelines for accessible 
                postsecondary electronic instructional materials, and 
                related technologies; and
                    (B) in developing the guidelines, the commission 
                shall--
                            (i) establish a technical panel pursuant to 
                        paragraph (4) to support the commission in 
                        developing the guidelines;
                            (ii) develop criteria for determining which 
                        materials and technologies constitute 
                        postsecondary electronic instructional 
                        materials and related technologies;
                            (iii) identify existing national and 
                        international accessibility standards that are 
                        relevant to student use of postsecondary 
                        electronic instructional materials and related 
                        technologies at institutions of higher 
                        education;
                            (iv) identify and address any unique 
                        pedagogical and accessibility requirements of 
                        postsecondary electronic instructional 
                        materials and related technologies that are not 
                        addressed, or not adequately addressed, by the 
                        identified, relevant existing accessibility 
                        standards;
                            (v) identify those aspects of 
                        accessibility, and types of postsecondary 
                        instructional materials and related 
                        technologies, for which the commission cannot 
                        produce guidelines or which cannot be addressed 
                        by existing accessibility standards due to--
                                    (I) inherent limitations of 
                                commercially available technologies; or
                                    (II) the challenges posed by a 
                                specific category of disability that 
                                covers a wide spectrum of impairments 
                                and capabilities which makes it 
                                difficult to assess the benefits from 
                                particular guidelines on a categorical 
                                basis;
                            (vi) ensure that the guidelines are 
                        consistent with the requirements of section 504 
                        of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 
                        794) and titles II and III of the Americans 
                        with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 12131 et seq.; 
                        42 U.S.C. 12181 et seq.);
                            (vii) ensure that the guidelines are 
                        consistent, to the extent feasible and 
                        appropriate, with the technical and functional 
                        performance criteria included in the national 
                        and international accessibility standards 
                        identified by the commission as relevant to 
                        student use of postsecondary electronic 
                        instructional materials and related 
                        technologies;
                            (viii) allow for the use of an alternative 
                        design or technology that results in 
                        substantially equivalent or greater 
                        accessibility and usability by individuals with 
                        disabilities than would be provided by 
                        compliance with the guidelines; and
                            (ix) provide that where electronic 
                        instructional materials, or related 
                        technologies, that comply fully with the 
                        guidelines are not commercially available, or 
                        where such compliance is not technically 
                        feasible, the institution may select the 
                        product that best meets the guidelines 
                        consistent with the institution's business and 
                        pedagogical needs.
            (2) Annotated list of information technology standards.--
        Not later than 18 months after the date of the enactment of 
        this Act, subject to a 6-month extension that it may exercise 
        at its discretion, the commission established in section 2 
        shall, with the assistance of the technical panel established 
        under paragraph (4), develop and issue an annotated list of 
        information technology standards.
            (3) Approval.--Issuance of the guidelines and annotated 
        list of information technology standards shall require approval 
        of at least 75 percent of the members of the commission.
            (4) Technical panel.--Not later than 1 month after first 
        meeting, the Commission shall appoint and convene a panel of 12 
        technical experts, each of whom shall have extensive, 
        demonstrated technical experience in developing, researching, 
        or implementing accessible postsecondary electronic 
        instructional materials, or related technologies. The 
        commission has discretion to determine a process for 
        nominating, vetting, and confirming a panel of experts that 
        fairly represents the stakeholder communities on the 
        commission. The technical panel shall include a representative 
        from the United States Access Board.
    (f) Review of Guidelines.--Not later than 5 years after issuance of 
the guidelines and annotated list of information technology standards 
described in subsections (a) and (b), and every 5 years thereafter, the 
Secretary of Education shall publish a notice in the Federal Register 
requesting public comment about whether there is a need to reconstitute 
the commission to update the guidelines and annotated list of 
information technology standards to reflect technological advances, 
changes in postsecondary electronic instructional materials and related 
technologies, or updated national and international accessibility 
standards. The Secretary shall then submit a report and recommendation 
to Congress regarding whether the Commission should be reconstituted.
    (g) Rule of Application.--
            (1) Nonconforming postsecondary electronic instructional 
        materials or related technologies.--Nothing in this section 
        shall be construed to require an institution of higher 
        education to require, provide, or both recommend and provide, 
        postsecondary electronic instructional materials or related 
        technologies that conform to the guidelines. However, an 
        institution that selects or uses nonconforming postsecondary 
        electronic instructional materials or related technologies must 
        otherwise comply with existing obligations under section 504 of 
        the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794) and titles II 
        and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 12131 
        et seq.; 42 U.S.C. 12181 et seq.) to provide access to the 
        educational benefit afforded by such materials and technologies 
        through provision of appropriate and reasonable modification, 
        accommodation, and auxiliary aids or services.
            (2) Relationship to existing laws and regulations.--With 
        respect to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 
        U.S.C. 12101 et seq.) and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 
        U.S.C. 701 et seq.), nothing in this Act may be construed--
                    (A) to authorize or require conduct prohibited 
                under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and 
                the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, including the 
                regulations issued pursuant to those laws;
                    (B) to expand, limit, or alter the remedies or 
                defenses under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 
                1990 and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973;
                    (C) to supersede, restrict, or limit the 
                application of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 
                1990 and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; or
                    (D) to limit the authority of Federal agencies to 
                issue regulations pursuant to the Americans with 
                Disabilities Act of 1990 and the Rehabilitation Act of 
                1973.
    (h) Definitions.--In this section:
            (1) Annotated list of information technology standards.--
        The term ``annotated list of information technology standards'' 
        means a list of existing national and international 
        accessibility standards relevant to student use of 
        postsecondary electronic instructional materials and related 
        technologies, and to other types of information technology 
        common to institutions of higher education, such as 
        institutional websites or registration systems, annotated by 
        the commission established pursuant to this section. The 
        annotated list of information technology standards is intended 
        to serve solely as a reference tool to inform any consideration 
        of the relevance of such standards in higher education 
        contexts.
            (2) Postsecondary electronic instructional materials.--The 
        term ``postsecondary electronic instructional materials'' means 
        digital curricular content that is required, provided, or both 
        recommended and provided by an institution of higher education 
        for use in a postsecondary instructional program.
            (3) Related technologies.--The term ``related 
        technologies'' refers to any software, applications, learning 
        management or content management systems, and hardware that an 
        institution of higher education requires, provides, or both 
        recommends and provides for student access to and use of 
        postsecondary electronic instructional materials in a 
        postsecondary instructional program.
            (4) Technical panel.--The term ``technical panel'' means a 
        group of experts with extensive, demonstrated technical 
        experience in the development and implementation of 
        accessibility features for postsecondary electronic 
        instructional materials and related technologies, established 
        by the Commission pursuant to subsection (e)(4), which will 
        assist the commission in the development of the guidelines and 
        annotated list of information technology standards authorized 
        under this section.

                   TITLE X--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

               PART A--EDUCATION OF THE DEAF ACT OF 1986

SEC. 10001. COMPOSITION OF BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

    Section 103(a)(1) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
U.S.C. 4303(a)(1)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``twenty-one'' and inserting ``twenty-
        three'';
            (2) in subparagraph (A)--
                    (A) by striking ``three'' and inserting ``four''; 
                and
                    (B) in clause (i)--
                            (i) by striking ``one'' and inserting 
                        ``two''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``Senator'' and inserting 
                        ``Senators''; and
            (3) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``eighteen'' and 
        inserting ``nineteen''.

SEC. 10002. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS OF LAURENT CLERC NATIONAL DEAF 
              EDUCATION CENTER.

    Section 104(b)(5) of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 
U.S.C. 4304(b)(5)) is amended to read as follows:
            ``(5) The University, for purposes of the elementary and 
        secondary education programs carried out by the Clerc Center, 
        shall--
                    ``(A)(i)(I) provide an assurance to the Secretary 
                that the University has adopted and is implementing 
                challenging State academic standards that meet the 
                requirements of section 1111(b)(1) of the Elementary 
                and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                6311(b)(1));
                    ``(II) demonstrate to the Secretary that the 
                University is implementing a set of high-quality 
                student academic assessments in mathematics, reading or 
                language arts, and science, and any other subjects 
                chosen by the University, that meet the requirements of 
                section 1111(b)(2) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)); 
                and
                    ``(III) demonstrate to the Secretary that the 
                University is implementing an accountability system 
                consistent with section 1111(c) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 
                6311(c)); or
                    ``(ii)(I) select the challenging State academic 
                standards and State academic assessments of a State, 
                adopted and implemented, as appropriate, pursuant to 
                paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 1111(b) of such Act 
                (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)); and
                    ``(II) adopt the accountability system, consistent 
                with section 1111(c) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)), 
                of such State; and
                    ``(B) publicly report, except in a case in which 
                such reporting would not yield statistically reliable 
                information or would reveal personally identifiable 
                information about an individual student--
                            ``(i) the results of the academic 
                        assessments implemented under subparagraph (A); 
                        and
                            ``(ii) the results of the annual evaluation 
                        of the programs at the Clerc Center, as 
                        determined using the accountability system 
                        adopted under subparagraph (A).''.

SEC. 10003. FEDERAL ENDOWMENT PROGRAMS FOR GALLAUDET UNIVERSITY AND THE 
              NATIONAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE FOR THE DEAF.

    Section 207 of the Education of the Deaf Act of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 
4357) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (e), by striking ``(and its non-Federal 
        match)''; and
            (2) in subsection (g)(1), by striking ``amounts contributed 
        to the fund from non-Federal sources, and'' and inserting ``and 
        the related''.

PART B--TRIBALLY CONTROLLED COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES ASSISTANCE ACT OF 
                                  1978

SEC. 10101. TRIBALLY CONTROLLED COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES ASSISTANCE 
              ACT OF 1978.

    (a) Definitions.--Section 2 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and 
Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ``or has been 
                formally'' and inserting ``and has been formally'';
                    (B) in paragraph (7), by adding ``and'' at the end;
                    (C) in paragraph (8), by striking ``; and'' and 
                inserting a period; and
                    (D) by striking paragraph (9); and
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) Such number shall be calculated based on the number 
        of Indian students who are enrolled--
                    ``(A) at the conclusion of the third week of each 
                academic term; or
                    ``(B) on the fifth day of a shortened program 
                beginning after the conclusion of the third full week 
                of an academic term.'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``for purposes of 
                obtaining'' and inserting ``solely for the purpose of 
                obtaining'';
                    (C) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) By striking ``students'' and inserting 
                        ``individuals 16 years of age or older''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``credit hours.'' and 
                        inserting ``credit hours, except that the 
                        provisions of paragraphs (1) and (3) shall not 
                        apply to any determination under this 
                        paragraph.'';
                    (D) in paragraph (5)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``hour'' after 
                                ``credit'';
                                    (II) by striking ``in the case of 
                                an institution on a quarter system, or 
                                15 contact hours in the case of an 
                                institution on a semester system,''; 
                                and
                                    (III) by striking ``and'' at the 
                                end;
                            (ii) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as 
                        subparagraph (C); and
                            (iii) by inserting after subparagraph (A) 
                        the following:
                    ``(B) shall be determined as one academic credit 
                hour for every three continuing education program 
                credits earned in the case of an institution on a 
                semester system (which may be adjusted by the 
                Secretary, if necessary, for institutions using 
                academic periods other than semesters, such as 
                trimesters or quarters); and''; and
                    (E) by inserting after paragraph (5), the 
                following:
            ``(6) Enrollment data from the prior-prior academic year 
        shall be used.''.
    (b) Authorization of Appropriations.--
            (1) In general.--The Tribally Controlled Colleges and 
        Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.) is 
        amended by inserting after section 2 (25 U.S.C. 1801), the 
        following:

                   ``authorization of appropriations

    ``Sec. 3.  (a)(1) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry 
out sections 105, 107, 112(b), and 113 such sums as may be necessary 
for fiscal year 2021 and each of the five succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(2) Funds appropriated pursuant to the authorization under 
paragraph (1) shall be transferred by the Secretary of the Treasury 
through the most expeditious method available, with each of the 
tribally controlled colleges or universities being designated as its 
own certifying agency.
    ``(b) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out title 
III such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 
five succeeding fiscal years. Any funds appropriated pursuant to this 
subsection are authorized to remain available until expended.
    ``(c) There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out titles 
IV and V such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2021 and each of 
the five succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(d)(1) For the purpose of affording adequate notice of funding 
available under this Act, amounts appropriated in an appropriation Act 
for any fiscal year to carry out this Act shall become available for 
obligation on July 1 of that fiscal year and shall remain available 
until September 30 of the succeeding fiscal year.
    ``(2) In order to effect a transition to the forward funding method 
of timing appropriation action described in paragraph (1), there are 
authorized to be appropriated, in an appropriation Act or Acts for the 
same fiscal year, two separate appropriations to carry out this Act, 
the first of which shall not be subject to paragraph (1).''.
            (2) Conforming amendments.--
                    (A) Section 110 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges 
                and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
                1810) is repealed.
                    (B) Section 111 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges 
                and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
                1811) is amended by striking ``110(a)(2)'' and 
                inserting ``3(a)(2)''.
                    (C) Section 306 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges 
                and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
                1836) is repealed.
                    (D) Title III of the Tribally Controlled Colleges 
                and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1831 
                et seq.) is amended by striking ``section 306'' each 
                place it appears and inserting ``section 3(b)''
                    (E) Section 403 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges 
                and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
                1852) is repealed.
                    (F) Section 502 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges 
                and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
                1862) is amended--
                            (i) in subsection (a), by striking 
                        ``Subject to the availability of 
                        appropriations, for fiscal year 2009 and each 
                        fiscal year thereafter,'' and inserting ``From 
                        the amount made available under section 3(c) 
                        for each fiscal year,''; and
                            (ii) in subsection (d)(1), by striking 
                        ``For fiscal year 2009 and each fiscal year 
                        thereafter, of amounts made available pursuant 
                        to section 504,'' and inserting ``From the 
                        amount made available under section 3(c) for 
                        each fiscal year,''.
                    (G) Section 504 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges 
                and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 
                1864) is repealed.
    (c) Annual Report on Emerging Tribal Colleges.--Section 104 of the 
Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 
(25 U.S.C. 1804a) is amended to read as follows:

              ``annual report on emerging tribal colleges

    ``Sec. 104. Not later than December 31 of each year, the Secretary 
shall submit a report to the Senate Committee on Indian Affairs, the 
Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, the House 
Committee on Natural Resources, the House Committee on Education and 
Labor, the Senate Appropriations Subcommittee on the Interior, and the 
House Appropriations Subcommittee on the Interior on developing and 
emerging tribally controlled colleges or universities. Such report 
shall include information on--
            ``(1) inquiries received by the Secretary from federally 
        recognized Indian Tribes and tribal organizations regarding the 
        process for establishing a tribally controlled college or 
        university;
            ``(2) the status of ongoing efforts to establish tribally 
        controlled colleges or universities;
            ``(3) the geographic location, current and projected size, 
        and anticipated application time frame of each reported 
        institution; and
            ``(4) such other data as the Secretary may deem 
        relevant.''.
    (d) Eligibility Studies.--Section 106 of the Tribally Controlled 
Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1806) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (b), by striking ``for the fiscal year 
        succeeding'' and inserting ``for the second fiscal year 
        succeeding''; and
            (2) in subsection (c), by striking ``drawn from'' and all 
        that follows through the period at the end and inserting 
        ``drawn from the general administrative appropriations to the 
        Secretary.''
    (e) Grants to Tribally Controlled Colleges or Universities.--
Section 107 of the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities 
Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1807) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (c), by striking ``given to 
        institutions'' and all that follows through the period at the 
        end and inserting ``given to institutions which received 
        payments under this title in fiscal year 2019 or were 
        affiliated with an institution which received payments under 
        this title in fiscal year 2019.''; and
            (2) in subsection (d), by inserting ``higher education'' 
        after ``national Indian'' both places it appears.
    (f) Amount of Grants.--Section 108 of the Tribally Controlled 
Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1808) is 
amended--
            (1) by striking subsection (a)(2) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(2) Exceptions.--
                    ``(A) If the sum appropriated for any fiscal year 
                for payments under this section is not sufficient to 
                pay in full the total amount that approved applicants 
                are eligible to receive under this section for such 
                fiscal year, the Secretary shall first allocate to each 
                such applicant that received funds under this part for 
                the preceding fiscal year an amount equal to 100 
                percent of the product of the per capita payment for 
                the preceding fiscal year and such applicant's Indian 
                student count for the current program year, plus an 
                amount equal to the actual cost of any increase to the 
                per capita figure resulting from inflationary increases 
                to necessary costs beyond the institution's control.
                    ``(B) The amount of a grant under paragraph (1) 
                shall not exceed an amount equal to the total cost of 
                the education program provided by the applicable 
                tribally controlled college or university.''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)(1)--
                    (A) by striking ``of the funds available for 
                allotment by October 15 or no later than 14 days after 
                appropriations become available'' and inserting ``of 
                the amounts appropriated for any fiscal year on or 
                before July 1 of that fiscal year''; and
                    (B) by striking ``January 1'' and inserting 
                ``September 30''.
    (g) Report on Facilities.--Section 112 of the Tribally Controlled 
Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1812) is 
amended to read as follows:

                         ``report on facilities

    ``Sec. 112.  (a) The Secretary shall provide for the conduct of a 
study on the condition of tribally controlled college or university 
facilities, which, for purposes of this section, shall include the 
facilities of a Tribal College or University, as defined in section 
316(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c(b)). Such 
study shall identify the need for new construction, renovation, and 
infrastructure enhancements of tribally controlled college or 
university facilities.
    ``(b) The study required in subsection (a) may be conducted 
directly by the Secretary or by contract.
    ``(c) A report on the results of the study required in subsection 
(a) shall be submitted to the Senate Committee on Indian Affairs, the 
Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, the House 
Committee on Natural Resources, the House Committee on Education and 
Labor, the Senate Appropriations Subcommittee on the Interior, and the 
House Appropriations Subcommittee on the Interior not later than 18 
months after the date of the enactment of the College Affordability 
Act.''.
    (h) Modification of Facilities Program.--Section 113 of the 
Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 
(25 U.S.C. 1813) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``of the Administrator 
        of General Services under section 112(a) of this Act'' and 
        inserting ``under section 112(c)'';
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``a tribally controlled 
        college or university--'' and all that follows through the 
        period at the end and inserting ``a tribally controlled college 
        or university shall be a Tribal College or University, as 
        defined in section 316(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
        (20 U.S.C. 1059c(b)).'';
            (3) by redesignating subsections (d) through (f) as 
        subsections (e) through (g), respectively; and
            (4) by inserting after subsection (c) the following:
    ``(d) Activities eligible for a grant under this section shall be 
activities that address a wide variety of facilities and infrastructure 
needs including--
            ``(1) building of new facilities;
            ``(2) renovating or expanding existing or acquired 
        facilities;
            ``(3) providing new and existing facilities with equipment 
        and infrastructure, including laboratory equipment, computer 
        infrastructure and equipment, broadband infrastructure and 
        equipment, library books, and furniture; and
            ``(4) property acquisition.''.
    (i) Conforming Amendment for the Navajo Tribe.--Section 114(a) of 
the Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 
1978 (25 U.S.C. 1814(a)) is amended striking ``The Navajo'' and 
inserting ``Except as provided in sections 112 and 113, the Navajo''.
    (j) Rules and Regulations.--Section 115 of the Tribally Controlled 
Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1815) is 
repealed.
    (k) Endowment Grants.--Section 302 of the Tribally Controlled 
Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1832) is 
amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(c) The period of a grant under this section shall be not more 
than 20 years. During the grant period, an institution may withdraw and 
expend interest income generated by the endowment for any operating or 
academic purpose. An institution may not withdraw or expend any of the 
endowment fund corpus. After the termination of the grant period, an 
institution may use the endowment fund corpus for any operating or 
academic purpose.
    ``(d)(1) If at any time during the grant period an institution 
withdraws part of the endowment fund corpus, the institution shall 
repay to the Secretary an amount equal to 150 percent of the withdrawn 
amount. The Secretary may use up to 75 percent of such repaid funds to 
make additional endowment grants to, or to increase existing endowment 
grants at, other eligible institutions.
    ``(2) Notwithstanding subsection (c) and paragraph(1), the 
Secretary may allow an institution to expend part of the endowment fund 
corpus if the institution demonstrates such an expenditure is necessary 
because of--
            ``(A) a financial emergency, such as a pending insolvency 
        or temporary liquidity problem;
            ``(B) a life-threatening situation occasioned by a natural 
        disaster or arson; or
            ``(C) any other unusual occurrence or exigent 
        circumstance.''.
    (l) Participation of Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Career and 
Technical Institutions Under Other Titles.--Section 503(a) of the 
Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 1978 
(25 U.S.C. 1863(a)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(a) Participation of Tribally Controlled Postsecondary Career and 
Technical Institutions Under Other Titles.--For purposes of the 
preceding titles of this Act, a tribally controlled postsecondary 
career and technical institution shall not be considered to be a 
tribally controlled college or university except as follows:
            ``(1) For purposes of section 105(a)(1), the Secretary 
        shall provide, upon request from a tribally controlled 
        postsecondary career and technical institution, technical 
        assistance either directly or through contract.
            ``(2) For purposes of section 113, title III, and title IV, 
        a tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical 
        institution shall be considered to be a tribally controlled 
        college or university.''.
    (m) Clerical Amendments.--The Tribally Controlled Colleges and 
Universities Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.), as 
amended by the preceding provisions of this section, is further 
amended--
            (1) by striking ``Bureau of Indian Affairs'' each place it 
        appears and inserting ``Bureau of Indian Education'';
            (2) by striking ``Navajo Community College Act'' each place 
        it appears and inserting ``Dine College Act''; and
            (3) in section 109 (25 U.S.C. 1809), by redesignating the 
        second subsection (c) as subsection (d).

   PART C--STRENGTHENING PROGRAM ALIGNMENT FOR POSTSECONDARY PERKINS 
                CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

SEC. 10201. STRENGTHENING PROGRAM ALIGNMENT FOR POSTSECONDARY PERKINS 
              CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS.

    (a) Authorization of Appropriations.--
            (1) In general.--There are authorized to be appropriated to 
        carry out this section $181,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and 
        each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
            (2) Outlying areas.--In addition to the amounts authorized 
        to be appropriated under paragraph (1), there are authorized to 
        be appropriated $1,520,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 
        5 succeeding fiscal years, for the purpose of awarding funds to 
        carry out this section to the outlying areas described in 
        section 115(a) of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical 
        Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2325(a)).
            (3) Tribally controlled postsecondary career and technical 
        institutions.--In addition to the amounts authorized to be 
        appropriated under paragraphs (1) and (2), there are authorized 
        to be appropriated $10,469,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of 
        the 5 succeeding fiscal years, for the purpose of awarding 
        funds to carry out this section to tribally controlled 
        postsecondary career and technical institutions described in 
        section 117(a) of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical 
        Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2327(a)).
    (b) Allotment and Allocation.--
            (1) State allotment.--
                    (A) In general.--From the amount appropriated under 
                subsection (a)(1) for each fiscal year, the Secretary 
                of Education shall allot funds to States in the same 
                manner as allotments are made to States under 111(a)(2) 
                of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education 
                Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2321(a)(2)), except that such 
                section 111(a)(2) shall be applied by substituting 
                ``From the amount appropriated under subsection 
                (a)(1),'' for ``From the remainder of the amount 
                appropriated under section 9 and not reserved under 
                paragraph (1) for a fiscal year,''.
                    (B) Reallotment.--If for any fiscal year the amount 
                appropriated for allotments under this paragraph is 
                insufficient to satisfy the provisions of subparagraph 
                (A), the payments to all States under such subparagraph 
                shall be ratably reduced.
            (2) Requirements for state allotment.--From the amount 
        allotted to each State under paragraph (1) for a fiscal year, 
        the eligible agency shall use such funds in the same manner and 
        in the same amounts as described in paragraphs (2) and (3) of 
        section 112(a) of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical 
        Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2321(a)).
            (3) Eligible recipient allocation.--
                    (A) In general.--From the amount allotted to each 
                State under paragraph (1) and not used under paragraph 
                (2) for a fiscal year, the eligible agency shall 
                allocate funds to each eligible recipient within the 
                State in the same manner that funds are allocated to 
                eligible institutions or consortium of eligible 
                institutions under section 132(a)(2) of the Carl D. 
                Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 
                U.S.C. 2352(a)(2)), except that such section 132(a)(2) 
                shall be applied by substituting ``the amount allotted 
                to the State under paragraph (1) and not used under 
                paragraph (2)'' for ``the portion of funds made 
                available under section 112(a)(1) to carry out this 
                section''.
                    (B) Requirements for allocation.--To receive an 
                allocation under subparagraph (A), an eligible 
                recipient shall meet the following requirements:
                            (i) Provide a description to the Secretary, 
                        at such time and in such manner, as may be 
                        required by the Secretary of how the eligible 
                        recipient will use the allocation to support 
                        and coordinate with--
                                    (I) any funds received by such 
                                eligible recipient under title I of the 
                                Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical 
                                Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2321 
                                et seq.); and
                                    (II) the activities described in 
                                the State plan of the eligible agency 
                                that distributes funds under such title 
                                to such eligible recipient, and local 
                                application of such eligible recipient 
                                under such title.
                            (ii) Establish partnerships with each of 
                        the following:
                                    (I) A local educational agency or a 
                                consortia of local educational 
                                agencies.
                                    (II) An area career and technical 
                                education school, in a case in which 
                                such a school is located in the State 
                                or local area of the eligible 
                                recipient.
                                    (III) A State or local workforce 
                                development system.
                                    (IV) A 4-year institution of higher 
                                education.
            (4) Allotments to outlying areas.--From funds appropriated 
        under subsection (a)(2), the Secretary shall--
                    (A) make a grant in the amount of $660,000 to Guam;
                    (B) make a grant in the amount of $350,000 to each 
                of the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and 
                American Samoa; and
                    (C) make a grant in the amount of $160,000 to the 
                Republic of Palau.
    (c) Uses of Funds.--
            (1) In general.--Each eligible recipient that receives an 
        allocation under subsection (b)(2) shall use such allocation to 
        carry out a career and technical education program of study 
        that shall--
                    (A) include alignment to career pathways, the use 
                of articulation agreements, and career guidance and 
                academic counseling;
                    (B) combine a minimum of 2 years of secondary 
                education (as determined under State law) with a 
                minimum of 2 years of postsecondary education in a 
                nonduplicative, sequential course of study;
                    (C) include work-based learning or apprenticeship 
                programs;
                    (D) be aligned with--
                            (i) the workforce development system; and
                            (ii) institutions of higher education 
                        offering baccalaureate or advanced degree 
                        programs;
                    (E) offer education and training in high-skill, 
                high-wage, or in-demand industry sectors and 
                occupations to meet the regional needs and support the 
                priorities described in the most recent comprehensive 
                local needs assessment conducted by the eligible 
                recipient under section 134(c) of the Carl D. Perkins 
                Career and Technical Education Act (20 U.S.C. 2354(c)); 
                and
                    (F) carry out the requirements of subparagraph (A), 
                (B), (C), (D), or (E) of paragraph (2).
            (2) Requirements.--Each career and technical education 
        program of study described in paragraph (1) shall carry out at 
        least one of the following:
                    (A) Supporting the development, delivery, or 
                implementation of a statewide effort to scale such 
                program of study and career pathways.
                    (B) Establishing industry or sector partnerships 
                inside or outside the State.
                    (C) Providing equal access to, and supports for, 
                successful completion of the career and technical 
                education program of study to individuals who are 
                members of special populations, including the 
                development of services appropriate to the needs of 
                special populations.
                    (D) Improving career guidance, academic counseling, 
                and career exploration activities for prospective or 
                participating students through the development and 
                implementation of graduation and career plans aligned 
                to career pathways.
                    (E) Developing curriculum and supports for 
                effective transitions between the following:
                            (i) The transition from a secondary career 
                        and technical education program to a 
                        postsecondary career and technical education 
                        program.
                            (ii) The transition from postsecondary 
                        career and technical education programs to an 
                        institution of higher education offering a 
                        baccalaureate or an advanced degree program.
                            (iii) The transition from a workforce 
                        development system to a postsecondary career 
                        and technical education program.
                            (iv) The transition from a postsecondary 
                        career and technical education program to 
                        employment.
                            (v) The transition from a career and 
                        technical education program to an 
                        apprenticeship program or from an 
                        apprenticeship program to an institution of 
                        higher education or employment.
            (3) Restriction on uses of funds.--Each eligible recipient 
        that receives an allocation under subsection (b)(2) shall not 
        use more than 5 percent of such allocation for costs associated 
        with the administration of activities.
    (d) Definitions.--In this section:
            (1) Apprenticeship program.--The term ``apprenticeship 
        program'' means an apprenticeship registered under the Act of 
        August 16, 1937 (commonly known as the ``National 
        Apprenticeship Act''; 50 Stat. 664, chapter 663; 29 U.S.C. 50 
        et seq.).
            (2) Eligible recipient.--The term ``eligible recipient'' 
        has the meaning given the term in section 3(21)(B) of the Carl 
        D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 1965 (20 
        U.S.C. 2302(21)(B)).
            (3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        ``institution of higher education'' has the meaning given such 
        term in section 101 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
        U.S.C. 1001).
            (4) Local educational agency.--The term ``local educational 
        agency'' has the meaning given such term in section 8101 of the 
        Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
        7801).
            (5) Perkins cte terms.--The terms ``articulation 
        agreement'', ``area career and technical education school'', 
        ``career and technical education'', ``eligible agency'', 
        ``program of study'', ``special population'', and ``work-based 
        learning'' have the meanings given the terms in section 3 of 
        the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 
        (20 U.S.C. 2302).
            (6) State.--The term ``State'' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 111(d) of the Carl D. Perkins Career and 
        Technical Education Act of 2006.
            (7) WIOA terms.--The terms ``career pathway'', ``workforce 
        development system'', ``in-demand industry sector or 
        occupation'', and ``industry or sector partnership'' have the 
        meanings given the terms in section 3 of the Workforce 
        Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3201).

                PART E--GENERAL EDUCATION PROVISIONS ACT

SEC. 10301. RELEASE OF EDUCATION RECORDS TO FACILITATE THE AWARD OF A 
              RECOGNIZED POSTSECONDARY CREDENTIAL.

    Section 444(b) of the General Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 
1232g(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (K)(ii), by striking ``; and'' 
                and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (L), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting ``; and''; and
            (2) by inserting after subparagraph (L) the following:
            ``(M) an institution of postsecondary education in which 
        the student was previously enrolled, to which records of 
        postsecondary coursework and credits are sent for the purpose 
        of applying such coursework and credits toward completion of a 
        recognized postsecondary credential (as that term is defined in 
        section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 
        U.S.C. 3102)), upon condition that the student provides written 
        consent prior to receiving such credential.''.

             PART F--EDUCATION SCIENCES REFORM ACT OF 2002

SEC. 10401. INCLUSION OF RACIAL SUBGROUPS IN IPEDS DATA.

    Section 153(a)(3) of the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 
U.S.C. 9543(a)(3)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``feasible, information'' and inserting the 
        following: ``feasible--
                    ``(A) information'';
            (2) by inserting ``and'' after the semicolon; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(B) information from the Integrated Postsecondary 
                Education Data Survey, the postsecondary student data 
                system established under section 132(l), or a successor 
                system (whichever includes the most recent data), that 
                is disaggregated by race in a manner that captures all 
                the racial groups specified in the American Community 
                Survey of the Bureau of the Census;''.

                PART G--UNITED STATES INSTITUTE OF PEACE

SEC. 10501. REAUTHORIZATION OF THE UNITED STATES INSTITUTE OF PEACE.

    Section 1710 of the United States Institute of Peace Act (22 U.S.C. 
4609) is amended in subsection (a)(1) by striking ``fiscal years 2009 
through 2014'' and inserting ``fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years''.
                                 <all>